uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.52 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 15 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) lighting factor analysis to reduce employee eye fatigue using an ergonomic approach nurul janatim majid1,*, akh. sokhibi2, dina tauhida3 industrial engineering department, universitas muria kudus, jl. lingkar utara. gondangmanis. bae. kudus, 59327, indonesia *corresponding author: nuruljanatimmajid@gmail.com introduction one of the qualities of a company is influenced by employee performance. employee performance is influenced by 2 factors, including internal and external factors. internal factors are knowledge, skills, abilities, work motivation, personality, attitude, and comfort at work. external factors are the nature of management, the relationship between superiors and subordinates, and the work environment in which employees work (novriani gultom and nurmaysaroh, 2021). according to data on changes in the working population based on employment in 2021 (statistics, 2021) workers in indonesia, especially in the processing industry, increased by 1.22 million people. based on the increase in the number of workers, employee productivity needs to be considered. one of the factors that influence is the comfort factor, namely the comfort of the eyes in the room sourced from lighting (widiyantoro, mulyadi, and vidiyanti, 2017). a comfortable situation makes workers feel healthy, and feel at home doing activities (nurmianto, 1996) and (mutia, 2016). the intensity of lighting is divided into two, namely, natural lighting and artificial lighting. natural light a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 pt semen gresik is a company that produces cement with various units. the problem that exists in production planning and control of office space is that the intensity of lighting in the office space does not comply with the sni lighting standards. 16-7062 2004 for 350 lux office space. this can cause eye fatigue which can affect the condition of employees at work. measurement of eye fatigue using the visual fatigue index (vfi) questionnaire. the purpose of this study was to determine the factor of lighting intensity on employee eye fatigue. the analysis used is quantitative. the subjects of this study were all employees of the production planning and control work unit of pt semen gresik, totaling 5 people. the independent variable is the intensity of lighting in the work environment, and the dependent variable is eye fatigue, and the results of calculating the need for lamps require 8 lamps with a power of 36 watts and a white/daylight color temperature to achieve standard room lighting. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords eye fatigue light intensity lighting ergonomics https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:nuruljanatimmajid@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 16 comes from direct sunlight, diffused light from the sky, and reflected light from the environment. while artificial lighting is lighting that does not include natural light sources such as candles, gas lamps, oil lamps, etc. (isfiaty, 2015). according to (irianto, 2006), each room requires a different intensity of lighting according to the use and activities in the room. according to (juningtyastuti, 2012) the quantity and quality of good lighting, among others, are determined by the ratio of lighting in the room and light reflection. according to pheasant (1991) and (fadhillah, 2013), eye fatigue is eye strain or visual effects caused by the use of the eyes at work that requires the ability to see for a long time, accompanied by an uncomfortable view. fatigue of the eye muscles and nerves is caused by excessive tension, can increase workload, get tired easily, lose working hours, take frequent breaks, decrease job satisfaction, decrease production quality, increase error frequency, inhibit concentration and reduce labor productivity. one of the effects of eye fatigue is stress load because poor lighting can result in eye fatigue with reduced work effectiveness (suma'mur, 1993) and (septiansyah, 2014). pt. semen gresik is a company that produces cement. pt semen gresik has various units, one of which is a production plan and control unit whose task is to plan and evaluate work processes. the problem that exists in the production plan and control office space is the intensity of the lighting in the office space is not under the sni lighting standard. 03-6197-2000 for an office space of 350 lux. lighting problems in the production plan and control room of pt semen gresik that are not under sni standards can cause eye fatigue which can affect the condition of employees at work. because the effect of low light intensity on worker performance is the decrease in employee productivity at work. therefore, eye fatigue was measured using a visual fatigue index (vfi) questionnaire to determine the intensity of lighting according to the condition of the employee. then the number of lamps needed was calculated as an effort to standardize room lighting so that it can increase employee productivity at work. research method the method of research used is quantitative research. the quantitative method is a research method based on concrete data, research data in the form of numbers that will be measured using statistics as a calculation test tool, related to the problem being studied to produce a conclusion (sugiyono, 2018). 5 respondents were given an eye fatigue measurement questionnaire. then the results of the questionnaire from the respondents were tested for validity and reliability with statistical analysis. the lighting measurements were carried out 9 times for 3 days with 4 measurement points using a lux meter. elaboration of lighting changes is carried out in the morning, afternoon, and evening. this is based on that at the three times of the day, there is a change in the position of natural light from the sun. ethical approval was obtained because data collection was carried out when the researcher received an mbkm internship scholarship from the government program. the expected hypothesis in this study is whether there is an effect of lighting on workers' eye fatigue. the stages of the research will be described in the form of a flowchart. the sequence of research stages can be seen in figure 1. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 17 start identification of problems study of literature data processing calculation of eye fatigue with the vfi questionnaire calculation of lighting intensity and room lighting needs data analysis eye fatigue measurement results total standard indoor lamp power requirements conclusions and recommendations finish data collection exposure measurement employee eye fatigue figure 1. research flowchart results and discussion 1. lighting intensity measurement taking the lighting measurement points based on the rules for measuring the intensity of lighting in the workplace sni 16-7062-2004 with a room area of 56 m2. the measurement point for lighting the production plan and control unit workspace can be seen in figure 2. figure 2. point of lighting measurement the results of lighting measurements using a lux meter in the production plan and control unit workspace can be seen in table 1. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 18 table 1. exposure measurement results no multiple measurement measurement results (lux) average a b c d day 1 1 morning (08.00 wib) 240 138 224 398 250 2 daylight (12.30 wib) 266 285 101 565 304.25 3 evening (15.30 wib) 220 132 65 337 188.5 day 2 1 morning (08.00 wib) 270 165 250 405 272.5 2 daylight (12.30 wib) 285 330 105 560 320 3 evening (15.30 wib) 267 180 87 345 219.75 day 3 1 morning (08.00 wib) 280 158 253 382 268.25 2 daylight (12.30 wib) 287 292 123 573 318.75 3 evening (15.30 wib) 239 143 102 355 209.75 based on table 1, the lighting in the production plan and control unit workspace with 7 lamps with a power of 36 watts, has an average of 250 lux on the 1st day at 08.00, at 12.30 at 304.25 lux, and at 15.30 it is 188.5. on the 2nd day at 08.00 at 272.5 lux, at 12.30 at 320 lux, and 15.30 at 219.75. on the 3rd day at 08.00, it is 268.25 lux, at 12.30 it is 318.75 lux, at 15.30 it is 209.75. based on sni, the average lighting standard for office space is 350 lux. so it can be concluded that the lighting in the workspace of the production plan and control unit does not meet the standards or it can be said that the lighting in the workspace of the production plan and control unit is not ergonomic. 2. data on planning and control characteristics of employee production units this research has obtained two characteristics of employees consisting of: a. age the percentage of employees based on age can be seen in table 2 table 2. age percentage no name age % 1 sera yunarizal 26-35 20 2 zaenal arifin 26-35 20 3 hasan ≥ 46 20 4 sulistyono ≥ 46 20 5 sunaryo ≥ 46 20 total 100 based on the table above, it can be seen that there are 3 employees aged ≥ 46 years with a percentage of 60%, and 2 employees aged 26-35 years with a percentage of 40%. b. work period the percentage of employees based on work period can be seen in table 3 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 19 table 3. work period percentage work period (year ) n % ≥ 6 year 5 100 total 5 100 table 3 above can be seen that the length of service of all employees ≥ 6 years with a total of 5 employees, then the percentage is 100% 3. eye fatigue measurement measurement of eye fatigue using vfi measurement. the following is the processing of questionnaire data: a. weighting the weighting is obtained from the value of each questionnaire answer. the weighting values can be seen in table 4. table 4. vfi weighting b. score category the score is obtained from the division of the total score of each respondent and the maximum score of 22 questions. if the value obtained is 0.4, then the employee experiences eye fatigue and if < 0.4, then the employee does not experience eye fatigue. the following is the calculation of worker score 1. the overall results can be seen in table 5. worker score 1 𝑉𝐹𝐼 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑜𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑜𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑜𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ 𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑉𝐹𝐼 = 33 88 = 0.38 no. question weighting amount worker 1 worker 2 worker 3 worker 4 worker 5 question 1 2 2 3 4 3 14 question 2 1 3 2 3 4 13 question 3 1 3 3 3 3 13 question 4 1 2 2 3 3 11 question 5 1 2 2 3 3 11 question 6 2 2 3 3 3 13 question 7 1 2 2 3 2 10 question 8 1 1 2 3 2 9 question 9 1 2 1 4 3 11 question 10 2 2 3 3 3 13 question 11 1 2 2 4 3 12 question 12 3 3 3 4 4 17 question 13 1 3 2 3 3 12 question 14 3 3 3 4 4 17 question 15 1 3 3 3 3 13 question 16 2 4 3 4 4 17 question 17 2 4 3 4 4 17 question 18 1 2 4 4 3 14 question 19 2 2 3 3 3 13 question 20 1 1 2 3 3 10 question 21 1 1 2 3 2 9 question 22 2 2 3 3 3 13 total 33 51 56 74 68 282 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 20 table 5. vfi calculation results worker vfi category 1 0.38 no eye fatigue 2 0.58 experiencing eye fatigue 3 0.64 experiencing eye fatigue 4 0.84 experiencing eye fatigue 5 0.77 experiencing eye fatigue based on the results of the interpretation of the vfi score in table 5, it can be concluded that there are 4 employees experiencing eye fatigue. 4. calculation of lamp needs the number of lamp needs is obtained from the lumen value divided by the lumen of the lamp used. the wattage of the lamp used in the room at this time is 36 watts because it is equal to 2700 lumens and if it is divided by the area of the room, which is 56 m2, it produces a value of 48.21 lux. the selected lamp color temperature is white/daylight (> 5300k ) because if the illumination level is high, comfortable lighting can be created. here is the calculation of the need for lamps: 36 watt = 2700 lumen ∅ = lux sni × room size ∅ = 350 × 56 = 19600 n = ∅ lumens of lamp used n = 19600 2700 n = 7.26 ≈ 8 lamp 5. discussion room lighting measurements show that the lighting in the production planning and control unit workspace is not by sni no. 03-6197-2000 with an average value < 350 lux. one of the effects of substandard lighting is eye fatigue employees (purnosidi, 2021). the results of distributing eye fatigue questionnaires using vti showed that 4 out of 5 employees experienced eye fatigue. so it takes 8 lamps with a power of 36 watts, and a white/daytime color temperature to meet the standard. the results of this research are also in line with the results of research conducted by purwanti in 2013, which showed the lighting value in the control room production pt. xyz is not up to kepmenkes ri no. 1405/menkes/sk/ix/02. correlation calculation results show a low relationship between illumination and luminance against eye fatigue. this matter lighting was one of the factors that cause fatigue eye. conclusion based on the results of research that has been done in the production planning room, and the control unit . it can be concluded from pt semen gresik rembang that from the results of measuring the intensity of the lighting, it is found that the lighting in the work space is less than 350 lux. even though based on sni no. 03-6197-2000, workspace lighting is 350 lux. then based on measurements of employee eye fatigue using the visual fatigue index (vfi) questionnaire, there were 4 employees experienced eye fatigue out of a total of 5 employees. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 21 references astuti, s.b. (2016), studi layout furnitur dan desain pencahayaan di lobby apartemen studi kasus : apartemen di daerah surabaya timur, jurnal desain interior, 1(1), p. 15. badan standar nasional (2004) badan standar nasional. available at: http://sispk.bsn.go.id/sni/detailsni/6809 (accessed: 25 march 2022). fadhillah, s.l. (2013) ‘faktor-faktor yang berhubungan dengan keluhan kelelahan mata pada pengguna komputer di accounting group pt bank x jakarta tahun 2013’, skripsi, p. 119. fatmawati, e. (2014) ‘kenyamanan tempat kerja pustakawan : perspektif ergonomi’, pustakaloka, 6(1), pp. 105–118. hijriani, r. (2018) ‘faktor yang berhubungan dengan kelelahan mata pada pekerja pengguna komputer di pt angkasa pura ii padang tahun 2018’, skripsi kesehatan masyarakat, pp. 4–16. isfiaty, t. (2015) ‘tinjauan desain pencahayaan buatan interior selasar sunaryo art and space bandung’, waca cipta ruang, 1. juningtyastuti (2012) ‘optimasi kinerja pencahayaan buatan untuk efisiensi pemakaian energi listrik pada ruangan dengan metode algoritma genetika’, momentum, 13, pp. 41–49. malik, s.m. and setyowati, e. (2014) ‘tingkat pencahayaan alami pada tata letak interior area baca perpustakaan’, universitas diponegoro, pp. 139–150. marganita, e. (2021) ‘kelelahan mata terhadap paparan komputer pada karyawan di pt . inka multi solusi service’. mutia, m. (2016) ‘pengukuran beban kerja fisiologis dan psikologis pada operator pemetikan teh dan operator produksi teh hijau di ptmitra kerinci’, jurnal optimasi sistem industri, 13(1), p. 503. doi:10.25077/josi.v13.n1.p503-517.2014. novriani gultom, h. and nurmaysaroh (2021) ‘pengaruh lingkungan kerja terhadap kinerja karyawan’, transekonomika: akuntansi, bisnis dan keuangan, 1(2), pp. 191–198. doi:10.55047/transekonomika.v1i2.36. nurwanda, a. (2020) ‘analisis program inovasi desa dalam mendorong pngembangan ekonomi lokal oleh tim pelaksana inovasi desa (pid) di desa bangun harja kabupaten ciamis’. purwanti dkk. (2013) `analisa pengaruh pencahayaan terhadap kelelahan mata operator di ruang kontrol pt. xyz`, e-jurnal teknik industri ft usu vol 3, no. 4, november 2013 pp. 43-48 savila, t.a. (2016) ‘dampak intensitas pencahayaan dan beban kerja terhadap kelelahan kerja pada operator warung internet di kampus universitas jember’, skripsi fakultas kesehatan masyarakat universitas jember [preprint]. septiansyah, r. (2014) ‘faktor-faktor yang berhubungan dengan kelelahan mata pada pekerja pengguna komputer di pt duta astakona girinda’, implementation science, 39(1), pp. 1–24. hannochs (2015) watt dan banyak lampu. available at: https://www.hannochs.com/v2022/2019/11/26/berapa-watt-berapa-banyakbola-lampu/?lang=id (accessed: 1 july 2022). spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 15-22 lighting factor analysis to… (nurul janatim majid et. al.) 22 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.14 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 11 proposed design of toy to optimize the brain development of children aged 3-5 years old rahmaniyah dwi astuti 1*, william elian gandana1,2, eko pujiyanto1, rahma sabilah nurbi1 1laboratory of work system design and ergonomics, industrial engineering department faculty of engineering, sebelas maret university, surakarta, 57216, indonesia 2management science and engineering, northwestern polytechnical university, xi'an shaanxi, 710072, p.r.china *corresponding author : rahmaniyahdwi@staff.uns.ac.id introduction all organisms including human beings certainly undergo two continuous processes which include growth and development, physically and in several other aspects such as the brain. it has been discovered that the human brain is one of the most important organs which functions as the center of intelligence as well as the control center of all human body systems (munawaroh & haryanto, 2005). wahyuni & wukiratun, (2017) found that the human brain's growth and development commences from the womb while the growth of its tissue is influenced by external stimuli. the lack of this stimulation often results in cognitive or intellectual disability and the shrinkage of a child's brain compared to normal children. dito (2014) also found that every human is born with more than 100 billion neurons and synapses and this significantly affects the cell structure formation of their brain. hasan (2011) explained a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2020 revised : march 2022 accepted: march 2022 children and games are inseparable, especially during their childhood which is known as the golden age. this is the phase when they experience a very fast and significant brain growth and development under the influence of several factors such as the sensory, motor, and cognitive aspects. therefore, this study aims to design a safe toy without hazardous materials to maximize the brain development of children aged 3 to 5 years in the sensory, motor, and cognitive aspects. the design was based on the nigel cross principle normally used to analyze the consumer needs and this led to the production of three different toys which include the hand puppet, board game, and puzzle. the toys’ specifications and features were obtained from questionnaires distributed online and data analysis. the materials used include velboa fabric for hand puppets while polylactic acid (pla) was used for both the board game and puzzles and they were selected based on the evaluations conducted by 3 competent production stakeholders. in conclusion, it was discovered that the design was able to provide solutions and breakthroughs needed to maximize the brains of children in their golden age. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords golden age sensory aspect motor aspect cognitive aspect mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.14 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:rahmaniyahdwi@staff.uns.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 12 that 5 years old children have 80% perfect brain growth and this implies those within this age range naturally have very rapid and significant brain growth and development. this is the reason septiani et al. (2016) described this phase as the "golden age" influenced by several factors including sensory, motor, and cognitive abilities. sensory ability is the aspect of children’s growth that is observed from their motor activities and simple perceptions, while motor ability is the process of children’s growth and movement through coordinated nerve and muscle activity (chandra ananditha et al., 2017). cognitive ability is the process of interaction that occurs between children and their perception of an object or natural event in an environment (purnamasari & nuhayati, 2018). therefore, nilawati astini et al., (2017) concluded that these three abilities are very important in the process of growth and development of a child's brain. ifrianti (2015) explained that the best approach to hone and familiarize children with these three abilities includes the use of games and toys. dito (2014) found that associations with playing always arise when thinking about children, the reason being that children and games are inseparable, but unfortunately, several toys produced are for their entertainment, not for brain development. wijaya (2013) discovered that there are currently very few games made with eco-friendly materials, therefore, educational games need to be designed with different activities to ensure they are attractive and understandable to the children in order to achieve better results (huang et al., 2018). presently, the study of children's toys is only focused on indonesia due to the anthropometric principles of the country. the use of an ergonomic approach with anthropometric principles for the children involves all three abilities motor, sensory, and cognitive. meanwhile, the reaction to the novelty of this study is still relatively small, therefore there is a need to design a toy for children aged 1 to 5 years to maximize their growth potential and brain development in the golden phase. research method the systematic stage of designing a product is developed based on the nigel cross principle which consists of clarifying objectives, establishing functions, setting requirements, determining characteristics, generating alternatives, evaluating alternatives, and improving details (ginting & khatami, 2019). it is important to note that this study uses the first six but neglects the last stage. 1. clarifying objectives this stage aims to explain the purpose of designing toys for the children by using the objectives tree method (rahmat et al., 2015), presented in a diagrammatic form of hierarchical goals and sub-objectives patterns, as well as the way these goals relate to one another. 2. establishing function the second stage aims to develop the necessary functions and limits of the product design system by using the input-output system functional analysis method according to the black box principle (ginting & khatami, 2019). this functional analysis method considers the essential functions of the toy and ensures that the design is satisfactory, regardless of the physical components used. 3. setting requirements this third stage aims to obtain accurate demands of consumers and a construction that is based on the designer's expectation from a specified design solution, by using the performance specification method (rahmat et al., 2015). this method combines the data from questionnaires distributed online, which is intended for indonesian parents having children within the age of 5 years to investigate their demand as potential customers. 4. determining characteristic this stage aims to determine the target specifications and characteristics to be achieved from the design of this tool by using the house of quality method with a questionnaire directed to parents that have children within 5 years of age. the questionnaire is used to obtain the toy’s specifications or attributes to be designed as well as the importance of each specification, compared to the competing products in terms of product specifications and requirements that were conducted in the previous stage. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 13 5. generating alternative this stage aims to provide possible new alternatives to solve the problem and obtain the best among the alternatives by using the morphological chart method (ginting & khatami, 2019). these alternatives are provided in the form of constituent materials that are useful for this study. 6. evaluating alternative this stage entails the conceptual assessment of the tool using the selection method developed by stuart pugh. figure 1. nigel cross stage flowchart results and discussion the results were obtained from each of the six stages of the nigel cross principle as well as the questionnaire previously tested for adequacy through validity and reliability tests. 1. clarifying objectives figure 2. objective tree 2. establishing function input: green toys and safety materials, tools such as gauges, scissors, and glue, as well as machines such as 3d printing, 2d printing, and sewing machines. black box: measuring the main material with tape, cutting with a butt, assembling, accessories, and finishing. output: tools in the form of toys for children aged 3 to 5 years. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 14 3. setting requirements expectations: toys as a learning medium, made of harmless materials, have special features and learning abilities, able to train sensory, motor, cognitive abilities, and all three skills at the same time, flexible to be played with alone or with a group, anywhere, has the appropriate dimensions with the intended child's age, and non-digital toys. demand: toys that are durable and not easily damaged, easy to carry, multifunctional and not tedious, as well as toys of various shapes and colors. these points are grouped into 8 main categories, which include safety materials, multifunctional learning, sensory abilities, motor abilities, cognitive abilities, flexibility, ergonomics, and durability. 4. determining characteristic the proposed toy has 5 important characteristics which are as follows: a. toys as a medium for storytelling activities. b.toys as a medium for storytelling activities that are not only playable by friends/supervisors/parents but also by the children. c. toys with multiple backgrounds, equipped with pictures and illustrations. d. toys with simple challenges around basic things such as five senses, simple puzzles, numbers, and letters which are possible to be adapted to the children’s abilities. e. toys arrange to form something from small pieces of toy parts (puzzles) in order to support cognitive and motor learning in children's games. based on these requirements and characteristics, the kindergarten anthropometry body parts, namely front handle length, elbow length, shoulder width, and palm length (herawati & pawitra, 2013) were used to form an anthropometrically designed toy as see in figure 3. figure 3. designed toy figure 4. hand puppet dimension in mm spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 15 figure 5. board game dimension in mm figure 6. pawn of game dimension in mm figure 7. car and garage puzzle dimension then, the toy design is compared with competitors' products to determine its position in potential customers’ perspectives using house of quality methods as shown in figure 8. figure 9 shows the two competitors' products. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 16 figure 8. house of quality (hoq) figure 9. competitors' products table 1. score of requirements no requirements importance rate sales point goals improvement ratio weight line normalized weights 1 safety materials 4.28 1.50 4.50 1.05 6.75 0.15 2 multifunctional learning 4.28 1.50 4.50 1.01 6.75 0.15 3 sensory abilities 4.28 1.00 4.50 1.06 4.50 0.10 4 motor abilities 4.28 1.20 4.50 1.07 5.40 0.12 5 cognitive abilities 4.28 1.50 4.50 1.02 6.75 0.15 6 flexible 4.28 1.00 4.50 1.06 4.50 0.10 7 ergonomic 4.28 1.50 4.50 1.06 6.75 0.15 8 durable 4.28 1.00 4.50 1.06 4.50 0.10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 importance rate 1 safety materials 7,47 67,23 67,23 2 multifunctional learning 7,58 68,22 68,22 68,22 22,74 22,74 22,74 3 sensory abilities 7,31 21,93 21,93 65,79 65,79 65,79 4 motor abilities 7,39 22,17 66,51 66,51 66,51 5 cognitive abilities 7,78 23,34 70,02 70,02 70,02 6 flexible 8,09 72,81 72,81 7 ergonomic 7,86 70,74 70,74 70,74 70,74 70,74 8 durable 7,82 7,82 70,38 67,23 75,05 68,22 135,66 90,15 225,06225,06225,0672,81 72,81 70,74 70,74 70,74 70,74 70,74 70,38 b o a rd g a m e p u z z le a lo n e o r g r o u p s u it a b le m a te r ia l fo r c h il d r e n s e n so r y a b il it ie s, m o to r , c o g n it iv e a t o n c e c h a ll e n g e s th a t c a n b e a d ju st e d a c c o r d in g t o t h e c h il d 's a b il it ie s m a n y s h a p e s a n d f u ll c o lo r h a n d p u p p e t total technical characteristicsrequirement n o n -d ig it a l a n y ti m e a n d a n y w h e r e l e n g th o f th e g r ip o f th e h a n d f o r w a r d l e n g th o f th e e lb o w w id th o f th e s h o u ld e r l e n g th o f th e p a lm w id th o f th e p a lm d u r a b le spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 17 5. generating alternative there are 3 alternative materials obtained from the calculation and data processing in the previous stages and they are stated as follows: a. alternative 1 the flannel cloth was used for the hand puppet while polylactic acid (pla) was applied for both the board and puzzle games. this alternative utilized medium-quality and general materials that are easy to find for the hand puppets while those considered best suited for the board games and puzzles were selected to ensure durability and affordability. b. alternative 2 velboa fabric was used for hand puppets, while pla is used for board games and puzzles. this alternative prioritizes the best materials at a relatively high price for each option, resulting in products of good quality and long usage time. c. alternative 3 rag is used for the hand puppets while the yellow board was used for board games and puzzles. this combination prioritizes economic value by ensuring the product has the cheapest price compared to other alternatives. 6. evaluating alternative the highest alternative score was obtained from 3 competent stakeholders, and they chose alternative 2 which entail the use of velboa fabric for hand puppet as well as polylactic acid (pla) for board game and puzzles. the advantage of this alternative is that the velboa fabric used for hand puppets has a very smooth and soft texture, making it suitable as a raw material for dolls. meanwhile, pla is used for board games and puzzles because it is durable and ecoenvironmentally friendly. the simulation was conducted using aodv, dsdv, and aodveo, through the network simulator 2.35. in this condition, only the best five of the seven runs (seven seeds) were selected and averaged, with the spacing (d) and time (t) being 50 m and 500 s, respectively. moreover, the transport agent and traffic type applied were the transmission control protocol (tcp) and constant bit rate (cbr), respectively. the size of the executed packet was also 512 bytes, with the transfer rate being two packets/secs, as shown in table 2. conclusions the toy produced based on the requirements, specifications, features, and materials in alternative 2 was able to maximize the brain development of children aged 3 to 5 years, thereby, making it to be acceptable to the customers. this is also supported by the fact that all requirements, specifications, features, and designs are based on the responses provided by prospective customers through questionnaires. references ananditha, aries chandra. (2017). faktor-faktor yang berhubungan dengan perkembangan motorik kasar pada anak toddler. jurnal keperawatan muhammadiyah, 2(1), 40-8. anurogo, dito, and taruna ikrar. (2014). the neuroscience of glutamate. ethical digest, 120, 55-61. ginting, r., & khatami, m. (2019). talenta conference series: energy & engineering. talenta conference series: energy & engineering. https://doi.org/10.32734/ee.v2i3.730 hasan, m. (2011). pendidikan anak usia dini. yogyakarta: diva press herawati, l., & pawitra, t. a. (2013). evaluasi data antropometri anak-anak usia 4-6 tahun. huang, b., hew, k. f., & lo, c. k. (2018). investigating the effects of gamification-enhanced flipped learning on undergraduate students’ behavioral and cognitive engagement. interactive learning environments, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2018.1495653 ifrianti, s. (2015). 1289-2389-2-pb. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran dasar. munawaroh, i., & haryanto. (2005). 5974-15635-1-sm. majalah ilmiah pembelajaran, 116–127. https://doi.org/10.32734/ee.v2i3.730 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 11-18 proposed design of toy to optimize… (astuti, et. al.) 18 monks, f. j. (1989). psikologi perkembangan pengantar dalam. yogyakarta: gajdah mada university press. astini, b. n., rachmayani, i., & suarta, i. n. (2017). identifikasi pemafaatan alat permaian edukatif (ape) dalam mengembangka motorik halus anak usia dini. jurnal pendidikan anak, 6(1), 3140. purnamasari, a., & nurhayati, n. (2019). faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kemampuan kognitif anak usia 5-6 tahun di taman kanak-kanak. kindergarten: journal of islamic early childhood education, 1(2), 124-132. rahmat, a. s., kunci, k., qfd, :, & cross, n. (2015). peningkatan mutu produk mochi lampion kaswari sukabumi dengan metode qfd. in jurnal ilmiah teknik industri (vol. 3, issue 1). septiani, r., widyaningsih, s., khabib, m., igomh, b., studi, p., keperawatan, i., & kendal, s. (2016). tingkat perkembangan anak pra sekolah usia 3-5 tahun yang mengikuti dan tidak mengikuti pendidikan anak usia dini (paud). in jurnal keperawatan jiwa (vol. 4, issue 2). wahyuni, e. g., & wukiratun, e. r. (2017). aplikasi menentukan jenis permainan untuk perkembangan anak usia 0-6 tahun. teknoin, 23(2). wijaya, e. (2014). perancangan permainan greenplay sebagai sarana pembelajaran peduli lingkungan bagi anak-anak. calyptra, 2(2), 1-18. uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.67 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 23 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) a study on the technology content assessment based on aspects of food safety in the food ingredient company permadi bayu aji, hana catur wahyuni* industrial engineering program, science and technology department, universitas muhammadiyah sidoarjo, sidoarjo, 61217, indonesia *corresponding author: hanacatur@umsida.ac.id introduction the advancement of technology in industrial systems in today's world demands very stiff competition. the industry is required to have strategies, innovations, and produce products according to the needs of customers. the product should meet quality and reach the perspective of markets and consumers. maximum product quality and ability to attract customers are two of business goals (cahyono, 2016). technology becomes the most important one for the purpose of reaching the consumer market that has different needs of community. customer wants and needs determine the cycle of applied technology, where technology becomes a dominating element in improving a company's competitiveness (gudanowska, 2017). a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 food ingredient companies must ensure that their products meet customer food safety and quality requirements. if this is not achieved, the company will lose in market competition. continuous improvement needs to be implemented in its business processes, one of which is through the assessment of technological complexity. this study aims to assess the level of technological sophistication based on food safety aspects using technometric and ahp integration. technological assessment is carried out on the production process of pregelatinized starch as premium and specialty product and its supporting processes within the company. the technometric approach will assess the level of sophistication of each technology component (technoware, humanware, infoware, and orgaware). meanwhile, ahp is used to determine the contribution of each technology component. finally, the technology contribution coefficient is calculated to determine the company’s technology level. the results showed that the highest to lowest value of the contribution of sophistication of each component of technology is orgaware with a sophistication value of 1.064, then infoware with a value of 1.047, followed by humanware 0.868, and lastly is the technoware component which is 0.692. the tcc value of the company is 0.909 which indicates that the company has a highly sophisticated technological with modern technology levels. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords management of technology technology assessment food safety technometrics mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.67 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:hanacatur@umsida.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 23-30 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 24 technology provides a creative avenue for food safety agencies to leverage resources in supply chain management and other public bodies through collaboration to prevent food hazards (wang et al., 2016; bouzembrak, et. al., 2019). consumers need for products that are safe and risk-free requires manufacturers to ensure their products do not potentially threaten health (gerssen et al., 2019). in this regard, food safety standards and certifications are essential to ensure safety, for trade, and consumer confidence (kotsanopoulos et al., 2017; guo et. al., 2019). the concept of technology is divided into several components, those are technoware, humanware, infoware, and orgaware used in technometric to conduct assessments of technological sophistication. technometric is used to measure the combined contribution of the components of technology (guntoro, et. al. 2019; antesty et al., 2020; indriartiningtias, 2021). technology comes in many forms and resources. processes, structures, tools, methods and expertise including technology, it can be used as a source of emergence of strategies that can provide a sustainable competitive advantage (zaidi, 2020). one strategy that can be used to win the market is to take advantage of technological advances to implement continuous improvements. continuous process improvement can be implemented with the assessment of the sophistication of technological components. assessment of the level of sophistication of technology components can help companies by providing the gaps between existing companies with the most advanced technology (state of the art). this research was conducted to find out the index of technology components based on a food safety perspective, knowing the components of technology with contribution value to the company. the assessment of technology components is also expected to be the basis of recommendations related to the company's development strategy, especially based on a food safety perspective. measurement of the level of technology is important, so that the company has an idea of the extent of the technological update applied so that it affects the development of the company and industry competition. research method there are five steps to estimate the value of the four components, and the value of the intensity of contributions, as explained below. estimation of the degrees of sophistication the estimation of increasing degrees of sophistication of thio can be found based on questionnaire distributed in table 1. according to the result, upper limit (ul) and lower limit (ll) were obtained for each technology component (yulherniwati et al., 2020). table 1. technology components sophistication degree technoware humanware inforware orgaware score manual facilities abilities to operate familiarizing facts striving framework 1 2 3 powered facilities setting up abilities describing facts tie-up framework 2 3 4 general purpose facilities abilities to repair specifying facts venturing framework 3 4 5 special purpose facilities abilities to reproduce utilizing facts protecting framework 5 6 7 automatic facilities abilities to adapt comprehending facts stabilizing framework 6 7 8 computerized facilities abilities to improve generalizing facts prospecting framework 7 8 9 integrated facilities abilities to innovate assessing facts leading framework 8 9 10 when the degrees of sophistication are being identified and determined at the site, it would be required to determine the lower limits and the upper limits of the technological sophistication. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 23 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 25 state of the art assessment (sota) in this assessment, technical knowledge is needed related to the current technological conditions. each criterion is given a score of 0 for the lowest and a score of 10 for the highest. the equations for calculating sota values for technoware (sti), humanware (shj), infoware (si) and orgaware (so) are as follows (rumanti et al., 2018). sti = 1 10 [ σ𝑘𝑡 𝑇𝑖𝑘 𝑘𝑡 ] k = 1,2, … . . 𝑘𝑡 (1) shj = 1 10 [ σ𝑖ℎ 𝐻𝑗𝑖 𝑖ℎ ] j = 1,2, … . . 𝑖ℎ (2) si = 1 10 [ σ𝑚 𝑓m m𝑓 ] m = 1,2, … . . 𝑚𝑓 (3) so = 1 10 [ σ𝑛𝑜 𝑛 n𝑜 ] n = 1,2, … . . 𝑛𝑜 (4) determination of component contributions each component of technology is determined by the value of its contribution obtained from the upper and lower limits of the degree of sophistication and the results of sota calculations. the equation is as follows (rumanti et al., 2018). t = 1 9 [𝐿𝑇 + 𝑆𝑇 (𝑈𝑇 − 𝐿𝑇)] (5) h = 1 9 [𝐿𝐻 + 𝑆𝐻 (𝑈𝐻 − 𝐿𝐻)] (6) i = 1 9 [𝐿𝐼 + 𝑆𝐼 (𝑈𝐼 − 𝐿𝐼)] (7) o = 1 9 [𝐿𝑂 + 𝑆𝑂 (𝑈𝑂 − 𝐿𝑂)] (8) assessment of the component contribution intensities in this assessment, the intensities of the component technology is calculated using the in pairs comparison matrix approach. the procedure is known as analytical hierarchy process (ahp) may be summarizes as follows (rimantho et al., 2016). 1. provides a definition of the problem and details of the solution. 2. determine the hierarchical structure. 3. create a pairwise comparison matrix. the scale at ahp ranges from 1 to 9 where one implies that both criteria are equal or equally important and the number 9 implies that one element is extremely more important than the criteria of another (sharma, et. al., 2020; taherdoost, 2018). table 2. scores for the importance of variable importance scale definition 1 equal importance 2 weak 3 moderate importance 4 moderate plus 5 strong importance 6 strong plus 7 very strong or demonstrated importance 8 very, very strong 9 extreme importance 4. give the necessary consideration to develop the matrix. 5. determine priorities and conduct consistency testing. calculation of technology contribution coefficient (tcc) based on rumanti et al., (2018) the value of technology contribution coefficient (tcc) can be obtained with the following equation. tcc = 𝑇𝛽𝑡 × 𝐻𝛽ℎ × 𝐼𝛽𝑖 × 𝑂𝛽𝑜 (9) spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 23-30 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 26 results and discussion identification of criteria of the technology component the initial stage conducted was identify the criteria of each technology component. literatur review, observation and interview toward food ingredient company were conducted to determine the criteria of each technology. table 3 shows the criteria obtained for each technology component. table 3. classifications of the component of technology component criteria source technoware production machine (neio demirci et al., 2016) transportation (neio demirci et al., 2016) technique dan lean production (zaidi, 2020) the monitoring and measuring equipment (neio demirci et al., 2016) humanware employee perspective (zaidi, 2020) resources (zaidi, 2020) gmp awareness personal hygiene (neio demirci et al., 2016) infoware traceability (allata et al., 2017) document control system detection and prevention of cross contamination system allergen management orgaware commitment of management (chen et al., 2020) hazard analysis and hazard assessment (chen et al., 2020) determination of critical control point (ccp) (chen et al., 2020) process control measure (oprp) internal audit estimation of the degrees of sophistication the classification of the degree of sophistication for each technological component can be seen in table 4. estimates are made from the collection of information on all relevant facilities and technological information that exist within the company. table 4. degree of sophistication of technoware. component criteria lower limit upper limit classification technoware production machine 7 9 computerized facilities transportation 3 5 general purpose facilities technique dan lean production 5 7 special purpose facilities the monitoring and measuring equipment 6 8 automatic fasilities humanware employee perspective 6 8 adapting abilities resources 6 8 adapting abilities gmp awareness 7 9 improving abilities personal hygiene 6 8 adapting abilities infoware traceability 8 10 assessing facts document control system 8 10 assessing facts detection and prevention of cross contamination system 7 9 generalizing facts allergen management 8 10 assessing facts orgaware commitment of management 8 10 leading framework hazard analysis and hazard assessment 8 10 leading framework determination of critical control point (ccp) 8 10 leading framework process control measure (oprp) 8 10 leading framework internal audit 8 10 leading framework spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 23 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 27 state of the art the first stage of state of the art rating is for each of the criteria of technoware, which are then continued by humanware, infoware, and orgaware. the assessment is developed for each technology component by using specific criteria. the results of state of the art in each technology component are summarized in table 5. technological sophistication and tcc after getting the value of the sota, the next stage is to determine the contribution of each technological component criteria. the component contribution intensities of the four components of technology can be calculated using a paired comparison matrix approach from importance-level based on questionnaire data. technological sophistication is obtained by multiplying the value of the result of the shortening of the contribution value by the value of contribution intensities on each of the criteria of the technological component. table 5. state of the art rating of technoware. component criteria state of the art technoware production machine 0.780 transportation 0.775 technique dan lean production 0.725 the monitoring and measuring equipment 0.778 humanware employee perspective 0.768 resources 0.788 gmp awareness 0.756 personal hygiene 0.789 infoware traceability 0.806 document control system 0.790 detection and prevention of cross contamination system 0.750 allergen management 0.780 orgaware commitment of management 0.838 hazard analysis and hazard assessment 0.800 determination of critical control point (ccp) 0.800 process control measure (oprp) 0.795 internal audit 0.750 table 6. technological sophistication of orgaware. component criteria state of the art contribution contribution intensities technological sophistication technoware production machine 0.780 0.951 0.210 0.692 transportation 0.775 0.506 0.374 technique dan lean production 0.725 0.717 0.192 the monitoring and measuring equipment 0.778 0.840 0.224 humanware employee perspective 0.768 0.837 0.362 0.868 resources 0.788 0.842 0.150 gmp awareness 0.756 0.946 0.277 personal hygiene 0.789 0.842 0.211 infoware traceability document and control system detection and prevention of cross contamination system allergen management 0.806 0.790 0.750 0.780 1.068 1.064 0.944 1.062 0.339 0.255 0.147 0.260 1.047 orgaware commitment of management hazard analysis and hazard assessment determination of critical control point (ccp) process control measure (oprp) internal audit 0.838 0.800 0.800 0.795 0.750 1.075 1.067 1.067 1.066 1.056 0.088 0.134 0.205 0.318 0.256 1.064 table 6 shows the highest to lowest value of the contribution of sophistication of each component of technology. in the first order is the orgaware component with a sophistication value of 1.064, then infoware with a value of 1.047, followed by humanware 0.868, and lastly is the technoware component spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 23-30 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 28 which is 0.692. the final stage calculation is to determine the tcc that can be seen in table 7. table 7. technology contribution coefficient technology components technological sophistication contribution intensities technology contribution coefficient (tcc) technoware 0.692 0.243 0.909 humanware 0.868 0.240 infoware 1.047 0.271 orgaware 1.064 0.247 the results of the assessment of technological sophistication can be seen from the value of technology contribution coefficient (tcc). the tcc value can be seen in table 7. referring to table 8 and table 9 on technology level classification, the total contribution coefficient (tcc) on fsms application systems and production processes on this company has a sophistication level that is highly sophisticated and modern. the tcc value shows above 0.9 with a value of 0.909 which means this company needs to develop technology based on food safety aspects in order to realize a continuous improvement program. table 8. tcc classification assessment. nilai tcc klasifikasi 0 ≤ tcc ≤ 0,1 very low 0,1 ≤ tcc ≤ 0,3 low 0,3 ≤ tcc ≤ 0,5 normal 0,5 ≤ tcc ≤ 0,7 good 0,7 ≤ tcc ≤ 0,9 very good 0,9 ≤ tcc ≤ 1 highly sophisticated (rumanti et al., 2018) table 9. tcc’s level for technology nilai tcc classification 0.1 ≤ tcc ≤ 0.3 traditional 0.3 ≤ tcc ≤ 0.7 semi modern 0.7 ≤ tcc ≤ 1 modern (rumanti et al., 2020) based on the processing of data technological sophistication, contribution intensity and tcc, thio diagrams can be drawn in the form of radar diagrams, as shown in figure 1. figure 1. thio diagram figure 1 shows that the four components of technology can present data for evaluation based on a technological perspective. in this case the existing criteria are based on the point of view of food safety. the component of technology with the lowest contribution value is the technology component with the highest priority of improvement and vice versa. the component of technology with the highest intensity spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 23 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 29 value is the component of technology that is a concern for development. based on figure 1, it can be recognized that orgaware contributes the most with a value of 1.064. the second contribution is from the infoware with a value of 1.047. the third is humanware which is 0.868. and lastly is technoware with a value of 0.692. while the contribution intensity value of the highest to the lowest is infoware with a value of 0.271, orgaware with a value of 0.247, technoware with a value of 0.243, humanware with a value of 0.240. priority improvement of technology components in the company based on the perspective of food safety from the highest priority to the lowest priority is technoware, humanware, infoware, and the last is orgaware. conclusion the technology components of technoware, humanware, infoware, and orgaware can serve as an analytical tool for the evaluation of food safety management system from a technological complexity perspective. the results of the technology contribution assessment of the food ingredient showed the orgaware component had the highest value of 1.064, the second highest was infoware with a contribution of 1.047, followed by humanware with a contribution of 0.868, and the lowest was the technoware with a contribution of 0.692. priority improvement of technology components in the company based on food safety aspects from the highest priority to the lowest priority is technoware, humanware, infoware, and lastly orgaware components. references allata, s., valero, a., & benhadja, l. (2017). implementation of traceability and food safety systems (haccp) under the iso 22000:2005 standard in north africa: the case study of an ice cream company in algeria. food control, 79, 239–253. antesty, s., tontowi, a. e., kusumawanto, a., mada, u. g., mada, u. g., & mada, u. g. (2020). mapping the degree of technological capability in small. 13–19. bouzembrak, y., klüche, m., gavai, a., & marvin, h. j. (2019). internet of things in food safety: literature review and a bibliometric analysis. trends in food science & technology, 94, 54-64. chen, h., liu, s., chen, y., chen, c., yang, h., & chen, y. (2020). food safety management systems based on iso 22000:2018 methodology of hazard analysis compared to iso 22000:2005. accreditation and quality assurance, 25(1), 23–37. didik eko cahyono, h. c. w. (2016). penilaian teknologi mengunakan analytical hierarchy process dan. jurnal ilmiah teknik industri, 122–129. gerssen, a., bovee, t. h. f., van ginkel, l. a., van iersel, m. l. p. s., & hoogenboom, r. l. a. p. (2019). food and feed safety: cases and approaches to identify the responsible toxins and toxicants. food control, 98, 9–18. gudanowska, a. e. (2017). modern research trends within technology management in the light of selected publications. procedia engineering, 182, 247–254. guntoro, i., rezavidi, a., & wibowo, s. s. (2019). technometric analysis of the capabilities of the photovoltaic manufacturing industry in indonesia. int. j. adv. eng. res. sci, 6, 422-427. guo, z., bai, l., & gong, s. (2019). government regulations and voluntary certifications in food safety in china: a review. trends in food science & technology, 90, 160-165. indriartiningtias, r. (2021). measurement of technology capability with technometric methods: case study at batik anugerah, bangkalan, madura island. jurnal metris, 22(01), 10-14. kotsanopoulos, k. v., & arvanitoyannis, i. s. (2017). the role of auditing, food safety, and food quality standards in the food industry: a review. comprehensive reviews in food science and food safety, 16(5), 760–775. neio demirci, m., soon, j. m., & wallace, c. a. (2016). positioning food safety in halal assurance. food control, 70, 257–270. rimantho, d., rachel, m., cahyadi, b., & kurniawan, y. (2016). aplikasi analytical hierarchy process spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 23-30 a study on technology content assessment…(aji & wahyuni) 30 pada pemilihan metode analisis zat organik dalam air. jurnal ilmiah teknik industri, 15(1), 47. rumanti, a. a., reynaldo, r., samadhi, t. m. a. a., wiratmadja, i. i., & dwita, a. c. (2018). bridging technometric method and innovation process: an initial study. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 319(1). rumanti, augustina asih, wiradmadja, i. i., ajidarma, p., & hidayat, m. (2020). application of technometric to improve productivity in indonesian small medium industries (smi). 2, 217–223. sharma, d., sridhar, s., & claudio, d. (2020). comparison of ahp-topsis and ahp-ahp methods in multi-criteria decision-making problems. international journal of industrial and systems engineering, 34(2), 203-223. taherdoost, h. (2018). decision making using the analytic hierarchy process (ahp); a step by step approach. international journel of economics and management systems, 2(january 2017), 244– 246. wang, c. s., & van fleet, d. d. (2016). reconceptualizing the us strategic food safety system. british food journal, 118(5), 1208–1224. yulherniwati, y., & ikhsan, a. (2020). assessment of institution readiness in adopting technology: a study on vocational education internal quality assurance system. zaidi, a. f. a. (2020). propositions on the relationships between technology complexity , industry 4.0 and halal sustainability. journal of engineering and science research, 4(1), 52–58. uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.15 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 29 design of working table for fret wiring operators with nida method in guitar industry mancasan sukoharjo rahmaniyah dwi astuti*, fathin kusumo pramesti pudjiantoro, bambang suhardi, irwan iftadi, annisa syahliantina laboratory of work system design and ergonomics, industrial engineerning department faculty of engineering, sebelas maret university, surakarta, 57216, indonesia *corresponding author: rahmaniyahdwi@staff.uns.ac.id introduction small and medium enterprises play a role in the development of mainstay areas to be able to accelerate economic recovery through a regional approach by selecting regions to accommodate priority programs and development of sectors and potentials as well as increasing community empowerment efforts (primiana, 2009). with such a big role, the system in small medium enterprises should also develop over time. the guitar industry is in mancasan, sukoharjo regency is a small medium enterprise a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2020 revised : march 2022 accepted: march 2022 the guitar industry is in mancasan, sukoharjo regency is a small medium enterprises which carried out finishing process to produce acoustic guitars. all of the process are done manually without any machine. there is one process called fret wire installation where the operator is in a static work posture for an extended period of time to hold the work piece. nordic body map (nbm) assessment showed that almost all assessed workers have pain in hip and right upper arm. there is indication of musculoskeletal disorders (msds) risk in left upper arm, back, and waist of workers who conduct fret wires installation process. this indication is confirmed using reba. reba score for fret wiring operator is 10, it indicates that the investigation and modification was needed as soon as possible. this arises to a problem called workers msds due to awkward posture. this research aims to design an ergonomic working table to reduce the risk of musculoskeletal disorder for fret wire installation operators. reba was used to evaluate working posture to find the specific problem. in addition, nida product development process and anthropometry concept were also implemented to develop working table based on the problem previously found. the result is the proposed working table which specifications are has adjustable system on the leg of the table, features a lock to hold the guitar head, a support with a pad for the neck and body of the guitar, a work tool area and a half-coil fret wire arrangement, and a curved table base so that the operator is in a comfortable position and is close to the work piece. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords musculoskeletal disorder work posture working table mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.15 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:rahmaniyahdwi@staff.uns.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 30 which carried out finishing process to produce acoustic guitars which uses human labor in carrying out the process. one group of injuries are musculoskeletal disorders which are considered the main health issues associated with the industrial workers (kalantari, 2016) according to punnett and wegman, common causes that pose a risk of work-related musculoskeletal disorders (wmsd) are unnatural posture, prolonged static work, repetitive movements, manual material handling, and exertion and strong vibrations (punnet, 2004). these factors are found in the guitar industry in mancasan where all processes are done manually without machines or proper facilities. workers sit on the floor barefoot that causes workers to bend over to be able to measure, cut, stick and, install the wire. workers also use their limbs to support the guitar in the process in long period of time. when the muscle receives static load repeatedly and for a long time, will be able to cause complaints due to damage to joints, ligaments, and tendons (kroemer, 1997). prolonged awkward postures were found to be common and may place tattoo artists at an elevated risk for musculoskeletal problems (keester, 2017). product design is a process that begins with the discovery of the human need for a product to the completion of the drawings and design documents used as the basis for the manufacture of the product. the results of the design that are made into products will produce products that can meet human needs (kristanto, 2011). the tools are designed with attention to the anthropometry of the workers. anthropometry is very important to consider in design process. this is because human body size and shape have a lot of variability (sari, 2011). research method nordic body map (nbm) assessment was conducted to confirm the indication since mong several tools used for assessing musculoskeletal disorder, nbm is one of the most popular tools (anugraha & sutan, 2015). the nordic body map questionnaire is a form of ergonomics checklist questionnaire which is standardized and neatly arranged. with the nordic body map can identify and provide an assessment of complaints of pain experienced (ramdhani & zalynda, 2018) reba (rapid entire body assessment) is an ergonomic technique developed by sue hignett and lynn mc atamney in 2000. it is a systematic process to evaluate whole body postural msd and risks associated with job tasks. a scoring sheet contains group a, group b, and table c is used to evaluate required or selected body posture, forceful exertions, type of movement or action, repetition, and coupling. group a covered the trunk, neck and legs. this reduces to nine possible scores to which a ‘load/force' score is added. group b covered the upper arms, lower arms and wrists, reducing to nine possible scores to which a ‘coupling' score is added. the a and b scores are combined in table c and finally an activity score is added to give the fnal reba score (hignett, et. al., 2000) the design method used in this research is the nida method. the nida method consists of 4 stages (need, idea, decision, and action). the first stage is that a designer determines and identifies needs, then continues with the development of ideas that will give birth to alternatives to meet needs, then an assessment and analysis of various alternatives is carried out, so that the designer can decide on the best alternative. and in the end a manufacturing process was carried out (lakhsita, astuti, & suhardi, 2019). the overall research metodhology is shown in figure 1. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 31 start nbm questionnaire interview determining operator needs finish work posture risk assessment using reba design of work facilities proposal using nida method generating alternative evaluating alternative figure 1. research methodology flowchart results and discussion nordic body map (nbm) assessment was conducted to confirm the indication since mong several tools used for assessing musculoskeletal disorder. operators were asked to provide an assessment of the part of their body that feels pain during activities work according to a predetermined likert scale. the assessment showed that almost all assessed workers have pain in hip and right upper arm. in other words, there is indication of msds risk in left upper arm, back, and waist of workers who conduct fret wires installation process. this indication is confirmed using reba to validate the risk of operator work posture. figure 2. attaching the wire to the frets using a hammer and glue the final score of reba in this research showed that the stamp tools scraping process score is 10. it indicates that the investigation and modification was needed as soon as possible. therefore, the fret wire installation working table must be designed to reduce workers fatigue and achieve higher productivities. this research was conducted to propose the design of fret wire installation working table. the proposed working table design is expected to reduce workers fatigue and increase operator’s productivities. the nida method is suitable for designing designs because in using this method the operator's needs are considered. work table is designed for nida need identification of needs in the design aims to determine the operator's requirements for the design of work facilities. identification was carried out based on expectation of workers (suhardi,et.al., 2015) and the results of data collection using the nbm questionnaire and the results of data processing, namely work posture analysis using the reba method. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 32 table 1. interview result no. interview result 1 operators want to avoid having to hold the guitar in its body for too long. 2 operators want facilities that can make their back more relaxed while working. 3 operators want a facility that fits the production floor and does not interfere with the mobility of other operators. 4 the operator wants a container to arrange the equipment, such as wire, pliers and a hammer. 5 operators want a facility with lightweight and durable materials because each operator's area can move at any time. idea at this stage, considerations are made based on the known and conveyed needs of the operator to design appropriate features in the work facility. the description of generating ideas to meet operator needs is described in tabel 2. table 2. interview result identification need features the nbm questionnaire showed that the operators experienced many complaints on left upper arm, back, and waist. work facilities that do not cause stiffness in body parts such as back designing work facilities that can reduce musculoskeletal risks the results of the reba assessment show the result of 10 on the work element attaching the fret wire using a hammer and glue because of the high activity score. work facility that eases the operator in maintaining a stable guitar position designing work facilities that function specifically as work tables for the fret wiring process decision the decision-making stage is carried out as a development of ideas in the form of alternative designs so that work facilities are chosen appropriately and meet needs. the next step is to identify or look for new combinations of elements using the morphological chart step. this method is useful for broadening the search for new possible solutions (sulaiman, 2017). the results of the morphological chart show that the design concepts obtained are 6 selected functions. the combination is obtained as many as three alternative concepts based on the color; orange for alternative 1, blue for alternative 2 and red for alternative 3. the three alternative concepts above will be raised as an alternative design as the initial concept. this alternative concept provides information about the drawing or form of the design of the fret wiring workbench facility. an explanation of the alternative concepts proposed is as shown in figure 3 figure 5. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 33 table 3. morphological chart subfunctions solutions a b c table cloth material table leg material table cloth features table leg features table cloth design table leg design alternative 1 alternative 2 alternative 3 figure 3. alternative 1 figure 4. alternative 2 figure 5. alternative 3 a. alternative 1 table base uses multiplex which has anticipation features for tools and the price of the material is more affordable and lighter so it is easy to move. table leg uses wood so it should be made straight spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 34 so that there is an unnecessary part of the bottom left side of the table base. fixed table leg so it cannot adjust the operator's elbow height. b. alternative 2 table base uses iron plate so that it is sturdier when it comes to pressure and is durable. the lower left table base design is more efficient, making it easier for operators to fret wiring. table legs uses hollow steel. there is an adjustable feature on the table legs so that the operator can adjust the guitar body to the left elbow or to a lower position according to comfort. c. alternative 3 table base use multiplex and the table leg uses hollow steel. it is a combination of alternative 1 and 2, so it can accommodate the strengths and overcome the weaknesses of each alternative. but the manufacturing process must be carried out by two different vendors to work on wood as a table base and iron as a table leg. action at this stage an action was taken, namely the design of work facilities. the selected design is the third alternative which a combination between alternative 1 and 2 (hanifah, 2019). it is a work table for the fret wire installation process with a wooden top and an iron table leg. with this workbench, the operator can work on the fret wiring process with the correct and comfortable posture, reduce the distance between the body and the guitar neck, arrange the equipment in the available case so that it is easy to find and within the reach of the hand so as to reduce ineffective motion elements. 1) application of anthropometric and percentile data the construction of a work facility takes into account several anthropometric dimensions as well as the dimensions of the guitars produced in the guitar industry. the working table of fret wire installation used anthropometric data of javanese men at productive age (18-45 years), was obtained from indonesian anthropometric data because workers in the guitar industry are not permanent and have an age range of 18 to 45 years. the reach dimension is the principle that is used in this research. it is the determination of the design dimensions where the smallest person in the population can use the design. the reach dimension is intended to accommodate the smallest / shortest user population. the design with the properties of the dimension of reach using the normal standard value (zx) with small percentile. the least percentile value that is often used is the 5th percentile (purnomo, 2013). 2) calculation of design dimensions figure 6. drawing of 2d front view figure 7. drawing of 2d rear view a. height of table leg according to wignjosoebroto (2008), if in designing a product there are variations for the actual size, then it should be able to design a product that has flexibility and properties that spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 35 are able to adjust (adjustable) with a certain range. the table legs on the fret mount workbench can be operated up and down to adjust the height dimension of the operator's standing elbow. the minimum table leg height is 81 cm and can be adjusted up to 20 cm to reach a maximum height of 101 cm. the determination of this size is based on the 5th percentile of the elbow height dimension, which is 94.16 cm and the 5th percentile of the hip height dimension, which is 89.28 cm so that the total table height (table leg height + table base thickness + guitar support height) is between the operator's hips and elbows. b. length of table base the length of fret installation working table is based on the dimension of the length of elbow span at 5th percentile which is 66.17 cm and the height of the guitar with ½ size, which is 135 cm. during the fret wiring process, 2/3 of the guitar must fit onto the workbench so that the table length is 90 cm. c. width of table base the width of the fret installation working table is based on the dimensions of forearm at 5th percentile which is 25.08 cm and the width of the guitar, which is 38 cm. allowance of 12 cm is provided as area for the other worker’s tools so that the table width is set at 50 cm. 3) making design plans skecthup software is used to design fret wire installation working table which composed of two components: table base and table leg. there are several features on the table top which include: a. guitar head lock & guitar neck support the guitar head lock helps the operator not to hold the guitar with his feet or elbows, thereby improving high-risk work postures. the guitar neck support plays a role in keeping the guitar in a firm position while the operator hits the fret wire with a hammer along the length of the guitar neck. b. guitar body support the guitar body support is designed in an angled shape to facilitate the operator in the fret fitting process. the operator is not burdened with the weight of the guitar while holding the guitar at one time c. ½ roll fret wire container as a place to place a pile of ½ rolled wire before installing it so it is not scattered in the production area. d. container for short and long frets leftovers uniformly cut ½ coiled wire often produces residue because it doesn't match the total wire needed for the entire fret on one guitar. this container is used to accommodate the remaining wire so that it is easier to find and use in the next guitar fret wire installation. e. work tool area a work tool area is provided for placing pliers and a hammer so the operator can pick up and place them in the same place after use thereby reducing searching time and getting organized. f. anticipate falling tools/materials the front side of the table is higher than the other one which is act as a precaution so the fret wire or other tools do not fall. g. adjustable table legs the table leg on the fret wire installation working table can be operated up and down to adjust the operator's comfort in working. in addition, because the front and rear table legs are connected, the operator only needs to adjust the table height twice using the screws provided on the table legs. h. table legs adjust the table shape the advantage of iron material is that it remains sturdy even though the table leg structure is not straight. so that the lower left leg of the table can be formed according to the table base where the four corners are not perpendicular. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 36 figure 8. features on the base of fret wiring workbench figure 9. dimension of each features figure 10. guitar head lock and guitar neck support spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 37 figure 11. guitar body support 4) bill of material figure 12. bill of material conclusions the proposed fret wire installation working table involves of some ergonomic theoretical analysis and researches. the proposed design of fret wire installation working table is arranged through the concept development which consists of identifying the customer needs of fret wire installation working table, development ideas, generate product design concept, select product concept and take action to make the product. as a result, the proposed fret wire installation working table which specifications are has adjustable system on the leg of the table, features a lock to hold the guitar head, a support with a pad for the neck and body of the guitar, a work tool area and a half-coil fret wire arrangement, and a curved table base so that the operator is in a comfortable position and is close to the work piece. references anugraha, r.a, sutan w., mufidah i., (2015). the design of batik stamp tool scraping working table using ergonomics principles. proceedia manufacturing, 4, 543-551. hanifah, s. d., astuti, r. d., & jauhari, w. a. (2019). perancangan meja kerja produksi tahu berdasarkan analisis nbm, qec, dan rula. (studi kasus: industri pengolahan tahu tradisional kampung krajan surakarta). seminar nasional teknik industri. departemen teknik mesin dan industri ugm. hignett s., mcatamney l., (2000). rapid entire body assessment (reba). applied ergonomics 31, 201-205. kalantari r., s. arghami, e. ahmadi, e. garosi, a. z. farahani. (2016). journal of kermanshah university of medical science 1. 26-29. (keester d. l., 2017) keester d. l., sommerich c. m., (2017). investigation of musculoskeletal discomfort, work postures, and muscle activation among practicing tattoo artists. applied ergonomics 58, 137-143. kristanto a., saputra d. a., (2011). perancangan meja dan kursi kerja yang ergonomis pada stasiun kerja pemotongan sebagai upaya peningkatan produktivitas. jurnal ilmiah teknik industri, 10(2), 78-87. kroemer k. h. e., and grandjean e. (1997). fitting the task to the human. taylor and francis inc: london. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 29-38 the design of working table… (astuti, et.al.) 38 lakhsita, a. r., astuti, r. d., & suhardi, b. (2019). perancangan alat pemotong tahu untuk mengurangi waktu proses dan gerakan repetitif (studi kasus: industri pengolahan tahu tradisional kampung krajan surakarta). prosiding seminar nasional teknik industri, yogyakarta. departemen teknik mesin dan industri ugm. primiana, ina. (2009). menggerakan sektor riil ukm dan industri. bandung: alfabeta. punnet l., wegman d.h., (2004). work-related musculoskeletal disorders: the epidemiologic evidence and the debate. journal of electromyography and kinesiology 14, 13-23. purnomo, h. (2013). antropometri dan aplikasinya. yogyakarta: graha ilmu. ramdhani, d., zalynda, p. m, (2018). analisis postur kerja pengrajin handycraft menggunakan nordic body map dan metode rapid upper limb assessment (rula). thesis. bandung: sekolah sarjana universitas pasundan. sari, m. p., astuti, r. d., & iftadi, i. (2011). perancangan alat bantu pemasangan stiker gitar untuk mengurangi keluhan dan memperbaiki postur kerja di tarjo guitar sukoharjo. performa: media ilmiah teknik industri, 10(2). suhardi, bambang, rahmaniyah dwi astuti, a. t. widodo. (2015). design of polishing tools for improving work posture in furniture industry. proceedings of the joint international conference on electric vehicular technology and industrial, mechanical, electrical and chemical engineering (icevt & imece), surakarta, pp. 223-228. sulaiman f., (2017). desain produk: rancangan tempat lilin multifungsi dengan pendekatan 7 langkah nigel cross. jurnal teknovasi, 6, 32-41 wignjosoebroto, s. 2008. ergonomi, studi gerak dan waktu. guna widya. jakarta. spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.91 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis berty dwi rahmawati a,1,*, nadia nisya budi maharani a a faculty of industrial engineering, universitas pembangunan nasional veteran yogyakarta, 55283, indonesia 1 berty.dr@upnyk.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction quality control is crucial to maintaining a company's reputation in the eyes of consumers and is critical to business success, growth, and competitiveness. the principles of quality assurance apply to manufactured goods and services. as the industrial era is increasing, the diversity of these products forces manufacturers to continue improving the quality of the products that follow the customer's needs. defective products are a significant source of waste. some companies face severe problems due to defective products that lead to consumer claims. the company must compensate the consumer if a defective product passes to the consumer and causes a loss. this situation made the company lose potential customers therefore companies need to create good quality in the products they produce and maintain consistency to remain in line with market demands by implementing a quality control system for the process activities undertaken (mizuno, 2020). quality is a fundamental factor in deciding consumers' products or services. this election is determined without distinguishing the status of consumers, whether individuals, industrial groups, or article info abstract article history received december 23, 2022 revised january 09, 2023 accepted march 14, 2023 a company should implement good quality management to maintain consumer confidence in producing quality products. fmea serves to identify product failures in a process and the causes of defects or losses that occur during the production process of a product, component, or system. the research aims to analyze quality control and identify production defects that cause a decrease in quality. the samples studied were rejected goods in production activities. forty damaged parts were used as the samples in this study. this study used both qualitative and quantitative analysis. quantitative analysis was conducted to determine the type of rejection and then to rank the risk, while qualitative analysis was performed with ishikawa diagram to evaluate risk priorities. this research not only helps identify and assess the root cause of rejected goods but also affects the following year's planning by proposing measures to reduce risk. check sheets and histograms are used to present further research. the analysis results show two classifications of defects in production: size error and painting error, with the most dominant defect, size error, and equal to 73.17%. based on the analysis of the causes of defects, several factors were found that caused product defects; man, material, method, machine. the man factor has the highest value in contributing to defect, with an rpn score of 192. keywords defect; fmea; ishikawa diagram; quality this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.91 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:berty.dr@upnyk.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 2 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) others. production should be deployed according each quality characteristic (dai et al., 2011). hence, quality is critical for business success, growth, and improvement of the company's competitive position. quality is defined as meeting customer requirements specifications without the slightest defect (judi, et al., 2011). pt pura engineering is an industrial company engaged in manufacturing, with its primary product being agricultural machinery. based on the actual conditions, quality control in this company runs in the preparation, fabrication, assembly, and machining processes. with such a strict quality control process, product defects are still found. one of the production errors occurred due to nesting results that did not match the designed drawings. defects in the process affect subsequent operations and can cause more defects by means will act in the fabrication and assembly process, which makes an incoherent machining process and lead to a defective product. when a company produces a defective product, the company will discard the product and turn it into waste or rework the product. both options will equally contribute to production losses. based on this background, a failure rate of resulting product is analyzed by analyzing defects that occur in such a process. the fmea method was first introduced within the aerospace industry and then widely utilized in many industries (liu et al., 2019; sui, ding & wang, 2020). it is one of the industry's most recognized and widely used proactive risk assessment methods (shebl et al., 2012). failure mode is the failure of a product or process according to its function or cause of loss, while effect analysis analyzes the possible consequences of each failure (mcdermott et al., 2013). this paper contributes to identify, and asses the root cause of reject goods and affect the next year’s planning by proposing measures to reduce risk. applying the fmea method brings increased value to the process, resulting in a clear assessment of the risks in the organization (kardos et al., 2021). therefore, fmea is a powerful analysis method (l. wang et al., 2021). 2. method the aim of this study is to analyze quality control and identify production defects that cause a decrease in quality with failure mode effect analysis (fmea) methods. this study uses the fmea method by collecting primary data through interviews and secondary data, historical data on production reject goods. all the data that has been collected will then be calculated and judged whether it is within the control range. the methodology of the article is based on the essence of the process fmea. among the basic steps of fmea, it can be achieved with the following steps (kardos et al., 2021): 1. identify the subject of the study and define the scope, identify functions, requirements, and specifications. 2. identify possible ways of problems by defining the type of product defect a. identify the type of product defect based on its proportion. b. make sure that the data is in its margin by using a p-chart p-chart (damage proportion control chart) is a tool that can be used for statistical process control. control chart p was chosen because quality control is an attribute. monthly records are sampled for non-permanent observations and damaged (defective) products. the p control map shows data changes from time to time, including the maximum and minimum limits, which are the boundaries of the control area. control charts are used to help detect deviations by setting control limits (kim & lim, 2021). this step were carried out by calculating the central line (cl), upper control limit (ucl), and lower control limit (lcl). suppose that the fraction of nonconforming items is �̅� and 𝑎 indicates items that get inspected, with type 3-sigma control limits the formulas for this calculation were as in equation (1) for central line (cl), equation (2) for upper control limit (ucl), and equation (3) for lower control limit (lcl) (h. wang, 2009). issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 3 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) 𝐶𝐿 = ∑ 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐷𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡 ∑ 𝑎𝑚𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑔𝑜𝑜𝑑𝑠 (1) 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = �̅� + 3√ �̅�(1 − �̅�) 𝑎 (2) 𝐿𝐶𝐿 = �̅� − 3√ �̅�(1 − �̅�) 𝑎 (3) c. create and analyze pareto charts and scatter diagrams a pareto diagram is a diagram that is used to determine a priority category of events so that the most dominant value can be determined by looking at the cumulative value (grosfeld-nir et al, 2007). the pareto principle states with a rule that can be interpreted that 80% of quality problems in a product are caused by 20% of the causes of failure in production, so that the types of failures/defects with a cumulative reach of 80% are selected, with the assumption that the 80% can represent all types of defects that occur. the pareto chart is an illustration that sorts data classifications from left to right according to the highest to lowest ranking order. the highest rank indicates the top priority in its completion (besterfield, 2009). 3. identify and assess risk by using ishikawa diagrams the ishikawa diagram is included as one of the seven basic quality control methods (perera & navaratne, 2016). the fishbone or the ishikawa diagram can help during the initial process of identifying problems. an ishikawa diagram is one of powerful tools in calculation the management features on the quality yield (agrawal, 2021). 4. recommend fmea measure and result the ranking of the failure will be determined by risk priority number (rpn) calculated by multiplying severity of failures (s), the probability of occurrence (o), and the probability of failure detection (d) for the formula of rpn can be seen in equation (4) (j. liu et al., 2023). 𝑅𝑃𝑁 = 𝑆 × 𝑂 × 𝐷 (4) 3. results and discussion fmea is a method used to examine the causes of defects or failures during the production process, evaluate risk priorities that cause work accidents, and help take action to avoid problems identified as work accident hazards. the fmea method combines human knowledge and experience to identify and evaluate potential failures of a product or process, assist in the analysis of corrective or preventive actions, and eliminate or reduce the possibility of failure (j. et al., 2017). while design fmea is a type of fmea that focuses on failure modes caused by design flaws and aims to maximize a design's quality, reliability, cost, and maintainability. fmea design is carried out on a product or service/service at the design level during the design stage. the goal is to analyze a design system and determine how the failure mode affects the system's operation (wawolumaja et al, 2013). the result of the research are explained as follows. table 1 show the type and sum of product that get defect during production process. the subject of this research is the number of defective products on the production floor. historical data obtained 40 types of defective products. the defective product data is used to make the p control chart. this p control chart is intended to ensure that the data obtained is still within its control limit. this chart is obtained by calculating the central line, upper control limit and lower control limit. based on table 1, it was found that 40 defective products caused production losses. the 40 defective product is all the component that assemble the final agro machine. the 40 defective products were then analyzed by using p-chart and classified based on the type of cause of the defect. the result of the p-chart is all the product is within its control range (see fig. https://tulip.co/blog/lean-manufacturing/fishbone-ishikawa-diagram-for-root-cause-analysis/ 4 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) 1(a)). the result of classification is two classification errors were found in the production process; size error and painting error. size error is an error in the size of the product, which causes the product results doesn't suit the design while a painting error is a deviation in the painting process that causes an unmatched product color. table 1. defective product no date products no date products 1 18/01/2021 dandy roll plain d 21 21/07/2021 flat pulley 85 2 27/01/2021 middle basin 22 30/07/2021 rotary head body b 3 18/01/2021 outlet blower 23 19/08/2021 husker stand 2 h2pe 4 15/02/2021 impeller boiler zug 24 30/08/2021 flend 5 12/03/2021 outer slide 25 10/09/2021 frame blower 1 6 15/03/2021 alternator electric box stand 26 10/09/2021 upper stair 4 7 18/03/2021 casing screw hbi 6 27 22/09/2021 stand for tank 8 25/03/2021 front cover 1 – 717 28 22/09/2021 husker stair-c 9 06/04/2021 impeller bd 10 t 29 27/09/2021 left frame 10 12/04/2021 conch v2 blower fan 30 27/09/2021 valve rotary 1624 11 15/04/2021 reducer outlet sd it 31 28/09/2021 ducting outlet blower 12 28/04/2021 bearing stand 32 28/09/2021 ducting 3 dd 10 13 03/05/2021 back cover ru 1624 l shaft 33 15/09/2021 body profile 1 14 12/05/2021 rolling spindle b 34 18/09/2021 r casing 15 22/05/2021 triangle 35 06/10/2021 reducer polish 16 29/05/2021 corn extend 36 06/10/2021 ducting 1 dd 10 17 21/06/2022 v pulley gx 200 ns80 37 07/11/2021 arm 1 vb 18 26/06/2021 rod seal ring 38 10/11/2021 rotary cover 19 05/07/2021 1p-fp transmission frame 39 07/12/2021 valve 2 rotary 1624 20 08/07/2021 mounting gear pump pulley 40 23/12/2021 ducting based on the classification data, the proportion of each defect is obtained. a bar-chart explains the depiction of this proportion. the bar-chart is used to identify the most common type of damage. from the checksheet data, the most significant type of defect is size error. the number of size error defects is 292 while the number of painting errors is 58. bar-chart data is presented in fig. 1(b). in making ishikawa diagram it is important to perform data stratification so that patterns and variable relation can be clearly illustrated. scatterplot have been used widely and one useful technique for illustrating correlation and pattern of low dimensional data (nguyen et al., 2020). the results of the scatterplot diagram of the two variables in this study, namely total defects and the number of inspected items are shown in fig. 1(c) and fig. 1(d). based on the classification and proportion calculation, the most significant type of defect is size error. so, the size error type will be put into calculation. an ishikawa diagram is used to determine the factors that cause this type of defect. ishikawa diagram is a reactive risk management method that identifies potential causes of a problem to find the root cause of the situation through a brainstorming session (wong, 2011). the diagram will identify the causes of size errors in factors/categories of man/personnel, material, mission/environment, method, machine and management (carvalho et al., 2021). man/personnel categories lies in analysis that related with people knowledge. material categories includes raw material, consumables and information. methods categories including all performance during making the product. machine is related to tools to generate data. mission categories has something to do with environment, and management categories is something related to leadership. of all the contributing factors, it is found that there are four main leading categories that contribute to producing defective product. these four categories are man, material, method, and machine. the ishikawa diagram in this study is shown in fig. 2. fmea analysis is conducted by determining the level of three risk factor such as severity of failures (s), the probability of occurrence (o), and the probability of failure detection (d). the final risk priorities are determined by rpn (risk priority number), which can be obtained by multiplying the (s), (o), and (d). issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 5 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) (a) (b) (c) (d) fig. 1. the result of using quality control tools (a) type of reject (b) p-chart (c) percentage of rejected goods (d) scatterplot fig. 2. ishikawa diagram following the quantitative step, an analysis of size error rejection is carried out. the base data for this analysis is taken from the ishikawa diagram. the following calculation is determining the level of severity of failures (s), the probability of occurrence (o), and the probability of failure detection (d). this step were performed by 3 production expert in the company with different educational background and full working experience. rating is given on a scale of 1-10, with 1 being the lowest score given in each item then the average number will be put into research. the next step is to determine the rpn value by multiplying the severity, occurrence, and detection values. the table 2 shows analysis of size error reject. to find the rpn value as shown in table 3 by multiplying the severity of failures (s), the probability of occurrence (o), and the probability of failure detection (d) values whose data is obtained from table 2. each of the main factors will be calculated and then ranked. the man/human factor is the main contributor to product defects, which means when the operator misinterprets the dimensions, it will cause high product defects. this number becomes higher when the operator sends 0.00 50.00 100.00 1 2 0 50 100 0 50 100 150 t o ta l d e fe c t sum of goods 6 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) the incorrect thickness of the material, the method used causes a bending result, and the machine used is already worn out. table 2. rating scale of size error reject main factor root cause s process failure causes o control d man error in dimension interpretation 8 unthorough 8 training 3 material wrong thickness 7 different material types 6 clarify inventory tags 4 method oblique plate bending results 5 too much reference to laser marking 3 inspection checking 4 unclear dimensions in the drawings 5 unprepared images 5 perform image analysis & complete sub comps 5 machine brittle welds 6 scale and dirt on the welding machine 4 checking and doing machine maintaining 4 worn lathe tool 6 frequent friction 3 3 table 3. risk priority number result main factor root cause rpn sum rank man error in dimension interpretation 192 192 1 material wrong thickness 168 168 3 method oblique plate bending results 60 185 2 unclear dimensions in the drawings 125 machine brittle welds 96 150 4 worn lathe tool 54 4. conclusion the application of the fmea has led to obtaining two classification errors in the production process; size error and painting error. the most dominant defect is size error that gives a number equal to 73.17%. of all the contributing factors, four main leading factors contribute to producing defective product. these four factors are man, material, method, and machine. the man/human factor is the main contributor to product defects; it gives an rpn score of 192. fmea is a tool that not only helps identify and asses the root cause of reject goods but also affects the overall next year planning by proposing measures to reduce risk. fmea contributes to the company's future continuous improvement program in terms of quality control that leads to maintaining a company's reputation. the results of this study imply that there are weaknesses in the standard procedures performed by operators. therefore, this study's results suggest improving standard operating procedures for production workers and improving operators' skills by providing tiered training. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references agrawal, m. (2021). impact of ishikawa on the analysis of data in mechanical industries. materials today: proceedings, 81, 1040-1045. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2021.04.376. besterfield, d. h. (2009). quality control. 8th edition. new jersey: pearson prentice hall. https://www.worldcat.org/title/quality-control/oclc/193908300. carvalho, r., lobo, m., oliveira, m., oliveira, a. r., lopes, f., souza, j., ramalho, a., viana, j., alonso, v., caballero, i., santos, j. v., & freitas, a. (2021). analysis of root causes of problems affecting the quality of hospital administrative data: a systematic review and ishikawa diagram. international journal of https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2021.04.376 https://www.worldcat.org/title/quality-control/oclc/193908300 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 7 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 1-7 berty dwi rahmawati (assessing cause of defect using failure mode and effect analysis) medical informatics, 156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2021.104584. dai, w., maropoulos, p. g., cheung, w. m., & tang, x. (2011). decision-making in product quality based on failure knowledge. international journal of product lifecycle management, 5(2–4), 143–163. https://doi.org/10.1504/ijplm.2011.043185. grosfeld-nir, a., ronen, b., & kozlovsky, n. (2007). the pareto managerial principle: when does it apply?. international journal of production research, 45(10), 2317-2325. https://doi.org/10.1080/00207540600818203. judi, h. m., genasan, d., & jenal, r. (2011). quality control implementation in manufacturing companies: motivating factors and challenges. intech open access publisher. https://doi.org/10.5772/15997. kardos, p., lahuta, p., & hudakova, m. (2021). risk assessment using the fmea method in the organization of running events. transportation research procedia, 55, 1538–1546. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2021.07.143. kim, j., & lim, c. (2021). customer complaints monitoring with customer review data analytics: an integrated method of sentiment and statistical process control analyses. advanced engineering informatics, 49, 101304. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2021.101304. liu, h. c., chen, x. q., duan, c. y., & wang, y. m. (2019). failure mode and effect analysis using multicriteria decision making methods: a systematic literature review. computers and industrial engineering, 135, 881–897. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2019.06.055. liu, j., wang, d., lin, q., & deng, m. (2023). risk assessment based on fmea combining dea and cloud model: a case application in robot-assisted rehabilitation. expert systems with applications, 214, 119119. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2022.119119. mikulak, r. j., mcdermott, r., & beauregard, m., (2013). the basics of fmea. https://doi.org/10.1201/b16656. mizuno, s. (2020). management for quality improvement: the 7 new qc tools. crc press. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003070450-3. nguyen, q. v., miller, n., arness, d., huang, w., huang, m. l., & simoff, s. (2020). evaluation on interactive visualization data with scatterplots. visual informatics, 4(4), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.visinf.2020.09.004. perera, h. e., & navaratne, s., (2016). application of pareto principle and fishbone diagram for waste management in a powder filling process. international journal of scientific & engineering research, 7(11), 181–184. https://www.ijser.org/onlineresearchpaperviewer. shebl, n. a., franklin, b. d., & barber, n. (2012). failure mode and effects analysis outputs: are they valid? bmc health services research, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-12-150. sui, y., ding, r., & wang, h. (2020). a novel approach for occupational health and safety and environment risk assessment for nuclear power plant construction project. journal of cleaner production, 258, 120945. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120945. wang, h. (2009). comparison of p control charts for low defective rate. computational statistics and data analysis, 53(12), 4210–4220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csda.2009.05.024. wang, l., yan, f., wang, f., & li, z. (2021). fmea-cm based quantitative risk assessment for process industries—a case study of coal-to-methanol plant in china. process safety and environmental protection, 149, 299–311. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psep.2020.10.052. wawolumaja, r., and muis, r., (2013). diktat kuliah pengendalian & penjaminan kualitas (ie-501) failure mode effect analysis (fmea). universitas kristen maranatha. bandung. https://adoc.pub/diktat-kuliahpengendalian-penjaminan-kualitas-ie-501151714984153426.html. wong, k.c. (2011). using an ishikawa diagram as a tool to assist memory and retrieval of relevant medical cases from the medical literature. journal of medical reports. 5(120). https://doi.org/10.1186/1752-1947-5-120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2021.104584 https://doi.org/10.1504/ijplm.2011.043185 https://doi.org/10.1080/00207540600818203 https://doi.org/10.5772/15997 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2021.07.143 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2021.101304 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2019.06.055 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2022.119119 https://doi.org/10.1201/b16656 https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003070450-3 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.visinf.2020.09.004 https://www.ijser.org/onlineresearchpaperviewer.aspx?application-of-pareto-principle-and-fishbone-diagram-for-waste-management-in-a-powder-filling-process.pdf https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-12-150 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120945 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csda.2009.05.024 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psep.2020.10.052 https://adoc.pub/diktat-kuliah-pengendalian-penjaminan-kualitas-ie-501151714984153426.html https://adoc.pub/diktat-kuliah-pengendalian-penjaminan-kualitas-ie-501151714984153426.html https://doi.org/10.1186/1752-1947-5-120 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.28 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 19 mental workload evaluation for pmm outbound student in x university (unix) using nasa-tlx method wildanul isnaini*, halwa annisa khoiri, putri cahyaningtyas industrial engineering department, universitas pgri madiun, madiun, 63117, indonesia *corresponding author: wildanulisnaini@unipma.ac.id introduction merdeka belajar kampus merdeka (mbkm) is one of the policies of the minister of education and culture. kampus merdeka is an autonomous and flexible form of learning in higher education so that a learning culture can be created that is innovative, unfettered, and in accordance with student needs (tohir, 2020). the mbkm program has eight activities in accordance with permendikbud number 3 year 2020 article 15 paragraph 1, namely internships, teaching assistance in education units, research/research, humanitarian projects, entrepreneurial activities, independent studies/projects, building villages/real work courses thematic, and student exchange. one of the mbkm programs that students are interested in is the pertukaran mahasiswa tanah air nusantara (permata) which has been implemented since 2014. figure 1 shows the results of student interest survey form directorate general of higher education survey in 2020 a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: february 2022 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 program mahasiswa merdeka (pmm) is one of the mbkm program. this program allows student to study in different university and majors. it was attended by students of engineering faculty from unix in state and private university throughout indonesia. by participating pmm, the student have overload credits because they have to finish double credit from homebased and destination university. this condition affects the burden on students both physically and mentally. this mental burden of students has an impact on student achievement academically, so the mental burden analysis is needed. in this study, an evaluation of the mental workload was carried out using the nasa-tlx approach. the result found that in general 75% of students experienced a very high workload. the percentage of students who take pmm in state university as much as 50% is in the category of high mental workload and 50% is very high category. the percentage of students who take pmm in private university is 25% in the very high category and 75% is in the high category. from this study, unix can have some consideration about providing the brief (tips and tricks) before pmm for student mental preparation and choosing the private university for destination university. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords pmm outbound student mental workload nasa-tlx mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1. mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:wildanulisnaini@unipma.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 20 figure 1. student interest in the permata program the permata program has been running since 2014 and continues to improve from year to year. in 2019 the permata program was refined to permata sakti due to the use of information technology in the credit transfer system. in 2021, this program was refined again and named the program mahasiswa merdeka (pmm). pmm is a student exchange from one regional cluster to another that can provide experiences of diversity and a credit transfer system for a maximum of 20 credits (tim pertukaran mahasiswa merdeka kemendikbud ri, 2021). in this program, students are given the opportunity to attend lectures at other universities and even other study programs. mbkm provides flexibility for students to be able to take part in the learning process outside of higher education for one to three semesters according to interests outside the study program (kemendikbud, 2021). from this program, students are expected to have the opportunity to innovate creatively in order to compete with other universities in the asean region. with this policy, it is hoped that universities can develop the quality of education (haryati, 2012). in addition, the independent learning program is expected to improve the quality of human resources (baro’ah, 2020). pmm is implemented in almost all universities in indonesia, including unix. in 2021, there are 66 unix students participating in the outbound pmm program. figure 2 shows the distribution of the number of students in each faculty. figure 2. number of students of the unix pmm program the unix outbound pmm program requires unix students to attend courses at unix as the homebased university and at the destination university. this policy makes the workload of students also increase when participating pmm. in addition, the differences in culture both in terms of the learning process, lecturers, and pmm classmate are the challenges for unix students. the challenges faced by pmm unix outbound students can increase the physical and mental workload. according to widiasih and nuha (2018), the physical and mental workload of students must be managed properly so that learning objectives can be achieved optimally. in addition, physical and mental workloads need to be considered so as not to affect productivity in the student learning process (bilawat, 2019). mental burdens that are not managed properly can cause psychological problems that will automatically interfere with physical activity (deasyanti & muzdalifah, 2021). any changes or additions to learning patterns, such as the pmm program, can cause a mental burden among students (febrilliandika & nasution, 2020). therefore, it is necessary to evaluate the mental burden of unix outbound pmm students so that the program can run well in accordance with the objectives. approach that can be taken to evaluate mental workload is nasa-tlx questionnaire (national aeronautics and space administration task load index). nasa-tlx was developed based on the need for measurements of mental, physical, time, frustration level, performance, and level of effort. there are 33 97 505 205 205 305 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 17 32 17 economics and bussiness faculty teacher and education faculty engineering faculty spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 21 several previous research using nasa-tlx approach. this method used to evaluate the mental workload of train drivers using the nasa-tlx development method, namely rnasa-tlx. the information obtained from this study is that there is a higher mental burden on the afternoon and evening trips for train drivers (muslimah & hastuti, 2017). research using the nasa tlx method was also carried out by rahajeng at the yogyakarta tiki company. the result is that there is a mental workload between operators so that a proposal for equal distribution of mental load is given (rahajeng, 2021). research conducted by rusindiyanto gave the same result, namely an imbalance in the provision of mental workloads between work divisions at pt. single paint djaja indah (rusindiyanto et al., 2016). the nasa tlx approach is mostly used to measure the workload of operators and employees but there are still few studies that evaluate the mental workload of students using this approach. in addition, the evaluation of the mkbm program, especially the pmm program, has never been carried out. later, this study can be used as a consideration and corrective for unix and other private university. research method nasa-tlx was first developed by sandra g. from nasa-ames research center and lowell e. staveland in 1981 (simanjuntak, 2010). in this method there are 6 components that are measured, namely physical demand (pd), mental demand (md), temporal demand (td), performance (p), effort (u), and frustration level (fl). the definition for each component is as follows. 1. physical demand (pd) assesses how much this job requires physical activity. 2. mental demand (md) assesses how much this job requires mental and perceptual activity (counting, remembering, comparing, etc.). 3. temporal demand (td) assesses how much time pressure is on this job. 4. performance (p) measures the level of success in work. 5. effort (u) measures how much effort is required to complete the job. 6. frustration level (tf) measures the level of frustration caused by the work done. the measurement steps using the nasa-tlx method are as follows (rusindiyanto et al., 2016). the respondent for this research is the pmm student in 5th semester. the age is about 21-22 years old with male to female ratio is 50:50. the ethical approval are given in this study. it declares in the brief of questionnaire that the data form the respondent will be kept and never be shared to others. the questionnaire is spread of virtually to the engineering faculty student who participated in pmm. the questionnaire consists of two sections. section a is to collect the weight and section b is to collect the rating. weighting in the weighting stage, 15 combinations of the six factors above are presented. students are asked to choose which of the two given factors is considered more important or more dominant based on the activities experienced during the pmm activity. the criteria of importance and dominance are subjective based on respondent opinion about their experience and activity. the form of pairwise comparison of the combination of factors is shown in table 1. the results of the combination are processed using expert choice software which will be calculated based on the pairwise comparison method to determine the weight of each indicator. the total weight for each indicator is 1. the consistency of filling the combination is validated using the inconsistency value obtained from the expert choice software, where the inconsistency value should not be more than 10% (young et al., 2008). spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 22 table 1. pairwise comparison of nasa-tlx indicator code preference indicator code mental demand md physical demand pd mental demand md temporal demand td mental demand md performance p mental demand md effort e mental demand md frustration level fl physical demand pd temporal demand td physical demand pd performance p physical demand pd effort e physical demand pd frustration level fl temporal demand td performance p temporal demand td effort e temporal demand td frustration level fl performance p effort e performance p frustration level fl effort e frustration level fl rating at the rating stage, students are asked to give a score from 0-100 to each indicator. there are 6 indicators that must be filled by student. the indicators and questions show in table 2. table 2. the questionnaire section b indicator question rating 0 -100 mental demand (md) how much mental effort is required for your job? physical demand (pd) how much physical effort is required for your job? temporal demand (td) how much pressure do you feel with regard to time to do your job? performance (p) how much your success rate in doing your job?? frustration level (fl) how much anxiety, feelings of pressure, and stress do you feel regarding time to do your job? effort (e) how much physical and mental work is required to complete your work? the results of the rating stage are used to determine the average workload (mean weighted workload). the rating classification for each component is shown in table 3. table 3. classification of workload value ratings (simanjuntak, 2010) no. range workload category 1 0-9 low 2 10-29 medium 3 30-49 quite high 4 50-79 high 5 80-100 very high determination of weighted workload (wwl) wwl is determined by adding up the results of multiplying the weights obtained in step (a) with the rating given in step (b). while the average wwl is obtained from the division of wwl with a total combination of indicators, 15. the classification of the total workload uses the categories in table 2. the mathematical equation for calculating wwl is as follows. 𝑊𝑊𝐿 = ∑ ratingi 6 𝑖=1 × weighti (1) 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑊𝑊𝐿 = 𝑊𝑊𝐿 15 (2) the results of this wwl can be used to determine the mental workload of each student, as well as to find out which indicators have the greatest role in determining the mental workload of students during pmm. the method section structure should: describe the materials used in the study, explain how the materials were prepared for the study, describe the research protocol, explain how measurements were made and what calculations were performed, and state which statistical tests were done to analyze the data. the method must clear with the location and time of the research, the population, and sample of the study, the research variables, and the research data. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 23 results and discussion in this study, data processing and analysis were carried out for 3 criteria, namely pmm in general, pmm in state university, and pmm in private university. on the general criteria, respondents filled out a questionnaire based on what they felt when participating in the pmm outbound program in general, both at private and state university. pmm at state university respondents filled out a questionnaire based on what they felt when participating in the pmm outbound program at private university (pu). meanwhile, at pmm state university respondents filled out a questionnaire based on what they felt when participating in the pmm outbound program at the state university (su). there are 6 indicators assessed on the nasa tlx questionnaire, namely physical demand (pd), mental demand (md), temporal demand (td), performance (p), effort (u), and frustration level (fl). in the nasa tlx method, there are two types of questionnaires that must be filled out by respondents, namely a level of importance questionnaire and a questionnaire about the assessment of the score rating on each indicator. the questionnaire data on the importance of the respondents were processed using expert choice software to obtain the weight of each criterion. figure 3 is an example of processing one respondent's data using expert choice software. figure 3. the example of data processing using expert choice software data for all respondents for general criteria, pu, and su were obtained in expert choice. the weight of each criterion is used to obtain the product value, namely the relationship between rating and weight and the weighted workload (wwl) which is the total product value of the six indicators. after obtaining the wwl value, the workload category for each respondent can be determined. there are 5 categories of workload, namely low, medium, quite high, high, and very high. table 4 shows the results of the calculation of wwl for pmm in general, pu, and su. there is a difference in the number of respondents in pmm outbound at su because not all respondents follow pmm outbound at su. there are 4 students who take part in pmm outbound only at pu. from the wwl data and the criteria in table 4, it can be seen that in general 75% of students experience a high mental workload when participating in pmm outbound at pu and 25% have a very high mental workload. in pmm outbound at pts, 75% of students experience a high mental workload and 25% of students have a very high mental workload. while in pmm outbound at su, 50% of students experience a high mental workload and the remaining 50% experience a very high mental workload. figure 4 shows the percentage of students' mental workload when taking pmm. figure 4. percentage of mental workload spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 24 table 4. wwl and the categories of pmm in general, pu, and su respondent general private university (pu) state university (su) wwl category wwl category wwl category 1 63.49 high 66.355 high 63.895 high 2 80.16 very high 80.16 very high 81.329 very high 3 90.045 very high 84.944 very high 93.714 very high 4 56.446 high 60.612 high 61.122 high 5 92.196 very high 80.32 very high 86.48 very high 6 69.39 high 69.39 high 66.992 high 7 66.56 high 66.56 high 85 very high 8 69.438 high 68.456 high 50.41 high 9 65.13 high 57.297 high 64.56 high 10 66.185 high 66.185 high 92.473 very high 11 73.072 high 51.905 high 12 80 very high 80 very high 13 78.932 high 71.252 high 14 66.038 high 78.838 high from the wwl data, further analysis can also be carried out to see which indicators have the greatest product value. figure 5, figure 6, and figure 7 show the graph and percentage of product value in the pmm program in general, in pu, and in su. (a) (b) figure 5. (a) graph of product value for each general pmm indicator, (b) percentage of product value for each general pmm indicator 0 10 20 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 md pd td p fr e 20% 13% 27% 7% 20% 13% md pd td p fr e spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 25 (a) (b) figure 6. (a) graph of product value of each pmm indicator in pu, (b) percentage of product value of each pmm indicator in pu (a) (b) figure 7. (a) graph of product value of each pmm indicator in su, (b) percentage of product value of each pmm indicator in su from figure 5, it can be seen that the temporal demand (td) is the most important indicator in participating in the pmm outbound in general with a percentage of 27%. from figure 6, it can be seen 0 10 20 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 md pd td p fr e 20% 13% 20% 20% 20% 7%md pd td p fr e 0 10 20 30 40 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 md pd td p fr e 31% 7% 8% 8% 38% 8% md pd td p fr e spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 26 that mental demand (md), temporal demand (td), performance (p), and frustration levels (fl) have the same importance level indicated by the same large percentage value of 20%. meanwhile, from figure 7 it can be seen that the frustration level (fl) is the most important indicator in participating in the outbound pmm program at su with a percentage of 38%. based on the results obtained, there are some implications for student and unix. for the students, they have to pay more attention to temporal demand (td). it can be concluded form the result shown that temporal demand (td) or time be the most important indicator. this study gives suggestion for the student to give more attention for the time management. so, the student able to undergo and finish the pmm with low or medium mental workload. in addition, unix can take some consideration about giving the brief (tips and tricks) for student before participating the pmm to prepare mentally and choose more private university for destination university. the respondent declared that they took more than 24 credits in one semester from origin and destination university. so, unix can also reconsider the credit policy that must be taken by students who take part in the pmm program so that the mental workload of students is balanced because excessive workload can cause stress (fahamsyah, 2017). either simultaneously or partially individual stress variables, group stress, and organizational stress has a significant effect to their performance (amrianah, 2019). conclusion the results of the analysis using the nasa-tlx method, in general, 25% of student have very high mental workload and 75% of student have high category mental workload. from this result, unix can take some consideration about giving the brief for student before participating the pmm to prepare mentally. 50% of students who take pmm in state university in the high mental workload category and the rest is in the very high category. the percentage of students who take pmm in state university as much as 25% is in the very high category and 75% is in the high category. for further pmm, unix can choose more private university for destination university. from this study, it can be concluded the mental workload for pmm in general. for further study, it could be more detail to discuss about student mental workload for pmm in every single activity. references amrianah, h. (2019). pengaruh stres kerja terhadap kinerja pegawai pada kantor bank sulselbar cabang barru. meraja journal, 2(1), 13–34. https://merajajournal.com/index.php/mrj/article/download/23/20 baro’ah, s. (2020). kebijakan merdeka belajar sebagai peningkatan mutu pendidikan. jurnal tawadhu, 4(1), 1063–1073. bilawat, a. s. (2019). evaluasi beban kerja mental karyawan menggunakan metode nasa-tlx (studi kasus: cv. rumah mesin). 14660024, 97. https://digilib.uin-suka.ac.id/id/eprint/35502/ deasyanti, d., & muzdalifah, f. (2021). kesehatan mental mahasiswa ditinjau dari two continua model: pengujian multiple analysis of variance. persona:jurnal psikologi indonesia, 10(1), 147–166. https://doi.org/10.30996/persona.v10i1.4660 fahamsyah, d. (2017). analisis hubungan beban kerja mental dengan stres kerja di instalasi cssd rumah sakit umum haji surabaya. the indonesian journal of occupational safety and health, 6(1), 107. https://doi.org/10.20473/ijosh.v6i1.2017.107-115 febrilliandika, b., & nasution, a. e. (2020). pengukuran beban kerja mental kuliah daring mahasiswa teknik industri usu dengan metode nasa-tlx. seminar dan konferensi nasional idec 2020, 1(november), 1–7. haryati, t. a. (2012). modernitas dalam perspektif seyyed hossein nasr. jurnal penelitian, 8(2), 65– 78. https://doi.org/10.28918/jupe.v8i2.84 kemendikbud. (2021). panduan operasional baku (pob) pertukaran mahasiswa merdeka. 32. https://kampusmerdeka.kemdikbud.go.id/web/assets/pertukaranmahasiswamerdeka/assets/pob -pertukaran-mahasiswa-merdeka.pdf muslimah, e., & hastuti, b. d. (2017). evaluasi beban kerja mental masinis kereta api prameks dengan spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 27 metode rnasa-tlx ( studi kasus : pt . kai daop 6 yogyakarta ). seminar dan konferensi nasional idec, 2014, 8–9. rahajeng, d. (2021). analisis beban kerja mental pegawai administrasi di perusahaan ekspedisi tiki yogyakarta. 1–9. rusindiyanto, maisaroh, n., & pailan. (2016). pengukuran beban kerja karyawan bagian produksi dengan metode nasa-tlx di pt. cat tunggal djaja indah. journal of industrial engineering and management, 11, 15–25. http://eprints.upnjatim.ac.id/7101/ simanjuntak, r. a. (2010). analisis beban kerja mental dengan metoda nasa-task load index. jurnal teknologi technoscientia, 3(1), 78–86. tim pertukaran mahasiswa merdeka kemendikbud ri. (2021). pertukaran mahasiswa merdeka. 1–28. widiasih, w., & nuha, h. (2018). pengukuran beban kerja mental karyawan dengan kuisioner nasa tlx (studi kasus: universitas abc). simposium nasional rapi xvii – 2018 ft ums, 59–64. young, g., zavelina, l., & hooper, v. (2008). assessment of workload using nasa task load index in perianesthesia nursing. journal of perianesthesia nursing, 23(2), 102–110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jopan.2008.01.008. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 19-28 mental workload evaluation for pmm… (isnaini, et. al.) 28 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.97 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial ahmad amirudin assidiq a,1,*, hasan mastrisiswadi a,b, herianto a a department of mechanical and industrial engineering, universitas gadjah mada, jl. grafika no.2, yogyakarta, indonesia 55281 b department of industrial engineering, universitas pembangunan nasional veteran yogyakarta, jl. babarsari 2, yogyakarta, indonesia 55281 1 ahmadamirudinas@gmail.com * corresponding author 1. introduction 3d printing technology, or additive manufacturing (am), is a trigger of industry 4.0 (malik et al., 2022) (vo, 2022), which has advantages in the form and personalization of materials (desu et al., 2021) (geisleir et al., 2022). the technology is based on computation to build 3-dimensional solid structures on a sheet-by-sheet basis (portanguen et al., 2019) and is now widely used in the military (campbell et al., 2012), medical (liu & evans, 2016), aircraft (paolillo et al., 2021), materials science (shen et al., 2023), and food (piyush et al., 2019) (kewuyemi et al., 2021) (tejada-ortigoza & cuanurquizo, 2022). food 3d printing is new technology (he et al., 2020) that is used to make food with custom forms and desired nutrients (zhang et al., 2022) (brunner et al., 2018). the research of ingredients used also article info abstract article history received january 18, 2023 revised march 14, 2023 accepted march 27, 2023 this research analyzes pancake batter and discovers the ideal printing parameters on the haltech printcake machine, the machine was newly developed and hasn’t been optimize yet where the prior research on 3d printing pancake batter never been done. this research aims to optimize the printing parameter in order to get pancake close to proposed design. 3 level full factorial were carried out to understand the response of all the available combination of parameter. there are 2 parameters proposed on this research velocity: 50 mm/s, 60 mm/s, 70 mm/s, and micropump voltage: 3.5 volts, 4 volts, and 4.5 volts. balance between two parameters needed in order to get the best printing result, velocity refer to the movement speed of the axis and the micropump voltage refer to how many materials will be extruded or flow rate. design specimen of a straight line 8 cm long and 0.35 cm wide proposed. the results showed that the length error was not significantly affected either by the velocity of the axis movement or the micropump voltage, whereas for the printed area error, it was significantly affected by the velocity, and for the micropump voltage, it did not have a significant effect. optimized combination of parameter obtain in this research was velocity of 70 mm/s, and a micropump voltage of 4 volts and overall was able to print better specimen then the average experiment in term of printed area error. keywords full factorial; printcake; micropump voltage; velocity; food 3d printing this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.97 https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.97 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:*ahmadamirudinas@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 86 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) continues to grow, starting from vegetables such as carrots (guénard-lampron et al., 2021), peas (chuanxing et al., 2018) (cheng-rong tsai & yung-kai lin, 2022), and bok choy (pant et al., 2021), then fruit such as mango (montoya et al., 2021), lemon (yang et al., 2018), strawberry (tabriz et al., 2021), and cakes (pulatsu et al., 2020), (oliveira et al., 2021). current study on 3d printing food can be categorized into 3 main shape of material, it is puree (cazzaniga et al., 2021), gel (cheng-rong tsai & yung-kai lin, 2022) (paolillo et al., 2021) (maniglia et al., 2020), dough and batter (pulatsu et al., 2020) (pulatsu et al., 2021), the research focus on getting a proper ingredient (derossi et al., 2020) or printing parameter such as nozzle size (guénard-lampron et al., 2021), printing speed, and extrusion rate (yang et al., 2018) etc. 3d printing in indonesia is starting to develop, and this is indicated by the launch of making indonesia 4.0 on april 4, 2018, from the government to build five manufacturing sectors, namely food and beverage, textile, automotive, chemical, and electronics, using the internet of things (iot) technology, artificial intelligence (ai), human-machine interface, robotic and sensor technology, and 3d printing technology (kemenprin, 2019), together with this government policy 3d printing of food become an opportunity and challenge (burke-shyne et al., 2020), there are many 3d printing startup companies are starting to develop in indonesia. haltech is one of new start up in indonesia, it is located in the special region of yogyakarta and engaged in the 3d printing production and education focus on various material from resin, pla and even food such as chocolate and cake. their latest work was a printcake it was 3d printing machine based on the x, y-axis, with a static z-axis working on a grbl firmware to make pancakes according to the desired design, the printing system work using batter pushed to the extruder using air compressor or pneumatic dispensing system. until now the machine only been operated on a default setting parameter and haven’t been optimize yet, similar research on optimizes 3d printing using parameter such as printing speed and extrusion rate but never been used on a batter type material for pancake. based on this background the research contribution is to optimize the parameter of the printcake and gain the ideal parameter to print custom pancakes. 2. method 2.1. research procedure the research begins with a literature study to determine the position of previous research, such as what materials were used, and whether similar research has been carried out. next, the ingredients is determined to make the batter and the parameters needed in this study. the 3-level full factorial was carried out in this research to analyze the printed result. this method is often used in experiments involving many factors or parameters. most studies use two levels, namely high and low (tavares luiz et al., 2021), while this study uses three levels it is high, medium, and low, then uses 3 times replication. the flowchart of the research can be seen on fig. 1. fig. 1. research procedure issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 87 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) the full factorial processing method uses minitab 19 software which includes a normality test to find out whether the data is normally distributed. then if it meets the requirements, it is continued with the analysis with the anova test to find out the parameters that affect the extrusion result and interaction plot to understand the interaction of each parameter, and the final result is parameter optimization. 2.2. parameter printcake operates using a grbl controller connected to a laptop to input the g-code. besides the software, it is also necessary to set the engine parameters. in this study, the parameters used are velocity and micropump voltage, machine been run on a default minimum setting using velocity of 50 mm/s and the micropump voltage 3.5 volt. velocity parameter refer to how fast the axis going to move and the micropump voltage refer to how many batter will be extrude. the available nozzle diameter was 3.5 mm and it’s remained unchanged throughout the research same with the bed temperature. the research using 3-level full factorial then a 3-level different parameter needed, beside the default parameter the other 2 level parameter will be their increment, thus the combination of the study can be seen on table 1. table 1. parameter combination parameter level 1 level 2 level 3 velocity 50 60 70 micropump voltage 3.5 4 4.5 2.3. material and preparation default batter ingredients been use on the machine was consist of 240 grams of flour, 280 grams of white milk, one egg, six tablespoons of sugar, one tablespoon of salt, one tablespoon of baking powder, and two tablespoons of vegetable oil. the research will use the same ingredient as the default without any change on the composition. the ingredients are mixed evenly using a mixer for about 10 to 15 minutes and were obtained from a local cake supply store. 3. results and discussion the specimens of a straight line 8 cm long, and 3.5 mm wide, with the dimensions of the specimens, have an area of 2.8 cm2 were used in this research. based on the experimental results, it is known that the lowest area error is 5.75%, and the highest area error is 74.11%, while for the lowest length is 0.00%, and the highest length error is 22.19%. even though the lowest length error is 0%, this does not indicate that the parameter is optimal because it is still affected by the printed area error. histogram of length error and printed area error shown in fig. 2. fig. 2. histogram of length error and printed area error 88 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) based on the histogram, it can be concluded that most of the extrusion results have a length error value below 11.25% with 2 data above it, while for wide error, most of the data is below 35% with 9 data above it, when viewed from this it can be seen that the error results are stable in that area. the results of data extrusion can be seen in table 2. the data was then tested using doe full factorial on minitab 19 software. based on the normality test results, the p-value for the length error was 0.24, and the area error was 0.093. the data set has a p-value above 0.05, so it can be interpreted that the data set is normally distributed with a confidence level of 95% so that it meets the requirements for further testing using anova to analyze the significance of each parameter. pareto chart of length error and printed area error shown in fig. 3. table 2. extrusion results velocity volt time length printed area length error printed area error 50 3.5 9.27 8.35 3.343 4% 19% 4 9.27 6.225 4.848 (-)22% 73% 4.5 9.27 7.47 3.335 (-)7% 19% 60 3.5 9.21 8 3.378 0% 21% 4 9.21 8.7 3.677 9% 31% 4.5 9.21 8.7 4.323 9% 54% 70 3.5 9.16 8.787 3.042 10% 9% 4 9.16 8.27 3.309 3% 18% 4.5 9.16 8.88 3.632 11% 30% 50 3.5 9.27 8.825 3.62 10% 29% 4 9.27 8.7 3.441 9% 23% 4.5 9.27 8.8 3.804 10% 36% 60 3.5 9.21 8.2 3.921 2% 40% 4 9.21 8.19 4.593 2% 64% 4.5 9.21 8.37 3.999 5% 43% 70 3.5 9.16 9.119 3.531 14% 26% 4 9.16 8,677 3.686 8% 32% 4.5 9.16 8.09 3.65 1% 30% 50 3.5 9.27 8.25 3.432 3% 23% 4 9.27 8.729 4.748 9% 70% 4.5 9.27 8.6 4.875 8% 74% 60 3.5 9.21 8.4 3.528 5% 26% 4 9.21 7.945 3.284 (-)1% 17% 4.5 9.21 8.68 4.511 9% 61% 70 3.5 9.16 7.91 3.137 1% 12% 4 9.16 7.65 2.961 4% 6% 4.5 9.16 7.94 3.647 1% 30% fig. 3. pareto chart of length error and printed area error the most significant parameter or the parameter that has significant influence can be read using anova. it is shown with a p-value below 0.05, which means that the parameter significantly influences the extrusion result. based on the pareto chart, the parameter length error does not issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 89 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) significantly influence. it can also be seen in the anova results that the velocity parameter has a pvalue of 0.13, and the voltage has a p-value of 0.665. on the other hand, the printed area error based on the pareto chart, there is a parameter that has a significant influence. the velocity parameter has a p-value of 0.047. interaction plot for length error and printed area error shown in fig. 4. fig. 4. interaction plot for length error and printed area error when we analyze parameter using full factorial the interaction plot of each dependent variable will be created to identify, even based on the fig. 3 dependent variable of length error doesn’t have any significant influence it will be identified to understand the response or change parameter in length error, the only interaction seen on the length error was when we increase the velocity from 50 mm/s to 60 mm/s it will decrease the error value and the lowest error can be obtained using 3.5 volt of micropump voltage. on the other hand, he interaction of printed area error show regardless of the velocity used, the micropump voltage of 3.5 volt always give the lowest printed area error value and the combination with velocity 70 mm/s create the lowest printed area error value. other relationship between parameters in the printed area error show that regardless of the micropump voltage when we increase the velocity from 60 to 70 the printed area error created will be lowered. based on these results, it can be interpreted that the extrusion of batter is suitable. the number of error values is generated when the velocity is not balanced with the value of the micropump voltage. the voltage of the micropump influence the amount of batter that comes out during extrusion, so when the velocity is not well balanced with the amount of batter being extruded, a printed area error will form. if the balance gap between velocity and voltage is big, then the resulting error will be significant also. the bigger the gap, the bigger error will occur this error also in line with the lemon gel system (yang et al., 2018). despite different material type were used but the main error happens to be the same the optimal parameter can be determined with the lowest extrusion error value. this can be done using minitab 19. in the full factorial test, there is a response optimization feature by obtaining desirability values for each data set. optimization targets by minimizing the error value on area error and length error, a solution with a desirability value of 78% is obtained from the combination of velocity 70 mm/s and 4 volts voltage and the detailed solution can be seen on table 3. table 3. optimization parameter result solution velocity volt area fit error length fit error composite desirability 1 70 4 0.185238 0.0540417 0.784269 2 60 3.5 0.288929 0.0250000 0.766103 3 50 3.5 0.237500 0.0593750 0.734533 4 70 3.5 0.155952 0.0831667 0.731522 5 70 4.5 0.301071 0.0429167 0.720537 further experiment using optimized setting was carried out in order to validate the obtained parameter from the optimization. a 3 times replication of optimized parameter was done, average length error was 8.27% it is bigger than the average experiment and the prediction, but the printed 90 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) area error was better because the error of the optimized parameter 13.6% where it was lower than the average experiment also lower than its prediction and the detailed result can be seen on table 4. although the research has been done properly to optimize the printing parameter, further research may need to optimize the batter properties same with the research on batter for a snack (radoš et al., 2022) even though the material used was different but the main material was closely similar. table 4. optimization printing experiment average printing result length error printed area error experiment 6.6% 33.9% optimized prediction 5.4% 18.5% optimized experiment 8.27% 13.6% 4. conclusion it was found that the optimized parameter for printcake using velocity of 70 mm/s and micropump voltage of 4 volt was suitable for the pancake printing in this study, even though the same material never been done before but the error occurred was closely related to other food printing material. producing ideal printed pancake that similar with the proposed design was necessary to set the appropriate parameters to get ideal printed results, and a balance between velocity and micropump voltage obtained from the optimization parameter. from the research we can see that the result of optimized parameter was good, even the result of length error little bit bigger then the experiment and it’s predicted optimized result but it was able to print pancake design with the average error of printed area 13.6% where the average experiment printed area error around 33.9% and prediction of optimization was 18.5%. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references brunner, t. a., delley, m., & denkel, c. (2018). consumers’ attitudes and change of attitude toward 3d printed food. food quality and preference, 68, 389-396. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodqual.2017.12.010. burke-shyne, s., gallegos, d., & williams, t. (2021). 3d food printing: nutrition opportunities and challenges. british food journal, 123(2), 649-663. https://doi.org/10.1108/bfj-05-2020-0441. campbell, i., bourell, d., & gibson, i. (2012). additive manufacturing: rapid prototyping comes of age. rapid prototyping journal, 18(4), 255-258. https://doi.org/10.1108/13552541211231563. cazzaniga, a., hase, s., brousse, m. m., & linares, a. r. (2021). properties of dehydrated cassava puree and wheat flour blends and its relationship with the texture of doughs. lwt, 136, 110310. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2020.110310. cheng-rong, t. s. a. i., & yung-kai, l. i. n. (2022). artificial steak: a 3d printable hydrogel composed of egg albumen, pea protein, gellan gum, sodium alginate and rice mill by-products. future foods, 5, 100121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fufo.2022.100121. chuanxing, f., qi, w., hui, l., quancheng, z., & wang, m. (2018). effects of pea protein on the properties of potato starch-based 3d printing materials. international journal of food engineering, 14(3). https://doi.org/10.1515/ijfe-2017-0297. derossi, a., caporizzi, r., oral, m. o., & severini, c. (2020). analyzing the effects of 3d printing process per se on the microstructure and mechanical properties of cereal food products. innovative food science & emerging technologies, 66, 102531. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2020.102531. desu, p. k., maddiboyina, b., vanitha, k., rao gudhanti, s. n., anusha, r., & jhawat, v. (2021). 3d printing https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodqual.2017.12.010 https://doi.org/10.1108/bfj-05-2020-0441 https://doi.org/10.1108/13552541211231563 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2020.110310 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fufo.2022.100121 https://doi.org/10.1515/ijfe-2017-0297 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2020.102531 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 91 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) technology in pharmaceutical dosage forms: advantages and challenges. current drug targets, 22(16), 1901-1914. https://doi.org/10.2174/1389450122666210120142416. geisler, e., lecompère, m., & soppera, o. (2022). 3d printing of optical materials by processes based on photopolymerization: materials, technologies, and recent advances. photonics research, 10(6), 13441360. https://doi.org/10.1364/prj.453338. guénard-lampron, v., masson, m., leichtnam, o., & blumenthal, d. (2021). impact of 3d printing and postprocessing parameters on shape, texture and microstructure of carrot appetizer cake. innovative food science & emerging technologies, 72, 102738. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2021.102738. he, c., zhang, m., & fang, z. (2020). 3d printing of food: pretreatment and post-treatment of materials. critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 60(14), 2379-2392. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2019.1641065. kemenprin. (2019). making indonesia. making indonesia, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.7591/9781501719370. kewuyemi, y. o., kesa, h., & adebo, o. a. (2022). trends in functional food development with threedimensional (3d) food printing technology: prospects for value-added traditionally processed food products. critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 62(28), 7866-7904. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2021.1920569. kumar, r., & kumar, r. (2020). 3d printing of food materials: a state of art review and future applications. materials today: proceedings, 33, 1463-1467. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.005. liu, w., & evans, s. (2016). how companies respond to the emergence of 3d printing technology. eceee industrial summer study proceedings. cambridge: university of cambridge, 305-310. https://www.eceee.org/library/conference_proceedings/eceee_industrial_summer_study/2016 malik, a., haq, m. i. u., raina, a., & gupta, k. (2022). 3d printing towards implementing industry 4.0: sustainability aspects, barriers and challenges. industrial robot: the international journal of robotics research and application, 49(3), 491-511. https://doi.org/10.1108/ir-10-2021-0247. maniglia, b. c., lima, d. c., junior, m. d. m., le-bail, p., le-bail, a., & augusto, p. e. (2020). preparation of cassava starch hydrogels for application in 3d printing using dry heating treatment (dht): a prospective study on the effects of dht and gelatinization conditions. food research international, 128, 108803. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodres.2019.108803. montoya, j., medina, j., molina, a., gutiérrez, j., rodríguez, b., & marín, r. (2021). impact of viscoelastic and structural properties from starch-mango and starch-arabinoxylans hydrocolloids in 3d food printing. additive manufacturing, 39, 101891. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.101891. oliveira, s. m., gruppi, a., vieira, m. v., matos, g. s., vicente, a. a., teixeira, j. a., ... & pastrana, l. m. (2021). how additive manufacturing can boost the bioactivity of baked functional foods. journal of food engineering, 294, 110394. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2020.110394. pant, a., lee, a. y., karyappa, r., lee, c. p., an, j., hashimoto, m., tan, u. x., wong, g., chua, c. k., & zhang, y. (2021). 3d food printing of fresh vegetables using food hydrocolloids for dysphagic patients. food hydrocolloids, 114(october 2020), 106546. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodhyd.2020.106546. paolillo, m., derossi, a., van bommel, k., noort, m., & severini, c. (2021). rheological properties, dispensing force and printing fidelity of starchy-gels modulated by concentration, temperature and resting time. food hydrocolloids, 117, 106703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodhyd.2021.106703. portanguen, s., tournayre, p., sicard, j., astruc, t., & mirade, p. s. (2019). toward the design of functional foods and biobased products by 3d printing: a review. trends in food science & technology, 86, 188198. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2019.02.023. pulatsu, e., su, j. w., kenderes, s. m., lin, j., vardhanabhuti, b., & lin, m. (2021). effects of ingredients and pre-heating on the printing quality and dimensional stability in 3d printing of cookie dough. journal of food engineering, 294, 110412. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2020.110412. pulatsu, e., su, j. w., lin, j., & lin, m. (2020). factors affecting 3d printing and post-processing capacity of cookie dough. innovative food science & emerging technologies, 61, 102316. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2020.102316. https://doi.org/10.2174/1389450122666210120142416 https://doi.org/10.1364/prj.453338 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2021.102738 https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2019.1641065 https://doi.org/10.7591/9781501719370 https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2021.1920569 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.005 https://www.eceee.org/library/conference_proceedings/eceee_industrial_summer_study/2016/2-sustainable-production-design-and-supply-chain-initiatives/how-companies-respond-to-the-emergence-of-3d-printing-technology/ https://doi.org/10.1108/ir-10-2021-0247 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodres.2019.108803 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.101891 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2020.110394 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodhyd.2020.106546 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodhyd.2021.106703 https://doi.org/https:/doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2019.02.023 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2020.110412 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifset.2020.102316 92 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 85-92 ahmad amirudin assidiq (parameter optimization of printcake machine using full factorial) radoš, k., benković, m., mustač, n. č., habuš, m., voučko, b., pavičić, t. v., ... & novotni, d. (2023). powder properties, rheology and 3d printing quality of gluten-free blends. journal of food engineering, 338, 111251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2022.111251. shen, d., zhang, m., mujumdar, a. s., & li, j. (2022). advances and application of efficient physical fields in extrusion based 3d food printing technology. trends in food science & technology. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2022.11.017. tabriz, a. g., fullbrook, d. h. g., vilain, l., derrar, y., nandi, u., grau, c., ... & douroumis, d. (2021). personalised tasted masked chewable 3d printed fruit-chews for paediatric patients. pharmaceutics, 13(8), 1301. https://doi.org/10.3390/pharmaceutics13081301. tavares luiz, m. (2021). santos rosa viegas j, palma abriata j, viegas f, testa moura de carvalho vicentini f, lopes badra bentley mv, et al. design of experiments (doe) to develop and to optimize nanoparticles as drug delivery systems. european journal of pharmaceutics and biopharmaceutics, 165, 127-48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejpb.2021.05.011. tejada-ortigoza, v., & cuan-urquizo, e. (2022). towards the development of 3d-printed food: a rheological and mechanical approach. foods, 11(9), 1191. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods11091191. vo, h. (2022). design creativity in industry 4.0: gravity sketch and 3d printing in a luminaire design project. journal of engineering, design and technology, (ahead-of-print). https://doi.org/10.1108/jedt01-2022-0053. yang, f., zhang, m., bhandari, b., & liu, y. (2018). investigation on lemon juice gel as food material for 3d printing and optimization of printing parameters. lwt, 87, 67-76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2017.08.054. zhang, j., li, y., cai, y., ahmad, i., zhang, a., ding, y., ... & lyu, f. (2022). hot extrusion 3d printing technologies based on starchy food: a review. carbohydrate polymers, 119763. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.carbpol.2022.119763. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfoodeng.2022.111251 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tifs.2022.11.017 https://doi.org/10.3390/pharmaceutics13081301 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejpb.2021.05.011 https://doi.org/10.3390/foods11091191 https://doi.org/10.1108/jedt-01-2022-0053 https://doi.org/10.1108/jedt-01-2022-0053 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2017.08.054 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.carbpol.2022.119763 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.27 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 1 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer dispenser stand with foot pedal model akh. sokhibi1, *, mia ajeng alifiana2, vikha indira asri3 1,3 industrial engineering department, universitas muria kudus, kudus, 59327,indonesia 2 management department, universitas muria kudus, kudus, 59327, indonesia *corresponding author: akh.sokhibi@umk.ac.id introduction the world health organization (who) declared that coronavirus is a pandemic in january 2020. the spread of this deadly disease will be alarming at such a rapid growth rate around the world (goh et al. 2020). the rate of spread and devastating effects of this virus is very quickly becoming an urgent call and concern for humans to reduce it (who 2021). the struggle against this covid pandemic is still long and efforts are needed from all parties. until february 2, 2022, there are 223 countries in the world have experienced the covid-19 pandemic, with the number of positively infected reaching approximately 388 million people and those who died reaching 5.71 million people. meanwhile, in indonesia, positive cases of covid 19 reached 4.446.694 people, and 144.453 people died (covid19 2022). to prevent the spread of covid-19 transmission, who and the indonesian ministry of health have made several efforts to prevent the spread of covid-19 through isolation, early detection, and basic a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: february 2022 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 the covid-19 pandemic that occurred in early 2020 until now is a new phenomenon in human life. various sectors of life have been affected by the covid-19 pandemic. to prevent the spread of the covid-19 pandemic, the government has made every effort, including appealing to avoid crowds, maintain distance, wear masks, limit mobility and diligently wash hands with water or hand sanitizer. especially for the use of hand sanitizers placed in public places, tools are needed to place hand sanitizers that by the range of dimensions of the human body. so it is necessary to design a hand sanitizer stand by considering ergonomic aspects. methods that have been used in this research was experimental with an ergonomic approach. the object of research is the design of a hand sanitizer dispenser stands with a foot pedal model by incorporating ergonomic aspects. the data collection procedure used is anthropometric data from the javanese community. then the anthropometric data were tested for normality, uniformity test, and data test. the design dimensions were obtained from percentile calculations based on anthropometric data. the results showed that the height of the bottle hand sanitizer stands was 91.73 cm; the hand sanitizer stand pedal width 13.67 cm; for the hand sanitizer stand, the pedal length is 24.32 cm. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords anthropometry ergonomic design hand sanitizer dispenser stand mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.27x mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:akh.sokhibi@umk.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 1-10 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 2 protection (directorate general of p2p 2020). one of the basic efforts to avoid the spread of the covid19 virus is to wash your hands frequently with soap or hand sanitizer. hand sanitizer is a product in the form of a gel that contains an antiseptic which, if used, does not need to be rinsed with water. its use is very effective to kill transient and resident flora compared to using water, using ordinary soap, or antiseptic soap (moh 2013). washing hands using a hand sanitizer can reduce the number of germs by 17.29 cfu/cm2, where the average decrease is 1.33 cfu/cm2 with an effectiveness of 60% (cordita & soleha, 2019). especially for the use of hand sanitizer, a tool is needed to place it, in the form of a hand sanitizer dispenser stand. because during this covid-19 pandemic what is needed is contactless technology to prevent and break the spread of the virus. one simple contactless technology is a hand sanitizer dispenser stand with the foot pedal. we can find a lot of hand sanitizer dispenser stands with foot pedals in the various public area around us. usually, designs created in emergency scenarios during the covid-19 pandemic require fast completion and development and are executed remotely. whereat the beginning of this pandemic access was very limited. for example, workshops that were closed, laboratories were also closed (moharir & porwal, 2020). so that the convenience aspect in the design is neglected. therefore, an alternative that can be used as a solution is to include ergonomic aspects in its design. ergonomics is a systematic branch of science to utilize information about the nature, capabilities, and limitations of human beings in designing a working system so that people can live and also work on a good system that is to achieve the desired goals by going through effective work, easiest, safe and comfortable (ginting, 2010). the target of applying ergonomics is all workers, both in the traditional, modern, and informal sectors. in the traditional sector, it is generally done by hand and using tools, and workmanship can be improved ergonomically. in the modern sector, the application of ergonomics has entered in the form of attitudes, work procedures, and decent work planning, which is an essential condition for high work efficiency and productivity (tawarka, 2010). besides, ergonomics emphasizes the human fit environment, minimizes fatigue, and discomfort through product design and development (rahman et al., 2020). to obtain the element of comfort, anthropometric measurements are needed to be considered in designing and assisting in achieving a level of comfort (taifa & desai, 2017). in an ergonomic product design, the concept of anthropometry must be applied. anthropometry is the science of measurement and the art of application that establishes the physical geometry, mass properties, and strength capabilities of the human body. some of the factors that influence anthropometric data variations are age, sex, ethnicity, and occupation. one method of collecting anthropometric data can be digital photography (iridiastadi & yassierli, 2019). dimensions measured in anthropometry data retrieval must be adjusted to the product to be designed. some of the previous studies that have been carried out by derisma et al. (2020) with the title design and implementation of corona virus prevention sterilization tools for health workers at the bungus teluk kabung public health center, padang. one of the results of this research is the design of the hand sanitizer to step on the pedal with the dimensions of the height of the hand sanitizer 123.2 cm and the height of the holder where the liquid hand sanitizer is 112.8 cm and the width of the pedal is 40 cm (derisma et al., 2020). meanwhile, another research was conducted by hakim et al. (2021) with the title design sink and automated portal with considering anthropometry to prevent covid19 transmission. the conclusion of the study is more discuss the use of automatic sensor tools in its design (hakim et al., 2021). and the research was conducted by candra prilyanto with the title hand washing tool design with simple technology (foot pedal) in 2020. the research only discusses fluency the process of getting out of water and soap averages less than 2 times the footing (prilyanto, 2020). harshada s. kadu et.al in 2021 conducted a study entitled an automatic hand sanitizer dispensing machine with the conclusion that the machine can not only dispense cleaning fluid automatically but can also measure body temperature, oxygen levels, and body pulse and there is a lightning alarm (kadu et al., 2021). then the research conducted by arnab das et.al in 2021 entitled development of a novel design and subsequent fabrication of an automated touchless hand sanitizer dispenser to reduce the spread of contagious diseases with research results in the form of an automated hand sanitizer dispenser system is a novel concept, and it is cost-effective compared to the conventional ones. the presented device is expected to play a key role in contactless hand disinfection in public places, and reduce the spread of spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-50 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 3 infectious diseases in society (das et al., 2021). based on previous research that has been done, there is a study that considers the ergonomic aspect in its design, namely another research conducted by m hanifuddin hakim, but the ergonomic aspect is carried out on the automatic sink design. meanwhile, research that has been done on the design of a hand sanitizer stand dispenser with a foot pedal has not found a design that incorporates ergonomic aspects into its design. therefore, the research gap is to include ergonomic aspects in designing a hand sanitizer dispenser stand. so this research aims to design a hand sanitizer dispenser stand foot pedal model with an ergonomic aspect approach, to obtain a design that is by human characteristics as users. research method the method that has been used in this research is an experiment with an ergonomic approach in designing a hand sanitizer dispenser stand with a foot pedal. the data used in the design of this product is the anthropometric data of the javanese people. because this research was conducted in a university where the majority of the population is javanese. anthropometric data collection procedures were carried out by direct measurements (mulyati et al., 2020). the research procedure is carried out in several stages of the procedure as follows: a. stage 1: data collections data collection in this study is in the form of anthropometry data. anthropometry data is a measurement of body dimensions or characteristics other physical bodies are relevant to the design of what are worn people (tawarka, 2004). anthropometric data will determine the shape, size, and precise dimensions relating to the product being designed and the humans who will operate the product (susanti et al., 2015). the anthropometry data used in this study were the height of the standing elbow, foot width, and foot length. the number of respondents who measured anthropometric data was 28 javanese people. the number of respondents is sufficient to meet the requirements of the data adequacy test. figure 1. foot dimensions measured (hajaghazadeh et al., 2018) spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 1-10 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 4 𝑁` = 𝑘 𝑠 (𝑁 𝑋2) − ( 𝑋2) 𝑋2 figure 2. body dimensions measured for standing position (hari purnomo, 2013) b. stage 2: data test the first anthropometry data test aims to determine the normality of anthropometry data. the normality test is testing the data to see if residual values are normally distributed or not. normally distributed data will minimize the possibility of the occurrence of bias. in this study, to determine normality data distribution using the kolmogorov-smirnov test via spss 21 program for windows. what if the asymp. sig. something variable is greater than the level of significant 5% (> 0.050) then the variable is normally distributed, whereas if the value is asymp. sig. a variable is smaller than the level of significant 5% (<0.050) these variables are not normally distributed (ghozali, 2018). the second data test is the uniformity test of the anthropometric data. data uniformity testing is required to separate data that has different characteristics. while the third test is an anthropometry data adequacy test. data adequacy tests are required to ensure that the data that has been collected is objectively sufficient. ideally, measurements should be carried out in large quantities, even to an infinite number of measurement data so that the measurement results are feasible for use (hari purnomo, 2003). the formula used is as follows: (1) c. stage 3 : percentile value calculation anthropometric data used in the design will be presented in a percentile form. percentile is a picture that shows the number of parts of one-hundredth of people from a population who have a certain body size (smaller or larger). the percentile values used in this study were the percentile values for standing elbow height, foot width, and foot length. which percentile value will be used as a design dimension. d. stage 4 : the dimension of ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand the dimensions of the ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand obtained after the percentile value of the anthropometry data of the standing elbow height, foot width, and foot length have been determined. the percentile values used are the 95th percentile, the 50th percentile, and the 5th percentile. e. stage 5 : design after the percentile data has been known, the next step was to start designing the hand sanitizer dispenser stand according to the percentile data for standing elbow height, foot width, and foot length. the materials used in this design include an iron plate for footsteps, hollow iron for the product frame, spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-50 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 5 pvc pipe as product frame cover. results and discussion the measurement results of anthropometry data of the java ethnic were presented in table 1 below. table 1. the measurement results of anthropometry data of the java ethnic no standing elbow height (cm) foot width (cm) foot length (cm) 1 102 10 25 2 105 8 26 3 97 10 25 4 105 9 27 5 99 11 24 6 95 10 24 7 98 9 22 8 95 9 24 9 98 12 23 10 105 11 27 11 99 10 25 12 95 9 25 13 98 9 22 14 95 12 22 15 98 11 23 16 102 10 24 17 105 9 22 18 97 9 24 19 105 12 23 20 99 11 27 21 100 10 24 22 98 12 22 23 102 10 25 24 105 8 26 25 97 10 25 26 105 9 27 27 99 11 24 28 95 10 24 there were 28 (twenty-eight) measurement results from each anthropometric data. the data was taken by direct measurement to users of hand sanitizer dispenser stand in the environment of universitas muria kudus, namely students with javanese ethnic. anthropometry data normality test anthropometry normality data test performed by kolmogorov-smirnov test on spss software. if kolmogorov calculates < kolmogorov table, then > the decision is normally distributed data. with an alpha value of 0.05 (montororing, 2021). table 2. data normality test result anthropometry data  x sig. standing elbow height 3.658 99.75 .013 foot width 1.170 10.04 .012 foot length 1.611 24.32 .101 table 2 above can be concluded that the results of the measurement of standing elbow height, foot width, and foot length data are known to be sig. > 0.05. so it can be interpreted that the anthropometric data is distributed normal or in other words that the data above has a distribution evenly distributed data that represents the population spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 1-10 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 6 anthropometry data uniformity test this anthropometry data uniformity test is conducted using spss software. so, it will be known as upper control limit and lower control limit. data is said to be uniform if it comes from the same reason system and is between the two control boundaries and is said to be not uniform if it comes from a different cause system and is outside the control limit (sutalaksana, 2006). table 3 below is the result of a uniformity test of anthropometry data using the help of spss software. table 3. anthropometry data uniformity results anthropometry data x ucl lcl standing elbow height 99,75 105 95 foot width 10,04 12 8 foot length 24,32 27 22 because the average value of the anthropometry data standing elbow height between the upper dick boundary and the lower control limit. then the data is declared uniform. similarly, in the anthropometry data the width of the soles of the feet and the length of the soles of the feet. anthropometry data adequacy test a data adequacy test is needed to ensure that the data that has been collected is objective enough. ideally, measurements should be carried out in large numbers, even up to an unlimited number of measurement data so that the measurement results are feasible to use (sutalaksana 2006). the data adequacy test is conducted to determine whether the data used is sufficient or not, namely n'<n. by using a 95% confidence level and 5% accuracy level, the results of the data adequacy test can be seen in table 4 below: table 4. anthropometry data adequacy test anthropometry data n `n standing elbow height 28 2,07 foot width 28 20,98 foot length 28 6,76 based on the table above, because all 'n values of all anthropometry data are smaller than the n value, then the data is considered sufficient. persentile value calculation a percentile value is a measure used to represent the population of an ergonomically designed user group. the percentile size used is 5th for small percentile size, 50th for average percentile size, and 95th for large percentile size. to be able to find out the size of the percentile can be calculated by using the following formula: p5 = x 1,645 ………...…………………………(2) p50 = x ..………..………………………………….. (3) p95 = x + 1,645 …………………………………..(4) so by using the formula of percentile p5th, percentile 50th, and percentile 95th, obtained the value of percentiles as in table 5 below: table 5. percentile value anthropometry data percentile (cm) 5-th 50-th 95-th spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-50 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 7 standing elbow height 91,73 99,75 105,77 foot width 8,12 10,04 13,67 foot length 21,67 24,32 26,97 dimensions of ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand in determining the size or dimensions of the ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand, this is only done based on the percentile value result variable that has been obtained. while the variables based on the dimensions of the ergonomic hand sanitizer stand dispenser were not included in this research. the percentile values used are the 5-th percentile for the height of the ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand, the 50th percentile for the pedal length (stepping on the foot) of the ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand, and the 95-th percentile for the width of the pedal (stepping on the foot). the results of the overall size of the ergonomic trolley can be seen in table 6 below. table 6. dimension of ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand anthropometry data ergonomic stand hands antizer parts percentile (cm) dimention (cm) standing elbow height height of the hand sanitizer bottle 5-th 91,73 foot width step pedal width 95-th 13,67 foot length pedal length stepping 50-th 24,32 the results of the dimensions of this ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand then made an engineering drawing. the technical drawing design of the ergonomic hand sanitizer dispenser stand can be seen in figures 3 and 4 below: figure 3. engineering drawings of 3d ergonomic design of hand sanitizer dispenser stand spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 1-10 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 8 figure 4. engineering drawings of 2d ergonomic design of hand sanitizer dispenser stand conclusion the dimensions of the ergonomic hand sanitizer stand dispenser design are obtained for the height of the hand sanitizer bottle holder which is designed using a 5-th percentile, which is 91.73 cm in height with the aim of making it easier for the population of people with short bodies. for the width of the pedal, which is designed using the 95-th percentile, which is 13.67 cm with the intention of making it easier for the population of people with maximum foot width. and the size of the pedal length stepping uses the 50-th percentile which is 24.32cm with the intention to accommodate the population of people with minimum and maximum leg lengths. the implication of the results of this research that was expected to provide convenience and comfort for users of the ergonomic hand sanitizer stand dispenser. as for suggestions for further research in the form of adding an automatic dryer to the hand sanitizer dispenser stand which is designed according to ergonomic aspects. references covid19, satgas. 2022. “peta sebaran.” covid19.co.id. retrieved february 2, 2022 (https://covid19.go.id/peta-sebaran-covid19). das, a., barua, a., mohimin, m., abedin, j., khandaker, m. u., & al-mugren, k. s. (2021, april). development of a novel design and subsequent fabrication of an automated touchless hand sanitizer dispenser to reduce the spread of contagious diseases. in healthcare (vol. 9, no. 4, p. 445). multidisciplinary digital publishing institute. depkes. 2013. “pedoman manajerial pencegahan dan pengendalian infeksi di rumah sakit dan fasilitas pelayanan kesehatan lainnya.” in journal of chemical information and modeling. vol. 53. derisma, d., yendri, d., arief, l., hersyah, m. h., aisuwarya, r., putri, r. e., ferdian, r., novani, n.p., heranof, m.r. & anggraini, y. (2020). desain dan implementasi apd serta alat bantu pencegahan virus corona bagi tenaga kesehatan di puskesmas bungus teluk kabung padang. jurnal hilirisasi ipteks, 3(2), 105-117. dirjen p2p. 2020. “pedoman pencegahan dan pengendalian coronavirus disease (covid-19) maret 2020.” kementerian kesehatan republik indonesia 4(4). ghozali, i. (2018). aplikasi analisis multivariate dengan program ibm spss 25. goh, y., chua, w., lee, j. k., ang, b. w. l., liang, c. r., tan, c. a., choong, d.a.w., hoon, h.x., ong, m.k.l., & quek, s. t. (2020). operational strategies to prevent coronavirus disease 2019 (covidspektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-50 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 9 19) spread in radiology: experience from a singapore radiology department after severe acute respiratory syndrome. journal of the american college of radiology, 17(6), 717-723. hajaghazadeh, m., minaei, r. e., allahyari, t., & khalkhali, h. (2018). anthropometric dimensions of foot in northwestern iran and comparison with other populations. health scope, 7(3), e14063. hakim, m. h., irmawanto, r., & poniman, p. (2021). rancang bangun wastafel dan portal otomatis dengan mempertimbangkan antropometri guna mencegah penularan covid19. resistor (elektronika kendali telekomunikasi tenaga listrik komputer), 4(1), 29-36. purnomo,h. (2003). pengantar teknik industri. 1st ed. yogyakarta: graha ilmnu. purnomo,h. (2013). antropometri dan aplikasinya. yogyakarta: ghara ilmu. iridiastadi, h., yassierli. (2014). ergonomi: suatu pengantar. bandung: pt remaja rosdakarya. kadu, h. s., mohod, s. s., saykhede, s. k., akash, d. i., shreyas, s. g., & kulat, h. s. (2021). an automatic hand sanitizer dispensing machine. international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, 10(5), 4236-4241. moharir, a., & porwa, v. (2020). battling covid-19 with foot-operated sanitizer dispenser stands. international research journal of engineering and technology, 7(8), 740-746. montororing, y. d. r. & sihombing, s. (2020). perancangan fasilitas alat bantu kerja dengan prinsip ergonomi pada bagian penimbangan di pt. bpi. jurnal inkofar, 1(2), 47-57. mulyati, g. t., maksum, m., purwantana, b., & ainuri, m. (2020). design conformity of indonesian-made mini rice combine harvester and anthropometry of javanese farmers. agritech journal, 40(2), 133–40. prilyanto, c. (2020). perancangan alat bantu cuci tangan dengan teknologi sederhana [pedal kaki]. media aplikom, 12(1), 13-20. rahman, m. h. ab., maidin, n. a., ahmad, u. h., basri, m. s. m., ahmad, m .n., jumaidin, r., osman, m. h., & wahid, m. k. (2020). design and development of ergonomic table and analyze using rula analysis. malaysian journal of public health medicine, 20(special issue 1), 138–44. cordita, r. n., soleha, t. u., mayasari, d. (2019). perbandingan efektivitas mencuci tangan menggunakan hand sanitizer dengan sabun antiseptik pada tenaga kesehatan di ruang icu rsud dr. h. abdul moeloek. jurnal kesehatan dan agromedicine, 6(1), 145-153 ginting, r. (2010). perancangan produk.. yogyakarta: graha ilmu. susanti, l., zadry, h., & yuliandra, b. (2015). pengantar ergonomi industri. padang: andalas university press. sutalaksana, i. z., anggawisastra, r., & tjakraatmadja, j. h. (2006). teknik perancangan sistem kerja. bandung: itb press. taifa, i. w., & desai, d. a. (2017). anthropometric measurements for ergonomic design of students’ furniture in india. engineering science and technology, an international journal, 20(1), 232-239. tarwaka. (2014). keselamatan dan kesehatan kerja. surakarta: harapan press. tarwaka. (2010). ergonomi industri. surakarta. surakarta: harapan press. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 1-10 ergonomic design of hand sanitizer…(sokhibi et al) 10 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.25 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 91 aggregate planning implementation for planning and controlling the materials in the beverage packaging industry indra setiawan1,*, nurdiansyah2, muh. tosin3, vivi lusia4, muhammad wahid5 1master of industrial engineering, universitas mercu buana, jakarta, 11650, indonesia 2,4,5industrial engineering department, universitas borobudur, jakarta, 13620, indonesia 3master of management, universitas borobudur, jakarta 13620, indonesia *corresponding author: indra.setiawan.2022@gmail.com introduction the beverage packaging industry in indonesia is currently experiencing very rapid development and has resulted in intense competition in the industrial market (tannady & pratama, 2019). the ministry of industry noted that the contribution of the food and beverage industry to the produk domestik bruto (pdb) of the non-oil and gas industry reached 34.95 percent in the third quarter of 2017. this performance result makes the sector the largest contributor to industrial pdb compared to other subsectors. companies need to compete to be able to achieve consumer loyalty that is superior to their competitors (kirana, 2020). for every industry, demand fulfillment, loyalty, and customer satisfaction are important aspects to compete in the global market (ning et al., 2019). every industry to be able to achieve this aspect needs to increase productivity and efficiency in its production process (dahlia & andri, 2021). increasing productivity in this industry is more directed at optimizing the production process, a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: january 2022 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 the beverage packaging industry is a company that produce ready-todrink drinks that produces box bottle tea (bbt) 250 slim products. this product is sent to several customers and distributors throughout indonesia. during 2020 the demand for this product has increased. in addition, the increasing demand also fluctuated significantly so the company was unable to predict production schedule. the continuity of the production process to meet consumer demand requires good production planning. the purpose of this research is to plan and control the production process of bbt 250 slim to obtain optimal raw material requirements. this study uses the method of linear regression and aggregate planning. based on the analysis with linear regression, this study resulted in a model y=319.575+3.723x, meaning that if demand decreases, the amount of production also decreases. this model is very useful for the beverage packaging industry in planning and controlling raw materials for production. calculation of raw material requirements for bbt 250 slim products results in an efficiency of raw materials than usual forecasting. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords aggregate planning beverage industry box bottle tea linear regression mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.25 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:indra.setiawan.2022@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 92 especially in production planning for meet consumer demand and produce optimal production output (gulsun et al., 2009). in addition, the efficiency applied is more directed at minimizing costs in each production process that takes place for generate maximum profits by utilizing available resources (magdalena, 2020). currently, one of the competing industries in the market is more focused on the food and beverage sector. beverage packaging industry is a soft drink industry that provides ready-to-drink products for packaged tea products. this industry is a company that produces the first packaged tea in indonesia with one of its leading products being box bottle tea (bbt) 250 slim. based on initial observations, production demand continues to increase and the amount fluctuates (can be seen figure 1). however, with fluctuating and dynamic consumer demand, the beverage packaging industry is faced with the problem of not optimally planning its production to produce an accurate product quantity that is close to the actual number of each distributor. this had an impact on production in 2019, the company was unable to produce according to customer demand. high demand while the resulting low production. the continuity of the production process to meet consumer demand requires good production planning (fairuzzahira et al., 2020). where production planning is planning about the products produced and the number of products that will be produced in the coming period (jamalnia et al., 2019). based on the problems above, it seems that improvements need to be made (yuliastuti et al., 2019). therefore, it is necessary to have an improved solution with an approach that can control production so the company can meet customer demands (atikno et al., 2021). this research will integrate the aggregate planning approach with a statistical approach. linear regression is needed to complete the data analysis method. figure 1. total of demand (units) 2018-2020 one of the production planning is aggregate planning. aggregate planning is in the form of the quantity planning process and certain timing through adjustment of factors production level, employees, inventory and other controllable factors (bagchi & paul, 2018). aggregate planning is a method to estimate the amount of output that will be produced to meet demand during the planning period and adjusted to the company's production capacity (cheraghalikhani et al., 2019). aggregate planning allows the company to develop a strategy to use company resources well, to achieve effective and efficient capacity based on forecasts of future demand (taufik et al., 2021). effective means alignment between planning and the results obtained (rosyidi & zabadi, 2019). while efficient means being able to produce a certain output with existing resources as well as possible (nivasanon et al., 2021). the development of aggregate planning methods is often implemented in large manufacturing industries to plan and control their production (jayakumar et al., 2017). the application of aggregate planning not only controls production in large industries but can be applied in small and medium industries (oey et al., 2020). several sources of previous research also noted that this method can be integrated with other methods to obtain complex research results (schroeder & larson, 1986). aggregate planning is often combined with algorithms to get a good model that can efficiently and effectively solve all types of aggregate production planning (biazzi, 2018). this method can suppress the occurrence of product shortages in the manufacturing supply by using two-level particle swarm optimization (oktavianty & sukmono, 2020) (jang & chung, 2020). there are many advantages to the company if implementing aggregate planning (nisa & kusuma, 2017). aggregate planning is a method 60000 80000 100000 120000 140000 jan feb mar apr may jun jul aug sep oct nov dec 2020 2019 2018 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 93 93 for planning and controlling production in the medium term so that companies can minimize their production costs (juliantara & mandala, 2020). the purpose of this research is to plan and control production to help smooth the production process so that the company can meet consumer demand. based on previous research references which state that aggregate planning can carry out production planning and control, this study will implement an aggregate planning method that is integrated with the linear regression method to determine the capacity of the raw materials so that it becomes novelty in this study . research method this research focuses on planning and controlling production in the beverage packaging industry to expedite the production process to create products on time. the method used is linear regression and aggregate planning. the choice of linear regression method as a predictive method in this study is based on its advantages in estimating the parameters of a simple model and the data used are time series based. linear regression is one of the methods used in production to forecast or predict quality and quantity characteristics. this is because by estimating various product combinations, companies can maximize profits and estimate the right amount of production. this research is included in descriptive research using a quantitative approach. the descriptive technique describes or explains the forecasting process up to aggregate production planning. this research was conducted in the beverage packaging industry which produces bottled tea located in bekasi, indonesia. this company was chosen because of fluctuating demand for products from customers and less than optimal production planning, so there is often a problem of excess product inventory when demand is low, on the contrary, there is a shortage of product inventory when demand increases. this has a negative impact on the company's operations where production costs are high, materials are not controlled and targets are not achieved. in addition, strategically the company is unable to compete in the global market because it does not meet customer demands. the product that is the focus of this research is the box bottle tea 250 slim. the primary data used comes from observations and interviews, while the secondary data comes from company documentation, such as data on the number of requests last year, raw materials, production capacity, production time, articles in journals and institutional annual reports. this study uses a conceptual framework to determine problems, improvement planning objectives and expected improvement results. the following conceptual framework of this research can be seen in figure 2. figure 2. conceptual framework the first step is to define the problems that occur in the production of bbt 250 slim. once the problem is found, then determine the target for improvement. forecasting is done using linear regression. furthermore, planning and controlling with aggregate planning includes making a master production schedule (mps) with a hybrid strategy and determining raw material requirements with lot for lot. this equation is determined by a = intercept is the point of intersection between the x and y axes spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 94 when the value x = 0, while b = the slope of the trendline, which is the rate of change in demand and the value of t = time index (t = 1,2, 3, ,,,, etc.) is the number of time periods. the x and y equations are used to explain the demand variable and a certain time period in the regression equation so that the best model is obtained. equation (1)-(4) are used to forecast with linear regression. a = ( ∑ dt* ∑ 2t )-( ∑ t* ∑ (dt*t) n ∑ 2t -(∑t) 2 (1) b = (n∑dt*t)-(∑dt*∑t) n ∑ 2t -(∑t) 2 (2) ft’ = a + b.t (3) unit production regular time (uprt) = (workday x capacity) hours (4) uprt is a unit of calculation to determine the number of products produced according to the company's regular schedule. results and discussion in this section, analysis is carried out for planning and controlling production with aggregate planning. data analysis begins with defining the problems experienced by the beverage packaging industry. production planning in the beverage packaging industry is based on the previous year's demand and production planning. the following is data on demand for bbt 250 slim products in 2020 which can be seen in table 1. table 1. comparison of demand with the realization in 2020 month (2020) demand realization lost sale jan 78,401 76,947 -1,454 feb 84,000 87,902 3,902 mar 113,289 84,855 -28,434 apr 121,343 127,285 5,942 may 134,884 136,873 1,989 jun 106,950 86,577 -20,373 jul 97,508 76,914 -20,594 aug 78,451 87,992 9,541 sep 80,936 58,830 -22,106 oct 77,004 66,095 -10,909 nov 81,879 91,400 9,521 dec 86,979 91,630 4,651 total 1,141,624 1,073,300 -47,730 table 1 shows that production demand and realization do not match. this is a problem in the beverage packaging industry that needs good planning and control. planning is done by considering the available production capacity. the following production capacity available during 2020 can be seen in table 2. after last year's demand data is known, the next step is forecasting. based on table 1 and table 2, forecasting is carried out using the linear regression method. this data processing is done by using ms. excel 2016. the following is the calculation of the constants and their variable coefficients. the regression equation above is interpreted if the independent variable increases by 107,851 it will reduce product demand by 1.956 units or rounding up to 2 units. forecasting calculations for next year can be seen in table 3. calculating constant according to equation (1) a = (∑ 1.141.624∗ ∑ 650𝑡 )−(∑ 𝑡78∗∑ 7,140,805) ∑ 12∗650𝑡 −(∑𝑡78) 2 = 107,851 calculating the coefficient of variable x according to equation (2) b = (12∗∑7,140,805)−(∑1,141,624∗∑78) 12∗∑ 650𝑡 −(∑𝑡78) 2 = −1.956 the values of a and b are substituted into the equation (3), so the linear equation is as follows: spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 95 95 y = a + b.x y = 107,851 1,956x table 2. production capacity of bbt 250 slim month (2020) workday production capacity bbt 250 slim (dt) jan 22 360,000 105,895 feb 19 360,000 103,939 mar 20 360,000 101,982 apr 20 360,000 100,026 may 21 360,000 98,070 jun 23 360,000 96,113 jul 23 360,000 94,157 aug 22 360,000 92,201 sep 21 360,000 90,245 oct 23 360,000 88,288 nov 21 360,000 86,332 dec 21 360,000 84,376 table 3. the calculation result of forecasting with ms. excel period (t) month demand (ft) t2 dt x t a b ft'=a+bt 1 jan 78,401 1 78,401 107,851 -1,956 105,895 2 feb 84,000 4 168,000 107,851 -1,956 103,939 3 mar 113,289 9 339,867 107,851 -1,956 101,982 4 apr 121,343 16 485,372 107,851 -1,956 100,026 5 may 134,884 25 674,420 107,851 -1,956 98,070 6 jun 106,950 36 641,700 107,851 -1,956 96,113 7 jul 97,508 49 682,556 107,851 -1,956 94,157 8 aug 78,451 64 627,608 107,851 -1,956 92,201 9 sep 80,936 81 728,424 107,851 -1,956 90,245 10 oct 77,004 100 770,040 107,851 -1,956 88,288 11 nov 81,879 121 900,669 107,851 -1,956 86,332 12 dec 86,979 141 1,043,748 107,851 -1,956 84,376 total 1,141,624 650 7,140,805 1,141,624 based on table 3, it can be seen that the forecast for the 2021 period is calculated. then the calculation using a hybrid strategy can be carried out with production capacity. the calculation of uprt uses formula (4) and the recapitulation of the results can be seen in table 4. uprt = (22 𝑥 360,000) 24 = 330,000 (sample january) table 4. recapitulation of rpa with strategy hybrid period (t) uprt production total/ carton total demand bbt 250 slim inventory 20,802 jan 330,000 330,000 105,895 244,907 feb 285,000 285,000 105,938 423,969 mar 300,000 300,000 101,982 621,987 apr 300,000 300,000 100,026 821,961 may 315,000 315,000 98,070 1,038,891 jun 345,000 345,000 96,113 1,287,778 jul 345,000 345,000 94,157 1,538,621 aug 330,000 330,000 92,201 1,776,420 sep 315,000 315,000 90,244 2,001,176 oct 345,000 345,000 88,288 2,257,888 nov 315,000 315,000 86,332 2,486,556 dec 315,000 315,000 84,376 2,717,180 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 96 based on the results of the calculations in table 4, we can know the total value of production per period. the results of the above calculations include the production of bbt 250 slim. the total production in table 4 will be used as the master production schedule (mps). uprt is used because it refers to regular production that is often run by the company so it is assumed that it can be used as mps. mps data is taken from the total production recapitulation data on the hybrid strategy. the following is the total production requirement per period as can be seen in table 5. table 5. master production schedule period ( jan dec 2020 ) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 bbt 250 slim 3 3 0 ,0 0 0 2 8 5 ,0 0 0 3 0 0 ,0 0 0 3 0 0 ,0 0 0 3 1 5 ,0 0 0 3 4 5 ,0 0 0 3 4 5 ,0 0 0 3 3 0 ,0 0 0 3 1 5 ,0 0 0 3 4 5 ,0 0 0 3 1 5 ,0 0 0 3 1 5 ,0 0 0 based on the mps data in table 5, the planned raw material requirements of the bbt 250 slim component are calculated using the lot for lot method in order to obtain optimal raw material requirements. lot for lot was chosen because it is able to provide inventory in accordance with the required material so that the amount of inventory available is as minimal as possible. the number of orders is adjusted to the actual number of requests and results in no inventory being stored. so that the costs incurred are only in the form of ordering costs. the lot for lot method is a process to determine the optimal order size for each product item based on the calculation of net needs. the lot for lot method is closely related to determining the number of components or items that must be ordered or provided. this product is composed of several components that make up the bill of materials for the bbt 250 slim product which can be seen in table 6. the following is the calculation of each raw material needed in the manufacture of the bbt 250 slim product sample in january. dry tea a = 330,000 carton x 24 pack = 7,920,000 pack 7,920,000 pack x 250 ml = 1,980,000 liter : 6000 (per batch) = 330 batch 330 batch x 36 kg (per batch) = 11,880 kg sugar b = 330,000 carton x 24 pack = 7,920,000 pack 7,920,000 pack x 250 ml = 1,980,000 liter : 6000 (per batch) = 330 batch 330 batch x 2,950 kg (per batch) = 1,120,079.6 kg water c = 330,000 carton x 24 pack = 7,920,000 pack 7,920,000 pack x 250 ml = 1,980,000 liter : 6000 (per batch) = 330 batch 330 batch x 9500 liter (tcp and sugar syrup) = 3,135,000 liter straw d = 330,000 carton x 24 pack = 7,920,000 pack 7,920,000 x 1 pc = 7,920,000 pc carton e = 330,000 x 1 pc = 330,000 pc paper f = 330,000 carton x 24 pack = 7,920,000 pack 7,920,000 pack : 15000 pack (per roll) = 528 roll table 6. bill of material of bbt 250 slim no material symbol unit of measure level 1 level 2 1 tea dry tea a kg 2 sugar b kg 3 water c lt 4 packaging straw d pc 5 cartoon e pc 6 paper f roll spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 97 97 based on the results of the calculation of raw materials above, the company can determine and manage the inventory of raw materials every month. after the calculations are done, the data recapitulation is carried out. the following is a recapitulation of the calculation of raw material requirements for the 2021 period using the lot for lot method which can be seen in table 7. table 7. raw material requirements for the 2021 period bbt 250 slim tea (kg) sugar (kg) water (lt) straw (pc) carton (pc) paper (roll) material/ batch (6000 lt) 36 2,950 9,500 1 1 15,000 jan 330,000 11,880 973,500 3,135,000 7,920,000 330,000 528 feb 285,000 10,260 840,750 2,707,500 6,840,000 285,000 456 mar 300,000 10,800 885,000 2,850,000 7,200,000 300,000 480 apr 300,000 10,800 885,000 2,850,000 7,200,000 300,000 480 may 315,000 11,340 929,250 2,992,500 7,560,000 315,000 504 jun 345,000 12,420 1,017,750 3,277,500 8,280,000 345,000 552 jul 345,000 12,420 1,017,750 3,277,500 8,280,000 345,000 552 aug 330,000 11,880 973,500 3,135,000 7,920,000 330,000 528 sep 315,000 11,340 929,250 2,992,500 7,560,000 315,000 504 oct 345,000 12,420 1,017,750 3,277,500 8,280,000 345,000 522 nov 315,000 11,340 929,250 2,992,500 7,560,000 315,000 504 dec 315,000 11,340 929,250 2,992,500 7,560,000 315,000 504 total 3,840,000 138,240 11,328,000 36,480,000 84,967,200 3,840,000 6,114 average 320,000 11,520 944,000 3,040,000 7,080,600 320,000 509.5 calculation of raw material requirements in 2021 using the hybrid and lot for lot methods is much smaller than the company's calculations based on 2020 data. this interprets that calculations using aggregate planning are more efficient. the comparison of the average material requirements in 2020 and the 2021 plan can be seen in table 8. table 8. comparison of raw material requirements material average 2020 average 2021 unit of measure dry tea 11,760 11,520 kg sugar 1,010,000 944,000 kg water 3,072,000 3,040,000 lt straw 7,130,000 7,080,600 pc cartoon 338 320 pc paper 628 509.5 roll conclusion the results showed that to support the smooth production can do planning and control on the material. controlled materials can reduce high production costs, determine production capacity and meet customer needs so as to support smooth production. production planning with forecasting calculations using the linear regression method produces a model y = 107,851 – 1.956x. based on the analysis of aggregate production planning, the calculation of the main raw material needs in 2021 using the hybrid and lot for lot method is much smaller than the company's calculation based on the data in 2020. based on the calculation with the hybrid strategy, it can be seen that the production plan for the next period is 12 months. calculation data for forecasting is used for one year only. this research can be continued in further research by planning and controlling production using the time series forecasting method, so that more accurate forecasting calculations will be obtained and in the long term. references atikno, w., setiawan, i., & taufik, d. a. (2021). key performance indicators implementation : literature review and development for performance measurement. indonesian journal of industrial engineering & management, 2(3), 189–197. bagchi, s. s., & paul, r. (2018). aligning aggregate planning with (s,s) inventory model in a stochastic demand environment. international journal of strategic decision sciences, 9(1), 29–44. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 98 https://doi.org/10.4018/ijsds.2018010103 biazzi, j. l. (2018). aggregate planning for probabilistic demand with internal and external storage. journal of operations and supply chain management, 11(1), 37–52. https://doi.org/10.12660/joscmv11n1p37-52 cheraghalikhani, a., khoshalhan, f., & mokhtari, h. (2019). aggregate production planning: a literature review and future research directions. international journal of industrial engineering computations, 10(1), 309–330. https://doi.org/10.5267/j.ijiec.2018.6.002 dahlia, & andri. (2021). implementasi data mining untuk prediksi persediaan obat pada puskesmas kertapati menggunakan regresi linier berganda. jurnal sistem dan informatika, 15(2), 95–103. https://doi.org/10.30864/jsi.v15i2.331 fairuzzahira, f., sukardi, s., & arkeman, y. (2020). perencanaan produksi agregat cv xyz dengan jumlah tenaga kerja tetap. jurnal aplikasi bisnis dan manajemen, 6(2), 291–302. https://doi.org/10.17358/jabm.6.2.291 gulsun, b., tuzkaya, g., tuzkaya, u. r., & onut, s. (2009). an aggregate production planning strategy selection methodology based on linear physical programming. 16(2), 135–146. jamalnia, a., yang, j., feili, a., xu, d., & jamali, g. (2019). aggregate production planning under uncertainty : a comprehensive literature survey and future research directions. the international journal of advanced manufacturing technology, 102(183), 159–181. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-3151-y jang, j., & chung, b. do. (2020). aggregate production planning considering implementation error : a robust optimization approach using bi-level particle swarm optimization. computers & industrial engineering, 142(4), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2020.106367 jayakumar, a., krishnaraj, c., & raghunayagan, p. (2017). aggregate production planning for a pump manufacturing company : chase strategy. international research journal of engineering and technology, 04(12), 628–632. juliantara, i. k., & mandala, k. (2020). perencanaan dan pengendalian produksi agregat pada usaha tedung ud dwi putri di klungkung. e-jurnal manajemen, 9(1), 99. https://doi.org/10.24843/ejmunud.2020.v09.i01.p06 kirana, d. h. (2020). the analysis of aggregate planning implementation to satisfy the changes of consumer demand in pt. pic. jurnal ekonomi dan bisnis terapan universitas padjajaran, 16(2), 21–29. magdalena, r. (2020). analysis of the aggregate heuristic planning for planning and controlling the amount of production to minimize costs. operations research: international conference series, 1(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.47194/orics.v1i1.18 ning, y., pang, n., & wang, x. (2019). an uncertain aggregate production planning model considering investment in vegetable preservation technology. mathematical problems in engineering, 2019, 1– 10. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/8505868 nisa, a. k., & kusuma, t. y. t. (2017). perencanaan dan pengendalian produksi dengan metode aggrate planning di c-maxi alloycast. integrated lab journal, 5(2), 51–62. nivasanon, c., srikun, i., & aungkulanon, p. (2021). aggregate production planning: a case study of installation elevator company. proceedings of the international conference on industrial engineering and operations management, 5357–5365. oey, e., wijaya, w. a., & hansopaheluwakan, s. (2020). forecasting and aggregate planning application – a case study of a small enterprise in indonesia. international journal of process management and benchmarking, 10(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1504/ijpmb.2020.104229 oktavianty, v. n., & sukmono, t. (2020). optimalisasi penentuan biaya minimum pada pengendalian persediaan bahan baku dengan menggunakan metode dynamic programming (studi kasus di pt. xyz). spektrum industri, 18(1), 15–22. rosyidi, m. r., & zabadi, f. f. (2019). perencanaan produksi pada produk hollow dengan ukuran 15 mm x 35 mm x 0.30 mm. jurnal rekayasa sistem industri, 8(1), 27–38. https://doi.org/10.26593/jrsi.v8i1.3099.27-38 schroeder, r. g., & larson, p. d. (1986). a reformulation of the aggregate planning problem. journal of operations management, 6(3), 245–256. https://doi.org/10.1016/0272-6963(86)90001-x spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 99 99 tannady, h., & pratama, y. d. (2019). analisis perencanaan persediaan bahan baku menggunakan metode economic order quantity dengan pertimbangan stockout cost (studi kasus pada pt. multi logam presisi). spektrum industri, 17(2), 93. https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v17i2.13944 taufik, d. a., setiawan, i., wahid, m., rochim, a., & tosin, m. (2021). integration of linear regression and aggregate planning for hino ow 190/200 leaf spring production planning and control in the automotive component industry. operations excellence: journal of applied industrial engineering, 13(2), 245. https://doi.org/10.22441/oe.2021.v13.i2.023 yuliastuti, g. e., rizki, a. m., & tama, i. p. (2019). optimization of multi-product aggregate production planning using hybrid simulated annealing and adaptive genetic algorithm. international journal of advanced computer science and applications, 10(11), 484–489. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 91-100 aggregate planning for implementation planning…. (rahdiana et. al.) 100 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.87 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method marulan andivas a, dimaz harits a, agus hindarto wibowo b, eaden ahmed thoriq a, ihwan ghazali c,1,* a industrial engineering department, universitas balikpapan, balikpapan, 76114, indonesia b industrial engineering departement, ist akprind, yogyakarta, 55224, indonesia c faculty of mechanical and manufacturing engineering technology, universiti teknikal malaysia melaka, 76100, malaysia 1 ihwan@utem.edu.my * corresponding author 1. introduction in general, human activity can be divided into two main activity, there are physical (muscle) and mental (brain), although in some aspects both of them still have a close connection just like (tarwaka, 2010) and (kahneman, 2020) said. every human has a different limitation activity of physical and mental. in other words, physical and mental working load experienced by human is also different (moreno et. al., 2019; bell et al., 2023). one mental activity can be heavy for somebody, while the other is not, or vice versa (araújo et al., 2021). mental workload is multidimensional construct that needs attention, performance, and working skill according to the working environment (young et al., 2015). it’s simply defined as the difference between workload demand with capacity and maximum capability of the employee’s mental workload (hart & staveland, 1988). the bigger is the difference of working load demand of the employees’ article info abstract article history received december 09, 2022 revised april 11, 2023 accepted april 30, 2023 the fate of women workers during the pandemic is quite worrying. the role of women's triple burden in these times is getting heavier. mental workload is a multidimensional construct that demands attention, performance, and skills of workers according to their work environment. this study aims to find out the mental burden felt by female workers during the pandemic. the subjects of this study were female educators at the university of balikpapan. five subjects feel a very high mental burden on work activities during a pandemic, namely subjects 06, 14, 19, 23, and 25. there are 18 subjects who feel a high mental burden including subjects 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 26, 28, 29, 30, and 31. then, 3 subjects felt a moderate mental load, and 2 subjects felt a low mental load. if average, then the mental workload of female educators at the university of balikpapan is 56.623 categorized as high. this study also seeks to investigate the correlation between the perceived workload of the subjects and several factors including age, marital status, education level, address, family size, income, covid-19 survivor status, and family members who are covid-19 survivors. the result showed that the number of family members is the only significant factor that influences the mental workload. keywords covid-19; female worker; mental workload; nasa-tlx; pandemic this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.87 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 33 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) capability, the bigger overstress, fatigue, and the pressure felt. in contrast, the smaller is the working load compared to the employee’s capability will have an impact on the boredom and decreased of interest (putri et al., 2023). the fate of the female employees in pandemic era is quite worrying (bayar et al., 2022). until the beginning of 2021, there are more than 2.5 millions of employees are working from home, where 902.091 of them are female employee (pusat data dan informasi ketenagakerjaan, 2021). the decrease of financial capacity also increase the female workload, it can be seen from its role as an educator, housewife, and family financial support (sari & fikri zufar, 2021). it caused the increase of the potential and numbers of violence against women (peterman, et. al., 2020; sifat, 2020). the role of triple burden today is being heavier (hickey & unwin, 2020; mclaren et al., 2020). when the school is applying online learning system, women come as a sudden educator for their children. when the company is applying work from home (wfh) system, the service role of the women to their husband and children is increasing. besides, as an employee, they also have to do their job from the company. this study aims to know the mental burden felt by the female employees in pandemic era. the subject of this study are the female educators in balikpapan university. the educators taken as the subject because this is a non-essential sector according to the regulation of balikpapan’s mayor, and east kalimantan’s governor, in other words, not like the essential sectors such as industry and manufacture, the educators working system is following the wfh rules that in a week there are 3 days working at home and the other 3 days working at the office. then, the educators’ job is not really need physical activity like in manufacture industry. in a study conducted by nofri, prastawa dan (susanto, 2017), nasa-tlx methods used for measuring mental burden of industrial engineering student of diponegoro university during their study period. the average of mental burden felt by 50 respondents of student are 80.04 (heavy) with dominant scale on the time demand. other than finding out the mental burden of the student, this study was also trying to find the correlation between ip factor, the length of study, the entrance, and organization activity to the student mental burden. to sum up, every factors is not significantly affect the mental burden felt by industrial engineering student of diponegoro university. meanwhile, yasmin and ariyanti (yasmin & ariyanti, 2019) were counting the mental burden on the employees of maintenance bd-check unit in a manufacture company using full time equivalent method to know the mental burden received by the employees. the result showed the lack of skills and tools availability become the main cause of the employees’ mental burden. in line with this study, (wundavalli, kumar, & dutta 2019) made the analysis procedure of mental burden as the main variable in considering the amount of needs and the employee’s skill capability. the other study by (kar & hedge 2020) was using the output of nasa-tlx method to give tool design suggestion that could minimizing the physical and mental fatigue on carton industry employees. the result of measurement using nasa-tlx then continue with the survey using nordic body map concluded that there was a musculoskeletal fatigue after work. as an improvement suggestion, a trolly design can be used to make the process of handling material and stacking carton easier. other than that, (giyanti and fachrizal 2021) was trying to measure the mental workload on elementary school teacher in covid-19 pandemic time using nasa-tlx method. some people think that mental workload in pandemic will decrease because of the application of online learning system. interestingly, the teacher’s mental workload in pandemic is quite high, especially to the practical teachers such as in karawitan subject which needs full interaction learning between student and teacher. the study by giyanti dan fachrizal quite interesting because it shows an unexpected result. public tend to marginalize the mental burden felt by the employee. the change of working system, the excessive working target even though physically is not really tiring, but it’s very impactful to the 34 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) mental. though the mental and physical fatigue drain the same source of energy and affecting the decision making ability and employee’s productivity (tversky & kahneman, 1986). this study was conducted to know the general description of the female employee’s working load in pandemic era. without putting aside, the impact felt by the others, we believe that the female employee today bear a heavy burden. this study contributes to give a general description to what the female employee’s feel, especially the educator in balikpapan university, the place that the writer dedicated themselves. the method used was nasa-tlx. according to the previous study, this method can answer each of the aims of the study in measuring the mental workload felt by the employees. 2. method the respondents of this study were 31 educators in balikpapan university with the total working time 8 hours for 5 days. before the respondents were given the nasa-tlx questionnaire, they were first given a simple survey about gender, age, marital status, education, address, number of family members, monthly income, and covid-19 survivor status and also the family’s covid-19 survivor status. this questionnaire is closed-ended, without disclosing any names or other important identities. each subject is given the option to continue the questionnaire filling process or not if they encounter any unpleasant things. all of those factors would be tested using ordinary regression and crosstab analysis, to see what kind of factors that significantly affect the female employees’ mental burden, the educator in balikpapan university. the methodology used to gain the level of female educator mental workload in balikpapan university by following the steps of nasa-tlx method by (sandra g. dan lowell, e. 1988) as shows from the flowchart fig. 1. fig. 1. the flow of mental workload measurement using nasa-tlx method on nasa-tlx method, there are 6 components of metal burden will be measured, there are mental demand (md), physical demand (pd), time demand (td), performance (p), effort (e), and frustration rate (fr). as for the details of every component can be seen on table 1. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 35 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) table 1. details component of nasa-tlx component scale definition mental demand (md) very low very high mental effort and perception used on particular activity. physical demand (pd) very low very high physical effort used on particular activity. time demand (td) very low very high time level used on particular activity performance (p) poor excellent stress level and satisfaction related to working activity. effort (e) very low very high level of success or satisfaction in completing a job. frustation (fr) very low very high the comparison between mental and physical needs with selfcapability in particular activity. on weighting process, the respondents would be asked to choose the dominant indicator that impact the mental workload. every indicator compared in pairs (pairwise comparison). after the weighting process, every respondent would be asked to give a score to every indicator. the result of weighting then being multiplied with the score value that generates the product value. every product’s value was then accumulated to get weighted workload (wwl). lastly, every scores would be interpreted into 5 categories like in table 2. table 2. score and category of mental workload based on nasa-tlx category score 0-9 very low 10-29 low 30-49 moderate 50-79 high 80-100 very high 3. results and discussion the result of this study was divided in 3 parts. first, the demography data and the factors would be tested for its correlation to the female employees’ mental workload. second, the result data of scoring of every respondent to the nasa-tlx components. the third was the result of pairwise comparison. 3.1. respondent’s demography this study was conducted with 31 female educator respondents. there were 22 respondents aged 18-35 years old, 7 respondents aged around 36-45 years old, and 2 others about 46-55 years old. from 33 of the total respondents, there were 10 respondents unmarried, 20 respondents married, and 1 other was a widow. and then there were 4 respondents with high school education, 13 respondents were bachelors, and 14 respondents were master degree. for the address, there were 3 respondents living in balikpapan kota district, 20 respondents in south balikpapan district, 3 respondents in east balikpapan district, and 5 others in north balikpapan district. for the numbers of family members in a house, there was 1 respondent with the number of family members more than 5 person, 4 respondents with 2 family member, 24 respondents with 3-5 family members, and 2 others living alone. for the income factor, there were 14 respondents with the total income lower than rp. 3,000,000, 8 respondents around rp 3,000,000rp 5,000,000, 3 respondents were having around rp 5,000,500 rp 7,500,000, 2 respondents around rp 7,500,500 rp 10,000,000 and 1 others was having higher than rp 20,000,000 income. for the covid-19 survivor factor, there were 5 respondents as a covid19 survivor. and for the family’s covid-19 survivor factor, there were 13 respondents who had covid19 survivor family. 3.2. nasa-tlx measurement the workload measurement process using nasa-tlx method was done by collecting the respondents’ scoring data of each nasa-tlx components. the result of each respondents scores can be seen on table 3. 36 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) table 3. weighting result of the respondents respondent md pd td op ef fr total sbjc-01 1 3 5 4 2 0 15 sbjc-02 1 2 5 4 3 0 15 sbjc-03 2 3 3 4 0 3 15 sbjc-04 1 0 3 5 3 3 15 sbjc-05 3 3 1 2 2 4 15 sbjc-06 3 1 4 0 4 3 15 sbjc-07 2 3 5 4 0 1 15 sbjc-08 1 3 5 4 1 1 15 sbjc-09 2 2 4 2 3 2 15 sbjc-10 2 1 3 5 4 0 15 sbjc-11 5 4 1 1 1 3 15 sbjc-12 1 0 3 4 4 3 15 sbjc-13 2 2 4 2 3 2 15 sbjc-14 3 1 4 0 4 3 15 sbjc-15 4 3 2 1 0 5 15 sbjc-16 5 3 3 1 0 3 15 sbjc-17 1 3 4 1 3 3 15 sbjc-18 1 2 5 3 4 0 15 sbjc-19 3 2 4 2 1 3 15 sbjc-20 4 2 3 4 2 0 15 sbjc-21 1 1 4 5 1 3 15 sbjc-22 4 4 2 1 2 2 15 sbjc-23 3 1 5 4 0 2 15 sbjc-24 1 2 2 3 3 4 15 sbjc-25 1 3 0 5 2 4 15 sbjc-26 5 4 3 0 1 2 15 sbjc-27 3 3 2 1 1 5 15 sbjc-28 5 3 3 0 1 3 15 sbjc-29 2 1 5 3 4 0 15 sbjc-30 2 1 5 3 4 0 15 sbjc-31 5 0 2 4 2 2 15 after that, the respondents were asked to score the related statement of each nasa-tlx components to see which component that mostly impact the employee. the scoring result of every respondent can be seen on table 4. after gaining the pairwaise comparison weighting value and every respondent’s score, the next step was finding the weighted workload (wwl) value by multiplying the weighting result with the respondents scoring and then sum up each of component’s value. to see the final score of the respondent’s workload (product value), so the wwl value was divided by 15. the recapitulation of the respondents’ workload final score and the categorization can be seen on table 5. based on the measurement of the female educator mental workload in balikpapan university using nasa-tlx method, the result obtained as showed on table 5. there were 5 subjects that felt the very high mental burden on working activity in times of pandemic, they were subjects 06, 14, 19, 23, and 25. and then, there were 18 subjects felt the high mental burden, they were 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 26, 28, 29, 30, and 31. then, there were 3 subjects felt moderate mental burden, and there were 2 subjects that felt low mental burden. if averaged, the female educator’s employee mental workload in balikpapan university was 56.623 or categorized as high. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 37 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) table 4. the scoring of nasa-tlx components of every respondent respondent md pd td op ef fr sbjc-01 20 40 30 10 10 10 sbjc-02 10 10 10 80 10 10 sbjc-03 50 50 50 50 50 60 sbjc-04 60 20 60 60 80 90 sbjc-05 60 80 80 80 80 80 sbjc-06 90 90 70 100 100 90 sbjc-07 50 50 40 60 30 70 sbjc-08 80 80 60 60 90 50 sbjc-09 50 50 50 50 50 50 sbjc-10 50 50 40 50 70 70 sbjc-11 50 50 50 60 50 20 sbjc-12 50 30 40 80 30 70 sbjc-13 50 50 50 50 50 50 sbjc-14 90 90 70 100 100 90 sbjc-15 80 30 30 30 60 30 sbjc-16 50 60 50 50 50 60 sbjc-17 50 60 50 50 50 60 sbjc-18 70 70 50 70 60 90 sbjc-19 90 90 90 90 90 80 sbjc-20 70 50 40 70 50 70 sbjc-21 60 60 60 60 60 60 sbjc-22 50 50 50 50 20 50 sbjc-23 90 80 80 80 90 100 sbjc-24 0 0 0 0 0 0 sbjc-25 100 90 80 80 80 80 sbjc-26 70 60 50 0 50 30 sbjc-27 0 100 100 0 0 0 sbjc-28 70 60 80 90 80 90 sbjc-29 50 50 50 50 50 50 sbjc-30 50 50 50 50 50 50 sbjc-31 70 50 70 60 60 50 3.3. the demography variable correlation with the repondents workload to know the correlation of the variable education, address, number of family member, monthly income, covid-19 survivor experience and family’s covid-19 survivor experience with the female educator mental workload at the university of balikpapan, so the ordinary regression and crosstab analysis was conducted to know the correlation value of every significant variable to the mental workload. the correlation of every variables with the subject mental workload is shown on table 6. according to the ordinal regression analysis, the variable that affect significantly to the mental workload felt by the female educator at the university of balikpapan was just the marital status. it is in line with the study (sari & fikri zufar, 2021) stated that the stress level of the housewife was bigger in times of pandemic. to see the influence value of marital status variable to the mental workload of the female educator at the university of balikpapan crosstab test was conducted. from the test, value symetric measures obtained was 0.741, it means that the effect of marital status variable to the mental workload felt by the female educator at the university of balikpapan was 74.1%. 38 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) table 5. the recapitulation of final score on every respondent’s workload respondent md pd td op ef fr wwl rtwwl category sbjc-01 20 120 150 40 20 0 350 23.3 low sbjc-02 10 20 50 320 30 0 430 28.7 low sbjc-03 100 150 150 200 0 180 780 52.0 high sbjc-04 60 0 180 300 240 270 1050 70.0 high sbjc-05 180 240 80 160 160 320 1140 76.0 high sbjc-06 270 90 280 0 400 270 1310 87.3 very high sbjc-07 100 150 200 240 0 70 760 50.7 high sbjc-08 80 240 300 240 90 50 1000 66.7 high sbjc-09 100 200 100 150 100 650 43.3 moderate sbjc-10 100 50 120 250 280 0 800 53.3 high sbjc-11 250 200 50 60 50 60 670 44.7 moderate sbjc-12 50 0 120 320 120 210 820 54.7 high sbjc-13 100 100 200 100 150 100 750 50.0 high sbjc-14 270 90 280 0 400 270 1310 87.3 very high sbjc-15 320 90 60 30 0 150 650 43.3 moderate sbjc-16 250 180 150 50 0 180 810 54.0 high sbjc-17 50 180 200 50 150 180 810 54.0 high sbjc-18 70 140 250 210 240 0 910 60.7 high sbjc-19 270 180 360 180 90 240 1320 88.0 very high sbjc-20 280 100 120 280 100 0 880 58.7 high sbjc-21 60 60 240 300 60 180 900 60.0 high sbjc-22 200 200 100 50 40 100 690 46.0 moderate sbjc-23 270 80 400 320 0 200 1270 84.7 very high sbjc-24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 very low sbjc-25 100 270 0 400 160 320 1250 8.3 very high sbjc-26 350 240 150 0 50 60 850 56.7 high sbjc-27 0 300 200 0 0 0 500 33.3 moderate sbjc-28 350 180 240 0 80 270 1120 74.7 high sbjc-29 100 50 250 150 200 0 750 50.0 high sbjc-30 100 50 250 150 200 0 750 50.0 high sbjc-31 350 0 140 240 120 100 950 63.3 high table 6. the correlation of every variable with the subject mental workload no variable significance 1 age 0.841 2 marital status 0.026 3 education 0.568 4 address 0.581 5 number of family 0.663 6 income 0.806 7 covid-19 survivor 0.849 8 family of covid-19 survivor 0.909 4. conclusion from the result of this study showed that the mental workload of the female employee at the university of balikpapan in times of pandemic is majority high. the number of family members factor become the dominant factor that affect the female mental workload. in other words, the female triple burden in times of pandemic as a housewife, their children aducator, and as a financial support were also affecting when they were working. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 39 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references araújo, l. a. d., veloso, c. f., souza, m. d. c., azevedo, j. m. c. d., & tarro, g. (2021). the potential impact of the covid-19 pandemic on child growth and development: a systematic review. jornal de pediatria, 97, 369-377. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jped.2020.08.008. bayar, a. a., günçavdı, ö., & levent, h. (2023). evaluating the impacts of the covid-19 pandemic on unemployment, income distribution and poverty in turkey. economic systems, 47(1), 101046. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecosys.2022.101046. bell, i. h., nicholas, j., broomhall, a., bailey, e., bendall, s., boland, a., ... & thompson, a. (2023). the impact of covid-19 on youth mental health: a mixed methods survey. psychiatry research, 321, 115082. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2023.115082. giyanti, i., & fachrizal, i. (2021). beban kerja mental guru sd di masa pandemi covid-19 menggunakan metode nasa-tlx. senriabdi, 123-132. https://jurnal.usahidsolo.ac.id/index.php/senriabdi/article/view/846. hart, s. g., & staveland, l. e. (1988). development of nasa-tlx (task load index): results of empirical and theoretical research. in advances in psychology, 52, 139-183. north-holland. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0166-4115(08)62386-9. hickey, g. m., & unwin, n. (2020). addressing the triple burden of malnutrition in the time of covid-19 and climate change in small island developing states: what role for improved local food production?. food security, 12(4), 831-835. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12571-020-01066-3. kahneman, d. (2020). thinking, fast and slow. gramedia pustaka utama. https://www.gramedia.com/bestseller/review-buku-thinking-fast-and-slow-daniel-kahneman/. kar, g., & hedge, a. (2020). effects of a sit-stand-walk intervention on musculoskeletal discomfort, productivity, and perceived physical and mental fatigue, for computer-based work. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 78, 102983. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ergon.2020.102983. mclaren, h. j., wong, k. r., nguyen, k. n., & mahamadachchi, k. n. d. (2020). covid-19 and women’s triple burden: vignettes from sri lanka, malaysia, vietnam and australia. social sciences, 9(5), 87. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci9050087. moreno, c. r., marqueze, e. c., sargent, c., wright jr, k. p., ferguson, s. a., & tucker, p. (2019). working time society consensus statements: evidence-based effects of shift work on physical and mental health. industrial health, 57(2), 139-157. https://doi.org/10.2486/indhealth.sw-1. nofri, t., prastawa, h., & susanto, n. (2017). pengukuran beban mental di kalangan mahasiswa menggunakan metode nasa-tlx (studi kasus: mahasiswa departemen teknik industri undip). industrial engineering online journal, 6(2). https://doi.org/10.35261/gijtsi.v2i01.5076. peterman, a., potts, a., o'donnell, m., thompson, k., shah, n., oertelt-prigione, s., & van gelder, n. (2020). pandemics and violence against women and children. 528, 1-45. center for global development. https://cgdev.org/sites/default/files/pandemics-and-vawg-april2.pdf. kementerian ketenagakerjaan, r. i. (2021). ketenagakerjaan dalam data 2021. https://satudata.kemnaker.go.id/publikasi/55. putri, a. s., dwiyanti, e., prayogi, a. r. i. y., & istiqomah, f. (2023). correlation between individual factors and mental workload with work fatigue in nilam terminal surabaya. the indonesian journal of occupational safety and health, 12(1), 1-9. https://ejournal.unair.ac.id/ijosh/article/download/26666/24187. sari, e. k., & zufar, b. n. f. (2021). perempuan pencari nafkah selama pandemi covid-19. al-mada: jurnal agama, sosial, dan budaya, 4(1), 13-29. https://doi.org/10.31538/almada.v4i1.1106. sifat, r. i. (2020). impact of the covid-19 pandemic on domestic violence in bangladesh. asian journal of psychiatry, 53, 102393. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajp.2020.102455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jped.2020.08.008 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecosys.2022.101046 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2023.115082 https://jurnal.usahidsolo.ac.id/index.php/senriabdi/article/view/846 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0166-4115(08)62386-9 https://doi.org/10.1007/s12571-020-01066-3 https://www.gramedia.com/best-seller/review-buku-thinking-fast-and-slow-daniel-kahneman/ https://www.gramedia.com/best-seller/review-buku-thinking-fast-and-slow-daniel-kahneman/ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ergon.2020.102983 https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci9050087 https://doi.org/10.2486/indhealth.sw-1 https://doi.org/10.35261/gijtsi.v2i01.5076 https://cgdev.org/sites/default/files/pandemics-and-vawg-april2.pdf https://satudata.kemnaker.go.id/publikasi/55 https://e-journal.unair.ac.id/ijosh/article/download/26666/24187 https://e-journal.unair.ac.id/ijosh/article/download/26666/24187 https://doi.org/10.31538/almada.v4i1.1106 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajp.2020.102455 40 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 32-40 marulan andivas (the mental workload analysis on female educators during covid-19 pandemic using nasa-tlx method) tarwaka, p., & bakri, l. s. (2010). ergonomi industri dasar-dasar pengetahuan ergonomi dan aplikasi di tempat kerja. solo: harapan press solo. https://ftp.idu.ac.id/wpcontent/uploads/ebook/ip/buku%20ergonomi/buku-ergonomi.pdf. tversky, a., & kahneman, d. (1989). rational choice and the framing of decisions. in multiple criteria decision making and risk analysis using microcomputers (pp. 81-126). springer berlin heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-74919-3_4. wundavalli, l., kumar, p., & dutta, s. (2019). workload indicators of staffing need as a tool to determine nurse staffing for a high volume academic emergency department: an observational study. international emergency nursing, 46, 100780. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ienj.2019.06.003. yasmin, z. a., & ariyanti, s. (2018). analisis beban kerja pada maintenance bd-check dengan metode full time equivalent. jurnal ilmiah teknik industri, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.24912/jitiuntar.v6i1.3024. young, m. s., brookhuis, k. a., wickens, c. d., & hancock, p. a. (2015). state of science: mental workload in ergonomics. ergonomics, 58(1), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2014.956151. https://ftp.idu.ac.id/wp-content/uploads/ebook/ip/buku%20ergonomi/buku-ergonomi.pdf https://ftp.idu.ac.id/wp-content/uploads/ebook/ip/buku%20ergonomi/buku-ergonomi.pdf https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-74919-3_4 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ienj.2019.06.003 https://doi.org/10.24912/jitiuntar.v6i1.3024 https://doi.org/10.1080/00140139.2014.956151 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.23 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 57 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) investigating the effect of nickel buttering on corrosion resistance santanu das*, manas kumar saha mechanical engineering department,kalyani govt. engineering college, kalyani, west bengal, 741235, india *corresponding author: sdas.me@gmail.com introduction cladding is a few millimeter covering made by materials having high corrosion resistance and mechanical strength. it promotes medium carbon cheap structural steel by enhancing its corrosion resistance, abrasive erosion resistance and mechanical strength (saha and das, 2016, smith, 2016). cladding may be performed by different types of welding, rolling, etc. gas metal arc welding is an accepted procedure for developing clad part. weld bead formation during weld cladding plays important role for enhancing corrosion resistance properties and improving mechanical properties of clad parts. it a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: march 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 cladding is usually employed for improving corrosion and/or abrasion resistance of a component but it may not yield desirable result due to loss of precious alloying elements present in cladding material due to dilution, vaporization, etc. moreover, welding defects like cracks, porocity, etc. may be caused due to dissimilar welding as that of cladding. buttering layer between clad layer and structural steel is also sometimes provided to promote bonding between the cladding and the substrate. the buttering layer may also give desired corrosion resistance. nickel has fcc structure and can stabilize fcc austenite phase in steel, and it is often added by means of cladding, coating, buttering, etc. to enhance hardness and corrosion protection of steel. in the current investigation, 316-austenitic stainless steel is deposited over nickel plated medium carbon steel substrate with the help of metal active gas welding. nickel is accumulated on medium carbon steel by electroplating to act as a buttering layer. welding current and torch travel speed are varied with constant arc voltage to develop different values of heat input during clad layer deposition by welding with an objective of obtaining good corrosion resistance. accelerated corrosion test in chloride atmosphere is done on ground and polished clad surface to judge and compare the corrosion resistance within the experimental runs. heat input is found to have only marginal effect on corrosion rate. however, corrosion rate is observed to be decreased remarkably for all the clad samples relative to the base material along with almost no crack. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords welding gmaw cladding nickel buttering corrosion resistance https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:sdas.me@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 58 requires lower penetration to keep dilution as low as possible. quality of gas metal arc welded bead profile could be improved (shihab et al., 2018) by means of maintaining process inputs. in one recent work, it was observed that bead geometry of 316 γ austenite stainless steel bead showed good correlation with heat input components, when analyzed by multiple regression method (saha et al., 2019a, saha et al., 2019b, verma et al., 2013, khara et al., 2016). performance of clad parts produced by gmaw was reported to depend intensely on heat input. results from various experiments indicated increment in corrosion rate with increment in heat input, particularly in case of austenitic stainless steel (ass) (saha et al., 2018b) as well as duplex stainless steel (dss) with different base materials up to a certain value (saha et al., 2018c, saha et al., 2018d). results of one electroslag cladding process showed dilution to have decreased with increase in heat input (jung et al., 2017). stainless steels having different ratios of austenite (γ) and ferrite (δ) phase (from much more than 1, in case of ass to nearly equal to 1, in case of dss or super dss) are becoming natural choice for cladding material due to their corrosion resistance properties. 316 austenite stainless steel was reported to have sufficient resistance against general corrosion due to the presence of molybdenum (abdallah et al., 2017). an experiment was conducted to observe pitting corrosion rate of nickel, 316 austenitic stainless steel and inconel against different clion concentrations. results revealed that at common cl ions, accumulation per unit volume, pitting corrosion potential shifts towards larger noble values as per sequence below. highest lowest (a) 316 stainless steel, (b) incoloy 800, (c) inconel, (d) 600 ni nickel is an austenite stabilizer and increases protection from corrosion of the steel when it is present in steel. nickel increases hardenability and impact strength of steel. in one recent work it is observed that presence of ni increases stability of the austenite in elastic regime in case of high carbon bearing steel which affects further the wear resistance (bedekar et al., 2018). in general, alloying elements of cladding layer get diminished at the time of weld cladding due to dilution. similarly, stainless steel (316) loses costly alloying elements, including ni during cladding. nickel amount could be compensated by mean of adding one buttering layer on low alloy substrate and by means of that it could enhance corrosion resistance property of cladding. addition of nickel in low alloy steel caused (wen et al., 2016) enhancement of corrosion resistance of steel in saline water as well as at other wet/dry conditions. chromium free nickel-iron buttering layer was used (rathod et al., 2017) in one dissimilar metal weld joining between ferrite steel pressure vessel and ass pipeline used in nuclear power plant to minimize carbon diffusion causing good post weld heat treatment condition and high heat edged condition. this type of layer was stated to enhance metallurgical, structural and mechanical properties of weld joint produced by dissimilar materials like carbon steel and stainless steel. ni rich inconel 182 was also joined with sa 508 as a dissimilar joint by gtaw and smaw using ni-fe buttering layer to reduce carbon migration. in one experimental work, ni rich (69.36%) buttering layer was deposited on dissimilar welding joint between 304 ss (10.50% ni) and low carbon low alloy api 5l x65 steel by means of gtaw. carbon diffusion got reduced and caused less martensitic layer formation in base metal. buttering layer was reported to have enhanced (saffari et al., 2020) ductility of the joint and reduced tensile strength. hot wire and cold wire gtaw processes were used (ming et al., 2018) to deposit high ni (59% approximately) buttering layer (mb52) on low alloy sa508 and 316ln austenitic stainless steel to make dissimilar joint to control carbon enrichment, or its elimination, successfully in its application in a power plant. when high ni contained monel metal was joined with 316l austenite stainless steel by gtaw method using high nickel electrode, corrosion resistance was increased (mani et al., 2018) significantly. in high pressure sub-sea system, forged components are undergone cladding and overlaying to minimize corrosion problem. buttering is done to make the dissimilar joint more reliable. moreover, some additional characteristics may be introduced by adding alloying element in buttering spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 57-68 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 59 layer. residual stresses developed by cladding as well as buttering might be nearly eliminated (javadi et al., 2017) by post weld heat treatment. nickel base micron level hard layer coating was deposited on 316l ass by means of laser beam. wear resistance property of the coated stainless steel could be enhanced (jeyaprakash et al., 2018) significantly. in one such previous experiment, 316 ass was clad on low alloy steel plate having buttering layer made by copper produced by varying heat input, exhibited significantly enhanced corrosion resistance property (saha et al., 2018a). in one recent work, nickel based clad on γ steel (ss-304) showed excellent resistance to slurry erosion (hebbale et al., 2020). so, nickel can be introduced in austenitic clad layer by means of pre-coating of base plate with nickel as buttering layer with the help of electroplating method and that could lower corrosion rate of steel. if that could be achieved, it would be appreciated by several modern industrial sectors, such as paper and pulp, naval, chemical, oil refinery, nuclear, etc. this work is done in view to explore cladding of medium carbon steel with 316 austenite stainless steel through mag welding associated with a buttering layer of nickel for getting crack free clad layer having good corrosion resistance. also the influence of process parameters like heat input is investigated to get good anti-corrosive clad layer. in the present investigation, 50% overlapped single layer of stainless steel belongs to austenite category is deposited on nickel coated e350 structural steel using metal active gas welding process under nine different values of heat input. first, visual inspection and dye penetration tests are done, and then accelerated corrosion test is executed to find out anticorrosion characteristics of clad part. research method 316 grade stainless steel of austenite category is used to clad nickel coated low alloy steel (e350) substrate as a 50% overlapped single layer on with the application of metal active gas (mag) welding. mag uses carbon dioxide as the shielding gas. two replicated experiments are carried out in this work. the substrate contains 0.15% carbon, 0.19% silicon, 0.41% manganese and other trace elements along with iron in wt.%. the wire electrode contains 0.07% carbon, 0.18% silicon, 0.342% copper, 1.102% manganese, 9.94% nickel, 15.05% chromium, other trace elements and iron. small amount of niobium of 0.04% and vanadium of 0.002% are also present. autok 400 mig/mag machine made by esab india is used for cladding. a motor driven vehicle that is capable of speed alteration and can be driven along a straight guide rail is made use of. with the help of an indigenously made fixture, welding gun is held at 75o with the guide rail (fig. 1). 50% overlap setting is done by providing manual cross feed. properly cleaned low alloy steel plates (e350) of size 55mm x 45mm x 25mm (the cathode) are coated with nickel by means of electroplating process. small high purity nickel pieces loaded in titanium basket are made anode. process parameters are selected in such manner that 9 values of heat input will be generated for performing cladding. gas flow remains constant at 15 l/min during the experiment. table 1 shows parameters selected for conducting the experiment. figure 1. torch holding fixture connected with a vehicle spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 60 table 1. process parameters chosen for cladding experiment sl. no. arc voltage (v) welding current (a) arc travel speed, s (mm/min) heat input (kj/mm) gas flow rate (l/min) replication 1 32 140 420 0.512 15 twice 2 32 140 388 0.554 3 32 170 360 0.725 4 32 170 420 0.622 5 32 200 420 0.731 6 32 200 388 0.792 7 32 140 360 0.597 8 32 170 388 0.673 9 32 200 360 0.853 tests performed: dye-penetration (dp) test is conducted on clad parts to observe presence of any subsurface cracks in the samples. colorless cleaner, red dye and white absorbent are applied on cladding layer one by one. red colored die when appears from the absorbent, it indicates presence of open surface cracks in welding. samples having size of 10mm x 10mm x 20mm are cut from clad specimens. surfaces of the test piece to be exposed to corrosive medium are made ground finished. all samples are marked with letter punch at the rear side. the corrosion solution, which is used in this experiment, is a mixture of ferric chloride (29%), hydrochloric acid (24.67%), and distilled water. the surfaces to remain unexposed to corroding solution are covered with teflon tape. the test pieces are exposed to the corrosive media for 24 hours. samples are withdrawn from the corrosive solution, washed with running water and dried quickly. weight of the each sample is taken in pre-corrosion test and post-corrosion test by a sensitive weighing machine. corrosion rate is found by weight loss per unit area per hour. some other test pieces are cut, belt grinded, disc grinded and polished using different grades of emery papers and then buffed using alumina paste on the disc polisher. polished test samples are etched with 10% oxalic acid to observe microstructures of top of clad layer, middle of clad layer and at the interface under a microscope at 400x magnification. results and discussion under all the experimental conditions, uniform cladding with no detectable flaw except presence of small spatters has been noticed under visual observation. no open surface crack is revealed through dp test as well. e350 low alloy steel sample shows a high corrosion rate of 544 gm.m-2hr-1 in the corrosive medium of chloride solution undertaken. also cladding of 316 grade stainless steel of austenite category on e350 low alloy steel substrate was reported (saha et al., 2018) to have corrosion rate of 198 gm.m-2hr-1 or higher up to 329 gm.m-2hr-1 in the same chloride corrosive medium. it indicates that by providing ni buttering layer corrosion resistance has much improved. a somewhat low corrosion rate of less than 120 gm.m-2hr-1 is achieved using ni buttering layer compared to that without buttering. results of corrosion tests of both the replicated experiments and their average values are expressed in tabular form in table 2. there are considerable variations noticed within the replicated test results. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 57-68 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 61 table 2. observation of corrosion rate on cladding sample no. welding voltage (v) arc current (a) torch travel speed (mm/min) heat input (kj/mm) corrosion rate (gm.m-2hr-1) 1st replication 2nd replication average 1 32 140 420 0.512 207.22 129.46 168.34 2 32 140 388 0.5542 233.93 156.89 195.41 7 32 140 360 0.5973 326.94 228.77 277.86 4 32 170 420 0.6217 146.88 174.92 160.9 8 32 170 388 0.673 101.94 133.33 117.64 3 32 170 360 0.7253 161.08 112.36 136.72 9 32 200 420 0.7314 153.09 251.12 202.11 5 32 200 388 0.7918 143.92 188.01 165.96 6 32 200 360 0.8533 123.09 104.49 113.79 based on the results obtained as seen in table 2, change in corrosion rate against the variation of heat input is represented in fig. 2. an ‘m’ like pattern can be seen in the plot. initially, during increase in heat input from its value of 0.512 kj/mm, corrosion rate increases, reaches a maximum at 0.5973 kj/mm heat input. after this, there is a decline in corrosion rate and it becomes the least at 0.673 kj/mm heat input. beyond this heat input, corrosion rate again increases up to 0.731 kj/mm heat input and beyond that, there is a declining tendency in the corrosion rate. at 0.673 kj/mm as well as 0.8533 kj/mm heat input, corrosion rate is found (table 2 and fig. 2) to be minimum in one of the two replicated experiments. at these two heat input values, corrosion rate is also the minimum considering the average value of the corrosion rate among the two replicated experiments. therefore, it can be stated that for industrial practice, a heat input of 0.673 kj/mm can be used that gives a low corrosion rate of 117.64 gm.m-2hr-1. at a high heat input of 0.8533kj/mm also, low corrosion rate is observed, however, this may not be recommended as high heat input may cause some detrimental effects on mechanical properties of the weldment. on the other hand, under 0.5973 kj/mm heat input, that is obtained through 32 v arc voltage, 140 a current and 360 mm/min torch travel speed, corrosion rate becomes quite high. corrosion rate is also high at the 2nd replicated experiment with 0.7314 kj/mm heat input. however, in all the cases of cladding with a buttering layer of nickel, corrosion rate is found out to be substantially lower than that with unclad e350 low alloy steels under chloride solution environment. fig. 3 shows 3d contour plot of corrosion rate with change of both current and torch travel speed. it can be observed that corrosion rate is high at low weld current and torch travel speed within this experimental domain. relatively low corrosion rate occurs at medium to high weld current over wide range of torch travel speed. it is the fact that heat input increases with increase in current and voltage and with decrease in torch travel speed, and in this experimental work, no clear trend of the variation of corrosion rate with heat input is observed. it can be stated that on the whole, 316 austenitic stainless steel cladding on the e350 low carbon steel samples with nickel buttering layer gives less corrosion rate compared with unclad specimens and also that of 316 cladding without any buttering layer. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 62 figure 2. plot of corrosion rate against heat input figure 3. 3d contour plot of corrosion rate with change of both current and torch travel speed microstructures are observed at three positions of each clad sample of 1st replication, such as at the interface of cladding and base material, at the middle position of clad layer and at the top of the cladding layer. microstructures of cladding-base metal interface of nine samples of 1st replication as obtained from metallographic test are shown in fig. 4. the figures of the microstructures are placed corresponding to the ascending values of heat input. microstructures of middle portion of all nine samples of 1st replication arranged in ascending heat input are shown in fig. 5, whereas microstructures of every sample of 1st replication at top portion of clad layer are arranged in accordance with low to high values of heat input and are shown in fig. 6. microstructures of cladding samples at cladding layer-base material interface zone show (fig. 4) an incomplete dendritic structure almost in all the cases. some directional solidifications can be seen in some samples. both austenite () and ferrite (δ) phases are present in all the samples at different proportions.  and δ phases are present in microstructures in whitish and darkish colour respectively under the oxalic acid solution based etching process as was reported by nelson et al. (1985). with the increase in heat input, no remarkable change in the blackish portion representing ferrite phase can be observed in fig. 4. nickel has fcc structure and can stabilize fcc austenite phase in steel 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0.512 0.554 0.597 0.622 0.673 0.725 0.731 0.792 0.853 c o r r o si o n r a te ( k g /m 2 h r ) heat input (kj/mm) spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 57-68 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 63 figure 4. microstructures at cladding-base metal interface with ascending order of heat input with x200 magnification microstructures of the middle portion of cladding layer, shown in fig. 5, depict slightly coarser grains as they gets relatively more time to grain growth due to slower cooling rate. blackish ferritic phase shows a slight increase on the whole in the microstructure as heat input increases. the microstructures of outermost cladding layer are depicted in fig. 6. due to rapid cooling, particularly at higher heat input, finer grains are formed with more blackish ferrites. ferrite phase is known to be responsible for resisting corrosion, particularly pitting corrosion, in a slightly better way than the austenite phase. on the other hand, in every case, nickel having fcc structure promotes stability of fcc austenite phase in each of the clad layer that also enhances wear resistance property. thus, slight increase in corrosion resistance of clad layer at higher input is found. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 64 figure 5. microstructure at middle portion of cladding with ascending order of heat input with x200 magnification spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 57-68 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 65 figure 6. microstructure at top portion of cladding with increasing heat input with x200 magnification. conclusion based on the results obtained from different tests, it may be stated that 316 austenitic stainless steel can be easily cladded on nickel buttering layer made on e350 steel base plate by metal active gas welding process. corrosion rate in cladded samples with nickel buttering layer is much less compared to that of the base plate and that of ordinary cladding made without the nickel buttering layer although there is no clear trend of corrosion rate observed against an increment in heat input. addition of nickel proves to be beneficiary to some extent and may be practiced. ni buttering layer may be recommended for generating crack-free anti-corrosive clad layer of 316 austenite stainless steel onto low carbon steel. further investigation may be done to try to obtain presence of any clear trend of corrosion resistance of clad layer. works may also be done using different cladding material combinations using buttering layer. references abdallah, m., jahdaly, b. a. a., salem, m. m., fawzy, a., fattah, a. a. (2017). pitting corrosion of nickel alloys and stainless steel in chloride solutions and its inhibition using some inorganic compounds. journal of materials and environmental science, 8(7), 2599-2607. bedekar, v., voothaluru, r., yu, d., wong, a., galindo-nava, e., gorti, s. b., hyde s. (2020). effect of spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 66 nickel on the kinematic stability of retained austenite in carburized bearing steels – in-situ neutron diffraction and crystal plasticity modeling of uniaxial tension tests in aisi 8620, 4320 and 3310 steels. international journal of plasticity, 131(1). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijplas.2020.102748 hebbale, a. m., badiger, r. i., srinath, m. s., nail, g. m. (2020). an experimental investigation of microwave developed nickel-based clads for slurry erosion wear performance using taguchi approach. metallography, microstructure, and analysis, 9293–9304. javadi, y., walsh, j. n., elrefaey, a., roy, m. j., francis, j. a. (2017) measurement of residual stresses induced by sequential weld buttering and cladding operations involving a 2.25cr-1mo substrate material, international journal of pressure vessels and piping, 154, 58-74. jeyaprakash, n., yang, c. h., sivasankaran, s. (2020). laser cladding process of cobalt and nickel based hard-micron-layers on 316l stainless steel substrate. materials and manufacturing processes, 35(2), 142-151. jung, j. y., ha, t. k. (2017). effects of welding parameters on the overlay welding behaviors in electroslag cladding by using aisi 430 stainless steel stripexperimental study. journal of welding and joining, 35(5), 77-86. khara, n., mondal, d., sarkar, a., sarkar, m., chakrabarty, b, das, s. (2016) weld cladding with austenitic stainless steel for imparting corrosion resistance. indian welding journal, 49(1), 74–80. mani, c., karthikeyan, r., vincent, s. a. (2018). study on corrosion resistance of dissimilar welds between monel 400 and 316l austenitic stainless steel. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 346, 012-025. ming, h., wang, j., han, e. h. (2018). comparative study of microstructure and properties of low-alloysteel/ nickel-based-alloy interfaces in dissimilar metal weld joints prepared by different gtaw methods. materials characterization, 139, 186–196. nelson, d. e., baeslack, w. a., lippold, j. c. (1985). characterization of the weld structure in a duplex stainless steel using color metallography. metallography, 18(3), 215–225. rathod, d. w., pandey, s., aravindan, s., singh, p. k. (2017). metallurgical behaviour and carbon diffusion in buttering deposits prepared with and without buffer layers. acta metallurgica sinica (english letters), 30(2), 120–132. saffari, h., shamanian, m., bahrami, a., szpunar, j. a. (2020). effects of ernicr-3 butter layer on the microstructure and mechanical properties of api 5l x65/aisi304 dissimilar joint. journal of manufacturing processes, 50, 305–318. saha, m. k., das, s. (2016). a review on different cladding techniques to resist corrosion. journal of the association of engineers, india, 86(1&2), 51–63. saha, m. k., das, s., datta, g. l. (2018a). corrosion behaviour of 316 austenitic stainless steel cladding on copper coated low alloy steel by gas metal arc welding. indian welding journal, 51(4), 73-81. saha, m. k., hazra, r., mondal, a., das, s. (2018b). on corrosion resistance of austenitic stainless steel clad layer on a low alloy steel. indian science cruiser, 32(3), 20-25. saha, m. k., mondal, a., hazra, r., das, s. (2018c). anticorrosion performance of fcaw cladding with regard to the influence of heat input. journal of welding and joining, 36(5), 61-69. saha, m. k., mondal, j., mondal, a., das, s. (2018d). influence of heat input on corrosion resistance of duplex stainless steel cladding using flux cored arc welding on low alloy steel flats. indian welding journal, 51(3), 66-72. shihab, s. k., khan, n. z., myla, p., upadhyay, s., khan z. a., siddiquee, a. n. (2018). application of moora method for multi optimization of gmaw process parameters in stainless steel cladding. management science letters, 8, 241-246. smith,l.(2010). engineering with clad steel. http://www.nipera.org/*/media/files/technicalliterature/10064_engineeringwithcladsteel2nded.pdf. accessed on 29 sept 2016. verma, a. k., biswas, b. c., roy, p., de, s., saren, s., das, s. (2013). exploring quality of austenitic stainless steel clad layer obtained by metal active gas welding. indian science cruiser, 27(4), 24– 29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijplas.2020.102748 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 57-68 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 67 wen, c., tian, y., wang, g., hu, j., (2016). the influence of nickel on corrosion behavior of low alloy steel in a cyclic wet-dry condition. international journal of electrochemical science, 11, 4161–4173. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 5768 investigating the effect of… (santanu das et. al.) 68 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.93 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model mirga maulana rachmadhani a,1,*, taufiq immawan b, agus mansur b, wonsik choi c a department of industrial engineering, universitas muhammadiyah sorong, sorong, 98416, indonesia b department of industrial engineering, universitas islam indonesia, yogyakarta, 55584, indonesia c department of bio-industrial machinery engineering, pusan national university, south korea 1 mirga@um-sorong.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction risk management aims to coordinate activities and control and manage the organization based on a risk orientation (buganová & šimíčková, 2019). similarly, risk management is a systematic approach that includes culture, process, and structure to determine the best course of action regarding risk reduction (munir et al., 2020; ernawati et al., 2012). at the same time, risk management can increase the chances of business success (chen et al., 2019). the international organization of standardization (iso) is an international standards federation body that has issued a standard framework for managing risk (international standardization organization, 2009). this standard was issued to assist companies in managing risk (choo & goh, 2014). supply chain management (scm) is a unified process. such production activity starts from raw materials obtained from suppliers, adding value that converts raw materials into finished goods, storing an inventory of goods, and sending the finished goods to retailers and consumers (muttaqin et al., 2022). risks can occur and are found in the production flow process as well as in the supply chain article info abstract article history received december 27, 2022 revised march 07, 2023 accepted march 27, 2023 in every large, medium and small industrial enterprise, risks must occur in the business process. the study conducted at one of the small medium enterprise (sme) in the bantul, yogyakarta. it begins with the fact that obstacles that often occur are delays in delivery, product damage, and also other obstacles. hence, those are the reasons of this study conducted. further, the risk management framework has an important role in reducing these problems. the approach used iso 31000 method and the scor model in making a proposed framework to improve risk management performance. based on the proposed framework that has been made, the risk identification process in rajut bamboo has 32 risks in its business processes. the risk mitigation proposal is carried out on seven risks in the high-risk category. the risk mitigation results are obtained in the risk codes (d3) unfinished product and absence of sop, (m2) quality control takes a long time, (p5) unplanned overhead costs, and (a1) products in storage are damaged or lost, thus it showed down to medium risk category, then the risk codes (d9) expensive packaging material costs, (d2) order time exceeds the specified time, and (m6) no mitigation planning, thus it showed down to low-risk category. keywords iso 31000; scor; framework; risk management; small medium enterprise this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.93 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:mirga@um-sorong.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 42 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) flow process. in the supply chain process, a measurement method can assist organizations/companies in making quick improvements, namely the supply chain operation reference (scor) (apics, 2017). in its application, there are six main processes owned by scor, namely plan, source, make, deliver, return, and enable (christopher, 2016). thus, in its implementation, activities that may causes risk can be categorized based on the six primary processes of scor. this study conducted at one of the smes in bantul, yogyakarta. this industry produces handicrafts made of bamboo. problems that often occur in this small industry are returning orders because they differ from buyer expectations, product damage during the production period caused by employee negligence, irregular production schedules caused by planning and running out of raw material inventory in the warehouse. the current study used iso 31000 and scor model to design the proposed framework to increase risk management performance such as previous research by de (oliveira et al., 2017) explained on apply the iso 31000 standard to implement it in the context of supply chain risk management (scrm) as a framework for the company. then also research by (bukhori et al., 2015) conducted on company xyz regarding the poultry supply chain. the method used by bukhori is scor with the aim of assessing supply chain performance in two perspectives, namely internal business processes and in dealing with customers. the other study by (ahmad et al., 2014) also analyzed enterprise risk management implementation in some empirical evidence from large australian companies. also, (nimmy et al., 2022) about risk management in the supply chain and (ridwan et al., 2019) risk management in sme sate bandeng, they found that there are some risks identified. moreover, in (sari et al., 2017), risk identification, risk assessment, and responding to and controlling risks are carried out based on a risk management framework. the study by (ekwere, 2016) considers risk management for small and medium enterprises (smes). it relates to ekwere argues that smes require the implementation of risk management strategies compared to larger businesses because they do not have the resources to deal with risk threats that can potentially harm smes in the future. however, based on research conducted de (oliveira et al., 2017) and (bukhori, 2015), it has weaknesses in the application of working time, communication relationships between suppliers and buyers and the absence of risk assessment in other industrial sectors. in contrast, research conducted by (sari et al., 2017) and (ekwere, 2016) emphasized that the framework and risk management process are indispensable in small and medium enterprises (smes). the objectives of the current study are creating a new framework between the scor model and iso 31000:2009 and creating risk mitigation based on it. the use of iso 31000 and the scor model is intended to facilitate researchers in identifying, assessing and mitigating risks in business processes and supply chain flows at rajut bamboo. furthermore, according to (zevallos, 2004) in his book entitled risk management guidelines, risk management is a process that involves steps that can reduce or minimize the loss of an event that has a negative impact, and risk can assist in making decisions. it is based on steps consisting of context determination, risk identification, risk analysis, risk evaluation, risk, monitoring, and communicating risk in all activities or processes. risk management can understand the potential positive and negative aspects that can affect the company's activities and can simultaneously increase the chances of business success (rubino, 2018). also, according to (parviainen et al., 2021) the international standard iso 31000 is a standard that can be used by all organizations in dealing with risks. one thing that distinguishes iso 31000 from other risk management standards is that it has a broader and more conceptual perspective compared to other risk management standards. based on iso 31000:2009, the risk management process consists of three main aspects: risk management principles (principles), risk management frameworks, and risk management processes (process). the relationship between these three aspects can be seen in fig. 1. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 43 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) fig. 1. the relationship of the three main aspects of risk management (iso 31000, 2009) then about supply chain management it can be described such as the supply chain itself is an organizational activity that distributes its products and services to customers. in contrast to the supply chain, which is a physical network, supply chain management includes fulfilling the supply of goods from suppliers to manufacturers to the fulfillment of order fulfillment from customers (christopher, 2016). supply chain operation reference (scor) is a measurement method and benchmarking tool that helps organizations make quick improvements in supply chain processes (apics, 2017). in its implementation, the scor system has six main processes that must be met before being implemented: plan, source, make, delivery, return and enable. moreover, supply chain risk management (scrm) in scor includes systematic identification, assessment and mitigation activities against potential disruptions in the logistics network to reduce negative impacts on the supply chain network performance (christopher, 2016). there are five measurement references in the scor model: reliability, responsiveness, agility, cost, and asset management. this research contribution is using design science research methodology (dsrm) as (venable et al., 2017) in choosing a design science research methodology. 2. method this study uses iso 31000 and scor model to design the proposed framework to increase risk management performance. the data used in this study include primary data obtained directly through the interview process and filling out questionnaires to employees and business owners rajut bamboo. the process flow in this study also uses the design science research methodology (dsrm) concept to make it easier to understand the research process flow. the following is an overview of the dsrm process model shown in fig. 2. thus, based on the general picture of the dsrm, the study process flow is explained in fig. 3. 44 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) fig. 2. design science research process model (catarino et al., 2016) fig. 3. research flow issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 45 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) 3. results and discussion 3.1. proposed framework design of risk management the proposed framework design uses the iso 31000:2009 approach and the scor model. the framework made in general can be explained by there are three main stages, namely: 1. first stage (determining context with scor model) 2. second stage (risk assessment) 3. third stage (risk treatment) based on these three stages, fig. 4 shows the design drawing of the proposed risk management framework. besides those three stages, there are elements of the communication and consultation process, monitoring and review, and recording and reporting in the proposed framework above. the communication and consultation process carries out at every stage, where each step of the process will always be communicated and consulted to the owner’s feedback. the monitoring and review process is also carried out at every stage. it is done so that every process exists at all stages. it is monitored and reviewed. likewise, with the recording and reporting process, the difference is that this process is carried out at the final stage to determine whether the mitigation carried out is correct or not. also, the recording and reporting process is communicated to the owner. fig. 4. proposed framework design of risk management 3.2. implementation the case study in this study was conducted in rajut bamboo that located in the bantul area, yogyakarta. in this study case, the results of the proposed framework will be implemented. it showed that the rajut bamboo requires a proposed framework to improve the performance of the risk management system because several problems often occur, both outside the company and within the company. 3.2.1. first stage (context determination by scor model) the first stage, determining the context using the scor model, is to define the object of research, namely rajut bamboo, a company or business entity using bamboo as the primary raw material. the risk performance assessed is based on the scor 12 hierarchy by outlining the risk criteria based on 46 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) levels 1 to level 3. at level 1, the assessment includes the process of the plan (planning), make (production process), source (source/supplier), delivery (delivery process), return (return process), and enable (management). while level 2 is the definition of categories at each level 1 to identify metrics. where metrics are used to identify risks carried out in each supply chain process, level 2 is sufficient to represent the metrics. the description of each level 1 and level 2 process and the grouping of metrics can be seen in table 1. table 1. establishing context based on the scor method no score metrics level 1 level 2 1 plan plan source rs.3.99 plan source cycle time 2 co.3.2 cost to plan source 3 plan make rl.3.49 schedule achievement 4 rs.1.1 order fulfillment cycle time 5 co.3.3 cost to plan make 6 source source make to order product ag.3.42 current source volume 7 ag.3.46 demand sourcing-supplier constraints 8 co.2.2 cost to source 9 make make to order rs.4.46 install product cycle time 10 rs.3.140 verify product cycle time 11 ag.3.38 current make volume 12 co.2.3 cost to make 13 co.3.11 direct material cost 14 co.3.20 risk mitigation costs 15 delivery deliver make to order product rl.2.2 documentation accuracy 16 rs.3.20 current logistics order cycle time 18 ag.3.4 additional delivery volume 19 ag.3.32 current delivery volume 20 co.3.14 order management costs 21 am.3.45 inventory days of supply finished goods 22 return deliver return defective product rs.3.19 current customer return order cycle time 23 ag.3.31 current deliver return volume 24 co.3.17 cost to deliver return 25 am.3.26 return rate 26 enable manage supply chain assets am.3.9 capacity utilization 3.2.2. second stage (risk assessment) risk identification based on the performance matrix of the plan, source, make, delivery, return and enable, as many as 32 (risk events) were identified, including in the planning process five risks, source as many as three risks, make as many as six risks, delivery as many as ten risks, return as many as six risks and enable two risks. the risk plan process identified 3 scor attributes, namely reliability, responsiveness, and cost, in the risk source process identified risk made from 2 scor attributes, namely agility, and cost, in the risk-making process identified 3 scor attributes, namely responsiveness, agility, and cost, in the delivery process the identified risks include all 5 scor attributes, in the form of reliability, responsiveness, agility, cost and asset management, in the riskreturn process identified from 4 scor attributes, namely responsiveness, agility, cost, asset management. in contrast, the identified risks include asset management attributes in the enable process. after identifying the risks from each existing process, the causes and impacts of the above risks are identified. the causes of each risk are known based on interviews with the owner. the reasons (risk cause) and impact (risk impact) of each risk can be seen in table 2. risk analysis the next stage is risk analysis based on the results, the risk identification list, and the causes and impacts of risks obtained from observations and interviews with experts. risk analysis is carried out by measuring the likelihood and consequences for the owner of rajut bamboo. the following values are the likelihood and consequences shown in table 3 and table 4. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 47 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) table 2. risk cause and risk impact no risk code risk identification risk cause risk impact 1 p1 the estimated time for delivery of bamboo raw materials is overlong cause of bad weather production time delay limited transportation 2 p2 the cost of raw materials is not as planned scarcity of the type of bamboo used overbudget seasonal bamboo harvest overbudget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 a2 lack of the manpower one jobholder high workload of the employee table 3. likelihood level rate level description 1 rare the risk occurs once every more than a year 2 unlikely the risk occurs once every 9 to 12 months 3 possible the risk occurs once every 2 to 6 months 4 likely the risk happens every month 5 almost certain the risk happens every week table 4. consequence level rate level description 1 insignificant the loss suffered by the company for each risk is less than one million rupiah 2 minor the loss suffered by the company each risk between more than one million rupiah to two million five hundred thousand rupiah 3 moderate the loss suffered by the company each risk between more than two million five hundred thousand rupiah to five million rupiah 4 major the loss suffered by the company for each risk is between more than five million rupiah to ten million rupiah 5 catastrophic the loss suffered by the company per risk is more than ten million rupiah there are the results of probability and consequence values based on the results of the questionnaire distributed to respondents shown in table 5. based on the likelihood and consequences results, there are seven risks in the red zone (high risk), namely d3, d9, m2, p5, d2, m6, and a1, and then there are 13 risks in the yellow zone (medium risk). namely s2, p4, d1, d7, s1, d6, d10, r5, a2, p2, m1, m3, and d8. there are also twelve risks in the green zone (low risk), namely m4, m5, d5, r4, p1, p3, r2, r3, s3, d4, r1, and r9. the following is a risk map from the likelihood and consequences assessment results shown in fig. 5. table 5. likelihood level and consequence of respondent\ no code risk event respondent (owner) risk level likelihood consequences 1 p1 the estimated time for delivery of bamboo raw materials is overlong 2 1 2 2 p2 the cost of raw materials is not as planned 3 2 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 a1 products in storage are damaged or lost 3 5 15 32 a2 lack of the manpower 4 2 8 48 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) likelihood consequences insignificant (1) minor (2) moderate (3) major (4) catastrophic (5) almost certain (5) d3, d9 likely (4) d10, r5, a2 p5, d2 m2 possible (3) r4 p2, m3, d8 p4, d1, d7 a1 unlike (2) p1, r2 m1 s1, d6 s2 rare (1) s3, d4, r1, r6 p3, r3 m4, m5, d5 fig. 5. risk map of rajut bamboo smes based on the risk map results, the next step is to do a fishbone analysis of the seven risks in the red zone (high risk). the following is a fishbone analysis of one of the risks in the high-risk category 1. fishbone analysis on d3 shown in fig. 6. the risk in the d3 code was identified using fishbone analysis (ishikawa), with the top event being “delivery of product takes a long time.” fig. 6. fishbone analysis for d3 risk code risk evaluation based on the risk analysis and risk map above, the researcher found seven risks with high-risk categories in the red zone. each of these risks includes: d3 with the top event, “shipping takes time,” d9 with the top event, “expensive packaging material costs,” m2 with the top event, “quality control takes a long time,” p5 with the top event “there are high costs arise outside of planning,” d2 with the top event “order time exceeds the specified time” m6 with the top event “no mitigation planning,” and a1 with the top event “storage product is damaged/lost.” risks belonging to the high-risk category (red zone) will be prioritized and handled at the risk mitigation stage. 3.2.3. third stage (risk treatment) based on the fishbone analysis of each risk, the next stage is to propose a risk mitigation strategy based on the root cause and effect of the seven risks that fall into the high-risk category (red zone). the following table of risk mitigation proposals is based on seven risks in the high-risk category shown in table 6. table 6. strategies of risk mitigation proposed risk code description risk mitigation proposed d3 unfinished product it is necessary to plan for regular stock of raw materials and stainless materials, thus there is no material stock out. absence of sop rules need to be applied to the management and production departments so that the production process runs smoothly and does not run out of stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . a1 moldy stuff workers are given guidance on the level of water content in bamboo and are more careful in making sure the product is dry properly. the temperature of storage is damp a room temperature meter is made or installed so that it can monitor a good room temperature level. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 49 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) as a step in implementing the proposed mitigation strategy, a discussion was held with the owner of the rajut bamboo to assess whether the proposed mitigation strategy could reduce the likelihood and impact of the risk shown in fig. 7. the following are the results of the discussion with the rajut bamboo owner which has been mapped into the new risk map shown in table 7. table 7. likelihood score and consequence of mitigation proposed code risk event likelihood consequences risk level d3 delivery of product takes a long time 2 3 6 d9 expensive packaging material costs 1 3 3 m2 quality control takes a long time 4 2 8 p5 unplanned overhead costs 3 3 9 d2 order time exceeds the specified time 1 1 1 m6 no mitigation planning 2 2 4 a1 products in storage are damaged or lost 4 2 8 likelihood consequences insignificant (1) minor (2) moderate (3) major (4) catastrophic (5) almost certain (5) m6 d3, d9 likely (4) d10, r5, a2 p5, d2 m2 possible (3) r4, d9 p2, m3, d8, d3 p4, d1, d7, p5 a1 unlike (2) p1, r2, d2 m6 m1 s1, d6, m2, a1 s2 rare (1) s3, d4, r1, r6, d2 p3, r3 m4, m5, d5 fig. 7. map of risk mitigation result based on the results of the risk map, in the d3 risk code after discussion the risk level drops to medium risk (yellow zone), in the d9 risk code after discussion the risk level drops to low risk (green zone), in the m2 risk code after risk discussion. the level drops to medium risk (yellow zone), at risk code p5 after discussion the risk level drops to medium risk (yellow zone), in risk code d2 after discussion the risk level drops to low risk (green zone), at risk code m6 after discussion, the risk level drops to low risk (green zone), and on risk code a1 after discussion, the risk level drops to medium risk (yellow zone). 4. conclusion the conclusions that can be drawn from this research are as follows. first, a framework design using iso 31000:2009 and the scor model as an improvement in risk management performance has been successfully created and developed. it can be said that by collaborating the two methods, a new framework can be created that can be used to improve risk management performance. this proposed framework has been implemented in a case study so that in its implementation the results are as expected. second, based on the risk mitigation strategy carried out with the results of discussions with owner it was found that the risk code d3 risk level fell to the medium risk category, in the d9 risk code the risk level fell to the low risk category, in the m2 risk code the risk level decreased to in the medium risk category, in the p5 risk code the risk level drops to the medium risk category, in the d2 risk code the risk level decreases to the low risk category, in the m6 risk code the risk level drops to the low risk category, and in the a1 risk code the risk level falls into the low risk category. medium risk. 50 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references ahmad, s., ng, c., & mcmanus, l. a. (2014). enterprise risk management (erm) implementation: some empirical evidence from large australian companies. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 164, 541-547. https://doi.org/1.1016/j.sbspro.2014.11.144. apics. (2017). scor (supply chain operations reference model) (12th ed.). apics. http://www.apics.org/docs/default-source/scor-training/scor-v12-0-frameworkintroduction.pdf?sfvrsn=2. buganová, k., & šimíčková, j. (2019). risk management in traditional and agile project management. transportation research procedia, 40, 986-993. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2019.07.138. bukhori, i. b., widodo, k. h., & ismoyowati, d. (2015). evaluation of poultry supply chain performance in xyz slaughtering house yogyakarta using scor and ahp method. agriculture and agricultural science procedia, 3, 221-225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aaspro.2015.01.043. catarino, t. m., vasconcelos, a., & da silva, m. m. (2016). the role of the chief information security officer. ist, portugal. https://doi.org/10.13140/rg.2.2.20285.61921. chen, y. l., chuang, y. w., huang, h. g., & shih, j. y. (2020). the value of implementing enterprise risk management: evidence from taiwan’s financial industry. the north american journal of economics and finance, 54, 100926. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.najef.2019.02.004. choo, b. s. y., & goh, j. c. l. (2014, december). adapting the iso31000: 2009 enterprise risk management framework using the six sigma approach. in 2014 ieee international conference on industrial engineering and engineering management (pp. 39-43). ieee. https://doi.org/10.1109/ieem.2014.7058596. christopher, m. (2016). logistics & supply chain management. pearson uk. https://books.google.co.id/books?hl=en&lr=&id=nifqcwaaqbaj&oi=fnd&pg=. de oliveira, u. r., marins, f. a. s., rocha, h. m., & salomon, v. a. p. (2017). the iso 31000 standard in supply chain risk management. journal of cleaner production, 151, 616-633. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.03.054. ekwere, n. (2016). framework of effective risk management in small and medium enterprises (smess): a literature review. bina ekonomi, 20(1), 23-46. https://journal.unpar.ac.id/index.php/binaekonomi/article/view/1894. ernawati, t., & nugroho, d. r. (2012, september). it risk management framework based on iso 31000: 2009. in 2012 international conference on system engineering and technology (icset) (pp. 1-8). ieee. https://doi.org/10.1109/icsengt.2012.6339352. international standardization organization. (2009). risk management-principles and guidelines. switzerland. https://www.iso.org/standard/43170.html. munir, m., jajja, m. s. s., chatha, k. a., & farooq, s. (2020). supply chain risk management and operational performance: the enabling role of supply chain integration. international journal of production economics, 227, 107667. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpe.2020.107667. muttaqin, p. s., margareta, w., & zahira, a. d. (2022). green warehouse performance monitoring system design using analytical hierarchy process and supply chain operation reference. applied engineering and technology, 1(3), 146-153. https://doi.org/10.31763/aet.v1i3.687. nimmy, s. f., hussain, o. k., chakrabortty, r. k., hussain, f. k., & saberi, m. (2022). explainability in supply chain operational risk management: a systematic literature review. knowledge-based systems, 235, 107587. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107587. https://doi.org/1.1016/j.sbspro.2014.11.144 http://www.apics.org/docs/default-source/scor-training/scor-v12-0-framework-introduction.pdf?sfvrsn=2 http://www.apics.org/docs/default-source/scor-training/scor-v12-0-framework-introduction.pdf?sfvrsn=2 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trpro.2019.07.138 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aaspro.2015.01.043 https://doi.org/10.13140/rg.2.2.20285.61921 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.najef.2019.02.004 https://doi.org/10.1109/ieem.2014.7058596 https://books.google.co.id/books?hl=en&lr=&id=nifqcwaaqbaj&oi=fnd&pg= https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.03.054 https://journal.unpar.ac.id/index.php/binaekonomi/article/view/1894 https://doi.org/10.1109/icsengt.2012.6339352 https://www.iso.org/standard/43170.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpe.2020.107667 https://doi.org/10.31763/aet.v1i3.687 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.knosys.2021.107587 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 51 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 41-51 mirga maulana rachmadhani (risk management framework design based on iso 31000 and scor model) parviainen, t., goerlandt, f., helle, i., haapasaari, p., & kuikka, s. (2021). implementing bayesian networks for iso 31000: 2018-based maritime oil spill risk management: state-of-art, implementation benefits and challenges, and future research directions. journal of environmental management, 278, 111520. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.111520. ridwan, a., & ambarwati, v. (2019, december). perancangan aksi mitigasi risiko halal supply chain pada ikm sate bandeng menggunakan metode house of risk. in talenta conference series: energy and engineering (ee). 2. 4. https://doi.org/10.32734/ee.v2i4.672. rubino, m. (2018). a comparison of the main erm frameworks: how limitations and weaknesses can be overcome implementing it governance. international journal of business and management, 13(12), 203-214. https://doi.org/10.5539/ijbm.v13n12p203. sari, r. a., yuniarti, r., & puspita, d. (2017). analisa manajemen risiko pada industri kecil rotan di kota malang. journal of industrial engineering management, 2(2), 39-47. https://doi.org/10.33536/jiem.v2i2.151. venable, j. r., pries-heje, j., & baskerville, r. l. (2017). choosing a design science research methodology. https://aisel.aisnet.org/acis2017/112. zevallos, c. g. (2004). risk management guidelines: companion to as/nzs 4360:2004. standards australia international. https://www.saiglobal.com/pdftemp/previews/osh/as/misc/handbook/hb4362004(+a1).pdf. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.111520 https://doi.org/10.32734/ee.v2i4.672 https://doi.org/10.5539/ijbm.v13n12p203 https://doi.org/10.33536/jiem.v2i2.151 https://aisel.aisnet.org/acis2017/112 https://www.saiglobal.com/pdftemp/previews/osh/as/misc/handbook/hb436-2004(+a1).pdf https://www.saiglobal.com/pdftemp/previews/osh/as/misc/handbook/hb436-2004(+a1).pdf uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.62 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 69 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) quality function deployment in healthcare: systematic literature review dias irawati sukma1,*, indra setiawan1, hibarkah kurniah1, humiras hardi purba1 1 master of industrial engineering program, universitas mercu buana, jakarta, 11650, indonesia *corresponding author: diasirawati2005@gmail.com introduction in this era of globalization, all industries must be able to compete in the global market to remain competitive. the intense global market has driven all industries to continuously improve their competitiveness. among all industrial sectors, the service industry is one of the most decisive industries in increasing the economy and national income. the most important and challenging primary goal of service organizations is to provide high-quality services. the measurement of the main indicators as improving performance is a must to define and measure service quality. one of the main steps in developing this measurement tool is to identify the company's performance and consumer expectations. service experts agree that service quality results from a comparison between performance and customer expectations. meeting customer needs can provide a high level of achievement of satisfaction. therefore, it is very important to understand the difference between customer expectations and service perception. in the service industry, providing high-quality services is the most important thing and needs attention for all types of service providers because service quality can increase customer satisfaction and have an impact on their good name. therefore, companies and organizations from various service a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 more specific knowledge about quality function deployment (qfd) has grown rapidly. there are many studies on the application of qfd in various industrial sectors including manufacturing, construction and services. qfd is a tool that can be used to assist companies in improving services by translating consumer desires into the technical characteristics of the company. this study aims to provide a broad understanding and knowledge of the application of qfd in the healthcare industry. the approach used is systematic literature review. this study involves a review study of various papers from wellknown databases related to the implementation of qfd in the healthcare industry. this paper provides benefits for researchers and practitioners to add insight and references for studies related to qfd in health services. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords healthcare house of quality quality function deployment systematic literature review https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:diasirawati2005@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 70 industries consider service quality improvement as the key to gain market profits and achieve success. one sector of the service industry is health services. health services are public services that are considered by the whole community and the government because they can coordinate the entire population and awareness of health status. the health care industry must provide high-quality health services because it involves patients. patients' perceptions of the quality of health services will help medical organizations to increasingly make changes and progress in providing the best services to increase patient satisfaction. therefore, it is important for the health care industry to continue to improve the quality of services so that the goals of meeting high patient expectations and promoting hospital competitiveness can be achieved. as the demand for improving health services is faced with challenges from various limited resources and intensive competition. hospitals should be able to prioritize their focus on dimensions that contribute significantly to improving their services. quality function deployment (qfd) is a tool that can be used to assist companies in the production or service process by translating consumer desires into the company's technical characteristics (narto, 2020). qfd was originally proposed in 1966 as an advanced tool for listening to customer voices for continuous product/service quality planning, quality improvement and decision making. then in japan, around 1970 qfd technique has proven to be a powerful tool that can be used to translate customer voice into the technical language (yamani & munang, 2019). cohen (1995) defines qfd as a structured and systematic method for planning and product development that allows the development team to clearly define customer wants and needs. the application of the qfd method in the product design process begins with the formation of a matrix or often referred to as the house of quality (hoq). hoq displays the voice of the customer (voc) or the customer's need for a technical response to fulfill it. the hoq sections/rooms each store specific information for a section of the qfd procedure as shown in figure 1. figure 1. hoq (source: cohen 1995) this study aims to provide a literature review on the application of qfd in the health care industry and provide contextual knowledge as a means to improve the application of qfd in health services. research method this study presents the best steps to study, explore and analyze the application of qfd in the healthcare industry. this systematic literature review (slr) study begins with determining the topic, namely the application of qfd in the healthcare industry. then proceed to the systematic stage of slr. the following is an explanation of each stage (figure 2): 1. collection of papers. correlations how relationships competitive assessment what how much customer requirement spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 71 search papers from famous databases like research gate, google scholar. search papers using the keyword "quality function deployment". the collected papers were 138 papers. 2. screening papers by topic. the papers that have been collected are then filtered based on the chosen topic, namely qfd implementation in the health care sector. filter papers into 60 papers according to relevant topics. paper screening is done based on title and abstract. 3. screening papers by content. after the paper is selected based on the topic, then it is filtered again based on the content analysis of the full text. this analysis includes research focus, purpose, findings, implications. 4. summary of papers. after obtaining the final 40 papers, then summarizing all relevant papers based on the identity of the paper and research results. grouping all papers into several aspects, namely papers based on the area of publication, papers based on the year of publication and grouping papers based on publishers. 5. benefit analysis analyze the benefits obtained from each paper. analyzing research gaps to be developed in future research. figure 2. literature review framework results and discussion a total of 40 selected papers will be reviewed in more detail by extracting each paper to obtain the contents of the paper. then the selected papers are summarized based on the identity of the paper and research results. the following descriptions of each paper can be seen in table 1. table 1. an existing literature review of quality function deployment. no paper identity result 1 (gupta & srivastava, 2011) help managers to prioritize the importance of service quality that can increase customer satisfaction in health services 2 (al-bashir et al., 2012) a new model has been proposed to be implemented to improve mdms performance. 3 (venkateswarlu & birru, 2012) improving the quality of hospital services 4 (sharma, 2012) results include the ctg function with its raw weight and priority score. the detailed theoretical analysis of the results shows the basic functional limitations of the outgoing machine. search papers from database paper screening 1 paper summary paper screening 2 collecting paper screening of papers by content: fulltext screening research focus purpose, finding and implication gaps analysis and suggestion for future research paper summary paper identity, result country, year, publisher, integration method search papers from the database: research gate, google scholar screening of papers by topics: title and abstract relevance of the topic spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 72 no paper identity result 5 (sinha et al., 2013) the behavior and attitudes of the staff have the highest weighted score, meaning that if they are increased, there will be almost a 25 percent increase in the hospital. 6 (azadi & farzipoor saen, 2013) the qfd model can incorporate criteria such as cost of service and ease of implementation 7 (shih & chen, 2013) qfd is a proven tool for process and product development, which translates the voice of the customer (voc) into engineering characteristics (ec), and prioritizes the ecs, in terms of customer's requirements 8 (gremyr & raharjo, 2013) the application of qfd leads to an increased awareness of a complex multiple‐ customer concept. 9 (yeh & lai, 2015) top management can apply a v-shaped performance matrix to determine the importance of improving quality management 10 (chowdhury & quaddus, 2014) the optimal strategy is the campaign, recruitment of skilled human resources, performance measurement, and monitoring 11 (lee et al., 2015) coupled fuzzy logic with qfd in healthcare services enables medical practitioners to understand customer requirements and include them for continuous improvement during the health service delivery 12 (ionica & leba, 2015) qfd method can be implemented in the innovative product npd approach to produce innovative products by achieving customer satisfaction requirements 13 (hashemi et al., 2015) the qfd used showed that the time spent on prescribing medication had been reduced by more than 20 percent. 14 (nordin, 2015) the satisfaction coefficient is used to formulate optimization outputs for new and better health services 15 (sandelands, 2015) the fuzzy qfd approach can provide a framework for analyzing technical requirements that can lead to the synthesis of a customer-oriented system 16 (wibawa et al., 2016) choose the best priority of improvement measures to increase user satisfaction. 17 (wood et al., 2016) qfd has been applied in the construction industry with a special focus on supporting green hospital design 18 (pourmadadkar et al., 2017) prioritization of improvement in treatment for cardiovascular disease (cvd). 19 (dehe & bamford, 2017) using qfd generated effectiveness and efficiency by creating an information exchange platform and providing the stakeholders with a framework to optimize the decision-making 20 (kassela et al., 2017) the results provided insight into the benefits and challenges arising from the application of a specific tool qfd. 21 (hsu et al., 2017) the significant and positive relationship between corporate social responsiveness and profitability 22 (priyono & yulita, 2017) service attributes and technical requirements that require improvement as priority improvements have been identified 23 (schillo et al., 2017) qfd provides a systematic approach as a multi-stakeholder policy that captures the voices of stakeholders and aligns them with policy 24 (moğol sever, 2018) eliminate queues and increase service time 25 (raziei et al., 2018) qfd and servqual characteristics can be used to translate patient requirements into design characteristics and quality 26 (kim et al., 2018) utilizing qfd to develop services on a national scale in korea 27 (ali akram et al., 2018) provides very useful data for health statisticians and hospital authorities to track different public health parameters and further improve services. 28 (siregar, 2019) it was found that 4 attributes were the main priority for improvement, including good communication with patients, preparedness of medical personnel, the competence of medical personnel, and medical equipment. 29 (joshi & bhargava, 2019) green qfd provides knowledge, attitudes and roles of health practitioners in medical waste management to provide environmentally friendly services 30 (barad, 2019) qfd developed 2 matrices to improve the strategic health care system into a need for increasing cyber information / procedures spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 73 no paper identity result 31 abdurrozzaq (hasibuan et al., 2019) 33 service quality characteristics are prioritized for further improvement, with the main priority being patience recovery 32 (gonzalez, 2019) qfd and benchmarking to bridge the gap and assess the extent to which customers are happy and satisfied with the products and services provided by the business 33 (barutçu, 2019) designing the mhealth app for a higher level of satisfaction 34 (kayapinar kaya & erginel, 2020) quality function deployment used to prioritize patient needs and patient expectations 35 (putra & wang, 2020) with qfd, it can be seen that there is a strong relationship between doctors' skills, behavior and attitudes of officers, as well as having quite modern equipment 36 (cropley, 2020) qfd combined with value engineering creates innovative methods and results in a quality function of maximizing results and becomes a model for customer satisfaction in the field of cost management 37 (nie et al., 2020) improving the quality of health services with qfd and todim to ensure quality improvement by the psychological behavior of the patient who provides the assessment 38 (mathews et al., 2020) application of integrated quality functions and failure modes and analysis of effects in the selection of subcontractors for the iso/iec 17025. standard 39 (duan et al., 2020) application of qfd with fuzzy mechanism analyzes washing machine quality accidents 40 (yeganegi, 2020) increase customer satisfaction which has an impact on increasing profits based on table 1, it can be seen that this paper summarizes as many as 40 papers related to the application of qfd in the health care industry. based on the summary, then grouping into several aspects such as year of publication, country of publication, integration method and publisher. the following is a description of each based on the grouping of papers. classification of papers this study classify the papers based on the aspects reviewed. the identified papers were traced from publications from 2011 to 2020 (figure 3). the analysis found that the application of qfd is still relatively new because the development of this tool is reviewed based on the selection of papers in the last 10 years. qfd is considered an innovation in improving the service quality. so this method needs to be developed again. the success of qfd in the healthcare industry has brought significant benefits to the industry sector. then the qfd method becomes the main target for the service industry, especially health services. figure 3. publication by year based on a thorough identification, as many as 10 papers have used the qfd method as the main method in improving the service quality. this shows that the qfd method is a single method that can provide significant changes when applied. in addition, qfd is also a method for product/service development. qfd itself can provide recommendations for the right model in developing products/services. when applied to an industry or research, qfd is often integrated with various methods of improvement, weighting and decision making to obtain complex results. based on the 1 3 4 1 6 3 5 4 6 7 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 74 analysis, the integration method includes the ahp method to analyze or support decision-making. the fuzzy method can model very complex nonlinear functions so that it can build and apply experiences directly. data envelopment analysis (dea) method as a tool to measure efficiency criteria. kano's method can lead to the development of broad service differentiation by analyzing customer attributes. the integration of the qfd method with several other methods can be seen in figure 4. figure 4. integration method this study also identifies the distribution of publications by country and publisher. the analysis found that iran is the largest supplier of publications with 5 papers. then elsevier became the most recommended publisher in this literature study. information about the distribution of papers and where the papers are published can be seen in figure 5 and figure 6. figure 5. publication by area 11 10 6 4 4 2 1 1 1 qfd not integrated hoq servqual kano fuzzy ahp todim dea topsis 5 4 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 iran india china indonesia turkey sweden malaysia uk usa taiwan australia romania singapore jordan canada korea bangladesh israel netherland spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 75 figure 6. papers by publisher qfd implementation benefits the presence of qfd as an improvement method brings significant advantages to the healthcare industry. this is because qfd can be the basis of activities to translate customer desires. this paper has analyzed the advantages that the healthcare industry gets when implementing qfd. qfd can increase competitiveness through continuous improvement of its quality and productivity. broadly speaking, the benefits of qfd are as follows: 1. focus on the customer. 2. time efficiency. 3. teamwork-oriented. 4. orientation to documentation. figure 7. benefits of qfd based on the four benefits of qfd in figure 7, we can see that specifically the benefits of implementing qfd in the health care industry are increasing product reliability, improving service quality, increasing customer satisfaction, shortening time to market, reducing design costs, improving communication, increasing productivity and increase company profits. this qfd method also has weaknesses, including requiring specific skills when translating quality characteristics, difficulties in filling out the matrix and being a project without continuation. 10 6 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 elsevier semantic scholar iop publishing int. journal of applied industrial engineering int. journal of bussiness tqm & business excellence iise jjmie prod.planning & control australian journal engineering education spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 76 gaps and future research qfd is a method used to support and implement the philosophy of total quality management (tqm). quality is paramount to all industries. by focusing on improving quality, customers will feel satisfied. this will have an impact on company profits. in future research, it is recommended to focus more on the application of qfd based on tqm. qfd itself consists of three stages. all activities carried out at each stage can be applied like a project, with the planning and preparation stages first. the three stages are (1) voice of customer collection stage; (2) the stage of compiling a house of quality (house of quality); (3) analysis and implementation stage. each stage of the implementation of qfd requires special attention to obtain complex and reliable results. conclusion the main focus of qfd as a method or approach used to improve services so the service industry need to implement it, especially health services. qfd can produce output by the tastes and desires of consumers. since being developed for the first time qfd has developed into a powerful tool to improve service quality that focuses on customer needs. this method requires special attention at each stage. through hoq the implementation of qfd becomes more structured and valuable so that the expected goals will be achieved. future research is suggested to apply qfd with the tqm foundation. references al-bashir, a., al-rawashdeh, m., al-hadithi, r., al-ghandoor, a., & barghash, m. (2012). building medical devices maintenance system through quality function deployment. jordan journal of mechanical and industrial engineering, 6(1), 25–36. ali akram, m., iqbal mahmud, m., riad bin ashraf, s., awal, s., & talapatra, s. (2018). enhancing the healthcare service using quality function deployment and database management system in the outpatient department of a government hospital of bangladesh. international research journal of engineering and technology, 5(4), 2022–2029. azadi, m., & farzipoor saen, r. (2013). a combination of qfd and imprecise dea with enhanced russell graph measure: a case study in healthcare. socio-economic planning sciences, 47(4), 281– 291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seps.2013.05.001 barad, m. (2019). linking cyber security improvement actions in healthcare systems to their strategic improvement needs. procedia manufacturing, 39, 279–286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.01.335 barutçu, s. (2019). mhealth apps design using quality function deployment. international journal of health care quality assurance, 32(4), 698–708. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijhcqa-08-2018-0195 chowdhury, m. m. h., & quaddus, m. a. (2014). a multi-phased qfd based optimization approach to sustainable service design. international journal of production economics, 171, 165–178. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpe.2015.09.023 cohen. (1995). quality fuction deployment: how to make qfd work for you. addison wesley publishing co.,. cropley, d. h. (2020). applying quality function deployment to the design of engineering programmes: approaches, insights and benefits. australasian journal of engineering education, 00(00), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/22054952.2020.1776532 dehe, b., & bamford, d. (2017). quality function deployment and operational design decisions–a healthcare infrastructure development case study. production planning and control, 28(14), 1177– 1192. https://doi.org/10.1080/09537287.2017.1350767 duan, p., he, z., he, y., liu, f., zhang, a., & zhou, d. (2020). root cause analysis approach based on reverse cascading decomposition in qfd and fuzzy weight arm for quality accidents. computers and industrial engineering, 147. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2020.106643 gonzalez, m. e. (2019). improving customer satisfaction of a healthcare facility: reading the customers’ needs. benchmarking, 26(3), 854–870. https://doi.org/10.1108/bij-01-2017-0007 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 77 gremyr, i., & raharjo, h. (2013). quality function deployment in healthcare: a literature review and case study. international journal of health care quality assurance, 26(2), 135–146. https://doi.org/10.1108/09526861311297343 gupta, p., & srivastava, r. k. (2011). customer satisfaction for designing attractive qualities of healthcare service in india using kano. mit international journal of mechanical engineering, 1(2), 101–107. hashemi, n., marzban, m., & delavari, s. (2015). quality function deployment: application to chemotherapy unit services. middle east journal of cancer, 6(4), 219–228. hasibuan, a., parinduri, l., sulaiman, o. k., suleman, a. r., harahap, a. k. z., hasibuan, m., rupilele, f. g. j., simarmata, j., kurniasih, n., achmad daengs, g. s., & abdussakir. (2019). service quality improvement by using the quality function deployment (qfd) method at the government general hospital. journal of physics: conference series, 1363(1). https://doi.org/10.1088/17426596/1363/1/012095 hsu, c. h., chang, a. y., & luo, w. (2017). identifying key performance factors for sustainability development of smes – integrating qfd and fuzzy madm methods. journal of cleaner production, 161, 629–645. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.05.063 ionica, a. c., & leba, m. (2015). qfd integrated in new product development biometric identification system case study. procedia economics and finance, 23(october 2014), 986–991. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2212-5671(15)00454-2 joshi, s., & bhargava, p. (2019). waste management integration with green quality function deployment (g-qfd) for healthcare centre. production engineering archives, 22(22), 45–49. https://doi.org/10.30657/pea.2019.22.09 kassela, k., papalexi, m., & bamford, d. (2017). applying quality function deployment to social housing? tqm journal, 29(3), 422–436. https://doi.org/10.1108/tqm-03-2016-0030 kayapinar kaya, s., & erginel, n. (2020). futuristic airport: a sustainable airport design by integrating hesitant fuzzy swara and hesitant fuzzy sustainable quality function deployment. journal of cleaner production, 275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.123880 kim, k. j., lim, c., kim, k. h., kang, s. h., you, h., jun, c. h., shin, s. a., choo, d. s., & kim, j. h. (2018). development of service concepts that utilize health-related data: a case study with the national health insurance service of south korea. iise transactions on healthcare systems engineering, 8(4), 237–249. https://doi.org/10.1080/24725579.2018.1502221 lee, c. k. m., ru, c. t. y., yeung, c. l., choy, k. l., & ip, w. h. (2015). analyze the healthcare service requirement using fuzzy qfd. computers in industry, 74, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compind.2015.08.005 mathews, s. c., stoll, r. a., sternberger, w. i., cox, p. w., tober, t. l., di mattina, j., dwyer, c., barasch, n., carolan, h., romig, m., pronovost, p. j., barnes, j. f., ravitz, a. d., & sapirstein, a. (2020). prioritizing health care solutions for pressure ulcers using the quality function deployment process. american journal of medical quality, 35(3), 197–204. https://doi.org/10.1177/1062860619869990 moğol sever, m. (2018). improving check-in (c/i) process: an application of the quality function deployment. international journal of quality and reliability management, 35(9), 1907–1919. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijqrm-03-2017-0043 narto. (2020). integrasi metode swot dan qfd untuk meningkatan daya saing usaha melalui pengembangan produk otak-otak bandeng gresik. spektrum industri, 18(1), 65–74. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.12928/si.v18i1.13990 nie, r. xin, tian, z. peng, kwai sang, c., & wang, j. qiang. (2020). implementing healthcare service quality enhancement using a cloud-support qfd model integrated with todim method and linguistic distribution assessments. journal of the operational research society, 0(0), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/01605682.2020.1824554 nordin, n. (2015). a conceptual kano and quality function deployment ( qfd ) framework for healthcare. conference: 2nd international conference on the roles of the humanities and social sciences in engineering 2010 (icohse 2), november. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2, october 2022 pp. 69-78 quality function deployment in… (author et. al.) 78 pourmadadkar, m., beheshtinia, m. a., & ghods, k. (2017). an integrated approach for healthcare services risk assessment and quality enhancement. international journal of quality and reliability management, 37(9–10), 1183–1208. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijqrm-11-2018-0314 priyono, a., & yulita, a. (2017). integrating kano model and quality function deployment for designing service in hospital front office. intangible capital, 13(5), 923–945. https://doi.org/10.3926/ic.1001 putra, n. u., & wang, f. k. (2020). integrating quality function deployment and failure mode and effect analysis in subcontractor selection. total quality management and business excellence, 31(7–8), 697–716. https://doi.org/10.1080/14783363.2018.1444473 raziei, z., torabi, s. a., tabrizian, s., & zahiri, b. (2018). a hybrid gdm-servqual-qfd approach for service quality assessment in hospitals. emj engineering management journal, 30(3), 179– 190. https://doi.org/10.1080/10429247.2018.1443670 sandelands, e. (2015). combined quality function deployment and the logical framework approach to improve quality of emergency care in malta. international journal of health care quality assurance, 7(4), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1108/09526862199400001 schillo, r. s., isabelle, d. a., & shakiba, a. (2017). linking advanced biofuels policies with stakeholder interests: a method building on quality function deployment. energy policy journal, 100(october 2016), 126–137. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2016.09.056 sharma, j. (2012). optimised design and development of a bio-medical healthcare device through quality function deployment (qfd). international journal of electronic healthcare, 7(1), 68–87. https://doi.org/10.1504/ijeh.2012.048670 shih, h.-s., & chen, s.-h. (2013). a conceptual design of a mobile healthcare device – an application of three-stage qfd with anp and triz. international journal of operations research, 10(2), 80– 91. https://doi.org/10.13033/isahp.y2013.001 sinha, m., camgöz akdağ, h., tarım, m., lonial, s., & yatkın, a. (2013). qfd application using servqual for private hospitals: a case study. leadership in health services, 26(3), 175–183. https://doi.org/10.1108/lhs-02-2013-0007 siregar, i. (2019). application quality function deployment to improve quality of patient service in hemodialysis installation. iop conference series: materials science and engineering, 598(1), 0–4. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/598/1/012038 venkateswarlu, c., & birru, a. k. (2012). integrated quality function deployment as a tool for quality achievement in healthcare. international journal of applied industrial engineering, 1(2), 80–92. https://doi.org/10.4018/ijaie.2012070106 wibawa, j., meyliana, widjaja, h. a. e., & hidayanto, a. n. (2016). integrating is success model, servqual and kano model into qfd to improve hospital information system quality. proceedings of 2016 international conference on information management and technology, icimtech 2016, november, 29–34. https://doi.org/10.1109/icimtech.2016.7930297 wood, l. c., wang, c., abdul-rahman, h., & jamal abdul-nasir, n. s. (2016). green hospital design: integrating quality function deployment and end-user demands. journal of cleaner production, 112, 903–913. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2015.08.101 yamani, a. z., & munang, a. (2019). rancang bangun alat panjat untuk penderes nira kelapa di kabupaten banyumas. spektrum industri, 17(1), 87. https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v17i1.12727 yeganegi, k. (2020). the integration of qfd technique and value engineering and its applying in a healthcare center. ssrn electronic journal, 650–659. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3601792 yeh, t., & lai, h. . (2015). evaluating the effectiveness of implementing quality management practices in the medical industry. springer, 19(october), 102–112. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s12603-014-0486-4 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.16 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 67 application of the dmaic method in improving the quality of electric power steering housing products hery hamdi azwir1,*, zaenal fanani1, hirawati oemar3 1industrial engineering department, universitas presiden, bekasi, 17530, indonesia 3industrial engineering department, universitas islam bandung, bandung, 40132, indonesia *corresponding author: hery.azwir@president.ac.id introduction one way to compete in the industrial competition in this modern era is to continue improving product quality and rectify any deficiencies that exist in the product. it is very important to continuously improve and rectify any deficiencies that exist in the product. it is very important to continuously improve the manufacturing process. companies that don't realize this idea will slowly disappear from the competition (mitra, 2016). pt. abc is a company that produces car parts, namely electric power steering (eps) housing. the increasing demand from customers requires companies to increase productivity, one way is to reduce the percentage of defects. during 2018, the eps housing line output in june was 96.4%, july was 95.5%, and august was 96.5%. however, the minimum allowed productivity percentage is 98%, or the maximum level of defects is 2% which means the current productivity is under the company’s target. therefore, companies need to develop comprehensive improvement efforts by applying systematic and proven methods that are also in accordance with the company's capabilities. there are many process improvement methodologies available, one of which is quite popular in modern industry is the dmaic method. dmaic is a workflow to determine what you want (define), then proceed with knowing the current condition, for example, the number of defects (measure), next is to (analyze) the significance of the problem and trace the source of the problem. after the source of the a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: july 2021 revised : march 2022 accepted: march 2022 pt. abc is a manufacturing company that produces electric power steering (eps) housing components. for the past three months, there have been problems with the eps production process. the problem is related to the finding of defective products which on average reached 3.9% of the total production, and has exceeded the maximum limit allowed by the company, which is 2%. this study aims to overcome these problems by making improvements using the dmaic method in the hope of finding the root cause of the emergence of defects and making improvements to reduce the number of defects that occur. the improvement results have shown that the number of defects reduced from 3086 pcs to 1948 pcs per 22 working days or decreased by 0.54% with an increase in sigma level from 3.95 to 4.01 sigma. in this case, dmaic implementation is effectively reduced defects by 1.5% based on the sigma level. to achieve a 6-sigma level equivalent to a worldclass industry, companies must make continuous improvements by fixing other root causes. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords quality control dmaic improvement critical to quality electric power steering mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.16x mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:hery.azwir@president.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 68 problem is identified, then proceed with finding ways to improve processes and statistically prove that improvements have been successful (improve) and finally preparing procedure to maintain the improvement (control) (carroll, 2013; shankar, 2009). dmaic is a systematic method in the scope of six-sigma that can improve the production process. the focus of improvement is on reducing the variation in the production process and reducing the number of defects. the dmaic method has been successfully applied in various cases, including in the telecommunication industry (abhilash & thakkar, 2019) for reducing rejection rate in manufacturing of the doors in telecommunication cabinet, the automotive manufacturing industry to redesign tools to improve the welding process (imtihan & revino, 2019), engine boss drive face repair (fithri & yeni, 2016), muffler quality improvement for colt diesel fe 120 ps (dharmawan & ekawati, 2016), improving valve hole location in alloy wheel (rijanto, 2014), reducing defective product in weaving department in the textile industry (fithri, 2019), roof tile production process improvement (dewi & ummah, 2019), improving quality of apparel product industry (tjandra et al., 2018), and (subhan, 2018). dmaic has also been successfully applied in government service offices by combining the lean office concept (sukma et al., 2018), the personal care and home care industry (nelfiyanti et al., 2018), the improvement of the concrete iron production process (windarti, 2014), the weapons industry (pakki et al., 2014), improving drilling ultra-shallow horizontal well (wahyudi & yudoko, 2019), improving the production quality of sandwich wall plate and roof panel (usman, 2019) and also in bottling production (kartini, 2019). this study aims to apply the dmaic method to improve the quality of the eps housing shown in figure 1 and figure 2 by reducing defects until they reach the level of defects that are still allowed by the company. the eps housing part is one of the components that is attached as well as a holder / housing for the motor / dynamo on the electrical power steering component as a whole. the motor itself is a component that serves to help ease the rotation of the steering wheel on the vehicle. this motor will help turn the steering gear so that the steering system becomes lighter. figure 1. eps housing figure 2. eps housing part research method this study uses production data from june, july, and august 2018 on the number of production defects. the dmaic method is utilized to improve product quality and reduce defects hence it will increase productivity. the dmaic method (shankar, 2009) has five stages as follows. define define is the initial stage where the activities consist of defining the project, determining problems, objectives, and describing a sipoc (supplier – input – process – output – customer) diagram. the sipoc diagram is a map used to define project boundaries by identifying the process being studied. in this phase, identifying ctq (critical-to-quality) may be started. ctqs are the things that customers need and expect to get from services and products company provided (carroll, 2013). additionally, sipoc could be developed to more detail through a process flow chart. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 69 measure the purpose of this stage is to evaluate and determine the present process state. the activities include identifying key process input and output variables, defining the critical to quality (ctq) through the pareto chart, and measuring the stability and capability of the process by developing a p-chart and process capability (shankar, 2009). the calculation of process capability is carried out by converting the sigma level into the process capability index then performing the calculation interpolation to get the closest sigma value. table 1 shows the sigma level conversions. furthermore, calculating dpmo is also needed to determine the current quality of the product and to know what sigma level the process has reached. the steps that must be taken are calculating dpu (defect per unit), dpo (defect per opportunity), dpmo (defect per million opportunity) as shown in equation (1)-(3). • calculating dpu (defect per unit). 𝐷𝑃𝑈 = total defect amount total production amount (1) • calculating the dpo (defect per opportunity). 𝐷𝑃𝑂 = 𝐷𝑃𝑈 𝐶𝑇𝑄 (2) • calculation of dpmo (defect per million opportunity). 𝐷𝑃𝑀𝑂 = 𝐷𝑃𝑂 𝑥 1000000 (3) • convert dpmo results to sigma values according to the sigma table 1. analyze the purpose of this phase is to develop a root causes analysis (rca) to the situation found in the measure phase. according to gasperz (2002), heuvel et al. (2008), and (barsalou, 2015), for example, a fishbone diagram, would be very helpful in finding the root of the problem. besides, analysis through failure mode effect analysis (fmea) will be used to identify risk priority number (rpn). the higher rpn number indicates that the step in the process has a higher risk and should be prioritized. improve the next phase after applying rca and also fmea, that shows identified quality problems, is preparing a corrective action plan. the corrective action plan by using the 5w+1h method will be used to propose improvements (gasperz, 2002). control control is the last phase in dmaic. the activity is to make sure that the process stays in control after the solution has been implemented. another objective is to quickly detect the out-of-control situation and determine the associated special causes so that actions can be taken to correct the problem before nonconformances are produced (carroll, 2013). sop would be developed to maintain the improvements. table 1. sigma level conversion dpmo cpk σ level 66.803 1.00 3 6.210 1.33 4 233 1.67 5 3.4 2.00 6 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 70 results and discussion define this project has proceeded in the eps housing line. the project need to be done because defects found in the eps housing have increased to a significant value above the acceptable level. the sipoc diagram fig. 3 and flow chart fig. 4 explain the eps housing line production process. the process starts from blank casting eps housing, then through some machining process, washing, inspection, and packaging a final product of eps housing will be completed. another task in this stage is identifying ctq. it has been found there are five defect type which consists of m5 over-thread, hard spot, deform, chipping, and blowhole. these five defect types are summarized in the pareto diagram fig. 5. based on the pareto diagram shown, it can be seen that the m5 over-thread defect has the largest percentage. measure in the measure stage, ctq will be defined based on the pareto diagram that has been build in the previous stage, fig 5. the company decided to focus on a major defect first which is the m5 over-thread defect that influences the product quality due to current company capability. then ctq will refer to this defect. figure 3. sipoc diagram figure 4. process flow of the eps housing line production process spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 71 dpu, dpo, and dpmo were calculated by using equation (1)-(3). then p-chart was developed to examine current process stability. conversion of dpmo to sigma level also important to easily identify the current condition. the process capability will also be calculated. • calculation of defects per unit (dpu) 𝐷𝑃𝑈 = 23152 593790 = 0,0389902154 • calculation of defect per opportunity (dpo), 𝐷𝑃𝑂 = 0,0389902154 5 = 0,0077980431 • calculation of dpmo (defects per million opportunity) 𝐷𝑃𝑀𝑂 = 0,0077980431 × 1.000.000 = 7798,0 • converting dpmo to sigma level with the sigma table, the result is 3.92 sigma. based on these results, the current situation is far from a 6-sigma level buat higher than 3-sigma. next is measuring process stability and capability. • calculating the value cl (p) 𝐶𝐿 = �̅� = 3086 208582 = 0,0148 • calculating the value ucl 𝑈𝐶𝐿 = 0,0148 + 3√ 0,0148(1 − 0,0148) 9481 = 0,0185 • calculating the value lcl 𝐿𝐶𝐿 = 0,0148 − 3√ 0,0148(1 − 0,0148) 9481 = 0,0111 it can be seen in fig. 6 that all data are already within control limits, so there is no need to revise the pchart. next, calculate the process capability presented in the calculation below. figure 5. pareto diagram of defect figure 6. p-chart of m5 over thread defect products spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 72 calculation of process capability, namely: cp = 1 p bar = 1 – 0,015 = 0.0985 the calculation of the process capability index (cpk) is obtained from the results of the interpolation of table 1 sigma level conversion regarding the sigma value which is at the 3.95 sigma level. 3.95-3 4-3 = x-1.0 0.833-1.0 x = 1.32 cpk = x = 1.32 < 1.5, base on the rule of thumb, the current cpk is too small because of less than 1.5. thus, the improvements must be made to increase the value of cpk. analyze causal diagrams are made based on brainstorming with line leaders, sub-leaders, and fellow operators. as a summary of the discussion, the fishbone analysis is shown in fig. 7. the diagram shows that four-factor (man, machine, material, and method) contribute to the defective. then actions need to be taken to overcome every root of cause. man factor, the dimensions of the eps housing product are varying due to frequent program input errors or dimensional input errors in the machine program. this happens due to the operator's lack of understanding the machine operation. method factor, the rotation of the m5 tap tool and 4.6 drill is unstable or the tool shakes during the cutting process. this is because the installation of the tap and drill tool is not centered. after being traced, the main cause is when changing the tool the operator only centers the tool based on feeling. material factor, there are differences in the dimensions of the blanks sent by the supplier. this happens because there is a new cavity sent by the supplier. machine factor, the cutting process is hampered by a large number of chips. when the cutting process takes place there are a lot of chips in the product and the coolant that should be white turns gray. this is because the coolant emitted from the nozzle has mixed with the chip. after exploring the main cause, the filter in the coolant tank is loose. the cutting process sounds loud and rough, this is because the tool wears out prematurely. tools that wear out quickly are due to the cooling during the cutting process is not optimal (air coolant does not lead to the tool). after being traced, the main cause is the distance between the coolant nozzle and the tool is too far, so the coolant water does not radiate right into the tool. part vibrates during the cutting process, this happens because the clamp pressure on the jig is not strong enough to hold the part during the cutting process. after being traced, the main cause is a clamp that is too small. after reviewing the fishbone analysis then continue with the fmea analysis as shown intable 2. the fmea analysis shows the most prioritized problem that has the largest rpn score to the least priority problem that has the smallest rpn. from this fmea table, it is shown that there are three most potential failures which have an rpn score of more than 200. they are too small clamp, bad filter, and unavailable tools for changing. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 73 table 2. fmea results expected product potential failure mode cause of failure potential effect of failure severity occurrence detection rp n highquality eps housin g product s (low defect rate) the clamp is too small there was no analysis from the engineering department regarding the m5 over thread regarding the vibration during processing ulir m5 over 7 7 7 343 the filter in the coolant tube is tenuous the filter has been used for too long ulir m5 over 6 7 7 294 center tool installation when changing tools is only done based on operator feeling no tools are provided for the center tool when changing the tool ulir m5 over 5 7 7 245 the distance between the coolant nozzle and the tool is too far short coolant nozzle ulir m5 over 4 7 7 196 lack of operator understanding refresh training is rare ulir m5 over 3 7 7 141 there is a new cavity from the supplier the need to replace the use of mold from the supplier ulir m5 over 2 7 7 98 figure 7. cause and effect diagram spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 74 improve based on the fmea analysis, it can be seen the importance of a failure mode. the higher the value, the more priority it is to be repaired immediately. in this case, the priority order of failure mode is obtained namely, the clamp is too small, the filter in the coolant tank is loose, the center tool installation when replacing the tool is only done based on the operator's feelings, the distance between the coolant and tool nozzles is too far, the operator lacks understanding and the presence of a new cavity from the supplier. from the sequence of problems, successive improvements will be made using the 5w + 1h method. based on root cause analysis and fmea. some actions would be planned and executed. repair begins by making table 5w + 1h as shown in table 3. after preparing the improvement proposal, repairs are carried out referring to the date and each pic that has been decided. the repair process has an impact on all four factors. figure 8 – 13 the situation of before and after improvement based on table 3. figure 8. clamp before and after figure 9. filter before and after figure 10. round out and check sheet round out figure 11. nozzle coolant before and after figure 12. refreshment training figure 13. measuring tools and measurements made in incoming control at this stage, the standardization of the eps housing production process is carried out based on the improvements that have been made. the improved standard operating procedure: 1. revising ik (work instruction) on tc machines. ik-prd-ppp-015-03-032 on tc 1 machines and ik-prd-ppp-015-03-033 on tc machines 2. by adding center roundmachines. shows in fig. 14. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 75 2. revise the incoming ik (work instruction). ik-prd-ppp-015-03-060, by adding a dimension checking point for each blank pallet from the supplier. shows in fig. 15. table 3. 5w + 1h results what factor why how when where who ulir m5 over machine the clamp is too small the replacement of the clamp is wider 25/09/201 8 line eps housin g engineering machine the filter in the coolant tube is tenuous add layers to the filter 26/09/201 8 engineering method center tool installation when changing tools is only done based on operator feeling tool replacement is performed checking the center round out ± 0.03 25/09/201 8 leader machine the distance between the coolant nozzle and the tool is too far attach a nozzle and point to the tool 27/09/201 8 engineering man lack of operator understanding hold refresh training 26/09/201 8 leader material there is a new cavity from the supplier add checking in the form of measurement by incoming 26/09/201 8 quality figure 14. sop: ik-prd-ppp-015-03-032 after the repair is completely done, the results are compared to previous data (before improvement). the results show improvement as follows: (1) as shown in table 4, the defect reduces by 0.54%. (2) table 5 also shows a comparison of calculations, dpu, dpo, pmo, and sigma level. it shows that the spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 76 sigma level increase from 3.95 to 4.01. (3) process capability after improvement can be computed by the following: cp = 1 – 0,00934 = 0,99066 furthermore, the calculation of the process capability index (cpk) is obtained from the interpolation results in the sigma level table regarding the sigma value which is at the 4.01 sigma level. figure 15. sop: ik-prd-ppp-015-03-060 4.01 − 3 5 − 3 = x − 1.0 1.67 − 1.0 1.01 2 = x − 1.0 0.67 𝐶𝑝𝑘 = 𝑥 = (1,01 x 0.67) + 1.0 = 1,68 (4). the results of the t-test as shown in table 6 tell us that by looking at column t = 17.552, then compared with the t value in the t-test table with a df-1 value and a 95% confidence level. the value in the table is 1,725, which means 17,552> 1,725, so the improvement is significant. besides, it can also be seen that the mean = 52,182 is positive, meaning that there is a tendency for a decrease in the number of defective products. the results of this study show that based on sigma level the improvement is still small (1.5%) compare to 13% in (girmanová et al., 2017), 29.1% in (yadav & sukhwani, 2016), 6% in (usman, 2019), 37.6% in (imtihan & revino, 2019), but almost similar to (dewi & ummah, 2019) which is only 2%. however, based on this comparison, how far the improvement depends on the effort of the organization and the capability of its resources. table 4. comparison of the number of threads m5 over. description observation time number of prod num of defects percentage (%) before repair 22 hari 208582 3086 1,47% after repair 22 hari 208582 1948 0,93% table 5. comparison six-sigma level description observation time number of prod num of defects dpu dpo dpmo level sigma before repair 22 day 208582 7430 0,035621482 0,007124 7124,3 3,95 after repair 22 day 208582 6292 0,030165594 0,006033 6033,1 4,01 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 77 table 6. t-test. paired differences t df sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the differences lower upper pair 1 before improvement 52.182 13.944 2.973 45.99 9 58.364 17.552 21 0.000 after improvement conclusion based on improvements made to the eps housing line production process, the number of thread defective m5 over products decreased from 3086 pcs to 1948 pcs per 22 days or a 36.88% reduction. the sigma level increased from 3.95 to 4.01. then the sigma capability value increased from 1.32 to 1.68. finally, the results of the t-test, the value of the t calculation results is greater than the value in the t-table, which means that the improvements made have been significant. for further research, a deeper analysis of the critical quality characteristics (ctq) is needed so that the company can reach the highest sigma level, which is 6 sigma or equivalent to the world-class industry average. references abhilash, c.r. & thakkar, j. j. (2019). application of six sigma dmaic methodology to reduce the defects in a telecommunication cabinet door manufacturing process: a case study. international journal of quality & reliability management, 36(9), 1540–1555. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijqrm-122018-0344 barsalou, m. a. (2015). root cause analysis: a step-by-step guide to using the right tool at the right time. crc press. carroll, c. t. (2013). six sigma for powerful improvement. crc press. dewi, s. k., & ummah, d. m. (2019). perbaikan kualitas pada produk genteng dengan metode six sigma. j@ti undip : jurnal teknik industri, 14(2), 87. https://doi.org/10.14710/jati.14.2.87-92 dharmawan, l., & ekawati, y. (2016). peningkatan kualitas knalpot pada pt fajar indah menggunakan metode six sigma. jurnal teknik industri, 15(2), 112. https://doi.org/10.22219/jtiumm.vol15.no2.112-123 fithri, p. (2019). six sigma sebagai alat pengendalian mutu pada hasil produksi kain mentah pt unitex, tbk. j@ti undip : jurnal teknik industri, 14(1), 43. https://doi.org/10.14710/jati.14.1.43-52 fithri, p., & yeni, n. e. (2016). analisis pengendalian kualitas pada engine boss drive face k44f dengan metode six sigma di pt. sparta guna sentosa. jurnal optimasi sistem industri, 15(2), 114. https://doi.org/10.25077/josi.v15.n2.p114-127.2016 gasperz, v. (2002). pedoman implementasi program six sigma. gramedia pustaka utama. girmanová, l., šolc, m., kliment, j., divoková, a., & mikloš, v. (2017). application of six sigma using dmaic methodology in the process of product quality control in metallurgical operation. acta technologica agriculturae, 20(4), 104–109. https://doi.org/10.1515/ata-2017-0020 imtihan, m.-, & revino, r. (2019). redesign alat tambahan pada mesin produksi komponen otomotif body inner dalam meningkatkan kualitas melalui strategi dmaic. journal of industrial engineering management, 4(1), 9. https://doi.org/10.33536/jiem.v4i1.125 kartini, n. (2019). pendekatan six sigma untuk mengurangi produk cacat pada produksi botol di cv xyz. spektrum industri, 17(1), 8. lee n. vanden heuvel, walter e. hanson, donald k. lorenzo, james j. rooney, laura o. jackson, & david a. walker. (2008). root cause analysis handbook: a guide to efficient and effective incident investigation (3rd ed.). abs consulting. mitra, a. (2016). fundamentals of quality control and improvement (fourth edition). john wiley & spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 67-78 application of dmaic method in… (azwir, et. al.) 78 sons, inc. nelfiyanti, n., rani, a. m., & fauzi, a. (2018). implementasi six sigma untuk perbaikan kualitas produk kiwi paste berdasarkan keluhan pelanggan. jurnal sistem dan manajemen industri, 2(1), 41. https://doi.org/10.30656/jsmi.v2i1.609 pakki, g., soenoko, r., & budi santoso, p. (2014). usulan penerapan metode six sigma untuk meningkatkan kualitas klongsong (studi kasus industri senjata). journal of engineering and management industial system, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.21776/ub.jemis.2014.002.01.2 rijanto, o. a. w. (2014). analisis pengendalian mutu proses machining alloy wheel menggunakan metode six sigma. jurnal ilmiah teknik industri, 13(2), 10. shankar, r. (2009). process improvement using six sigma: a dmaic guide. asq quality press. subhan, a. (2018). optimalisasi proses produksi celana panjang melalui pendekatan six sigma. jurnal sistem dan manajemen industri, 2(1), 23. https://doi.org/10.30656/jsmi.v2i1.559 sukma, h. n., amrina, e., & hasan, a. (2018). evaluasi proses pelayanan administrasi kependudukan dengan metode lean office. jurnal optimasi sistem industri, 17(2), 171. https://doi.org/10.25077/josi.v17.n2.p171-187.2018 tjandra, s. s., utama, n. s., & fransiscus, h. (2018). penerapan metoda six sigma dmaic untuk mengurangi cacat pakaian 514 (studi kasus di cv jaya reksa manggala). jurnal rekayasa sistem industri, 7(1), 31. https://doi.org/10.26593/jrsi.v7i1.2716.31-40 usman, r. (2019). peningkatan kualitas produksi pelat dinding dan atap panel sandwich menggunakan metode six sigma. spektrum industri, 17(1), 10. wahyudi, p., & yudoko, g. (2019). continuous improvement of drilling ultra-shallow horizontal well through lean six sigma methodology. journal of engineering and management in industrial system, 7(2), 90–103. https://doi.org/10.21776/ub.jemis.2019.007.02.4 windarti, t. (2014). pengendalian kualitas untuk meminimasi produk cacat pada proses produksi besi beton. j@ti undip : jurnal teknik industri, 9(3). https://doi.org/10.12777/jati.9.3.173-180 yadav, a., & sukhwani, v. k. (2016). quality improvement by using six sigma dmaic in an industry. international journal of current engineering and technology, special issue-6, 6. spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.58 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas erlita pramitaningrum a,1,*, dimas hastama nugraha b a leather product processing technology department, politeknik atk yogyakarta, bantul, 55188, indonesia b working office research and development office for human settlements technology, yogyakarta, 55281, indonesia 1 erlita.pramitaningrum@atk.ac.id *corresponding author 1. introduction housing is a basic need for families and nowadays housing needs in indonesia are still very high. this housing backlog has reached 11.4 million houses. as a solution to accelerating the fulfillment of housing needs is developing and implementing precast-based housing technology innovations. the ministry of public housing and settlement (pupr) through research and development center for housing and settlement (pusperkim) already produced precast housing technology for earthquakeresistant simple houses (febrinastri & fadilah, 2021). the previous precast housing technology development in indonesia is rumah instan sederhana sehat (risha) which has been implemented both in the disaster area and housing area (pribadi, et. al., 2023). rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) is the development of risha technology with several improvements. these improvements aimed to obtain better knock-down building construction article info abstract article history received august 18, 2022 revised december 29, 2022 accepted january 13, 2023 rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology is the development of rumah instan sederhana sehat (risha) with several improvements. besides resistance to earthquakes, this technology has advantages such as ease and speed of installation compared to conventional houses. as a new technological innovation that has been proven, to develop ruspin technology to be an industrialization model in the future, therefore a study of technology business plan is required. research objectives eager to see the market and industrialization opportunities of ruspin technology. the study using business model canvas (bmc) concept which strived to combine 9 business aspects such as customer segments, value proposition, channels, customer relationships, revenue streams, key resources, key activities, key partners, and cost structure into one complete concept map. as the result of this study, the market opportunity for ruspin technology is very large with the market segmentation is families that do not own a home and the target market for low-income families (mbr). ruspin technology also has an opportunity to be industrialized by looking at the demand side (market opportunities), while from the supply side, efforts are needed to increase the number of certified ruspin applicators and developers. keywords business model canvas; business plan; technology this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.58 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 53 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 ali salehi (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) and focused on simplifying the structure and component building design. ruspin technology only use two types of panels, so the installation process could be easier and faster. in 2013, ruspin technology has been tested for structural durability based on the reference to the indonesian earthquake regulation and it is categorized as a fully ductile structure (badan standardisasi nasional, 2012). this proves that ruspin technology meets the requirements as a structural component of buildings that is resistant to moderate to severe earthquakes in indonesia. as the latest technological innovation, ruspin technology certainly is in the process of advancing to industrialization in the future and as technoware also involves the other three elements, namely humanware, infoware, and orgaware. producing ruspin with the innovation of precast printing equipment is a form of technological element. this is in line with what was presented by (gopinath & sai, 2021). in which technology is a manifestation of the four elements and the interactions between their components namely technoware, humanware, infoware, and orgaware. this is in accordance with what was expressed by (brown & brown, 2019) which states that when implementing a good business strategy, the company must understand the developing technology, processes, and the right market share. adoption of technology is one of the crucial factors in improving the product quality because technology has characteristics as a driver of environmental change (business world) rapidly, so it is able to compete in a more competitive condition (gopinath & sai, 2021). the experience of several developed countries is discovered that the adoption of new technology applied in an industrial system could provide a contribution of 40%-50% to economic growth, in fact the tecnlology that had been applied by japanese was able to contribute 66% to economic growth (gopinath & sai, 2021). considering ruspin as a new technological innovation has been proven that have advantages such as ease and fast in installation process compared to conventional houses and also resistance to earthquakes, therefore to develop it into an industrialization model in the future, a study of business model is required. there are several business models in entrepreneurship, but the one most often used and quite popular nowadays is business model canvas (bmc). bmc aimed to illustrate, design, describe, and narrow several business aspects into a unified whole business strategy (osterwalder & pigneur, 2010). bmc is a tool in management strategy to translate concepts, consumers, infrastructure, and company finances into visual elements (setiawan et. al., 2021). bmc could be used to obtain company strategies effectively and efficiently (raya, et.al., 2021). bmc concept is designed for managing the strategic sustainable and competitive development of the company structures in the context of the turbulent and unpredictable changes in the market environment (dudin et. al., 2015). bmc explains the detail comprehensive of value or product offered, marketing, human resources, and finance, so the company could determine the direction of their movement and find out the business competitive advantages (velter, et. al., 2020). by gradually evaluating each key element, it will provide convenience and practicality in analyzing and taking steps for improvement (furqon, sultan, & wijaya, 2019). bmc is suitable for small industries in indonesia because the small industry has a crisis-resistant character and always produces consumptive goods and always needed by the community (umar et. al., 2018). this is also in accordance with the opinion of (sparviero, 2019) with a focus on the printing business states that the final mapping result of the bmc method creates a new alternative strategy that tends to the right side (creative side), which means that the owner must innovate and make the business more creative. cooperation with other small medium enterprise (sme) players is an important point of bmc, (hamwi, lizarralde, & legardeur, 2021) also stated the same thing. in order to face the competition, a strategy is needed to face the competitor. ref. (islami, mustafa, & topuzovska, 2020) revealed that market share could be expanded and maintained for those who have breakthroughs and innovations and the strategy is using bmc. before using bmc, the small industry must be able to recognize their position in the marketing strategy, either as a market leader or market follower. once they found their position in the market, they should prepare a marketing mix which is a standard strategy that is necessarily a business should have. (rosa, 54 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 erlita pramitaningrum (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) sassanelli, & terzi, 2019) has also conveyed regarding this marketing mix. this research contributes to see the market and industrialization opportunities of ruspin technology using bmc concept. 2. method the study of market and industrialization opportunities of ruspin technology using a qualitative descriptive analysis. quality analysis for describing objects and processes (strijker, bosworth, & bouter, 2020). analysis used bmc to describe the segmentation and market target of ruspin. collecting data method is divided into two, i.e. primary data and secondary data. primary data is collected from field observations and in-depth interviews with technology manufacturers or applicators who located in bali. for secondary data, the data is collected from literature studies about bmc references (both from journal and book) and ruspin technical documents which taken from pusperkim and directorate of human settlements, pupr ministry. the bmc concept combine nine business aspects such as customer segments, value proposition, channels, customer relationships, revenue streams, key resources, key activities, key partners, and cost structure into one complete concept map which is described below including the illustration of fig. 1. fig. 1. business model canvas the elaboration of each aspect in the bmc is following: 1. customer segments, is a measure to define several consumer groups with different characteristics and needs and to be determined the consumer groups to be achieved and served. consumers are the point of every business activity. without profitable customers, a business could not hold. 2. value proposition, this implies that the combination of the values to a product offered to a market segment and delivering it to the fulfillment of the needs of a consumer group will create a value proposition. this value could be quantitative such as price, production speed etc. or qualitative such as design and customer experience. several following elements according to (osterwalder & pigneur, 2010) are able to pay their contribution in creating values such as novelty, performance, diversity, design, brand, and price. consumer satisfaction depends on the estimation of product performance in providing relative value to consumer expectations. if performance conformed to expectations, consumers will be happier (ali, zainal, & ilhamalimy, 2021). according to (ali, zainal, & ilhamalimy, 2021), consumer satisfaction depends on the estimated performance of the product in providing relative value to buyer expectations. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 55 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 ali salehi (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) 3. channels, describe how the company communicates and reaches targeted consumers. communication, distribution, and sales channels are the company interfaces mostly viewed by consumers. this channel includes several functions including: a. assist consumers in providing feedback on the value of a product. b. flexibility consumers which products to buy. c. deliver value to consumers and provide after-sales service. 4. customer relationships, is how the company creates and maintains a communication relationship with the consumers. in several product segments that allow reorder, this aspect becomes important to develop. specifically, there are six ways to create relationships with consumers, including personal assistant, dedicated personal assistant, self-service, automatedservice, communities, and co-creation. 5. revenue streams, is a part of business activities that aimed to map the source and the amount of income collected by the company in running a business. therefore, the company must identify the value aspect for which consumers are willing to pay a certain price. each income stream allows different schemes such as credit and cash systems etc. business models could involve two types of revenue streams, namely through income transactions through consumer purchases one-time payments or recurring income from installment payments. 6. key resources, this concept attempts to describe the most crucial elements owned by a company to run a business. each business model has different resources. by disclosing this resources aspect, the company is able to produce products that are full of selling value and could target the segments to obtain revenue. in general, these core resources could be physical, financial, intellectual or human. these resources could be owned directly by the company or partnered with key partners. 7. key activities, each business model has its own characteristics in running a business. the differences in these characteristics also cover differences in the pattern of activities carried out by companies in running a business. this aspect tries to aid companies to describe what activities are most crucial to execute, so the desired business model could run properly. the core activities could be categorized as follows: a. production, this activity includes designing, manufacturing, and creating a product in optimal quantity and good quality. b. problem solving, this activity is a company activity in solving an issue that is owned by individual consumers, such as consultants, hospitals and other service companies. c. platform/network, a business model built using a good platform will support other business activities. the activities such as creating websites, software, and strengthening brands could also be categorized as platform activities. 8. key partners, this concept maps and describes who will be the working partners of this business model, both from suppliers and distributors who will sustain the running of this business. an organization creates partnerships for several reasons, such as to optimize the business model, reduce risk, and obtain resources. other partners such as banks should also be invited, considering according to (ahani, et. al., 2019) segmentation and targets through mortgages could improve the performance of banks providing housing credit services. cost structure, this aspect is very crucial and needs to be examined in detail, namely by revealing the most dominant costs incurred by running the desired business model. by determining the resources activities and partnerships of the organization, it will be easier to determine the existing cost structure. however, some business models also tend to be more cost-driven, therefore the company will determine the lowest cost structure before and apply it to all business aspects. 56 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 erlita pramitaningrum (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) 3. results and discussion industrialization opportunities for ruspin technology could be seen from several aspects. from the demand side, the market opportunity for ruspin technology is very large because the housing backlog among low-income families (mbr) reaches 9,412,303 units (kementerian pupr, 2019). from the supply side, risha applicator is interested to be a ruspin applicator and ready to produce in large quantities. furthermore, the applicator is also ready to move their workshop to project location if ruspin technology stated ready applied and marketed. the implementation of ruspin technology is shown in fig. 2. fig. 2. implementation of ruspin technology housing developers are also interested to use ruspin as an alternative for mbr housing if ruspin technology is already accommodated in the ministry of settlement and regional infrastructure decree (kepmen kimpraswil) number 403/kpts/m/2002, so it could be included in home ownership credit (kpr) scheme. based on these aspects, ruspin technology has an opportunity to be residential areas industrialization with market segmentation for mbr. the business model of ruspin technology is captured using bmc which explains how about the customer segments, value proposition, channels, customer relationships, revenue streams, key resources, key activities, key partners, and cost structure. 1. customer segments ruspin technology has competitive advantages, such as low-cost house structure building, easy and fast construction, and also high quality because ruspin is included in the earthquake-resistant house category. depending on these advantages, ruspin technology is used to fulfill housing backlog needs in indonesia by targeting mbr who has demographic characteristics: a. families’ income between rp. 2,000,000 to rp. 4,000,000 per month. b. never owned a home before and never taken kpr. c. minimum age 21 years old (included in the new family) until 55 years old. in addition, the subsidized or low-cost housing developers could also use ruspin technology as a house structure, so it contributed to reducing the housing backlog in indonesia. 2. value proposition the value of ruspin technology which offers to mbr could be explained based on performance, price, and risk reduction aspects. from the performance aspect, ruspin technology issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 57 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 ali salehi (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) components are made fabricated on modular size (shown in fig. 3 and fig. 4), so the house structure construction could be finished faster than using a conventional method. by using ruspin technology, it only takes 4 days and needs 3-4 workers. each panel is designed not to exceed 50 kg, so it could be lifted by 2 workers. to assembly the ruspin panel, 1 worker is needed by using the bolt-nut connection system. from the price aspect, ruspin technology could provide a low-price and affordable housing solution for mbr who are sensitive to price issues. the value proposition of ruspin from the performance aspect could reduce the house construction cost, so ruspin technology could be included in the subsidized housing financing scheme. from the risk reduction aspect, ruspin technology is already tested by the pusperkim and fulfills the indonesian national standard (sni). besides that, ruspin technology also claimed to be an earthquake-resistant house, so people have time to evacuate. fig. 3. panel component 1 of ruspin technology fig. 4. panel component 2 of ruspin technology 3. channels business channeling for ruspin technology could be divided into offline and online. offline channeling through direct selling (give a presentation to potential customers and one-on-one offering 58 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 erlita pramitaningrum (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) by sending a proposal), spread leaflets/brochures, and place banners in every strategic position. meanwhile, online channeling through social media (such as facebook, whatsapp, instagram), blog, website, and also e-product of pupr ministry. 4. customer relationships ruspin applicator could build customer relationships by providing services personally. customers could communicate about their housing needs and have transactions both face-to-face directly and electronic media such as telephone and messaging. the applicator also could provide services after construction to handle any complaints from customers through personal service. 5. revenue streams in ruspin technology business model, revenue streams are divided into two types, namely transaction revenue and recurring revenue. transaction revenue is income earned from customers through a one-time payment, while recurring revenue is income obtained from customers for continuous payments of purchasing ruspin panel products or ruspin structure construction services that are offered repeatedly. from both of these types, ruspin technology revenue comes from panel sales and construction services. total sales projection in a year is rp. 6,870,781,527. 6. key resources the resources that must be owned by ruspin applicator are divided into physical resources and human resources. in physical resources terms, the important assets for ruspin applicator are workshop/production unit building, production equipment such as panel molds p1 and p2, and also production support equipment. for the drying process of ruspin panel, the land is needed adequately. if applicator production capacity is 1 unit per day, then 96 units of panel molds are needed for p1 and 16 units for p2. in human resources terms, the requirement to become a ruspin applicator is an applicator candidate must join training about ruspin including how to build and also what components are needed in the ruspin construction process. this training is needed to become a certified ruspin applicator and developer. to build a ruspin, 3 types of workers are needed based on their expertise, namely ironing workers, concrete workers, and installation workers. in this case, certain skills are needed to become ironing workers and ruspin installation workers. 7. key activities the key activities of ruspin applicator are design, production, and quality control. by understanding the technical of ruspin technology, the applicator could develop a ruspin design to be more aesthetic, so it eliminates the monotonous and rigid perception of precast houses. production activities and the applicator’s ability to develop production capacity are used as key activities to help accelerate housing construction for mbr in reducing the backlog. in the quality assurance process, the applicator must use sampling quality control to ensure that ruspin panel production in accordance with the quality standard. 8. key partners the stakeholders who have roles to support the business process and reduce the risk potential of ruspin technology are: a. pusperkim pusperkim is the owner of ruspin technology and has a role to provide socialization and training to applicator candidates, so each ruspin applicator is guaranteed to be certified for the ability. in addition, pusperkim also introduce and educate the public nationally about ruspin technology. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 59 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 ali salehi (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) b. central and local government the central and local governments are able to support this business through regulations or policies related to housing. besides that, the local government also could support by providing clear data related to housing needs and spatial planning. there are some regulations from local government which urgently needed relating to land use, earthquake-resistant house, spatial planning, construction permit, financing and other issues. c. banking kpr scheme facilities that offered by banks or regulations from bank indonesia are very influence people in buying a house. administration easiness and the amount of down payment and also installment become the basics of people calculation to overcome house purchase financing issues. d. material suppliers for production activities through partnerships with raw material suppliers, it could guarantee the material flows in the production process until become finished goods and deliver to the customers. the most important material supplier partnership is a partnership with accessories suppliers (nuts, bolts, rings, iron plates) and ruspin panel molds. e. logistic service providers the logistic service provider has a role in providing various alternatives transportation mode for delivering the ruspin panel to the project location. this partner is needed if the applicator did not have any transportation vehicles such as pick up or truck. the weight of 1-unit ruspin is approximately 6 tons, so choosing the transportation mode will determine the effectiveness and efficiency of logistic costs. 9. cost structure the cost structure components in ruspin technology business consist of: 1. investment cost ruspin technology investment includes investment in workshop building and production equipment such as cast mixers, vibrator hoses, rubber hammers, screw locks/bolt removers, generators, and operational vehicles. total investment cost for ruspin technology business is rp. 1,085,690,216. 2. operational cost operational costs include the salary (workshop head, workshop head assistant, sales staff), labor wages, marketing costs, fuel costs, electricity costs, water costs, machine depreciation costs, and machine maintenance costs. total operational cost in each year is rp. 104,365,000. 3. material cost material costs for making panels include costs for iron material, cement, sand, gravel, wire mesh, connection bolts, water costs, and generator/electricity fuel costs. total material cost in each year is rp. 5,770,338,148. the financial feasibility analysis is shown in table 1. the business model of ruspin technology is illustrated in the bmc chart as shown in fig. 5. table 1. financial feasibility analysis of ruspin technology indicator value conclusion payback period (pbp) 1.12 years 1.12 years < 10 years, feasible net present value (npv) rp. 6,243,057,288,05 npv > 0, feasible internal rate of return (irr) 95.58% irr 95.58% > loan interest rate 13%, feasible profitability index (pi) 6.75 6.75 > 1, feasible 60 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 erlita pramitaningrum (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) fig. 5. business model canvas of ruspin technology 4. conclusion the market opportunity for ruspin technology is very large, market segmentation of ruspin is families that do not own a home while the target market for low-income families (mbr) is 9,412,303 units. in this case, ruspin has competitive advantages, such as low-cost house structure building, easy and fast construction, and also high quality (earthquake-resistant house category). ruspin technology has an opportunity to be industrialized by looking at the demand side (market opportunities), while from the supply side, efforts are needed to increase the number of certified ruspin applicators and developers. in this case, bmc is already formulated in the ruspin technology study. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references ahani, a., nilashi, m., ibrahim, o., sanzogni, l., & weaven, s. (2019). market segmentation and travel choice prediction in spa hotels through tripadvisor’s online reviews. international journal of hospitality management, 80, 52-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2019.01.003. ali, h., zainal, v. r., & ilhamalimy, r. r. (2021). determination of purchase decisions and customer satisfaction: analysis of brand image and service quality (review literature of marketing management). dinasti international journal of digital business management, 3(1), 141-153. https://doi.org/10.31933/dijdbm.v3i1.1100. badan standardisasi nasional. (2012). sni 1726:2012 tata cara perencanaan ketahanan gempa untuk struktur bangunan gedung dan non gedung. brown, n., & brown, i. (2019). from digital business strategy to digital transformation-how: a systematic https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2019.01.003 https://doi.org/10.31933/dijdbm.v3i1.1100 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 61 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 52-61 ali salehi (market and industrialization opportunities of rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin) technology using business model canvas) literature review. proceedings of the south african institute of computer scientists and information technologists 2019, 1-8. https://doi.org/10.1145/3351108.3351122. dudin, m. n., lyasnikov, n. v., leont’eva, l. s., reshetov, k. j., & sidorenko, v. n. (2015). business model canvas as a basis for the competitive advantage of enterprise structures in the industrial agriculture. biosciences biotechnology research asia, 12(1), 887-894. http://dx.doi.org/10.13005/bbra/1736. febrinastri, f., & fadilah, r. (2021). teknologi pracetak untuk rumah sederhana tahan gempa. https://www.suara.com/bisnis/2021/10/23/080000/teknologi-pracetak-untuk-rumah-sederhana-tahangempa. furqon, c., sultan, m., & wijaya, f. (2019). business development of coffee farmers group using triple layered business model canvas. j. bus. econ. review, 4(4), 163-170. https://doi.org/10.35609/jber.2019.4.4(3). gopinath, k., & sai, l. p. (2021). a study on the positioning of the brand variants by smartwatch manufacturers: a technometrics approach. technology analysis & strategic management, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/09537325.2021.1980210. hamwi, m., lizarralde, i., & legardeur, j. (2021). demand response business model canvas: a tool for flexibility creation in the electricity markets. journal of cleaner production, 282, 124539. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.124539. islami, x., mustafa, n., & topuzovska latkovikj, m. (2020). linking porter’s generic strategies to firm performance. future business journal, 6, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43093-020-0009-1. kementerian pupr. (2019). kesiapterapan teknologi rumah unggul sistem panel instan (ruspin). final report. yogyakarta: balai penelitian dan pengembangan penerapan teknologi permukiman. osterwalder, a., & pigneur, y. (2010). business model generation. jakarta: pt elex media komputindo. https://opac.perpusnas.go.id/detailopac.aspx?id=812801. pribadi, k. s., abduh, m., kusumaningrum, p., hasiholan, b., wirahadikusumah, r. d., & milyardi, r. (2023). promoting humanitarian engineering approaches for earthquake-resilient housing in indonesia. in transcending humanitarian engineering strategies for sustainable futures. 235-262. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-6684-5619-4.ch012. raya, a. b., andiani, r., siregar, a. p., prasada, i. y., indana, f., simbolon, t. g. y., kinasih, a.t., & nugroho, a. d. (2021). challenges, open innovation, and engagement theory at craft smes: evidence from indonesian batik. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 7(2), 121. https://doi.org/10.3390/joitmc7020121. rosa, p., sassanelli, c., & terzi, s. (2019). towards circular business models: a systematic literature review on classification frameworks and archetypes. journal of cleaner production, 236, 117696. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.117696. setiawan, r. d., fourqoniah, f., & aransyah, m. f. (2021). implementation of business road map as a development of business model canvas in the ruang temu café in samarinda. journal of business and management studies, 3(2), 90-97. https://doi.org/10.32996/jbms.2021.3.2.9. sparviero, s. (2019). the case for a socially oriented business model canvas: the social enterprise model canvas. journal of social entrepreneurship, 10(2), 232-251. https://doi.org/10.1080/19420676.2018.1541011. strijker, d., bosworth, g., & bouter, g. (2020). research methods in rural studies: qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods. journal of rural studies, 78, 262-270. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2020.06.007. umar, a., sasongko, a. h., & aguzman, g. (2018). business model canvas as a solution for competing strategy of small business in indonesia. international journal of entrepreneurship, 22(1), 1-9. https://www.abacademies.org/articles/. velter, m. g. e., bitzer, v., bocken, n. m. p., & kemp, r. (2020). sustainable business model innovation: the role of boundary work for multi-stakeholder alignment. journal of cleaner production, 247, 119497. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119497. https://doi.org/10.1145/3351108.3351122 http://dx.doi.org/10.13005/bbra/1736 https://www.suara.com/bisnis/2021/10/23/080000/teknologi-pracetak-untuk-rumah-sederhana-tahan-gempa https://www.suara.com/bisnis/2021/10/23/080000/teknologi-pracetak-untuk-rumah-sederhana-tahan-gempa https://doi.org/10.35609/jber.2019.4.4(3) https://doi.org/10.1080/09537325.2021.1980210 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.124539 https://doi.org/10.1186/s43093-020-0009-1 https://opac.perpusnas.go.id/detailopac.aspx?id=812801 https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-6684-5619-4.ch012 https://doi.org/10.3390/joitmc7020121 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.117696 https://doi.org/10.32996/jbms.2021.3.2.9 https://doi.org/10.1080/19420676.2018.1541011 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2020.06.007 https://search.proquest.com/openview/36ee4be62fca10e0ca5bbb2cb330577f/1?pq-origsite=gscholar&cbl=29727 https://search.proquest.com/openview/36ee4be62fca10e0ca5bbb2cb330577f/1?pq-origsite=gscholar&cbl=29727 https://www.abacademies.org/articles/business-model-canvas-as-a-solution-for-competing-strategy-of-small-business-in-indonesia-7024.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119497 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.18 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 79 determination of distribution routes using the saving matrix method to minimize shipping costs at pt. sukun transport logistics dian erliana febriyanti*, rangga primadasa, sugoro bhakti sutono prodi teknik industri, universitas muria kudus, kudus, 59327, indonesia. *corresponding author: dianerlianafebriyanti@gmail.com introduction in the industrial world, shipping or distribution has an important function in a company. one of the important things is distribution in determining the schedule and route that will be passed by shipping from one location to the location to be addressed (zuhdi et al., 2017). distribution is a way of distributing goods used by producers to consumers so that they can be accepted by consumers quickly, precisely and in good conditions (suparjo, 2017). the optimal distribution process in an industry, be it manufacturing or service, is an important issue and one of optimization. route and vehicle scheduling planning is an important part of the transportation and distribution system (kamal et al., 2020). the vehicle route problem is a combinatorial problem in terms of the economic value of the vehicle which can change at any time in the logistics system, this problem is known as the vehicle routing problem (vrp). a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: january 2022 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 pt. sukun transport logistics is a company engaged in shipping, logistics and also transportation vehicle rental services. the problems faced by pt. sukun transport logistics is a lack of transport vehicle capacity, causing the use of transport vehicles that are not suitable and the distribution of sub-routes is not balanced. therefore, to overcome these problems, it is necessary to determine the optimal distribution route using the saving matrix method. the saving matrix method is a method to shorten mileage, estimate distribution time and minimize shipping costs at pt. sukun transport logistics. from the results of the route research in this study, it is known that the route proposal with the saving matrix method opens 2 sub routes from the previous 3 sub routes, the total distance through the saving matrix method and the closest calculation method is 299 km. while the total distance of the actual route delivery to the company is 313 km. the distance saving of this research with the company's actual route is 14 km or 4.47%. at the time of saving of 164 minutes or 20.97%, and distribution cost savings of rp. 141,658 or 25.53%. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords distribution saving matrix vehicle routing problem mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.18 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:dianerlianafebriyanti@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 80 vehicle routing problem (vrp) can be defined as a distribution delivery route determination problem which consists of a series of delivery routes centered on one or more warehouses to serve customers covering different delivery areas with their respective needs (irman et al., 2017). pt. sukun transport logistics is one of the companies engaged in shipping, logistics and also transportation vehicle rental services. the main activity of pt. sukun transport logistics, namely carrying out cigarette delivery activities from one location to another. pt. sukun transport logistics is required to be able to design reliable delivery performance, while the company is still determining the delivery sub route with the closest distance method from the warehouse. the problems faced by pt. sukun transport logistics is the delivery of cigarette products only by considering the closest distance from the warehouse to other retailers based on analytical predictions. the company also does not consider the vehicle capacity, causing the use of vehicles that are not in accordance with the capacity and the distribution of sub-routes is less balanced. table 1. utility of pt. sukun transport logistics distribution october 2021 sub rute transport vehicle utility 1 27,25% 2 55,50% 3 61% average 48,01% from table 1, it can be seen that the average utility of transport vehicles used for distribution in october 2021 is relatively low, which is below 75% of the vehicle capacity of 400 bales with a utility value of 48.01%. the relative value of 75% is used for the feasibility of the goods sent according to the capacity of the vehicle (humaira, 2021). this shows the use of low vehicle capacity and the use of an excessive and inappropriate number of vehicles. the application of distribution channels that have been implemented by pt. sukun transport logistics has not been carried out in a balanced manner in determining the distance traveled and the number of retailers visited. in this study, the author tries to use the saving matrix method which is used to determine vehicle scheduling and the nearest insert method tools to determine the optimal route. so as to be able to solve problems related to the vehicle routing problem (vrp). through the use of this method, it is hoped that it can minimize the distance traveled by the distribution route, distribution time, distribution costs and can increase the use of transportation vehicle utilities at pt. sukun transport logistics. research method in general, the research method in determining vehicle routes in the distribution of pt. sukun transport logistics uses the saving matrix method. in processing the data of this study using quantitative methods. the first thing to do in data processing using this research is (a) the formation of sub-routes using the saving matrix method where the identification of the distance matrix, identification of the savings matrix, allocating the destination of the delivery route, and the identification of the route sequence with the nearest insert method are carried out (yetrina dan nainggolan, 2021). the next steps (b) calculate the standard time available, (c) determine the number of transport vehicles and (d) calculate distribution costs. the steps taken in processing this data can be seen in figure 1. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 81 start formation of sub routes using the saving matrix method: 1. identify distance matrix 2. identify the savings matrix 3.allocate the destination of the delivery route 4. identify the route sequence with the nearest insert method calculating available standard time end determine the number of transport vehicles perform distribution cost calculations figure 1. data processing flowchart formation of sub routes using the saving matrix method in the formation of sub routes, the saving matrix method is used. the saving matrix method is essentially a method to minimize distance or costs by considering existing constraints (supriyadi et al., 2017). in the formation of the sub route is divided into several stages, including: 1. identifying the distance matrix 2. identifying the distance matrix is the collection of the distance between the warehouse and the location of each customer and the distance between locations. knowing the coordinates of each location, the distance between two locations can be calculated as using the standard formula (ahmad dan muharram, 2018). 3. identifying the savings matrix 4. saving matrix represents the savings that can be realized by merging 2 or more retailers in 1 route (aprilia, 2019). 5. allocating destination shipping routes 6. merger starts with the highest savings value, because it aims to maximize savings and classify stores (destinations) according to a predetermined route (abdurrahman et al., 2019). 7. route sequence identification with nearest insert method 8. in principle, the purpose of this sorting is to minimize the travel distance of the conveyance (fitri, 2018). the method used is the nearest insert method. the nearest insert method is the shortest journey, using the principle of selecting a store which, inserted in the existing route, results in the minimum additional distance (suryani et.al., 2018). calculating available standard time the calculation of the total time for the distribution sub-routes that have been determined is as follows. • vehicle setup time = 15 minutes • total travel time = 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 • warehouse loading time = 30 minutes spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 82 • unloading time on each sub route = number of retailers x 5 minutes • total time = vehicle setup time + total travel time + warehouse loading time + unloading time on each sub route determining the number of transport vehicles the number of transport vehicles needed can be formulated: number of transport vehicles required = 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 availability of transport vehicles is the amount of time available for transport vehicles to operate. the daily availability of transport vehicles is 420 minutes. calculation of distribution costs transportation costs for transport vehicles consist of operational costs (fuel costs, parking fees, lunch costs) and maintenance costs. maintenance costs do not need to be compared because they are not discussed in this study. in carrying out the delivery process, the company uses transport vehicles with a capacity of 400 bales. vehicles use fuel using a ratio of 1: 10, meaning that with 1 liter of material the distance traveled by the transportation equipment is 10 km (humaira, 2021). results and discussion data collection 1. retailer location data the data collection carried out in this study is location data at each retailer that is the destination of delivery by pt. sukun transport logistics. the data for the location of the distributor shop can be seen in table 2. table 2. retailer location pt. sukun transport logistics 2021 no. code retail name retail address 1 g sukun cigarette warehouse jl. pr. sukun gondosari gebog kudus 2 r1 core earth mani shop tawangsari, babagan lasem 3 r2 gansar shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 4 r3 prosperous shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 5 r4 sidodadi shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 6 r5 long shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 7 r6 five-five toko shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 8 r7 eternal glory shop jl. pajeksan juwana pati 9 r8 rene shop jl. yossudarso smberjo rembang 10 r9 yield shop jl airlangga, sumberjo rembag 11 r10 swan shop jl dr. wahidin rembang 12 r11 good boy shop jl. national 17 rembang 13 r12 yup susilo shop jl. dr, sutomo pati city 14 r13 fanny shop karangturi, babagan lasem 15 r14 corner shop tawangsari, babagan lasem 16 r15 tan soe thay shop jl slamet riyadi, sumberjo, rembang 17 r16 shop 299 stop by, city of pati product request data the following is the number of requests for sukun cigarettes to retailers in september 2021 which is used to design distribution routes to be more optimal. the number of data on cigarette shipments to each retailer can be seen in tabel 3. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 83 table 3. cigarette requests pt. sukun transport logistics 2021 store name demand for cigarette products number of bales per shop mw 12 ist 10 2000 ssb 12 spc 12 spc 16 exc 12 exc 16 mgno 12 core earth mani shop 1,600 8 gansar shop 100 200 1,600 6,400 1,600 49 prosperous shop 800 800 400 18.000 4,400 200 123 sidodadi shop 200 10 2,400 400 15 long shop 5,600 400 30 five-five toko shop 5,600 1,200 200 35 eternal glory shop 1,600 8 rene shop 2,300 12 yield shop 200 20 2,000 1,600 100 19 swan shop 400 200 400 200 2,000 15,400 5,600 200 122 good boy shop 200 800 5 yup susilo shop 400 2 fanny shop 400 200 200 200 2800 8.000 59 corner shop 800 4,000 800 28 tan soe thay shop 800 200 400 2800 17,600 5,600 200 138 shop 299 800 800 400 200 15,000 4,000 200 107 data processing sub-route formation the following are the steps for establishing a cigarette delivery distribution sub route using the saving matrix method. a. determining the delivery route for cigarette products. the distance between each retaidentifying the distance matrix. the distance between warehouses and retailers owned by the company is used in iler can be seen in tabel 4. b. identifying the saving matrix at this stage, it is assumed that each retail will be visited by one vehicle which will lead to 16 different routes and each in one destination. for the calculation of distance savings can use the equation. s (x,y) = j(g,x) + j(g,y) j(x,y) where : s(x,y) = distance saving j (g, x) = distance from warehouse to retail x j (g, y) = distance from warehouse to retail y j(x,y) = retail distance x to retail y the following is an example of calculating the distance for retailers r1 and r2 using the formula above: s (r1, r2) = j(g, r1) + j(g, r2) j(r1, r2) = 79 + 45 – 35 = 89 km the calculation of distance savings for each retailer can be seen in table 5. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 84 table 4. distance between cigarette warehouses and retailers r (km) g r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15 r16 g r1 79 r2 45 35 r3 45 35 0 r4 45 35 0 0 r5 45 35 0 0 0 r6 45 35 0 0 0 0 r7 45 35 0 0 0 0 0 r8 67 13 22. 2 22. 2 22. 2 22. 2 22. 2 22. 2 r9 67. 1 12.9 22. 1 22. 1 22. 1 22. 1 22. 1 22. 1 0. 1 r10 67. 3 12.7 22 22 22 22 22 22 0. 2 1. 5 r11 66 11 23 23 23 23 23 23 1 1. 7 1.6 r12 32 47 13 13 13 13 13 13 36 35 35 36 r13 80 1.6 35 35 35 35 35 35 14 14 14 12 48 r14 79 1 34 34 34 34 34 34 13 13 13 11 47 1.4 r15 68 14 25 25 25 25 25 25 24 1. 5 2.6 3.3 38 15 13 r16 35 47.2 12 12 12 12 12 12 43 35 35 36 1.7 48 47 43 (source : google maps) table 5. cost matrix between retailers r (km) r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15 r16 r1 0 r2 89 0 r3 89 90 0 r4 89 90 90 0 r5 89 90 90 90 0 r6 89 90 90 90 90 0 r7 89 90 90 90 90 90 0 r8 133 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 0 r9 133.2 90 90 90 90 90 90 134 0 r10 133.6 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 134.1 132.9 0 r11 134 88 88 88 88 88 88 132 131.4 131.7 0 r12 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 63 64.1 64.3 62 0 r13 157.4 90 90 90 90 90 90 133 133.1 133.3 134 64 0 r14 157 90 90 90 90 90 90 133 133.1 133.3 134 64 157.6 0 r15 133 88 88 88 88 88 88 111 133.6 132.7 130.7 62 133 134 0 r16 66.8 68 68 68 68 68 68 59 67.1 67.3 65 65.3 67 67 60 0 c. allocating retailers to routes table 5 can be done to allocate retailers into routes. in the early stages, each retailer is allocated a different route. so as in table 6 below, there are 16 initial routes. on the 16 routes, it can be combined with the greatest saving value. the first biggest savings start from 157.6 km which is the distance savings from combining r13 and r 14. the total load is: total load = reban r13 + load r 14 = 59 bal + 28 bal = 87 bal where 87 bales 400 bales so that merging can be done and can be seen in tabel 6. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 85 table 6. allocating retailers to routes r (km) route r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r6 r7 r8 r9 r10 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15 r16 r1 r 1 0 r2 r 2 89 0 r3 r 2 89 90 0 r4 r 2 89 90 90 0 r5 r 2 89 90 90 90 0 r6 r 1 89 90 90 90 90 0 r7 r 1 89 90 90 90 90 90 0 r8 r 2 133 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 89.8 0 r9 r2 133.2 90 90 90 90 90 90 134 0 r10 r 2 133.6 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 90.3 134.1 132.9 0 r11 r 1 134 88 88 88 88 88 88 132 131.4 131.7 0 r12 r 1 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 63 64.1 64.3 62 0 r13 r 1 157.4 90 90 90 90 90 90 133 133.1 133.3 134 64 0 r14 r 1 157 90 90 90 90 90 90 133 133.1 133.3 134 64 157.6 0 r15 r 1 133 88 88 88 88 88 88 111 133.6 132.7 130.7 62 133 134 0 r16 r 1 66.8 68 68 68 68 68 68 59 67.1 67.3 65 65.3 67 67 60 0 (bales) 8 49 123 15 30 35 8 12 19 122 5 2 59 28 138 107 so that the sub-routes formed are two sub-routes, namely: sub route 1 selected retailer : [ g – r 1 – r6 – r7 – r11 – r12 – r13 – r14 – r15 – r16 – g] sub route 2 selected retailers : [ g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r8 – r9 – r10 – g ] d. sorting retailers in sub routes after locating the retailer to the sub route that has been done, the next step is to determine the order of visits as shown in table 7 and table 8. table 7. distance from warehouse to retailer and distance between retailers sub route 1 retailers (km) g r1 r6 r7 r11 r12 r13 r14 r15 r16 g 0 79 45 45 66 32 80 79 68 35 r1 0 35 35 11 47 1.6 1 14 47.2 r6 0 0 23 13 35 34 25 12 r7 0 23 13 35 34 25 12 r11 0 36 12 11 3.3 36 r12 0 48 47 38 1.7 r13 0 1.4 15 48 r14 0 13 47 r15 0 43 r16 0 the resulting sub route for sub route 1 is g – r12 – r16 – r6 –r7 – r11 – r15 – r14 – r1 – r13 – g with a distance of 32 + 1.7 + 12 + 0 + 23+ 13 + 1 + 1, 6 + 80 = 164.3 km. table 8. distance from warehouse to retailer and distance between retailers sub route 2 retailers (km) g r2 r3 r4 r5 r8 r9 r10 g 0 45 45 45 45 67 67.1 67.3 r2 0 0 0 0 22.2 22.1 22 r3 0 0 0 22.2 22.1 22 r4 0 0 22.2 22.1 22 r5 0 22.2 22.1 22 r8 0 0.1 0.2 r9 0 1.5 r10 0 the resulting sub route for sub route 2 is g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r9 –r8 – r10 – g with a distance of 45 + 0+ 0 + 0 + 22.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 + 67, 3 = 134.7 km troubleshooting analysis 1. distribution sub route analysis the proposed sub-route formation has taken into account the distance traveled and the use of the capacity of the conveyance used in distributing the goods. the formation of the sub-route starts from spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 86 the merging of two retailer areas that have the largest distance savings, but by taking into account the total load transported (martono and warnars, 2020). comparison between distribution sub routes used by pt. sukun transport logistics with sub routes proposed using the saving matrix method can be seen in table 9. when depicted in the form of a map can be seen in figure 2 figure 4. table 9. comparison of distribution sub routes company sub route order sub-route saving matrix proposal order 1 g – r12 – r16 – g 1 g – r12 – r16 – r6 –r7 – r11 – r15 – r14 – r1 – r13 – g 2 g – r1 – r10 – r11 – r13 – r14 – g 2 g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r9 –r8 – r10 – g 3 g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r6 – r7 – r8 –r9 – r15 – g 2. company initial sub route sub route 1: g – r12 – r16 – g sub route 2: g – r1 – r10 – r11 – r13 – r14 – g figure 2. sub route 1 company figure 3. sub-route 2 companies sub route 3: g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r6 – r7 – r8 –r9 – r15 – g figure 4. sub-route 3 companies 3. saving matrix proposed sub route sub route 1: g – r12 – r16 – r6 –r7 – r11 – r15 – r14 – r1 – r13 – g sub route 2: g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r9 –r8 – r10 – g spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 87 figure 5. sub-route 1 proposed saving matrix figure 6. sub route 2 proposed saving matrix from table 9 there is a reduction in the sub-routes built on the suggested distribution route using the saving matrix method compared to the sub-routes that the company has run so far. each of the proposed distribution routes has 2 sub routes, while the company's distribution routes have 3 sub routes. all sub routes use vehicles with the same capacity. figure 2 6 is the result of a comparison of the company's sub-routes with the supply sub-routes using the saving matrix method. determination of the optimal delivery distribution route is influenced by the distance to be traveled in the process of distributing goods. the further the distance traveled, the longer the travel time of the transport vehicle used and conversely the shorter the distance traveled, the time required to carry out the distribution process will be shorter.(supardi and sianturi, 2020). the distance traveled from the initial and proposed distribution sub-routes is shown in the following table: table 10. comparison of distribution distance company sub route company mileage (km) sub-route saving matrix proposal proposed mileage (km) 1 49.7 1 164.3 2 117.9 2 134.7 3 145.4 total 313 total 299 distance saving = 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒−𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 x 100% = 313−299 313 x 100% = 14 313 x 100% ≈ 4.47% based on the above calculation, it can be seen that the mileage savings in cigarette shipments is 4.47% from the company's initial mileage. 4. distribution time analysis from the available distribution time, which is 420 minutes, a good sub route has a time below the available distribution time. the feasibility of each sub route can be seen in table 11. table 11. comparison of distribution time sub route available time (minutes) distribution time feasibility estimate company route saving matrix proposed route 1 420 114 336 feasible 2 420 273 282 feasible 3 420 395 total 782 618 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 88 time saving = 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒−𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑡 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 x 100% = 782−618 782 x 100% = 164 782 x 100% = 20.97% based on the calculation above, it can be seen that the distribution time of cigarette delivery is 20.97% from the company's initial distribution time. 5. distribution cost analysis comparison of the distribution costs of transport vehicles on the proposed sub-route with the subroute used by the company can be seen in table 12. table 12. comparison of distribution costs sub route company distribution costs (idr) proposed distribution fee (idr) 1 50,718 222,442 2 219,800 190,618 3 284,200 total 554,718 413.060 cost savings = 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡−𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 x 100% = 554.718−413.060 554.718 x 100% = 141.658 554.718 x 100% = 25.53% based on the calculation above, it can be seen that the distribution cost savings for cigarette shipments is 25.53% from the company's initial distribution costs. 6. analysis of the number of transport vehicles and utilities the determination of the number of transport vehicles allocated by the company is influenced by the total time required for transport vehicles to distribute products and the amount of time available for transport vehicles to be operated. the less the total time required to distribute the product, the less the number of transport cars allocated to product distribution.paillin and kaihatu, 2018). by using the saving matrix method, pt. sukun transport logistics can save distribution costs by only allocating 2 units of transport vehicles on the type of colt diesel with a capacity of 400 bales from 2 different vehicles previously. where the company's initial delivery used 1 unit of colt diesel vehicle with a capacity of 400 bales and 1 unit of kuzer vehicle with a capacity of 700 bales. so as to maximize the load capacity of the vehicle and minimize shipping costs. the calculation of the utility obtained from the demand for each sub route divided by the capacity of the conveyance, the results of the calculation of the average utility are: sub route 1 utility = x 100% 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑔𝑜𝑜𝑑𝑠 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑦𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 370 400 x 100% = 92.5% spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 89 sub route 2 . utility = x 100% 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑔𝑜𝑜𝑑𝑠 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑦𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 390 400 x 100% = 97.5% average utility = 𝛴𝑠𝑢𝑏 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑑𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑦 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 92,5 +97,5 2 = 95% from the calculation of the average utility is 95%, the result of this calculation is an increase from the company's actual utility which is 48.01%. conclusion the formation of sub-routes on the proposed route using the saving matrix method resulted in fewer sub-routes than the distribution route applied by pt. sukun transport logistics in product distribution to 16 retailers in the juwana and rembang areas while still using 2 transport vehicles, where the proposed sub-routes obtained are 2 sub-routes. first sub routeg – r12 – r16 – r6 –r7 – r11 – r15 – r14 – r1 – r13 – gwith the total distance obtained is 164.3 km and sub route 2g – r2 – r3 – r4 – r5 – r9 –r8 – r10 – ghas a distance of 134.7 km. the comparison of the distance on the company's initial route with 3 sub routes has a distance of 313 km while the proposed route with the saving matrix method produces a more optimal route than the total distance of the distribution route applied by the company, which obtains 2 sub routes with a total distance of 299 km. so that the mileage savings of 14 km or 4.47%. the comparison of distribution time on the company's initial route with 3 sub routes has an estimated time of 782 minutes, while the proposed route using the saving matrix method obtains 2 sub routes with a total time of 618 minutes and the estimated feasibility is feasible. so that the time savings of 164 minutes with a percentage of savings of 20.97%. comparison of distribution costs on the company's initial route with 3 sub routes of rp554,718. meanwhile, the proposed route using the saving matrix method obtained 2 sub routes with a total distribution cost of rp. 413.060. so that the distribution cost savings of rp. 141,658 or 25.53%. references abdurrahman, a. f., ridwan, a. y. dan santosa, b. (2019). ‘penyelesain vehicle routing problem (vrp) dalam penugasan kendaraan dan penentuan rute untuk meminimasi biaya transportasi pada pt. xyz dengan menggunakan algoritma genetika’. jurnal teknik industri, vol 9, no.1, pp. 16–24. ahmad, f. and muharram, h. f. (2018). ‘penentuan jalur distribusi dengan metode saving matriks’. competitive. 13(1), pp. 45–66. aprilia, n. (2019). ‘penerapan metode saving matrix untuk meminimasi biaya pengiriman produk kemasan pada pt xyz’. teknik industri. 1(1), pp. 5–9. fitri, s. r. (2018). ‘optimasi jalur distribusi produk dengan menggunakan metode saving matrix untuk penghematan biaya operasional’. journal valtech. 1(1), pp. 103–109. humaira, c. (2021). penentuan rute distribusi optimal menggunakan metode saving matrix dan clarke & wright savings pada pt. pos indonesia binjai. skripsi. departemen teknik industri fakultas teknik, universitas sumatera utara, medan. irman, a., ekawati, r., dan febriana, n. (2017). 'optimalisasi rute distribusi air minum quelledengan algoritma clarke & wright saving dan modelvehicle routing problem'. jurnal seminar nasional inovasi dan aplikasi tekologi di indonesia. hal: 1-7. kamal, d. m., nafisah, l., dan khannan m. s. a. (2020). ‘analisi penentuan rute distribusi dengan pendekatan vehicle routing problem mepertimbangkan time windows dan permintaan untuk meminimasi biaya transportasi studi kasus di cv. twin setia yogyakarta’. prosiding industrial engineering conference, 7(1). pp. 1–3. martono, s. dan warnars, h. l. h. s. (2020). ‘penentuan rute pengiriman barang dengan metode spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 79-90 determination of distribution routes… (febriyanti, et.al.) 90 nearest neighbor’. petir. 13(1). pp. 44–57. paillin, d. b. dan kaihatu, f. m. (2018) ‘implementasi metode saving matrix dalam penentuan rute terbaik untuk meminimumkan biaya distribusi (ud. roti arsita)’. arika. 12(2), pp. 123–140. supardi, e. dan sianturi, r. c. (2020). ‘metode saving matrix dalam penentuan rute distribusi premium di depot spbu bandung’. jurnal logistik bisnis. 10(1), p. 89. suparjo. (2017). ‘metode saving matrix sebagai metode alternatif untuk efisiensi biaya distribusi studi empirik pada perusahaan angkutan kayu gelondongan jawa tengah’. media ekonomi dan manajemen. 32(2), pp 137-153. supriyadi, mawardi, k. dan nalhadi, a. (2017) ‘minimasi biaya dalam penentuan rute distribusi produk minuman menggunakan metode savings matrix’. seminar nasional institut supply chain dan logistik indonesia (isli). pp.1–7. suryani, s., kuncoro, k. r. dan fathimahhayati, l. d. (2018) ‘perbandingan penerapan metode nearest neighbour dan insertion untuk penentuan rute distribusi optimal produk roti pada ukm hasan bakery samarinda’. proficiensi: the journal of the industrial engineering study program. 6(1), pp. 41–49. yetrina, m. dan nainggolan, d. s. (2021). ‘penentuan rute distribusi untuk meminimasi biaya distribusi di ukm habil snack’. jurnal teknologi dan sistem informasi bisnis, 3(1), pp. 247–253. zuhdi, m., andrawina, l., dan rendra, m. (2017). ‘meminimasi biaya transportasi dengan heterogeneous fleet dan time window menggunakan metode algoritma genetika di pt . xyz’. jurnal industrial servicess, 3(1), pp. 1–5. spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.103 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review sri lestari a,1,*, arfan bakhtiar a, hery suliantoro a a industrial engineering department, universitas diponegoro, semarang, 50275, indonesia 1 srilestari997@students.undip.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction in this decade, society has faced various kinds of challenges and obstacles related to the acceleration of urbanization and industrialization. the current problem is the health crisis and pollution that can threaten the present or future generations, so action is needed to ensure optimal living conditions. with the increasing environmental concern, researchers and practitioners have seen consumers embracing sustainable consumption (awan et al., 2018; amberg & fogarassy, 2019). therefore, the present study focuses on “green marketing,” which has emerged as a savior of the planet. green marketing, also referred to as “sustainable marketing” and “eco-friendly marketing,” promotes products and services based on the environmental advantages and values (kaur et al., 2022). the concept of green is even more crucial in the manufacturing industry, which is identified to contribute greatly toward the environmental degradation across the globe (borah et al., 2021). the increasing sustainability challenges have placed green marketing adoption or green consumption of social importance (patel et al., 2017). observing this, many consumers understood that their article info abstract article history received march 03, 2022 revised march 31, 2023 accepted april 11, 2023 society in the current period is facing various kinds of challenges and obstacles related to the acceleration of urbanization and industrialization. as for the problems at the moment, namely the health crisis and pollution that can threaten the present or future generations so that action is needed to ensure optimal living conditions, it is becoming increasingly important to understand green marketing and various other forms of support. therefore, the aim of this research is to carry out a systematic review of the literature to identify several factors that influence green marketing. for this study, the method used was a systematic literature review (slr) which was carried out by following the procedure and followed by a metaanalysis to see the relevance of the published articles. this study uses vosviewer as auxiliary software and uses publish or perish to help group data. from the search results, a total of 865 related articles were found for 2017-2022 and sorting was carried out to find relevant articles. the literature review was carried out using qualitative analysis, which resulted in four keywords; green marketing mix, attitude, purchase decision, and green marketing. in the end, we propose a framework that is developed based on some of the findings obtained. it is hoped that this framework can be used for a better understanding of green marketing factors that influence consumer purchase intentions. keywords green marketing; green product; purchase intention; systematic literature review this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.93 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:srilestari997@students.undip.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 76 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) consumption habits have a negative impact on the ecological environment; therefore, they have started making modifications in their lifestyles and the way they do their business. responsible consumers understand how their purchasing habits are going to impact the environment, and they are also worried (dabija et al., 2018). the fact that as a result of an increase in sustainable consumption, the environment and ecology in society, companies have focused their efforts on offering a variety of environmentally friendly products or services (nguyen-viet, 2022). hence green consumption can be said as a way of consumption that is suitable for the maintenance of the natural environment for the present as well as future generations. hence, according to (limbu et al., 2022), green consumption is understood as purchasing and consumption behaviors by an individual which is related to environmental and resource problems and is motivated by not only a desire to satisfy an individual’s needs but also a concern for the welfare of society in general (kumari e. a., 2022). social pressure positively moderates the relationship between price sensitivity and consumers’ green purchasing intention, but negatively moderates the relationship between perceived cost of green purchasing and consumers’ green purchasing intention (sun et al., 2022) environmental sustainability has been elevated to the top of the international political agenda and recognized as a key driver of innovation. as a result, the number of companies developing green products is growing rapidly, and consumer interest in these products is increasing. therefore, understanding the main characteristics of green products, identifying factors that influence price and consumers' willingness to pay more for products, sales channels and promotional tools are essential for designing, developing and marketing green products (dangelico & vocalelli, 2017). due to the increase in sustainable consumption, environmental consumers, and ecological concerns in society, businesses have focused their efforts on providing green products and services to meet environmental needs (nguyen-viet, 2022). the global green trend is creating new challenges and opportunities for entrepreneurs around the world, with customers now more environmentally conscious and willing to pay extra for their green services and products (khan et al., 2020). (walia et al., 2019) tries to understand the dynamics of everpresent consumer attitudes and purchase intentions towards environmentally friendly products under the fast moving consumer goods category. in today's era, environmentally friendly products are products that do not damage the environment, either in production, use, or disposal. in research (pradana & kartawinata, 2020), it was found that companies that are active in taking action to preserve the environment through strategic green marketing actions, especially focused on overcoming the problem of plastic waste in indonesia, especially the disposable plastic packaging waste industry commonly used by fast moving consumer goods (fmcg), usually create sustainable growth / sustainable development goals (sdgs) by having three major goals that apply the concept of implementing triple p (people, profit, planet) for sustainable development. for example, consumers have greater trust in familiar brands than they do in "green" claims, which will ultimately affect their purchase intention for the product. environmentally friendly product marketing can also provide information to consumers related to the company's environmental performance, or information related to products, product prices, product availability, product image, or information related to their lifestyle, so that consumers are able to provide positive feedback on green products (walia et al., 2019). this research contribution is to gives importance the consumer’s responsibility towards environmental issues and how they address them by adopting environmentally responsive behaviors, like using environmentally friendly green products. it can also be said as, how much consumers take care of the impact that their own behavior has on the environment while using, disposing, or purchasing a product, along with focusing on decreasing the negative impact on the environment. 2. method the number of papers published in academic databases is proliferating. the scientific database sciencedirect grants access to more than 16 million papers from 2500 journals and provides insights into breakthrough innovations to more than 25 million researchers every month (van dinter et al., issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 77 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) 2021). a systematic literature review is used to represent a field mapping method and is used to track the latest research developments needed to analyze journals that have been published to answer some specific research. an slr is a means of identifying, evaluating, and synthesizing all available research relevant to a particular research question, topic area, or phenomenon of interest (tenhunen et al., 2023). the systematic literature review (slr) method follows established procedures and allows the literature review process to avoid bias and subjective understanding. an slr’s goal is a trustworthy method to gain clear, reasonable, and unbiased information on a research topic (gurbuz & tekinerdogan, 2018). this method uses meta-analysis to see the statistical distribution and relationship in published articles. in this study, researchers used vosviewer and publish or perish software for data grouping. 2.1. research question this systematic literature review is directed by some key research questions as follows: (1) how literature in the field of green marketing has grown? (2) what are the various types of consumer behaviour related variable which comes into consideration during green marketing? 2.1.1. inclusion and exclusion criteria after going through the various literature on systematic review and its inclusion and exclusion criteria, we developed certain criteria for this study, and these are; a study was included when it analyzed some aspect of consumers’ green consumption behavior or intention. with these, studies addressing both intention and the actual behavior of green consumption were also included; studies of all the years were taken as no date filter was used; studies only in the english language were taken to avoid biases related to language (khanra et al., 2020); all studies needed to be peer reviewed. the exclusion criteria used for the study were; non-peer reviewed studies were not included; papers with duplicate data were not considered; studies that were not relevant to the domain were not considered in the study (kumari et al., 2022). 2.1.2. review protocol and outcomes as the basic objective of this study was to identify the enablers or antecedents of the green marketing adoption from a consumer perspective, a comprehensive literature search was done to find and collect papers for the systematic review. we took sciencedirect, scopus, and google scholar as a database for searching the literature for this systematic review. along with these databases, we also searched for references of some important review papers and some of the important journals. as per the research questions, for searching “green marketing”, “purchase intention”, “intention to buy green product” were used a key word in the title and abstract so as to get comprehensive set of articles for the review. the term enablers or factors were not used as the keywords, as, many of the articles does not use these words in their title; instead, they use the factor name in their title. english was used as a criterion for filtering the articles, while no date was used so that the results be more comprehensive. we also took only peer reviewed journals for the data search as they are more validated and established using rigorous scientific methods. specifically, all the articles in sciencedirect, scopus, and google scholar database were searched 2017-2022 for this review. we have used sciencedirect, scopus, and google scholar only for searching and collecting the data for the review, as sciencedirect, scopus, are among those that are most frequently used as databases in social sciences study. at the same time, google scholar is an open access database which is very powerful in providing journal articles as well as the “grey literature” like thesis, conference proceedings, and reports. the next stage is to carry out the search process using the keywords green marketing and green product purchase intention. the total results obtained were 865 journals with details of google scholar as many as 450 journals and scopus as many as 415 journals. the next process is the filtering process by pruning several journals and finding relevant journals using the keywords ecological buying, lifestyle, and willingness to pay more for green products to read the titles and keywords. journals that are not included in the criteria will be eliminated. next is to read the abstract of each journal, which if the journal is relevant to the theme to be studied then it will be included while journals that do not match the criteria will be eliminated again. the next process is to read the journal as a whole in order to find a more complex relevance to the theme under study. after reading the entire journal, the 78 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) remaining journals are used in the literature review process. and the last stage is to determine the results and conclusions drawn from the literature review process shown in fig. 1. fig. 1. paper selection process chart bibliometric analysis refers to quantitative research that has been published in journals in a particular subject area. bibliometric analysis itself is a method of measuring literature using statistical methods, so it is included in the application of quantitative analysis. bibliometric analysis describes future research approaches in a selected field. a total of 21 article files were entered into the vosviewer software. this data contains information about each article, such as author, title, year of publication, doi, abstract, affiliation, keywords, references, and journal. clustering is one of the data grouping methods. clustering is the process of classifying data into several clusters or groups so that data in one cluster has the greatest similarity, and data between clusters has the least similarity. data clustering is the most effective way to understand and research the proposed topic. data clustering supports infrastructure discovery, natural clustering, and data compression. in this study, journal clustering is based on co-occurrence and co-authorship. cooccurrence based clustering is used to find the relationship and similarity of multiple items (words, phrases) in multiple documents in a single document the data set being analyzed. while clustering based on co-authorship was used to find the relationship of various studies based on research documents provided by researcher. 2.2. research profile for this study, we extracted various information like publication journals, country or the context in which study has been done, methodological designs used for the study, and the theoretical views of the investigations. 2.2.1. publication outlet in the literature identified, we could assess that maximum numbers of publications are published in the journal of cleaner production with 2 publications, followed by sustainability mdpi with 3 publications, followed by information and software technology with 2 publications. table 1 give the list of journals contributions. 2.2.2. country context investigation in the selected literature, the studies have done their investigation in 12 different countries. table 2 gives the distribution of studies in different context. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 79 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) table 1. the list of journals contributions name of journal total journal of cleaner production 2 sustainability mdpi 3 information and software technology 2 resources 1 iop conference 1 ejim 1 mgr 1 sqj 1 eis 1 gbr 1 maroccan journal of chemistry 1 apjba 1 ajbe 1 apmb 1 fbj 1 jima 1 international journal of green cosmetics 1 table 2. list of case study country names author country (amberg & fogarassy, 2019) hungary (awan et al., 2018) finlandia (dangelico & vocalelli, 2017) italy (kumar et al., 2013) uk (kaur et al., 2022) india (luckyardi et al., 2022) indonesia (nguyen-viet, 2022) vietnam (khan et al., 2020) india (walia et al., 2019) india (borah et al., 2021) china (dabija et al., 2018) czech republic (gurbuz & tekinerdogan, 2018) netherland (khanra et al., 2020) norway (kumari et al., 2022) india (limbu et al., 2022) vietnam (patel et al., 2017) india (pradana & kartawinata, 2020) indonesia (salman et al., 2017) egypt (sun et al., 2022) china (tenhunen et al., 2023) finland (van dinter et al., 2021) netherlands (sukaatmadja, 2020) indonesia (astuti et al., 2021) indonesia table 2 shows some of the dominant countries used as case studies in this study, namely indonesia, because there are as many as 4 journals that have conducted research or research related to green marketing and purchase intention to buy green products and case studies in indonesia. several recent papers or journals have also taken case studies in indonesia such as (luckyardi et al., 2022), (sukaatmadja, 2020), (pradana & kartawinata, 2020) and (astuti et al., 2021) so that from the results of this study, the results of mapping several previous studies were obtained which will be future opportunities for future research. and based on the bibliometric analysis, it does not show the dominance of certain author names in research related to the topic of green marketind and purchase intention to buy green products, there are several opportunities for renewal and green marketing and marketing mix have a high relationship. 80 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) 2.2.3. methodological design further, we investigated the different methodological design applied by the researchers for their investigation. in the analysis, we could find that, out of 21, only 6 studies had used qualitative techniques for understanding the factors or drivers which leads to green consumption, while only 2 studies had used mixed method approach. in quantitative approach, 2 studies have used sem or plssem for the analysis, while 11 studies used experimental design for their studies, rest studies used other techniques like multiple regression, binary logistic regression, manova, anova, etc. one study used fuzzy set approach. hence it is understood that more qualitative studies need to be carried out in this domain for enhancing the knowledge. 3. results and discussion the larger the node size, the more often the author name appears in the dataset, or means that clusters in the co-authorship analysis output a dominant author on a particular research topic because he or she has a strong network of writing relationships with other authors. to show the dominance of journals cited in the 21 journals that have been focused on, data collection is carried out by looking at the various citation indices of each journal, which will then be analyzed in vosviewer using cooccurrence analysis. co-occurrence analysis itself is used to find the relevance and various similarities of several items such as words or phrases from several documents from various data sets to be analyzed. this analysis itself was carried out on 21 selected journals with the specification of the journal analysis unit in the form of "keywords" and the number of occurrences of keywords at least once. so that 4 clusters are obtained with 21 items selected from the visualization. the co-occurrence analysis output can be seen in fig. 2. so that all clusters that have been visualized have a relationship with other clusters. for example, we can see in fig. 2 that the word "green marketing" has the largest node comparable to the word "marketing mix" so that the word "green marketing" has external links such as marketing mix, purchase decision, attitude, green purchase intention, green marketing mix, and so on. so that the bigger the node, the higher the frequency of words that will appear in a cluster. fig. 2. co-occurrence output process (the procedures, mechanisms and flow of activities by which services are delivered to customers), physical evidence (implying the environment that facilitates service transactions or influences perceptions, ambient conditions, spatial layout, signs and symbols, etc.), where on the one hand are employees and on the other hand are service consumers as co-producers and other consumers, as people who can influence the overall perception (salman et al., 2017). issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 81 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) research methods are closely related to the type of research study used. based on the 21 types of research journals, a descriptive analysis was conducted by compiling the methodology used in each journal such as framework & conceptual, empirical study, modeling, and performance conceptual. 3.1. main findings of the present study consumers' past values and experiences influence the purchase intention of sustainable personal care products. environmental awareness and appearance have a positive impact on consumer purchase intentions for sustainable personal care products. these findings confirm that a sustainable lifestyle is reflected in consumer consumption patterns. past experience of using other organic product categories significantly influences purchase intention of sustainable personal care products (kaur et al., 2022). (walia et al., 2019) stated that purchase intention is defined as the readiness of consumers to buy green products. there are many attributes that influence consumer intentions to buy products that have been discussed for decades. the aim of this paper is to determine the empirical relation between the instruments of green marketing and the ecological behavior and attitude of consumers and the impact it has on the future intention to buy green products. the results of a structural equation model show that although product and communication policies are more closely associated with green marketing, digital tools have the greatest impact on green behavior. their easy way of use has side effects on ecological behavior. a mediation model empirically demonstrates that the willingness to buy green products, the environmentally oriented lifestyle, and the willingness to pay more for green products mediate the relationship between the current ecological behavior and the intention to buy green products in the future (cuc et al., 2022). 3.2. comparison with other study (kumari et al., 2022) found that still, after so many years of academic research going on in this domain, still, maximum studies use theory of planned behavior, theory of reasoned action, theory of consumption value, and value-belief-norms theory for supporting their arguments. cost signaling theory, social dilemma theory, gender socialization theory, regulatory focus theory, theory of technology acceptance model, and prospect theory are other theories on which some studies has been done, but still, they need to be further explored for understanding green consumption adoption. and this study found that purchase intention is defined as the readiness of consumers to buy green products and green marketing is required to decrease the harmful effect of high consumerism on the environment. 3.3. implication green marketing is required to decrease the harmful effect of high consumerism on the environment. to enhance the green marketing activities, it is required to understand the various factors and its impact on the overall green marketing adoption process. this study has augmented the available knowledge and understanding of important enablers of green marketing adoption. this review provides various managerial and policy implications like, the factors identified as antecedents, mediator or moderator may give better understanding to the practitioners to make their promotion strategies and various other strategies like pricing, product development, product availability, etc. it may help them understand which are the most critical factors that may help in increasing green marketing of consumers. for instance, the advertising and various promotional activities has been found to be very important influencer of green marketing adoption. hence, practitioner can use traditional media along with modern media like youtube, whatsapp, twitter, and facebook, etc, to develop understanding and commitment towards responsible consumption. the promotional campaign done using these mediums will be able to emphasize the benefits of green marketing and enhance the green marketing adoption. in the study, we could also find that availability of green product is also very important enabler of green marketing adoption, but literature says non-availability of the green product is one of the major barriers for the green consumption adoption. hence, it is pertinent for practitioners to optimize their distribution channel and make sure that the green products are available at every required point. along with promotional campaign, components like promotional advertisement, product packaging, brand logos and brand image influences the psychological 82 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) understanding of the consumers, so practitioners need to do imc (integrated marketing communication) to develop favorable attitude towards the green marketing. 3.4. limitations this systematic literature review has certain limitations. first thing is that in this study, only peer reviewed literature has been included to ensure the reliability and validity of the findings, other type of studies like editorials, review, and non-peer reviewed literature has not been used. although there were many publications worked in the same area but in different language than english, they have also been not included in the review. although enough care has been taken, but due to human error, biases may have crept in. 4. conclusion the main objective of this review was to systematically identify the major enablers or factors of green marketing adoption, consumer perspective, or green consumption adoption. on the review of these literature, we derived certain conclusions. first, there has been a huge expansion in the academic research in this domain in last five years, and it is going to continue as whole business world is moving towards green marketing and sustainability for better future. secondly, on the basis of this review, it can be said that major expansion in the research related to this area has happened in the asian region. thirdly, a mediation model empirically demonstrates that the willingness to buy green products, the environmentally oriented lifestyle, and the willingness to pay more for green products mediate the relationship between the current ecological behavior and the intention to buy green products in the future in the analysis, it has been revealed that although demographic information’s are properly collected in almost every study, but still very small no of studies has studied these variables as moderators in their investigation. in terms of implications for students, this research, by integrating existing studies on the topic, provides a comprehensive theoretical framework, and, by highlighting aspects that are not adequately addressed in the existing literature, suggests directions for future research. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references amberg, n., & fogarassy, c. (2019). green consumer behavior in the cosmetics market. resources, 8(3), 137. https://doi.org/10.3390/resources8030137. astuti, r., deoranto, p., wicaksono, m. l. a., & nazzal, a. (2021, april). green marketing mix: an example of its influences on purchasing decision. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science. 733, 1, 012064. iop publishing. https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/733/1/012064. awan, u., kraslawski, a., & huiskonen, j. (2018). handbook of environmental materials management. handbook of environmental materials management. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58538-3. borah, p. s., dogbe, c. s. k., pomegbe, w. w. k., bamfo, b. a., & hornuvo, l. k. (2023). green market orientation, green innovation capability, green knowledge acquisition and green brand positioning as determinants of new product success. european journal of innovation management, 26(2), 364-385. https://doi.org/10.1108/ejim-09-2020-0345. cuc, l. d., pelau, c., szentesi, s. g., & sanda, g. (2022). the impact of green marketing on the consumers'intention to buy green products in the context of the green deal. amfiteatru economic, 24(60), 330-345. https://doi.org/10.24818/ea/2022/60/330. https://doi.org/10.3390/resources8030137 https://doi.org/10.1088/1755-1315/733/1/012064 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58538-3 https://doi.org/10.1108/ejim-09-2020-0345 https://doi.org/10.24818/ea/2022/60/330 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 83 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) dabija, d. c., bejan, b. m., & grant, d. b. (2018). the impact of consumer green behaviour on green loyalty among retail formats: a romanian case study. moravian geographical reports, 26(3), 173-185. https://doi.org/10.2478/mgr-2018-0014. dangelico, r. m., & vocalelli, d. (2017). “green marketing”: an analysis of definitions, strategy steps, and tools through a systematic review of the literature. journal of cleaner production, 165, 1263-1279. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.07.184. gurbuz, h. g., & tekinerdogan, b. (2018). model-based testing for software safety: a systematic mapping study. software quality journal, 26, 1327-1372. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11219-017-9386-2. kaur, b., gangwar, v. p., & dash, g. (2022). green marketing strategies, environmental attitude, and green buying intention: a multi-group analysis in an emerging economy context. sustainability, 14(10), 6107. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14106107. khan, e. a., royhan, p., rahman, m. a., rahman, m. m., & mostafa, a. (2019). the impact of enviropreneurial orientation on small firms’ business performance: the mediation of green marketing mix and eco-labeling strategies. sustainability, 12(1), 221. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12010221. khanra, s., dhir, a., islam, a. n., & mäntymäki, m. (2020). big data analytics in healthcare: a systematic literature review. enterprise information systems, 14(7), 878-912. https://doi.org/10.1080/17517575.2020.1812005. kumar, v., rahman, z., & kazmi, a. a. (2013). sustainability marketing strategy: an analysis of recent literature. global business review, 14(4), 601-625. https://doi.org/10.1177/0972150913501598. kumari, r., verma, r., debata, b. r., & ting, h. (2022). a systematic literature review on the enablers of green marketing adoption: consumer perspective. journal of cleaner production, 132852. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.132852. limbu, y. b., pham, l., & nguyen, t. t. t. (2022). predictors of green cosmetics purchase intentions among young female consumers in vietnam. sustainability, 14(19), 12599. https://doi.org/10.3390/su141912599. luckyardi, s., hurriyati, r., disman, d., & dirgantari, p. d. (2022). the influence of applying green marketing mix by chemical industries; vosviewer analysis. moroccan journal of chemistry, 10(1), 10-1. https://doi.org/10.48317/imist.prsm/morjchem-v10i1.31754. nguyen-viet, b. (2023). the impact of green marketing mix elements on green customer based brand equity in an emerging market. asia-pacific journal of business administration, 15(1), 96-116. https://doi.org/10.1108/apjba-08-2021-0398. patel, j., modi, a., & paul, j. (2017). pro-environmental behavior and socio-demographic factors in an emerging market. asian journal of business ethics, 6, 189-214. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13520-0160071-5. pradana, m., & kartawinata, b. r. (2020). indonesian private university students’ entrepreneurial intention. apmba (asia pacific management and business application), 9(2), 111-122. https://doi.org/10.21776/ub.apmba.2020.009.02.3. salman, d., tawfik, y., samy, m., & artal-tur, a. (2017). a new marketing mix model to rescue the hospitality industry: evidence from egypt after the arab spring. future business journal, 3(1), 47-69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fbj.2017.01.004. sukaatmadja, i. p. g. (2020). factor affecting competitive advantage of real estate developers in indonesia. journal of islamic marketing, 12(9), 1950-1969. https://doi.org/10.1108/jima-01-20200010. sun, y., li, t., & wang, s. (2022). “i buy green products for my benefits or yours”: understanding consumers' intention to purchase green products. asia pacific journal of marketing and logistics, 34(8), 1721-1739. https://doi.org/10.1108/apjml-04-2021-0244. tenhunen, s., männistö, t., luukkainen, m., & ihantola, p. (2023). a systematic literature review of capstone courses in software engineering. arxiv preprint arxiv:2301.03554. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2023.107191. van dinter, r., tekinerdogan, b., & catal, c. (2021). automation of systematic literature reviews: a https://doi.org/10.2478/mgr-2018-0014 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.07.184 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11219-017-9386-2 https://doi.org/10.3390/su14106107 https://doi.org/10.3390/su12010221 https://doi.org/10.1080/17517575.2020.1812005 https://doi.org/10.1177/0972150913501598 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.132852 https://doi.org/10.3390/su141912599 https://doi.org/10.48317/imist.prsm/morjchem-v10i1.31754 https://doi.org/10.1108/apjba-08-2021-0398 https://doi.org/10.1007/s13520-016-0071-5 https://doi.org/10.1007/s13520-016-0071-5 https://doi.org/10.21776/ub.apmba.2020.009.02.3 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fbj.2017.01.004 https://doi.org/10.1108/jima-01-2020-0010 https://doi.org/10.1108/jima-01-2020-0010 https://doi.org/10.1108/apjml-04-2021-0244 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2023.107191 84 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 75-84 sri lestari (green marketing and intention to buy green product: systematic literature review) systematic literature review. information and software technology, 136, 106589. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2021.106589. walia, s. b., kumar, h., & negi, n. (2019). consumers' attitude and purchase intention towards' green'products: a study of selected fmcgs. international journal of green economics, 13(3-4), 202217. https://doi.org/10.1504/ijge.2019.104507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.infsof.2021.106589 https://doi.org/10.1504/ijge.2019.104507 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.34 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 39 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders in rice farmers at karang tanjung village, karawang regency nana rahdiana1,*, sani suhardiman1, sukarman2 1industrial engineering department, university of buana perjuangan karawang, 41361, indonesia 2mechanical engineering department, university of buana perjuangan karawang, 41361, indonesia *corresponding author: nana.rahdiana@ubpkarawang.ac.id introduction the agricultural sector is vital to indonesia's economic development because it is an agriculturally based country (simanungkalit & sitepu, 2020). the agricultural sector is one type of work that has a high risk for workers (rekha & bajpai, 2016; kuta et al., 2015).the level of health and safety of farmers is determined by extreme environmental conditions and the method and use of technology in land management, which is still lagging behind other countries (chandra & prasetyo, 2016). health services for workers in the agricultural sector are currently not commensurate with the severity of their work. hence, workers are vulnerable to health problems such as musculoskeletal disorders (msds), especially workers who still use the traditional work system. recent incidents serve as a reminder of the dangers in the workplace. according to the latest ilo estimates, over 1.8 million people die at work in asia and the pacific each year. asia accounts for two-thirds of all work-related deaths worldwide. each year, more than 2.78 million people die due to workplace accidents or diseases around the world. in addition, there are approximately 374 million non-fatal work-related injuries and illnesses annually, which a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: november 2021 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 this study discussed musculoskeletal risk analysis related to ergonomics, occupational safety, and health in agriculture in the karawang district. musculoskeletal disorders (msds) are occupational diseases that cause pain in the joints. the working position of rice farmers, especially during planting rice seeds and harvesting rice, is not suitable for ergonomics. this study aims to identify the msds experienced by farmers in karang tanjung village, karawang district. the study used an analytical method using the nordic body map (nbm) and rula questionnaires to assess work posture. a sample of 30 workers was chosen for an observational cross-sectional study. the results showed that the ergonomic risk level entered level 4 in the high category. the most dominant msds felt by rice farmers in karang tanjung village were the waist (98%) and the neck (95%). this research was expected to serve as a model for future musculoskeletal risk reduction research. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords rice farmers ergonomic risk nordic body map rula musculoskeletal mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.34 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:nana.rahdiana@ubpkarawang.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 40 results in many work absenteeism (ilo, 2018). karawang was known as the "large of rice" not only in west java but also throughout indonesia from the colonial era until the 1980s. the majority of karawang's residents work as farmers, both as landowners and as labourers. the government has designated karawang as indonesia's largest rice-producing agricultural area due to its large area of rice fields (aditiya, 2020). the area of karawang regency is 1,752.27 km2 consisting of 30 sub-districts and 309 villages/kelurahan, 54% of the area is paddy fields or the agricultural sector (bps karawang, 2020). agricultural workers face a wide range of workplace safety and health issues, necessitating immediate research to address these concerns. traditional agriculture in indonesia is in poor ergonomic condition and is linked to a high rate of musculoskeletal symptoms. body posture analysis also shows a high risk from farmer activities (widyanti, 2018). several studies have concluded that work-related risk factors are the primary causes of skeletal muscle disorders. awkward and unnatural bodywork postures, excessive muscle systems, repetitive movements with high frequency, work for long periods, static muscle loading, mechanical contact pressure from tools or workpieces are all factors relevant to the work (yassierli et al., 2020). land preparation, sowing seeds, planting rice seeds, maintenance, fertilization, and harvesting are all activities that impact a rice farmer's working situation. a nonergonomic work position is commonly encountered by rice farmers, particularly while planting rice seeds and harvesting rice. figures 1 and 2 illustrate common working positions for rice farmers, particularly when planting rice seeds and harvesting rice has not been in an ergonomic position. figure 1. rice seed planting process figure 2. rice harvest process spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 41 several studies on musculoskeletal disorders (msds) were conducted by (chapman & meyers, 2001; kirk horn et al., 2010; mo-yeol et al., 2016; dianat et al., 2020; sombatsawat, 2019). in agricultural workers in the united states, chapman and meyers identified and prevented ergonomic injuries. injury and musculoskeletal disorders were found to be common. musculoskeletal disorders research in agriculture was conducted in korea. the results showed that farming is a tough job, with various health risks and musculoskeletal disorders (msds) being some of the most common. the wide range of agricultural jobs must be considered when attempting to prevent musculoskeletal injuries. as a result, agricultural ergonomics must deal with a wide range of issues while remaining adaptable in the long run. more efficient production processes, lower labour costs, lower injury and turnover absenteeism, lower medical and worker compensation spending, and lower costs associated with musculoskeletal injuries all result from paying attention to ergonomics (chapman & meyers, 2001). further research was also conducted by kirkhorn et al. (2010). the goal of the study was to see how likely agricultural workers were to develop ergonomic and musculoskeletal problems. the findings of the study provided an overview of agricultural ergonomics science and practise for agricultural stakeholders (kirkhorn et al., 2010). research with similar themes was also conducted by mo-yeol et al. (2016). musculoskeletal disorders research in agriculture was conducted in korea. the results showed that farming is a tough job, with various health risks and musculoskeletal disorders (msds) being some of the most common. data obtained from the survey of occupational diseases and injuries of korean farmers, who interviewed 16,113 farmers, identified risk factors for msds in the upper neck at 5.89%, lower neck at 19.62%, and back at 26.9%. msd risk increases significantly according to the number of years of farming (mo-yeol et al., 2016). research related to the theme of musculoskeletal disorders in agriculture was also carried out by sombatsawat (2019). the study was carried out in thailand's nakhon ratchasima province. the results showed that musculoskeletal injuries are a significant health problem for rice farmers in thailand. the study suggests that appropriate agricultural practices such as work posture, selection of equipment size and haul load should be recommended to prevent msds. research recommends improving workers' occupational health and safety services (sombatsawat, 2019). dianat et al. (2020) conducted a more detailed investigation related to the working posture, working conditions, and musculoskeletal of agricultural workers in iran. the results showed the overall value of musculoskeletal symptoms, especially in the lower back (75.1%), knees (62.1%), upper back (61.55%), and neck (59.9%). the average rula value of 6.7 means that most farmers in iran require urgent investigation and a change in their work posture (dianat et al., 2020). unlike previous research, this study applied ergonomics and musculoskeletal disorders risk analysis to traditional agricultural workers in karawang regency, west java, indonesia. this study aims to obtain preliminary ergonomic risk data related to the impact of musculoskeletal disorders on traditional farmers in the karawang regency. the research method was carried out using a nordic body map (nbm) and a rula questionnaire on 30 agricultural workers. this study uses age, gender, years of service (experience), work procedures, workload, duration, physical activity, body size, health status, and weight as input variables. the response variables in this study were musculoskeletal and fatigue, respectively. agricultural work posture and fatigue were chosen as the inverting variables. research method identification of parameters the research variables used in this study have been identified, such as variables (independent), intervening variables, and output/independent variables (responses). the input variable is a parameter that will affect the response variable and functions as a predictor. an intervening variable is a variable that affects the relationship between input and response variables in theory and can be observed and measured. the value of the input variable influences the value of the response variable. the input variables selected in this study were age, gender, years of service (experience), work procedures, workload, duration, physical activity, body size, health status, and weight. in this study, the intervening variables were work posture and fatigue. the complaining level of musculoskeletal disorders (msds) has been chosen as the response variable in this study. the relationship between the three variables is presented in figure 3. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 42 figure 3. framework questioner of nordic body map (nbm) an evaluation of the risk of skeletal muscle system complaints is carried out to determine whether a particular job has a risk of skeletal muscle disorders. this evaluation also aims to quantify how considerable the risk is. the tools are used to determine the level of ergonomic risk in msds of farmers using the nbm questionnaire. the nbm questionnaire matrix used is presented in table 1. table 1. nbm questionnaire matrix no type of complaint pain level * type of complaint no np lp p vp 0 pain/stiffness in the upper neck pain in left wrist 14 1 pain/stiffness in the lower neck pain in right wrist 15 2 pain in left shoulder pain in the fingers of the left hand 16 3 pain in right shoulder pain in the fingers of the right hand 17 4 pain in left upper arm pain in left thigh 18 5 pain in the back pain in right thigh 19 6 pain in right upper arm pain in left knee 20 7 pain in the waist pain in right knee 21 8 pain in the buttocks pain in left calf 22 9 pain in the ass pain in right calf 23 10 pain in left elbow pain in left ankle 24 11 pain in right elbow pain in right ankle 25 12 pain in left forearm pain in left toe 26 13 pain in right forearm pain in right toe 27 *pain level: np=no pain (score 1), lp=little pain (score 2), p= pain (score 3), vp=very pain (score 4) the rula worksheet the angle formed by the wrist corresponds to the process of cutting rice stalks, which involves adjusting the swing movement of the cutting tool (scythe), specifically the position of the wrist, which forms a +/15° angle. if held in this position for an extended period of time, it can cause msds and increase the risk of carpal tunnel syndrome, an occupational disease (cts). the work posture levels were analyzed at a rate of 98 percent and 95 percent, respectively. table 2. recommended action recommendations rula worksheet (mcatamney, 1993). risk level final score risk category action category 1 1-2 minimum acceptable 2 3-4 small investigate further 3 5-6 medium investigate further and change soon 4 7 high investigate and change immediately spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 43 the data analysis method the science of ergonomics aims to find a fit between workers and working conditions, to ensure workers are not injured, safe, comfortable, and productive, which is affected by baron et al. (2001). the analysis data statistics were tested and were conducted with univariate and bivariate tests (rahdiana, 2017). this study used univariate and bivariate analysis. the univariate analysis describes the data set in the form of frequency, the value with the highest frequency, the minimum value, and the maximum value of the research variables. bivariate analysis was used to analyze the relationship between the communication ability variable. analysis data of univariate and bivariate results has been performed by using statistical software. the confidential level was set at 5%, which means that the p-value of variable input less than 5% has a significant impact on the variable response (sukarman et al., 2020; budianto et al., 2020). results and discussion analysis of nordic body map (nbm) identification of the muscle parts of the body that experience complaints were identified using table 1. the nordic body map (nbm) questionnaire data for 30 respondents was presented in table 3. table 3 shows the distribution of msds from 30 respondents. the most significant type of complaint, "very sick", from the table above, was a pain in the waist with 93% and pain/stiffness in the upper neck with 80%. table 2 shows the distribution of msds among 30 respondents. it is still difficult to tell which muscles in which body parts cause the most problems. table 2 shows that "very sick" was the most common type of complaint, followed by "waist pain" (93 percent) and "pain/stiffness in the upper neck" (80 percent). furthermore, by adding all of the nordic body map scores from each body's muscle parts for 30 respondents, data for 10 of the body's muscles with the highest msds can be obtained. figure 3 showed the data of msds in worker farmer in karawang regency. figure 4. the figure represents the top ten body parts in terms of msds. the highest level of msds was found in the muscles of the waist by 98%, upper neck by 95%, left shoulder by 68%, lower neck by 67%, buttocks by 65%, right shoulder by 64%, right wrist by 64 %, 63% back, 63% left elbow, and 61% right forearm. from figure 5, it can be seen that the most significant percentage or the highest pain intensity is the upper waist and neck. the data obtained of working postures of farmers who are carrying out the rice harvesting process is carried out using a capture technique, where the angle measurement of certain body parts of farmers is measured through image/photo media using the angulus for android application, the results can be spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 44 seen in the following figure 5. table 3. percentage of msds of farmers in karang tanjung village no type of complaint pain level total no pain little pain pain very pain ∑ % ∑ % ∑ % ∑ % ∑ % 0 pain/stiffness in the upper neck 0 0 0 0 6 20 24 80 30 100 1 pain/stiffness in the lower neck 0 0 15 50 10 33 5 17 30 100 2 pain in left shoulder 2 7 12 40 9 30 7 23 30 100 3 pain in right shoulder 1 3 13 43 14 47 2 7 30 100 4 pain in left upper arm 9 30 15 50 4 13 2 7 30 100 5 pain in the back 2 7 14 47 11 37 3 10 30 100 6 pain in right upper arm 5 17 15 50 9 30 1 3 30 100 7 pain in the waist 0 0 0 0 2 7 28 93 30 100 8 pain in the buttocks 1 3 14 47 11 37 4 13 30 100 9 pain in the ass 10 33 13 43 5 17 2 7 30 100 10 pain in left elbow 1 3 17 57 8 27 4 13 30 100 11 pain in right elbow 5 17 21 70 3 10 1 3 30 100 12 pain in left forearm 2 7 16 53 12 40 0 0 30 100 13 pain in right forearm 2 7 14 47 13 43 1 3 30 100 14 pain in left wrist 2 7 15 50 11 37 2 7 30 100 15 pain in right wrist 2 7 15 50 7 23 6 20 30 100 16 pain in the fingers of the left hand 6 20 21 70 3 10 0 0 30 100 17 pain in the fingers of the right hand 3 10 22 73 4 13 1 3 30 100 18 pain in left thigh 6 20 19 63 5 17 0 0 30 100 19 pain in right thigh 7 23 18 60 5 17 0 0 30 100 20 pain in left knee 1 3 22 73 6 20 1 3 30 100 21 pain in right knee 3 10 21 70 5 17 1 3 30 100 22 pain in left calf 10 33 13 43 7 23 0 0 30 100 23 pain in right calf 9 30 13 43 8 27 0 0 30 100 24 pain in left ankle 9 30 18 60 3 10 0 0 30 100 25 pain in right ankle 10 33 17 57 3 10 0 0 30 100 26 pain in left toe 17 57 11 37 2 7 0 0 30 100 27 pain in right toe 18 60 11 37 1 3 0 0 30 100 figure 5. work posture of farmers during the rice harvesting process with a traditional sickle analysis rula worksheet and nbm questioner assessment of body posture on the working posture of farmers during the rice harvesting process with the traditional sickle can be calculated with the help of the rula assessment worksheet. figure 6 presented the rula employee assessment worksheets. based on the results of the rula analysis, the work posture of farmers during the rice harvesting process with the traditional sickle tool has a score of 7. the working posture is high risk (category level 4), and it needs immediate action/improvement. based on the results of observations and interviews, it can be stated that the rice harvesting process using the traditional sickle is not easne (effective, safe, healthy, comfortable, and efficient). the most dominant causes are the factors of work tools, methods, and humans/farmers themselves (rahdiana et al., 2021). according to the nordic body map and rula analyses, agricultural work has a very high risk of ergonomics and msds, especially when exposed to spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 45 the waist and neck muscles. with risk farmers using the rula assessment worksheet on the rice harvesting process, they found a final score of 7 based on the risk level category table (tarwaka, 2015). in the rula worksheet, a score of 7 means high risk. corrective action must be taken immediately or now. in the rice harvesting process, the farmer's working posture is in the neck position, forming an angle of > 20°, and even an extension process occurs. the standard or natural position of the neck is to form an angle that is not greater than 10° so that there is no pressure on the cervical disc. the neck position that is lowered by > 20° and maintained for approximately 10 seconds, approximately two times per minute, is an awkward posture in the neck position. the position is perpendicular to the head or in a neutral position. the pressure experienced by the cervical spine is 4.5 kg–6.8 kg, and it is the best and most efficient position (wibawa & ardi, 2019). figure 6. results of farmer work posture analysis using rula assessment worksheet the back posture of rice farmers in this process forms an angle greater than 60°. it happened because farmers had to bend down to carry out the harvest process using a sickle. the risk of low back pain is very high, especially when a body movement is rotated at an angle of 0°–65°. it happened because farmers had to store their crops and their body position. the risk of low back pain increases by 15% when the back is flexed (wibawa & ardi, 2019). the extreme posture of the back can cause stretching of the lumbar and abdominal muscles, resulting in spinal compression. leg posture in this harvesting process is relatively high-risk because farmers must bend their legs by 30o to 60o. when the leg must be bent, there is a correction factor of +1 in the rula analysis. this position adds weight to the pressure on the feet. good posture for the feet means workers do their work in an upright position or a sitting position. the position of the upper arm in the rice harvesting process shows an awkward posture because it forms an angle of 45°–90°. the farmer's upper hand must move away from the farmer's body when doing work. based on the rula method, this position poses a greater risk to the upper arm because the more significant the angle formed, the further the hand's position will be from the body, and it is a risky position. the cutting rice stalks and storing rice stalks next to the farmer's standing position. the forearm posture forms an angle of 0°–60° with a move across the line in the middle of the body or out to the side. this condition also contributed to the increase in the rula score. the angle formed by the wrist is in line with the process of cutting rice stalks, adjusting the swing movement of the cutting tool (scythe), namely the position of the wrist that forms an angle of +/-15°. if spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 46 held like this, it can cause a person to get msds and, if done for a long time, can lead to the risk of an occupational disease called carpal tunnel syndrome (cts). for the analysis of the work posture levels, 98 per cent and 95 per cent were reached, respectively. the statistical data analysis the results of a bivariate analysis of age, gender, body mass index, length of work, work period, and msds of farmers in karang tanjung village are presented in table 4. the univariate test resulted in the finding that, at the age of > 35 years, the frequency was 17 people (56.7%), and at the age of 35 years, there were 13 people (43.3%). based on gender, there were 11 men (70.0%) and nine women (30.0%). the body mass index (bmi) is the ratio between body weight and height squared (rahdiana, 2019). the findings revealed three bmi categories: a thin category of 6 people (20.0%), a standard category of 22 people (73.3%), and an obese category of 2 people (6.7 per cent). then there are two categories in terms of work length: > 8 hours for as many as 20 people (66.7 per cent) and 8 hours for as few as ten people (33.3 per cent). for the working period, there are three categories, namely > 10 years, as many as 14 people (46.7%), 5-10 years, as many as ten people (33.3%), and five years, as many as six people (20.0%). furthermore, to be able to know and assess in more detail the complaints of musculoskeletal disorders and the level of ergonomic risk (skeletal muscle risk) experienced by farmers, especially after work, using nordic body map (nbm) data processing results, as many as eight people (26, 7%) with a high level of complaints, as many as 20 people (66.7%) with a moderate level of complaints, and as many as two people (6.7%) with a low level of complaints. in the bivariate test, statistical tests were carried out in a chi-square test with spss 19; the results were obtained using a p-value. a p-value less than 5% means the input variable significantly influences the variable input. the age variable has a p-value of about 4.8% means there was a significant relationship between age and msds. although the p-value is almost close to 5%, the level of the correlation is weak. respondents who experienced msds with a high-risk level (41.2%) and a moderate risk level (58.8%) were respondents aged >35 years. in contrast, for respondents aged <35 years, respectively, the risk level for msds was 7.7% high risk, 76.9% moderate risk, and 15.4% low risk. the data shows that farming at the age of >35 years tends to have a high risk of msds and does not rule out the possibility of being very high. these results confirmed with previously research by dianat et al. (2020). the gender variable has a p-value of about 55.1%. it means that there was no relationship between gender and msds. the composition of the level of complaints of male and female respondents is the same in comparison. for male respondents, the risk level for msds is 28.6% high risk, 61.9% moderate risk, and 9.5% low risk. meanwhile, for female respondents, the risk level for msds is 22.2% high risk and 77.8% moderate risk. the body mass index variable was not a significant parameter of msds responses. the p-value of the body mass index was about 49.2%. the composition of respondents' complaints with a "thin" and "fat" body mass index had the same level of msds risk, namely 50% high risk and 50% moderate risk. in comparison, respondents with a "normal" body mass index had 72.7% complaints of moderate risk msds. the length of work and the working period have p-values of 35% and 27.7%, respectively. both input variables have a p-value of more than 5%. there was no relationship between the length of work and years of service with msds. the majority of respondents experienced moderate levels of msds. thus, farmers' length of work and tenure were stated to not correlate with the level of msds; all conditions have the same risk. according to the findings, individual factors influencing the incidence of msds include age, gender, body mass index, length of work, and years of service. most of the respondents aged > 35 years old who experienced msds had a high-risk level (41.2%) and a moderate risk level (58.8%). these findings showed that the older a person gets, the higher his or her risk of msds becomes. it occurs due to bone degeneration, which begins around the age of 35 and reduces bone elasticity, raising the risk of musculoskeletal problems. other factors did not correlate with msds, implying everyone was at the same risk level. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 47 table 4. the results of bivariate analysis of age, gender, body mass index, length of work, work period, and level of msds. variable complaint level p-value very high high medium low n % n % n % n % age <35 year old >35 year old 1 7 7.7 41.2 10 10 76.9 58.8 2 15.4 0.048 gender man woman 6 2 28.6 22.2 13 7 61.9 77.8 2 9.5 0.551 body mass index thin normal fat 3 4 1 50.0 18.2 50.0 3 16 1 50.0 72.7 50.0 2 9.1 0.492 work length <8 hour/day >8 hour/day 4 4 40.0 20.0 6 14 60.0 70.0 2 10.0 0.350 work period <5 years 6-10 years >10 years 1 6 1 16.7 42.9 10.0 4 8 8 66.6 57.1 80.0 1 1 16.7 10.0 0.277 conclusion the rice planting and harvesting process is at risk of falling into the level 4 category in terms of ergonomics. according to the rula (rapid upper limb assessment) method analysis, the high category with recommendations for an investigation and change immediately. gender, bmi, length of employment, and tenure have no bearing on msd levels. the waist and the neck have a percentage of msds of 98 % and 95%, respectively. these were the body parts subjected to a high level of ergonomic risk. traditional agriculture workers were advised to improve work procedures and tools before the situation worsened to reduce long-term risks.several factors, including job demands, socio-cultural factors, workplace characteristics, and environmental factors, cause or exacerbate work-related disorders, according to who (1985). otherwise, musculoskeletal problems such as awkward posture, prolonged standing, kneeling, slouching, and repetitive muscle activity occur in most cases of agricultural work due to the physical demands on the body. fatigue, illness, and accidents will inevitably result from this posture. workers' lack of knowledge of agricultural health and safety puts them in the most dangerous situations. this study included agricultural activities in the occupational group with the highest risk of musculoskeletal disorders (msds). when combined with tool design and related educational interventions, these ergonomic considerations effectively prevent msd problems. the study's conclusion emphasizes the importance of ergonomic hand tool design as a form of intervention. references aditiya, i. m. (2020). karawang, lumbung padi yang jadi kawasan industri terkemuka. https://www.goodnewsfromindonesia.id/. goodnewsfromindonesia.id/2020/11/25/karawanglumbung-padi-yang-jadi-kawasan-industri-terkemuka baron, s., estill, c. f., steege, a., & lalich, n. (2001). simple solutions, ergonomics for farm workers. niosh. bps karawang. (2020). kabupaten karawang dalam angka 2020. chandra, y. h., & prasetyo, r. e. (2016). hubungan posisi ergonomi petani dengan nyeri pinggang di desa karang tengah kabupaten jember. jurnal kesehatan dr. soebandi, 5(1), 365–372. chapman, l., & meyers, j. (2001). ergonomics and musculoskeletal injuries in agriculture: recognizing and preventing the industry’s most widespread health and safety problem. research gate, 34(1), 1–13. budianto, a., sukarman, s., jumawan, s. b., & abdulah, a. (2020). optimasi respon tunggal pada spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 39-48 ergonomic risk and musculoskeletal disorders…(rahdiana et. al.) 48 proses texturing benang dty-150d / 96f menggunakan metode taguchi single response optimization of dty-150d / 96f yarn texturing process using taguchi method. arena tekstil, 35(2), 77–86. dianat, i., afshari, d., sarmasti, n., sangdeh, m. s., & azaddel, r. (2020). work posture, working conditions and musculoskeletal outcomes in agricultural workers. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 77(1), 1–9. ilo. (2018). menuju budaya pencegahan keselamatan dan kesehatan kerja yang lebih kuat di indonesia. ilo.org. https://www.ilo.org/jakarta/info/public/pr/wcms_616368/lang--en/index.htm kirkhorn, s. r., richardson, g. e., & banks, r. j. (2010). ergonomic risks and musculoskeletal disorders in production agriculture: recommendations for effective research to practice. journal of agromedicine, 15(1), 281–299. kuta, l., ciez, j., & mlotek, m. (2015). musculoskeletal load assessment of farmers during selected agricultural works. procedia manufacturing, 3(1), 1696–1703. mo-yeol, k., myeong-jun, l., hweemin, c., dong-hee, s., kan-woo, y., & sang-hyuk, i. (2016). musculoskeletal disorders and agricultural risk factors among korean farmers. journal of agromedicine, 1–40. naeini, h. s., karuppiah, k., tamrin, s. b., & dalal, k. (2014). ergonomics in agriculture: an approach in prevention of work-related musculoskeletal disorders (wmsds). journal of agriculture and environmental sciences, 3(2), 33–51. rahdiana, n. (2017). identifikasi risiko ergonomi operator mesin potong guillotine dengan metode nordic body map (studi kasus di pt. xzy). industryxplore, 2(1), 1–12. rahdiana, n. (2019). ergonomi analisis perancangan kerja (pertama). ftik ubp karawang. rahdiana, n., majid, f., & astuti, a. (2021). perancangan alat pemanen padi ergonomis untuk meningkatkan efisiensi proses panen dengan pendekatan antropometri dan reverse engineering. tekmapro : journal of industrial engineering and management, 16(02), 108–118. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.33005/tekmapro.v16i2.271 rekha, v., & bajpai, n. (2016). ergonomics in agriculture: an approach to quality life of farm communities. current advances in agricultural sciences, 8(1), 92–95. simanungkalit, j. n., & sitepu, y. r. b. (2020). bahaya ergonomi dan gangguan muskuloskeletal pada petani kebun teh. jurnal penelitian perawat profesional, 2(4), 483–494. sombatsawat, e. (2019). musculoskeletal disorders among rice farmers in phimai district, nakhon ratchasimaprovince, thailand. journal of health research, 33(6), 494–503. sukarman, s., abdulah, a., jatira, j., rajab, d. a., anwar, c., rohman, r., aminanda, y., & akbar, m. a. (2020). optimization of tensile-shear strength in the dissimilar joint of zn-coated steel and low carbon steel. 3(3), 115–125. tarwaka. (2015). ergonomi industri, dasar-dasar pengetahuan ergonomi dan aplikasi di tempat kerja (edisi ii). harapan press. wibawa, m. g., & ardi, s. z. (2019). analisis risiko ergonomi pada petani karet di desa beringin jaya way tuba kabupaten way kanan lampung. eprints, 1–12. widyanti, a. (2018). ergonomic checkpoint in agriculture, postural analysis, and prevalence of work musculoskeletal symptoms among indonesian farmers: road to safety and health in agriculture. jurnal teknik industri, 20(1), 1–10. yassierli, p., g. b., pujiartati, d. a., & yamin, p. a. r. (2020). ergonomi industri. cetakan pertama, bandung: penerbit pt. remaja rosdakarya. uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.13 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 101 network performance optimization using odd and even dual interleaving routing algorithm for oil and gas pipeline network m. y. lee1, a. s. azman2, s.k. subramaniam3,*, f. s. feroz4 1,2fakulti kejuruteraan elektonik dan kejuruteraan komputer, universiti teknikal malaysia melaka (utem), durian tunggal, melaka, 76100, malaysia. 3advance sensors & embedded controls system (asecs), centre for telecommunication research & innovation (cetri), fakulti kejuruteraan elektonik dan kejuruteraan komputer, universiti teknikal malaysia melaka (utem), durian tunggal, melaka, malaysia. 4centre of advanced computing technology (c-act), fakulti kejuruteraan elektronik dan kejuruteraan komputer, universiti teknikal malaysia melaka (utem), malaysia. *corresponding author: siva@utem.edu.my introduction the oil and gas sector is divided into three main parts, namely upstream, midstream, and downstream, which are required to obtain commercial products as shown in figure. 1. the process often begins with industry discovery and field development in the upstream sector, where all crude oil exploration and extraction are carried out. using trucks, tanker vessels, or pipelines, raw materials are transported to the next station through the midstream, which plays an active role in the storage of crude a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: august 2020 revised : september 2021 accepted: september 2021 the oil and gas industry is one of the world’s largest conglomerates, involving the production of complicated and critical methods for refining. this indicates the high necessity for a secure and reliable system, such as the wireless sensor network (wsn), which provides auspicious and flexible solutions for the industry. it is one of the most excellent and trendy solutions to the crisis existing within the oil and gas industry, especially in the midstream pipeline. in this application, the nodes were arranged in a linear architecture, to cover a long distance of the pipe. the factors causing the degradation of the overall network performance with increasing density were also identified, due to the increment of the load causing clogging and inhabiting the packet queue. this subsequently led to packet loss, throughput unfairness, higher power consumption, and passive nodes’ presence in the network. the proposed routing protocol (aodveo) was also reactive based on the aodv reducing the instabilities by splitting the traffic into even and odd paths. additionally, the performances of aodv and dsdv were used to benchmark the efficacy of the proposed routing protocol. this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords wireless sensor network linear oil and gas pipeline mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.13 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:siva@utem.edu.my http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 102 oil before transmission to the downstream. in this sector, the transported materials are then refined and commercialized. various methods are also observed for the transportation of raw materials, such as truck or ship utilization. however, pipeline transportation is found to be a cost-effective and more pragmatic mode of transportation (abbas et al., 2018; muller, 2017). despite being a popular transportation choice, issues such as leakage, corrosion, and sabotage still occurred, leading to the unexpected disasters responsible for the destruction of the economy, workers, and nature. on january 10, 2018, the star reported that petronas, the only administrator of malaysia’s oil reserves and third-largest exporter of global liquefied natural gas after qatar and australia, confirmed a leakage at the long luping section of the sabah-sarawak pipeline in lawas. this showed that the 600 km oil and gas facility connecting kimanis (sabah) to bintulu (northern sarawak) had a leakage at 1.45 am, which led to a devastating explosion (“gas leak at petronas sabah-sarawak pipeline in lawas the star online,” 2018). another explosion was also reported on january 13, 2020, serving as the fourth occurrence to be recorded since june 11, 2014, along the same pipeline (“another explosion along sarawak-sabah interstate gas pipeline _ the star,” 2020). figure 1. overview of upstream, midstream, and downstream. on april 12, 2019, the straits time reported an explosion at petronas oil and gas complex, where two local workers and more than ten houses in kampung lepau were badly injured and damaged, respectively (“explosion at petronas oil and gas complex in johor injures two, damages houses, se asia news & top stories the straits times,” 2019). these reports proved that the remote pipeline integrity monitoring system was essential to avoid any unforeseen disaster. introduction to wireless sensor network wireless sensor network(wsn) has recently prevailed in the mobile tracking of pipeline health, due to its usability and cost-effectiveness (ali, s., qaisar, s., saeed, h., khan, m., naeem, m., & anpalagan, 2015; raza et al., 2018). this is a collection of sensors with the ability to sense, process, and communicate, subsequently forming a network for monitoring the physical world (w. z. khan, aalsalem, gharibi, & arshad, 2017). it has also been implemented in both sensor-integrated ground and underwater pipelines, to detect any form of unwanted irregularities (abbas, bakar, ayaz, mohamed, & tariq, 2017; aldosari, elfouly, ammar, & alsulami, 2020; felemban, shaikh, qureshi, sheikh, & qaisar, 2015; watt, phillips, campbell, wells, & hole, 2019). furthermore, the network topology is one of the techniques used to differentiate several types of sensors, due to being a node placement architecture. this is divided into two main structures, namely linear and spread-out topologies. based on covering hundreds/thousands of kilometres, the nodes of the midstream pipeline are often positioned in the linear topology (“malaysia oil and gas midstream market | growth, trends, and forecasts (2020 2025),” 2016). subsequently, the classification of the networks is separated into a one-tier flat and multi-tier hierarchical topology, as shown in figs. 2 and 3, respectively. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 103 figure 2. flat one-tier topology. hierarchical topology often involves the communication of a cluster head and the nodes, with the generated information being forwarded to a higher level, as shown in figure 3. figure 3. hierarchical topology. wireless standards also significantly affect network efficiency or result, depending on the utilized application. in a real linear topology scale, the two criteria with implementational capabilities are as follows, (1) the ieee 802.11, which contains the individual modules used to communicate with the wireless transmission serving a stationary or mobile terminal collection (s. m. khan, nilavalan, & sallama, 2015), and (2) the ieee 802.15.04, which is known as a low-rate private area wireless network. based on this condition, the ieee 802.11 was selected due to the tremendous data rate, compared to the ieee 802.15.04. a brief comparison is subsequently displayed in table 1. challenges and limitations of conventional routing protocols based on the preliminary stage of the study, several analyses were carried out on the existing conventional protocols, to identify their challenges and limitations. in this condition, multi-hop was used as the data transmission technique, where the sender node transferred the information to the receiver (yao, cao, vasilakos, & member, 2014). however, some problems were observed as the number of nodes increased, such as (1) energy consumption, (2) communication reliability, (3) network scalability, (4) robustness, and (5) security. according to a. khan et al. (2019), the lifetime of a network was a crucial factor affecting restricted power supply in linear wsn topology, where a massive amount of energy was needed for data transmission in a large-scale system. although the idea of preparing backup power was applicable, it was still unsuitable in underground or underwater nodes. in the oil and gas field, a secure contact network is highly needed, as the nodes are expected to obtain and transmit the data or signal to the destination when an anomaly is observed. this needs to be carried out within a specified amount of time, as failure often leads to a catastrophic accident. subsequently, these data were crucial for monitoring the pipeline’s health, to avoid extra costs. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 104 table 1. comparison of ieee 802.11 and ieee802.15 parameter wifi zigbee wirelesshart z-wave ieee standard 802.11a/b/g/n/ac 802.15.04 802.15.04 802.15.04 operational frequency 5ghz(a,ac)/2.4ghz(b,g)/2.4ghz5ghz(n) 2.4ghz 2.4ghz 2.4ghz nodes per master 2007 >65000 500 232 range 100meters(a,b,g)/250meters(n) 1600 meters 250 meters 100 meters date rate 11mbps(b)/54mbps(a,g)/450mbps(a ,c)600mbps(n) 250kbps 250kbps 250kbps battery life/cost days-weeks/high monthsyears/low monthsyears/low monthsyears/low the scalability of a network often leads to the achievement of a stable performance without being affected by the nodes. this explains that when the network expands, the number of nodes being deployed is increased. in this condition, more data and traffic are then generated and created, respectively. however, the network and its performance become overcrowded and degraded. this confirms that the scalability of the system is affected by the following, (1) network capacity, (2) queue threshold, and (3) range of source node to the destination. based on robustness and security, the flexibility level of the network is determined by the management of massive data, intrusion, or malicious attack volumes, respectively. since the nodes are implemented to decrease human interference, unauthorized personnel are likely to attack the system towards the obstruction of data collection, by triggering a false alarm or manipulating the packets (w. z. khan, hossain, aalsalem, saad, & atiquzzaman, 2016). additionally, a routing protocol is deemed decent based on the adaptability and delivery of optimum performance within the network. related work at the beginning of the studies, several performance issues were mostly observed due to the increasing number of nodes. in this condition, the deprivation of delivery ratio, throughput, and the high energy consumption are reflected in the network layer (routing layer) performances. this revealed that many experts were attracted to routing, to improve the overall network performance. it. is also known as a high-level decision-making mechanism, where information is transferred from the source to destination nodes through an inter-network containing one or more transitional structures (radhakrishnan et al., 2016). moreover, the efficiency of routing protocols is typically calculated from the link reliability perspective among the nodes, disconnection, and restoration of connections, which is an essential operation where approximately all data packets are likely to be missed. in this case, the three most popular protocols are reactive, proactive, and hybrid systems. the reactive routing protocols use an on-demand approach for discovering paths (kaur & singh kahlon, 2014), indicating that the routes are dynamically changing based on the present network conditions (mohammed, 2019). when the network’s status is not continuously monitored or updated, the flooded messages and route tables are minimized (goswami s, joardar s, das c b, kar s, 2017). however, the path discovery process is found to continuously occur, causing more time to establish the connection, which leads to increased end-toend delay. the ad-hoc on-demand distance vector (aodv) is also an example of a reactive routing protocol, which uses rreq (route request), rrep (route reply), and rrer (route error) for route management (govindasamy & punniakody, 2018; xin & yang, 2015). in this condition, rreq and rrep are used as broadcast and acknowledgement packets, respectively. meanwhile, rerr is transferred to the source node during the link interruption. the verifies the systematic restart of the route detection process when some data are still observed for transmission (govindasamy & punniakody, 2018). according to proactive routing protocols (table-driven protocols), the update of the table was regularly carried out, with information such as the hop, sequence numbers, hop figure, and destination, being made permanent by occasionally transmitting control messages between all network nodes (hamid & el mokhtar, 2016; pandey, raina, & rao, 2015). these have a more rapid route establishment, spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 105 subsequently verifying consistent path availability. since the routes are continuously updated, the will delay is outrightly minimized, with network traffic being more constant (mohammed, 2019). on the downside, the network is flooded with routing information (control packets and routing overhead), as congestion is observed due to the frequent table updates consuming all the systematic resources. moreover, the dsdv (destination sequence distance vector) is an example of a proactive routing protocol, where each node is needed to transfer a sequence number that is periodically increased and transmitted to all neighbouring structures with other updates (chavan, kurule, & dere, 2016; singh & verma, 2015). the hybrid routing protocol is a combination of proactive and reactive systems, due to their utilization advantages. this obtains correct path information to determine the optimum direction of the target node, by updating routing information when needed. it is also generally known as the combination of dsdv and link state routing (lsr), optimized for rapid integration with lower power and memory consumption. therefore, network traffic should be denser regarding the number of nodes, irrespective of the routing protocol selected for implementation. this relationship occurred due to the increment of both control and data packets congesting the traffic of the system. all the nodes were also considered as sources in reallife deployment, with data being simultaneously transmitted. from each node, the sum of transmitted data is shown in equation. (1). np=(cpi+dpi )+ ∑ (cpj+dpj)≤ ifqlen (1) j=i+1 where, x = n − (2) where np = the total packets of the network constricted by the ifq length limit, n = the number of nodes, cpi and dpi = the sum of control and data packets for node i, respectively, with the condition 1 ≤ i ≤ x, as well as cpj and dpj = the control and data packets for the adjacent nodes j, respectively. based on eq. (1), the generated total packets increased with higher overall node quantities, leading to several network performance issues. this led to the proposition of the ad hoc on-demand distance vector even and odd (aodveo) routing protocol. ad hoc on-demand distance vector even and odd (aodveo) the aodveo routing algorithm was mostly developed based on the aodv system. this was not in line with the conventional aodv algorithm, which determines its path by selecting the shortest and freshest route (van glabbeek, höfner, portmann, & tan, 2016). the aodveo system also establishes its path based on even and odd paths, as shown in fig. 4. furthermore, it is designed to deliver improved results regarding the overall network performance for linear topology, compared to the conventional routing algorithm. different from the standard practice, aodveo also separates the route into even and odd traffic (figure. 4), for the reduction of congestion. when an odd/even node transfers the rreq to its surroundings, only the compatible systems are eligible for acceptance and continuous transmission. this process is then prolonged until the rreq is dropped when arriving at its destination node. once dropped, the destination node transmits rrep in a reverse direction, where collection at the source structure leads to the transmission of the data packet through the established route. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 106 figure 4. aodveo routing algorithm figure 5 shows the forward transmission of the rreq packet to the neighbouring nodes, e2 and o2, through the odd-numbered source (on). since e2 is an even-numbered node, the transmitted packet was rejected and dropped. meanwhile, the packet was acknowledged in o2 and transmitted to the subsequent hop, due to the oddness of the node. this process was continuously conducted until rreq reached nd, with the packet interchange procedure subsequently carried out by discarding rreq and forwarding rrep in the opposite direction to the source. figure 5. aodveo even and odd path. a queue limit is a simple mechanism for controlling the bidirectional packet movement within every network node. this is observed in the aodveo system, although the dual-path (even and odd) approach lessens the routing overhead by half, subsequently ensuring better network traffic. in the system, the total packets accumulated for even and odd nodes are shown in eqs. (3) and (4), respectively. x npe=(cpei+dpei)+ ∑ (cpej+dpej)≤ ifqlen (3) j=i+1 npe = the even packet queues for the x nodes in the network, cpei and dpei = the sum of overall control and data packets for node i, where 1 ≤ i ≤ x, as well as cpej and dpej = the control and data packets for the neighbouring nodes j, where i ≤ j ≤ n. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 107 x npo=(cpoi+dpoi)+ ∑ (cpoj+dpoj)≤ ifqlen (4) j=i+1 npo = the odd packet queues for x nodes in the network, cpoi and dpoi = the sum of overall control and data packets for node i, with the restriction of 1≤ i ≤ x, as well as cpoj and dpoj = the control and data packets for the neighbouring nodes j, where i ≤ j ≤ x. furthermore, the accepted data at the destination node is shown in eq. (5), where the packages (data and control packets) arriving with a queue length more than ifqlen were oddly and evenly dropped from the network. tnp = npe + npo (5) tnp = the packets accumulated in the network, as well as npe and npo = the total numbers of packets available in the even and odd traffics (eqs. 3 and 4). in this condition, the limitation of ifqlen was found to bound the equations, with simulations carried out using the proposed aodveo, aodv, and dsdv routing protocols. this was conducted in a specified environment and condition, to validate the results of splitting the traffic into two paths. research method the simulation was conducted using aodv, dsdv, and aodveo, through the network simulator 2.35. in this condition, only the best five of the seven runs (seven seeds) were selected and averaged, with the spacing (d) and time (t) being 50 m and 500 s, respectively. moreover, the transport agent and traffic type applied were the transmission control protocol (tcp) and constant bit rate (cbr), respectively. the size of the executed packet was also 512 bytes, with the transfer rate being two packets/secs, as shown in table 2. table 2. simulation parameters. parameters value mac ieee 802.111 routing protocols aodv, dsdv, aodveo topology linear number of nodes 20,40,60,80,100,120,140,160,180,200 packet size 512 bytes seed 1-20 interface queue type drop tail packet queue length 50 packet propagation mode two ray ground simulation time 500 seconds results and discussion delivery ratio this is the correlation between the successfully obtained and total transferred packets, due to being an important performance measure for the reliability of a specific network. since most implementations were data-critical in the oil and gas sector, all the lost information values were found to be highly enormous to the industry. in this condition, the lower delivery ratio indicated more network packet loss. based on fig. 6, the packet distribution ratio decreases with an increase in the network size, clarifying that the delivery ratios of aodv and aodveo were almost identical at a smaller scale of 20-40 nodes, with dsdv being slightly higher. in the deployment of 80 nodes, the aodveo routing protocol significantly surpassed aodv and dsdv by 15 and 11%, respectively. this revealed that the proposed protocol (aodveo) was more efficient in preserving the packet transferred to the target node, compared to aodv and dsdv. additionally, the packet queue was minimized by separating the traffic into two distinct routes, leading to the elimination and accomplishment of congestion and more data flow, respectively. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 108 figure 6. delivery ratio (%) vs the number of nodes. throughput this is defined by the rate of the received data (from the packet) transferred from the source to the destination nodes (kbps) within the network. based on a consumer’s perspective, throughput is more important when highly compared to the delivery ratio within the available resources, indicating a more significant system capacity. however, the delivery ratio is more critical from the designer’s perspective, due to determining the problems causing low network throughput. in this report, aodveo outperformed both aodv and dsdv from a small to large-scale network size of 20-200 nodes, regarding the analysis of throughput (fig. 7). this showed that aodveo highly delivered 8.82 and 12.17 kpbs at 20 and 200 nodes, respectively, compared to dsdv. in fig. 6, the throughput trend was also a reflection of the packet delivery ratio (fig. 5), where the source node attempted to re-transmit the data based on the loss of information. this led to a lower distribution of delivery ratio and successfully received data, with the throughput subsequently affected severely. figure 7. throughput vs the number of nodes. ehnergy consumption energy consumption is measured in joule (j) and described as the overall network power utilized over the total received packet. this is because energy management is an essential wireless parameter in linear topology, with a communication connection discontinuity being created by a single node failure. since more packets were being delivered, the power consumption closer to destination nodes was often higher, causing the congestion of the traffic line. however, the congestion is likely to drop when a package is produced by or crosses through the nodal area. in this condition, issues such as energy waste were generated due to packet regeneration and hopping. based on fig. 8, the energy expenditure is also increased with the elevating value of the nodes. this proved that the dsdv and aodveo networks consumed the highest and lowest amount of available energy, respectively. despite having higher throughput values, the aodveo routing protocol still outperformed aodv and dsdv by 0.00398 and 0.00536 j, respectively, at a small network size of 20 nodes. meanwhile, it used less energy of 0.0377 and 0.0953 j for aodv and dsdv at a larger network size of 200 nodes, respectively. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 109 figure 8. energy consumption vs the number of nodes. passive nodes these nodes are unable to transmit data to the target network area, due to the unnecessary or unevenly allocated bandwidths within the system. they also occur mostly in high traffic networks with a constrained energy source. moreover, the passive nodes cause a breakdown of communication, which affects the network’s lifetime. based on fig. 9, the occurrence of these elements in aodveo and dsdv is found at the deployment of 80 nodes, with subsequent observation confirmed at 60 for aodv. in a large-scale network of 200 nodes, the total number of these elements in aodveo, aodv, and dsdv was 59.8, 72.6, and 68.9%, respectively. although aodveo had a higher value of throughput, its passive nodes were still lower than aodv and dsdv. figure 9. passive nodes vs the number of nodes. fairness index this is the network-wide measure of resource equality allocation, where the closeness to 1 leads to a better outcome over the network. in linear wsn, network imbalances are an important factor with any protocol, as aodveo outperformed aodv and dsdv by 0.06 and 0.05 at the deployment of 20 nodes, respectively (fig. 10). despite this, the fairness index for aodveo was still below 0.5 at a 40 node deployment. this subsequently became worse with the continuous elevation of the nodes being deployed. based on fig. 10, the graphical numbers indicated that the issues surrounding network fairness were yet to be completely resolved since the resources allocated were far from being equally distributed. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 110 figure 10. fairness index vs the number of nodesconclusion the rice planting and harvesting process is at risk of falling into the level 4 category in terms of ergonomics. according to the rula (rapid upper limb assessment) method analysis, the high category with recommendations for an investigation and change immediately. gender, bmi, length of employment, and tenure have no bearing on msd levels. the waist and the neck have a percentage of msds of 98 % and 95%, respectively. these were the body parts subjected to a high level of ergonomic risk. traditional agriculture workers were advised to improve work procedures and tools before the situation worsened to reduce long-term risks.several factors, including job demands, socio-cultural factors, workplace characteristics, and environmental factors, cause or exacerbate work-related disorders, according to who (1985). otherwise, musculoskeletal problems such as awkward posture, prolonged standing, kneeling, slouching, and repetitive muscle activity occur in most cases of agricultural work due to the physical demands on the body. fatigue, illness, and accidents will inevitably result from this posture. workers' lack of knowledge of agricultural health and safety puts them in the most dangerous situations. this study included agricultural activities in the occupational group with the highest risk of musculoskeletal disorders (msds). when combined with tool design and related educational interventions, these ergonomic considerations effectively prevent msd problems. the study's conclusion emphasizes the importance of ergonomic hand tool design as a form of intervention. conclusions many interrelated factors were found to affect the overall network performance in a pipeline network, as reactive and provocative routing protocols (aodv and dsdv) were simulated in the early analytical stages, with the system efficiency subsequently reviewed. this proved that numerous network performance issues were identified with a continuous increase in system size. based on the results, the proposed reactive routing protocol, aodveo, was found to be very reliable and efficient. this improved the overall network performance of a wireless sensor network with linear topology. in the most extensive configuration (200 nodes), aodveo routed the network to produce more throughput and delivery ratio, as well as less energy and passive nodes at 8.19kbps, 7.546%, 0.03772j, and 12.8%, respectively. however, a negligible development of the fairness index was observed, where the ip (index point) was found to be below par (0.5). in figure. 10, the reflected values also indicated that the resource was not yet distributed equally through the network. therefore, more studies need to be conducted in refining the issues of fairness, especially for the large-scale network. acknowledgments this study is part of the project analysis and development of a static multi-hop linear routing algorithm for the oil and gas pipeline, using an 802.11 wireless sensor network. the authors are grateful to the ministry of higher education, malaysia and the university teknikal malaysia melaka, for their support, laboratory facilities, and sincere encouragement. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 111 references abbas, m. z., abu baker, k., ayaz, m., mohamed, h., tariq, m., ahmed, a., & faheem, m. (2018). key factors involved in pipeline monitoring techniques using robots and wsns: comprehensive survey. journal of pipeline systems engineering and practice, 9(2), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)ps.1949-1204.0000305 abbas, m. z., bakar, k. a., ayaz, m., mohamed, m. h., & tariq, m. (2017). hop-by-hop dynamic addressing based routing protocol for monitoring of long range underwater pipeline. ksii transactions on internet and information systems, 11(2), 731–763. https://doi.org/10.3837/tiis.2017.02.007 aldosari, h., elfouly, r., ammar, r., & alsulami, m. (2020). new monitoring architectures for underwater oil/gas pipeline using hyper sensors (vol. 69, pp. 307–296). https://doi.org/10.29007/c84d ali, s., qaisar, s., saeed, h., khan, m., naeem, m., & anpalagan, a. (2015). network challenges for cyber physical systems with tiny wireless devices: a case study on reliable pipeline condition monitoring. https://doi.org/10.3390/s150407172 another explosion occurs along sarawak-sabah interstate gas pipeline _ the star. (2020, january). retrieved from https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2020/01/13/anotherexplosion-occursalong-sarawak-sabah-interstate-gas-pipeline chavan, a. a., kurule, d. s., & dere, p. u. (2016). performance analysis of aodv and dsdv routing protocol in manet and modifications in aodv against black hole attack. procedia computer science, 79, 835–844. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2016.03.108 explosion at petronas oil and gas complex in johor injures two, damages houses, se asia news & top stories the straits times. (2019, april 12). retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/explosion-at-petronas-oil-and-gas-facility-in pengerang felemban, e., shaikh, f. k., qureshi, u. m., sheikh, a. a., & qaisar, s. bin. (2015). underwater sensor network applications: a comprehensive survey. international journal of distributed sensor networks, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/896832 gas leak at petronas sabah-sarawak pipeline in lawas the star online. (2018, january). retrieved from https://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2018/01/10/gas-leak-at-petronas-sabahsarawak-pipeline-in-lawas goswami s, joardar s, das c b, kar s, p. k. d. (2017). performance analysis of three routing protocols in manet using ns-2 and anova test with varying speed of nodes. intech, i(tourism), 13. https://doi.org/10.5772/66521 govindasamy, j., & punniakody, s. (2018). a comparative study of reactive, proactive and hybrid routing protocol in wireless sensor network under wormhole attack. journal of electrical systems and information technology, 5(3), 735–744. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesit.2017.02.002 hamid, b., & el mokhtar, e. n. (2016). performance analysis of the vehicular ad hoc networks (vanet) routing protocols aodv, dsdv and olsr. 2015 5th international conference on information and communication technology and accessibility, icta 2015. https://doi.org/10.1109/icta.2015.7426885 kaur, n., & singh kahlon, m. (2014). a review on reactive and proactive wireless sensor networks protocols. international journal of computer applications, 95(11), 22–29. https://doi.org/10.5120/16639-6603 khan, a., imran, m., noreen, m., tariq, m., shoaib, m., & subhan, f. (2019). impact of node deployment and routing for protection of critical infrastructures. ieee access, 7, 1–1. https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2019.2891667 khan, s. m., nilavalan, r., & sallama, a. f. (2015). a novel approach for reliable route discovery in mobile ad-hoc network. wireless personal communications, 83(2), 1519– 1529. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11277-015-2461-8 khan, w. z., aalsalem, m. y., gharibi, w., & arshad, q. (2017). oil and gas monitoring using wireless sensor networks: requirements, issues and challenges. proceeding 2016 international https://doi.org/10.3837/tiis.2017.02.007 http://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2020/01/13/anotherhttp://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/explosion-at-petronas-oil-and-gas-facility-inhttp://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2018/01/10/gas-leak-at-petronas spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 101-112 network performance optimization… (lee, et.al.) 112 conference on radar, antenna, microwave, electronics, and telecommunications, icramet 2016, 31–35. https://doi.org/10.1109/icramet.2016.7849577 khan, w. z., hossain, m. s., aalsalem, m. y., saad, n. m., & atiquzzaman, m. (2016). a cost analysis framework for claimer reporter witness based clone detection schemes in wsns. journal of network and computer applications, 63, 68–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnca.2016.01.014 malaysia oil and gas midstream market| growth, trends, and forecasts (2020 2025). (2016). retrieved may 25, 2020, from https://www.mordorintelligence.com/industry-reports/malaysia-oiland-gas-midstream-market mohammed, i. y. (2019). comparative analysis of proactive & reactive protocols for cluster based routing algorithms in wsns, 124(march), 131–142. muller, n. (2017). petroleum products by pipelines and rail  :evidence from shipment of crude oil from north dakota. pandey, k., raina, s. k., & rao, r. s. (2015). performance analysis of routing protocols for vehicular adhoc networks using ns2/sumo. souvenir of the 2015 ieee international advance computing conference, iacc 2015, 844–848. https://doi.org/10.1109/iadcc.2015.7154825 radhakrishnan, r., edmonson, w. w., afghah, f., rodriguez-osorio, r. m., pinto, f., & burleigh, s. c. (2016). survey of inter-satellite communication for small satellite systems: physical layer to network layer view. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 18(4), 2442–2473. https://doi.org/10.1109/comst.2016.2564990 raza, m., aslam, n., le-minh, h., hussain, s., cao, y., & khan, n. m. (2018). a critical analysis of research potential, challenges, and future directives in industrial wireless sensor networks. ieee communications surveys and tutorials, 20(1), 39–95. https://doi.org/10.1109/comst.2017.2759725 singh, k., & verma, a. k. (2015). experimental analysis of aodv, dsdv and olsr routing protocol for flying adhoc networks (fanets). proceedings of 2015 ieee international conference on electrical, computer and communication technologies, icecct 2015, 1– 4. https://doi.org/10.1109/icecct.2015.7226085 van glabbeek, r., höfner, p., portmann, m., & tan, w. l. (2016). modelling and verifying the aodv routing protocol. distributed computing, 29(4), 279–315. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00446-0150262-7 watt, a. j., phillips, m. r., campbell, c. e. a., wells, i., & hole, s. (2019). wireless sensor networks for monitoring underwater sediment transport. science of the total environment, 667, 160–165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.02.369 xin, h. m., & yang, k. (2015). routing protocols analysis for internet of things. proceedings 2015 2nd international conference on information science and control engineering, icisce 2015, (i), 447–450. https://doi.org/10.1109/icisce.2015.104 yao, y., cao, q., vasilakos, a. v, & member, s. (2014). lifetime-balancing data collection protocol for heterogeneous wireless sensor networks. ieee transaction on networking, 23(3), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1109/tnet.2014.2306592 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnca.2016.01.014 http://www.mordorintelligence.com/industryuad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.xxxx spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 1 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) nasa-tlx assessment of mental workload in manufacturing industry m. saddam akbar h*, naniek utami handayani department of industrial engineering, dipenogoro univerity, semarang, 50275, indonesia *corresponding author: saddam031001@students.undip.ac.id introduction manufacturing industry is one of the many industries in indonesia. the manufacturing and construction industries have a large number of injuries in indonesia (astuti, et.al, 2022). higher physical and mental demands such as fatigue, repetitive movements, and awkward body postures are one of the causes of musculoskeletal disorders (msds). there are three categories of potential problems that require clinical attention for the occurrence of msds and mental burden, namely mild cases with care providing advice and guiding employees to adjust workload or activities. the second is giving medicine to employees. the third is by giving time to rest. these disturbances and conditions will delay the production of a company (mohammadian, et al, 2022; braarud, 2021; kerr, p, 2021). in this study, observations were made in the work area or workshop of some manufacturing industry in cilegon indonesia. the company engaged in construction, engineering, and maintenance services but has now offered a more comprehensive range of services in engineering and structural steel a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: june 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 mental workload assessment is essential for the optimal interaction of human system in the manufacturing industry. manufacturing industry engaged in the construction, maintenance, and fabrication service. performance of the worker will be lower if the higher workload. in the manufacturing industry are two type of workers that mainly involved in the fabrication process such as operator and welder. in this process was found several defects in the finished good which caused the company to suffer losses. fatigue due to overtime work for seven days and a high mental workload. the aim of this study was to measure the mental workload in the manufacturing industry. in this study was performed on 10 worker in the operator and welder. mental workload were assessed using nasa task load index (nasa-tlx) and fault tree analysis (fta) tools. one operator workers and one of welders belonged to the heavy workload category. finally, nasa-tlx was significantly higher for operator and welder. high mental workload in the manufacturing industry indicated the defection on mental workload. it is recommended to fixes are evaluating and updating rule work, system work, and existing sop. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords ergonomic fault tree analysis mental work load nasa-tlx work system https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:saddam031001@students.undip.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 2 fabrication, and civil construction services. the industry is developing a platform capable of offering multiple suites supported by local-based management, administration, and offsite resources to ensure the timely completion of the most demanding contracts. various activities were carried out in this area, such as making poles for construction, providing fire extinguishers and various machine tools, welding various pipes, loading goods, and others several problems were found such as low work time efficiency, uncomfortable working conditions, a limited number of workers, inaccuracy when measuring products for fabrication, and others. this impacts the low efficiency of time-related to the delivery of goods, procurement of rework for fabricated products, and the frequent holding of overtime hours, which is very risky for workers and can cause losses for the company. it was found that these problems were related to human error caused by the existing workload. in addition, based on historical data, when the number of projects received is too large, the number of existing defective products also increases. for example, in december 2021, the number of projects received was three, and two units of defective products were found. however, from january-february 2022, the number of accepted projects increased to 5-6. it makes the number of defective products increase to 5-6 units. many say that the work is quite heavy in these two months because the number of projects received is higher than in the previous months. some of them also said that the workload they received was large enough to cause stress because they had to be able to manage time to meet the demands of each project. therefore, researchers are interested in measuring how much mental workload is experienced by workers, especially in the workshop area, then analyze what factors affect the perception of the value of workload and provide recommendations for improvements to the work system, work rules, and standard operating procedures (sop), which exists. companies need to measure mental workload to determine their workers' ability to minimize the existing mental workload. to achieve this, we need a way to calculate the mental workload of the worker. several well-known methods are commonly used to measure mental workload, one of which is the national aeronautics and space administration workload index (tlx) method or what we often know as nasa-tlx. the method was developed in 1981 by sandra g. hart of nasa's ames research center and lowell e. stavland of san jose state university. this method is a questionnaire developed to answer the need for a subjective workload measurement that is simpler but sensitive to workload measurement. there are six dimensions of mental workload in this method, namely mental demand (md), physical demand (pd), temporal demand (td), performance (po), effort (ef), and frustration (fr). research method nasa tlx nasa-tlx is a method of subjectively to measuring mental workload (galy, paxion, & berthelon, 2018). this method method was first proposed in 1981 by sandra g. hart and lowell e. staveland, representatives from nasa ames research center and san jose state university. the target will answer a questionnaire created in response to the need for a more accessible and more sensitive subjective workload measurement. so, it can be concluded that nasa-tlx is a method of analyzing mental workload that uses a questionnaire as a medium to ask several issues regarding the things that most affected work. nasa-tlx is equipped with six mental stress indicators like mental demand, physical demand, temporal demand, performance, effort and frustration level. the following explains the six indicators (putri, 2017). spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 3 table 1. nasa-tlx indicators dimension scale mental demand (md) is there a minimum level of mental activity and perception required for this job? (e.g., decide, search, count, see, remember). depending on the circumstances, the work is light or heavy, simple or complex, loose or tight. low high physical demand (pd) how much physical activity is needed for this job (e.g., pushing, pulling, twisting, maneuvering, running)? is the job easy or difficult, slow or fast, calm or urgent? low high temporal demand (td) how does it feel to work under time pressure? does the job feel slow and comfortable, or fast and tiring? low high performance (po) how successful is the work in achieving the goals? how satisfied is the performance in achieving the goals? low high effort (ef) how much effort in mentally and physically to reach the best level of performance? low high frustration level (fr) how frustrated, stressed, and disturbed about safety, appropriateness, comfort, and satisfaction are felt at work? low high the first step is to calculate the value of each aspect by multiplying the rating value by the indicator weight. 𝐴𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 = 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑥 𝐼𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 after calculating the value of each aspect, calculate the weighted workload (wwl) value by adding up all the aspect values. 𝑊𝑊𝐿 = σ 𝐴𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 then, calculate the nasa-tlx score by dividing the resulting wwl value by the total weight of the data set. 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 = 𝑊𝑊𝐿/15 after obtaining the nasa-tlx score, the score will be classified where if the score is <50, it is considered mild. if the score is 50-80, it is considered moderate. lastly, if scores >80, it is considered severe. fault tree analysis (fta) fault tree analysis (fta) is a top-down problem analysis method used to detect and evaluate events and event combinations that cause system failures or unexpected component appearances (ardiansyah & wahyuni, 2018). fta uses logical symbols to indicate failures in the system and logical relationships between failures. the deductive analysis is carried out by identifying the disturbance (undesirable event) and then relating the error (undesired event) to all possible events that can cause impairment (khare, nema, & baredar, 2019). so, we can conclude that fta is a type of deductive analysis in which the graphs are created to identify and analyze the possible damage that occurs now and in the future. the analysis will reveal all events and their causes, from the earliest to the most frequent. in this case, deductive analysis is used in the fta to determine the causal relationship of an event in the system. there are five steps to performing a fault tree analysis (fta) analysis. (nur & ariwibowo, 2018): a. define the problem and limitation from reviewed system b. graphical model depiction of fault tree spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 4 c. determine the minimum cut set of analysis fault tree d. doing analysis qualitative from fault tree e. doing analysis quantitative from fault tree results and discussion the following is table 2, which contains the wwl calculation of operator workers and welder workers. no 1-4 show results in evaluation from operator workers while no 5-10 shows the result evaluation of workers showing welder. table 2. results of wwl no worker aspect rating weight rating* weight wwl score 1 darmini md 50 3 150 1005 67.00 pd 65 1 65 td 70 4 280 po 75 4 300 ef 70 2 140 fl 70 1 70 2 junaidi md 80 2 160 1226 81.73 pd 90 3 270 td 76 1 76 po 80 4 320 ef 85 4 340 fl 60 1 60 3 sawiri md 70 1 70 1116 74.40 pd 80 3 240 td 57 2 114 po 78 4 312 ef 80 3 240 fl 70 2 140 4 asrul muhito md 75 4 300 1035 69.00 pd 50 2 100 td 70 3 210 po 75 3 225 ef 50 1 50 fl 75 2 150 5 zet elwan majid md 50 3 150 1045 69.67 pd 75 1 75 td 70 4 280 po 85 2 170 ef 80 4 320 fl 50 1 50 6 danik kriswanto md 70 3 210 1120 74.67 pd 80 3 240 td 80 1 80 po 75 4 300 ef 80 2 160 fl 65 2 130 7 arif eka pratama md 65 2 130 1211 80.73 pd 80 3 240 td 76 1 76 po 85 5 425 ef 85 4 340 fl 64 0 0 8 nur achmad syarifudin md 70 3 210 1155 77.00 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 5 no worker aspect rating weight rating* weight wwl score pd 75 3 225 td 70 1 70 po 75 3 225 ef 85 5 425 fl 25 0 0 9 m. habib ainun sodri md 70 2 140 1155 77.00 pd 75 4 300 td 85 3 255 po 70 1 70 ef 70 1 70 fl 80 4 320 10 setyo adi md 75 3 225 1010 67.33 pd 50 3 150 td 60 1 60 po 75 2 150 ef 75 5 375 fl 50 1 50 to ensure that nasa tlx scores generated deserve and get used in research, extreme data will be discarded and not entered in the calculation next (restuputri, febriansyah, & masudin, 2022). with k (level confidence) around 95% or k = 2, obtained the upper control limit and lower limit control value. upper limit control (𝑈𝐶𝐿) = �̅� + 2𝜎 ucl = 73.953 + 2(5.019) ucl = 83.992 lower limit control (𝐿𝐶𝐿) = �̅� − 2𝜎 lcl = 73.953 – 2(5.019) lcl = 63.915 figure 1 shows the map graph control for value nasa tlx scores. from the graph, we can see if there is score nasa-tlx score that exceeds the control limit or not. if no nasa tlx score exceeds the upper control limit (ucl) or lower control limit (lcl), the data is declared uniform and tests the data uniformity. figure 1. graph of data uniformity test the data adequacy test is intended to ensure that the data obtained is feasible and can be used in research. following degrees of trust and accuracy are certain (restuputri, febriansyah, & masudin, 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 data uniformity test score ucl lcl average spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 6 2022) to set how many amounts of proper observations were made, moreover formerly set how many levels of trust (confidence level) and degree accuracy (degree of accuracy) will be used in design measurement. the researcher set score level trust by 95% so that value of k = 2 and degree accuracy by 5% (s). if the score is smaller than the value of n, then the study's data could already be sufficient and pass the data adequacy test. following is the calculation for knowing the score on research: n′ = ( 𝑘 𝑠 √n∑𝑥2 − (∑𝑥)2 ∑𝑥 ) 2 n′ = ( 2 0.05 √(10 x 54942.9)(739.53) 2 ) 739.53 ) 2 n' = 7.37 from the calculation, we could see that n' < n. this indicates that the data obtained from results observation is enough or passed from data adequacy test. table 3 shows the classification type workload on the illustrative nasa-tlx score perception of the workload experienced by ten workers (operators and welders) in the workshop area belonging to pt xyz. green signifies category low, orange indicates category medium, and red signifies category heavy. table 3. classification of workload of workers no worker score classification 1 darmini 67.00 medium 2 junaidi 81.73 heavy 3 sawiris 74.40 medium 4 asrul muito 70.00 medium 5 zet elwan majid 69.67 medium 6 danik kriswanto 74.67 medium 7 arif eka pratama 80.73 heavy 8 nur achmad syarifudin 77.00 medium 9 m. habib ainun sodri 77.00 medium 10 setyo adi 67.33 medium based on the nasa-tlx score data in table 3, it can be seen that from 4 operators, there is one worker classified as a type of heavy workload, and from 6 welders, there is one worker classified as a type of heavy workload. the average nasa-tlx score obtained from 10 workers shows that the average workload faced by workers in the workshop area is moderate. after the calculations, researchers were curious to see if the average ratings given by operators and welders were based on the six nasa-tlx factors (operating load, physical load, temporal load, frustration level, performance, and effort). figure 2. diagram of operator rating average md, 68.8 pd, 71.3 td, 69.5 po, 77.0 ef, 71.3 fl, 68.8 60.0 65.0 70.0 75.0 80.0 md pd td po ef fl average operator worker value spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 7 figure 2 shows a comparison rating value owned by operator workers. based on the diagram, we could see the three most dominating aspects with a rating value reaching more than 70. these aspects are physical needs with a value of 71.3 then, performance with a value of 77, and level effort with a value of 71.3 figure 3. welder rating average figure 3 shows a comparison rating value owned by welder workers. the diagram shows four aspects dominate the most, with rating value reaching more than 70. aspect these are physical needs with a value of 72.5, then temporal requirement with a value of 73.5, performance with a value of 79.2, and level effort with a value of 79.2. from the two analyzes, it is concluded that there are four most dominating factors, namely aspects of physical needs, aspects of temporal needs, aspects of performance, and aspects of business level. furthermore, the four aspects will be analyzed to find out the root causes that make the value of the nasa tlx score so that improvements can be made in terms of the work system, work rules, and applicable sops. measure figure 4 shows the cause analysis of the magnitude of the wwl value obtained in calculating nasa-tlx operator and welder workers. four factors have a high rating value: physical load, temporal load, performance, and level of effort. figure 4. faut tree diagram too pushy workers can cause a high rating value on the physical demand aspect. this can occur due to 3 things. first, workers do not take care of their body health because workers do not maximize their rest time and prefer to complete other jobs. second, workers rarely wear masks because they are not used to them, so they often feel disturbed by dust from the surrounding environment and odors that arise from a series of fabrication processes. furthermore, workers feel too tired and tired due to frequent overtime due to unfinished work demands. md, 66.7 pd, 72.5 td, 73.5 po, 77.5 ef, 79.2 fl, 55.7 0.0 20.0 40.0 60.0 80.0 100.0 md pd td po ef fl welder worker average spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 8 according to henry (2020), companies need to ensure that the work provided must align with their competencies and capabilities to create a balanced workload. in this case, the company needs to review the burden physically borne by workers in completing their work. job rotation can also be done to reduce problems with physical loads by alternating heavy work with light work so that workers can rest for a while. by doing this, it is hoped that problems in the physical load aspect can be resolved. the high value of the rating on the temporal demand aspect is caused by the production target and the short work deadline. this can happen due to 2 things: first, the ratio of the number of workers to the products made by each worker is still not balanced due to the limited number of existing workers. secondly, the number of permanent or standby workers at the workshop is lacking. workers are often drawn to the site as additional workers, so the production target is not following the initial plan (sugimoto et.al, 2022; sanjog, 2019; van bogaert et.al, 2010). according to rachmuddin (2021), the problem of the temporal load aspect can be overcome by increasing the number of workers. recruiting more workers can make the ratio between workers and the products they produce become more prominent so that the workload experienced by each worker will decrease. the addition of the number of workers is expected to help in reducing the workload in terms of temporal load. the high rating value on the performance aspect is caused by the presence of products that need to be re-fabricated / reworked. this can occur due to 2 things. first, workers are not careful when measuring raw materials because workers feel tired due to a lack of proper rest time management. second, workers are not careful during the sandblasting process, causing corrosion factors that arise during the finishing process. according to pradhana & suliantoro (2018), overcoming the problem of the magnitude of the value of the performance aspect, it can be done by re-management of rest periods. giving proper rest breaks can improve the performance of a worker. some so many workers cannot maximize their rest time because their break time is cut off by worship time. therefore, companies need to readjust their working hours and rest periods to reduce workers' workload and risk perception. in addition, the company also needs to conduct training to encourage workers to be more accustomed to working in quite congested situations so that problems related to the performance aspect they experience can be resolved. the high rating value on the effort aspect is caused by work pressure for high responsibilities from various superiors. this can occur due to 2 factors. first, workers must always be available when there is a change from their superiors because, in work, especially in construction, orders and requests often change due to differences of opinion from superiors. second, workers must always be ready to be sent to the site as additional workers to cover or cover the shortage of workers on other projects so that the effort made for workers in the workshop area will increase (astuti et.al, 2022; oyewole, 2010; sokhibi et.al, 2022; lund et.al, 2021). according to pradana (2022 and mach,2022), project management can be carried out to overcome the high the rating value from the effort aspect. this is done by re-management of the number of projects received against the availability of the existing number of workers. in addition, this project management must also pay attention to the time remaining and the type of request required for each project so that there is no longer a shortage of workers, which results in sudden labor withdrawals. in addition, by remanagement, the number of projects and the pressure received by workers can decrease. workers can maximize their performance against other projects with a high rating value, namely physical burden, temporal load, performance, and level of effort. recommendations of the manufacturing industry system work (work settings) here are some aspects related to the work system that can be improved: improve the layout of the workplace to minimize required movements using shelves wheels for professional convenience load or disassemble goods make a handle particular to all goods in packaging or boxes, and others that will lift nor carry, spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 9 or determine the part that can be used as a handle. while working on objects/goods, carrying, lifting, and so on, avoid movement, bend down, or rotate the waist. to avoid fatigue and injury body, those who do the work lift burden heavy, preferably interspersed with light jobs. consult with workers on how to improve working time setting. fix storage arrangement from every work tool. work tools to be maintained and checked regularly. subtract factor vibrations that can affect workers to increase safety, health, and work efficiency. protect workers from weather hot or too cold in the room. ensure tools protector self-acceptable to all workers and tools protector self in-state clean and well maintained. maintain a fixed work area arranged and not some items are not wanted so that could increase comfort and efficiency of workers clarify track evacuation if there is a state emergency train workers to take responsibility answer and allow them to make improvements in the profession they rule work in organization following are recommendations of rule work for pt xyz workshop area workers: a. destination 1. explain rights and obligations and ensure legal certainty for the company and employees. 2. set working conditions for workers to realize harmonious, safe, steady, and dynamic working relationships. 3. increase good relationship and cooperation between the company and workers b. wages wage strategy company aims to provide attractive wages to encourage workers to work as expected. system wages are organized and structured in an attractive/competitive manner, with scale wages (salary range) that can be described as comparison worker wages in reasonable limit. principle remuneration where every worker who does their job will be paid with an equal amount (equal job equal pay) must also become true with reasonable. c. review wages 1. review wages are made at least very in a year. increase amount and time wages _ depending on the situation remuneration industry tobacco at that time and the company's capabilities. 2. award performance (merit increase) will enter in wages. the wage range will be reviewed according to the situation and conditions. d. guarantee during sick 1. deep worker care pain is not a result of work accident and not can do the job up to 6 (six) months consecutively stated with letter description doctor appointed by the company, will accept wages for 6 (six) months. 2. supposedly until 6 (six) months, the worker is still permanent in maintenance and has not been able to perform their duties. they can be declared incapable of doing work and get interpreted as not fulfilling position requirements. and the head of the company can decide about their working relationship. e. working time regular working hours will be determined at each place of work following the necessary local operation. the factory's working hours cover 8 hours a day or a maximum of 56 hours per week. the working hours do not include mealtimes, prayer time, and rest time. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 10 f. workshop area working hours monday saturday : 07.30 16.30 wib g. overtime 1. overtime work is carried out by workers who exceed the usual working time on weekdays or professions that work in hours/ days rest or day holiday official. overtime work is done on orders by the worker's supervisor, who is authorized and approved by the worker. 2. overtime work is not a must, except in urgent matters as follows: a) if profession no things resolved soon, that will result in a loss significant against the company, state, or society. b) an in-state emergency, for example, fire, explosion, flood, or another calamity. 3. wage payment overtime will be combined with weekly wage payments h. overtime rates if the working time on the day regular set 8 hours a day and six days within one week, the following method calculates wages overtime: a) if overtime work is done after regular working hours: 1) 1.5 times wages hourly for overtime hours first. 2) two times hourly wages for overtime hours afterward. b) when working overtime on the day weekly break and or day holiday official: 1) for the first hour until the eighth hour of 1.5 times wages hourly. 2) the ninth hour onwards is two times the wages hourly. i. safety a) safety requirements 1. mandatory workers use ppe standards such as helmets, safety shoes, glass safety, and uniform. 2. mandatory workers use additional ppe such as glass safety, gloves welding hand, protector face, welding mask, and stopper ear. 3. when working at work temperature high and hot, mandatory workers prepare tool safety such as net safety, lifeline, protection fire, and tool extinguisher. b) safety sign board 1. mandatory workers prepare board sign safety when work to remind everyone in the workshop area as needed. c) first aid need 1. mandatory worker check is the first aid kit has complete contents 2. mandatory workers each other provide information about the position of the box help first 3. every worker must give first help to the other if an incident occurs d) disposal & rubbish boxes 1. mandatory workers prepare and make box disposal trash and place it as needed. 2. mandatory workers give a sign to all box trash according to type rubbish 3. workers must throw away all trash regularly _ from the workshop area e) safety performance board 1. someone who has chosen to become a leader must prepare and make a design safety performance board for education and ingredients evaluation. standard operating procedures (sops) the following are sop recommendations for the pt cipta muslia semesta workshop area: a) welder spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 11 figure 5. sop welder b) operator figure 6. sop operator spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 12 conclusion conclusions that can be taken study burden mental work using the nasa-tlx method in the workshop area at pt xyz. the average value wwl score earned from results data collection will perception burden mental work experienced by operators and welders in the workshop area is 73.85. 1 in 4 operators includes burdening work weight in the category, and the rest in the category burden work medium. of the six welders observed, one person has a burden work weight, and the rest belong to the category medium. four factors have been founded that cause big nasa tlx scores on workers operator or welder: physical demand, temporal demand, performance, and effort. the fault tree analysis (fta) found nine root causes related to big score nasa tlx scores. there are many workers not maximizing time rest, workers still not yet used to wear a mask, too much overtime, ratio worker with the product made not balance, lack amount standby worker, a worker not careful enough when do measuring, a worker not careful enough during the sandblasting process, workers must ready standby to change sudden, workers must always ready sent to the site when a shortage of people occurred. possible fixes are evaluating and updating rule work, system work, and existing sops. references astuti, r. d., gandana, w. e., pujiyanto, e., & nurbi, r. s. (2022). proposed design of toy to optimize the brain development of children aged 3-5 years old. spektrum industri, 20(1), 11-18. astuti, r. d., pudjiantoro, f. k. p., suhardi, b., iftadi, i., & syahiliantina, a. (2022). the design of working table to reduce risk of musculoskeletal disorder for fret wiring operators in guitar industry mancasan sukoharjo. spektrum industri, 20(1). braarud, p. ø. (2021). investigating the validity of subjective workload rating (nasa tlx) and subjective situation awareness rating (sart) for cognitively complex human–machine work. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 86, 103233. galy, e., paxion, j., & berthelon, c. (2018). measuring mental workload with the nasa-tlx needs to examine each dimension rather than relying on the global score: an example with driving. ergonomics, 61(4), 517-527. henry, inegbedion, e., peter, a., & harry, l. (2020). perception of workload balance and employee job satisfaction in work organisations. heliyon, 6(1), e03160. kerr, p., da torre, m. b., giguère, c. é., lupien, s. j., & juster, r. p. (2021). occupational gender roles in relation to workplace stress, allostatic load, and mental health of psychiatric hospital workers. journal of psychosomatic research, 142, 110352. khare, v., nema, s., & baredar, p. (2019). reliability analysis of hybrid renewable energy system by fault tree analysis. energy & environment, 30(3), 542-555. lund, s., yan, m., d'angelo, j., wang, t., hallbeck, m. s., heller, s., & zielinski, m. (2021). nasa-tlx assessment of workload in resident physicians and faculty surgeons covering trauma, surgical intensive care unit, and emergency general surgery services. the american journal of surgery, 222(6), 1158-1162. mach, s., storozynski, p., halama, j., & krems, j. f. (2022). assessing mental workload with wearable devices–reliability and applicability of heart rate and motion measurements. applied ergonomics, 105, 103855. mohammadian, m., parsaei, h., mokarami, h., & kazemi, r. (2022). cognitive demands and mental workload: a filed study of the mining control room operators. heliyon, 8(2), e08860. nur, m., & ariwibowo, o. (2018). analisis kecelakaan kerja dengan menggunakan metode fta dan 5s di pt. jingga perkasa printing. jurnal teknik industri vol. 4, no. 1, 55-63. oyewole, s. a., haight, j. m., & freivalds, a. (2010). the ergonomic design of classroom furniture/computer work station for first graders in the elementary school. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 40(4), 437-447. pradana, p. (2022). pengaruh beban dan stres kerja serta work life balance terhadap kinerja karyawan (studi pada pt. pgn tbk). jurnal ilmiah indonesia vol. 7, no. 3, 1901-1925. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 13 pradhana, c. a., & suliantoro, h. (2018). analisis beban kerja mental menggunakan metode nasatlx pada bagian shipping perlengkapan di pt. triangle motorindo. industrial engineering online journal, 7(3). putri, l. u. (2017). analisis beban kerja mental dengan metode nasa tlx pada departemen logistik pt abc. industrial engineering online journal, vol. 6, no. 2. rachmuddin, y., dewi, d. s., & dewi, r. s. (2021). workload analysis using modified full time equivalent (m-fte) and nasa-tlx methods to optimize engineer headcount in the engineering services department. iop conference series: materials science and engineering. vol. 1072. no. 1, p. 012036. restuputri, d. p., febriansyah, a. m., & masudin, i. (2022). risk behavior analysis in indonesian logistic train level crossing. logistics, 6(2), 30. sanjog, j., patel, t., & karmakar, s. (2019). occupational ergonomics research and applied contextual design implementation for an industrial shop-floor workstation. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 72, 188-198. sokhibi, a., alifiana, m. a., & asri, v. i. (2022). ergonomic design of hand sanitizer dispenser stand with foot pedal model. spektrum industri, 20(1), 1-10. sugimoto, f., kimura, m., & takeda, y. (2022). investigation of the optimal time interval between taskirrelevant auditory probes for evaluating mental workload in the shortest possible time. international journal of psychophysiology, 177, 103-110. van bogaert, p., clarke, s., roelant, e., meulemans, h., & van de heyning, p. (2010). impacts of unit‐ level nurse practice environment and burnout on nurse‐reported outcomes: a multilevel modelling approach. journal of clinical nursing, 19(11‐12), 1664-1674. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 1-14 nasa-tlx assesment of… (m. saddam akbar et. al.) 14 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.115 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran ali askari a, jabar borjaki b, laela mahdinasab c, ali salehi sahl abadi d,1,* a department of occupational health engineering, school of public health, tehran university of medical sciences, tehran, iran b department of health, safety, and environment (hse), hse superintendent, zn vostok co. ilam and khuzestan oil and gas project, ilam, iran c department of work and knowledge, work and education school, mehran education office, ilam, iran d department of occupational health and safety at work, school of public health and safety, shahid beheshti university of medical sciences, tehran, iran 1 asalehi529@sbmu.ac.ir * corresponding author 1. introduction one of the most important capitals of any organization is human resources (hr). the progress of organizations because of the maximum use of hr skills depends on their physical and mental health (nadem et al., 2007). job stress is the result of work-related stressors (naseeb et al., 2019). the nature article info abstract article history received march 17, 2023 revised april 12, 2023 accepted april 30, 2023 reducing the workforce's health condition is one of the significant challenges in industries. various studies have shown that efficiency in industries has a crucial relationship with the workforce's health level. in addition, the employee's health can be affected by different variables such as stress or other job parameters and the type of work system. the present study was conducted to analyze the relationship between these parameters and job stress in an oil field. this work was a cross-sectional and descriptive-analytic investigation. the statistical population included workers that were present for duty (about 250 people). the data were collected through osipow occupational stress questionnaire, and then analyzed using the spss statistics software (ver. 22). the results show that the level of education has a significant relationship with most subscales of the questionnaire. marital status and work experience had the lowest effect on job stress. determining stress levels based on the classification related to the job group and the type of shift work system is similar, and these variables on the subscales affected the workload (p-value=0.001) and responsibility (p-value=0.000). also, the results show that among the job groups, logistics (score: 197.4) and security (score: 177) have the highest and lowest tension, respectively. the results of this study showed that the effect of occupational variables on the defined ranges in the occupational stress questionnaire is different. these differences show that occupational stress has a dynamic nature, and any changes in the environmental dimensions can change the level of occupational stress. keywords occupational stress; job stress; oil and gas industry; osipow questionnaire this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.115 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:asalehi529@sbmu.ac.ir http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 22 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) of work is a vital factor in the level of stress (membrive‐jiménez et al., 2022). the united nations (un) has called occupational stress a disease of the 20th century, and the world health organization (who) has called it an epidemic (alefi et al., 2020). occupational stress is harmful physical and mental responses (babanataj et al., 2019). occupational stress is usually due to a lack of coordination between job requirements and individual abilities, support resources, or needs (lowenstein et al., 2004). occupational stress is an emotional, cognitive, behavioral, and psychological reaction to harmful aspects of work and the workspace (azemi et al., 2022). we can analyze the effects of occupational stress in three areas; physical, psychological, and behavioral consequences. in the psychological domain, work stress causes work dissatisfaction and eventually leads to problems like depression and anxiety (knezevic et al., 2011; masath, 2023; dodanwala & san santoso, 2021). studies show that occupational stress can lead to physical complications such as cardiovascular disorders, digestive and sleep disorders, also behavioral problems such as drug use, overeating or anorexia, and aggressive behaviors towards colleagues and family. occupational stress may also, from the point of view of the organization, lead to work absence, leaving the job, and an increase in accidents (hajiamini et al., 2011; ghaedamini et al., 2022; membrive-jiménez et al., 2022; saedpanah et al., 2023; rostamzadeh et al., 2023). from the study by zameni et al, it can derive to, the occupational health in large industries can be influenced by different parameters. assessing the interactions among these parameters in health investigation and the affecting factors is very significant. so, the health level in challenging industrial environments can be affected by shift work as a root cause. this root cause, along with job satisfaction, has a significant effect on increasing stress levels and reducing health levels (zameni et al., 2021). rani et al mentioned that, to manage the mental health state among workers, it is crucial to determine which psychosocial risk challenges donate to the onset of stress. ultimately, to develop individually and organizationally mandated interventions, relevant psychosocial risk factors in organizations must be known (rani et al., 2022). in addition, mathisen believes that the organization might identify psychosocial hazards that creating workers' psychological and social pressures at the workplace, however; it is essential to have proper approaches to manage this type of hazard (mathisen et al., 2022). based on the naji et al and saleem et al studies, psychosocial hazards have a powerful and adverse consequence on organizations due to employee health and behavior. as a result, companies must have policies and mechanisms in place to deal with this kind of risk (naji et al., 2022 and saleem et al., 2022). in this regard, the organizations should provide avenues for managing environmental stressors among workers such as reconsider the living conditions, work resources, and requirements for shift schedule, health care, appreciation, and rewards (rani et al., 2022). the oil industry has a specific place in the oil producer countries (askari et al., 2021). the high number of workers in this industry requires further study in the field of health at work (zare et al., 2007; askari et al., 2022). investigations show that despite the importance of the oil and gas industry, limited studies have been conducted on occupational stress among oil and gas workers in iran (asadi & hosseini, 2019). as a result, this cross-sectional descriptive study was conducted in the spring of 2023 to investigate the prevalence of occupational stress among employees of different occupational groups of an oil field in the west of iran is in order to study sources of occupational stress. 2. method 2.1. osipow questionnaire the steps of the study were carried out based on fig. 1. in conducting the survey for each person, after introductions of study aims and assuring them that privacy issues are respected, data were collected. the data-gathering tool used in this study was the occupational stress revised questionnaire, developed by osipow (keikavoosi-arani & someah, 2021). the standard workplace stress questionnaire was first used by osipow and his colleagues in 1987 (najimi et al., 2012). it has been designated as an occupational stress measurement tool and is used in different studies in the world (keikavoosi-arani & someah, 2021; najimi et al., 2012; decker & borgen, 1993). the validity of issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 23 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) this method has been proven and its internal reliability by cronbach's alpha is 87% (najimi et al., 2012). this questionnaire contains 60 questions with five options based on the likert spectrum (never, sometimes, often, usually, and most of the time) that measures job stress from 6 aspects such as; 1 role workload (person's situation concerning the demands of the work environment), 2role inadequacy (proportion of skill levels, education, individual characteristics with the needs of the work environment), 3role duality (a person's awareness of the priorities of the work environment and evaluation criteria), 4role scope (contradictions that a person has in terms of work conscience and evaluates the role that is expected of him/her in the work environment), 5-responsibility (a person's sense of responsibility in terms of the efficiency and well-being of others in the work environment) and 6-physical environment (unsuitable physical conditions of the work environment to which the person is exposed) (keikavoosi-arani & someah, 2021; najimi et al., 2012; decker & borgen, 1993). fig. 1. study steps flow diagram 2.2. sampling and sample size determining according to equation (1), we calculated the sample size to be 149.08. we prepared the questionnaire online using google forms. the participants completed about 150 questionnaires after three working days. after reaching the required answers number, we downloaded the related document from the google form platform and stopped receiving more answers. 𝑛 = 𝑧2(𝑝𝑞) 𝑑2 1 + 1 𝑁 [ 𝑧2(𝑝𝑞) 𝑑2 − 1] (1) where, 𝑁 is the society size, 𝑝 is the trait distribution percentage in society, 𝑞 is the percentage of people who do not have the trait under study, 𝑑 is the difference between the real proportion of the trait in the society and the amount of the researcher's estimate for the existence of that trait. e r ati n tat marital tat r erien e j b r i t r tem le r l a le na e a le alit le e e n ibilit i al nvir nment mea rement l v l ti n l ati nal tre 24 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) note: • considering that the amount of 𝑝 and 𝑞 was not known, we used their maximum value of 0.5. • the statistic is 𝑧 = 𝑡 and there is no problem if you use 𝑡 instead of 𝑧. at the 5% error level, the value of 𝑧 is equal to 1.96 and 𝑍2 is equal to 3.8416. • sampling accuracy depends on the d factor. as a result, for the most accurate sampling, we used the maximum d value of 0.05. 2.3. statistical analysis in order to analyze data, we used of spss software (version 22). we used cronbach's alpha test to measure the internal consistency of the questionnaire. we performed another analysis step in the following order after obtaining an alpha coefficient of 0.804. a) questions 1 to 10 express the role workload, so we converted the answers to these questions into a factor using dimension reduction. it was done in the same way for other answers and finally the answers were converted into 6 factors. b) using the kruskal-wallis test, we investigated the relationship between the factors and job stress. 3. results and discussion this research classified the information of the participants in this study according to table 1 based on age group, education level, marital status, work experience, job group, and type of shift work system. the age group of 25–35 years had the most participation in the study (97 people; 64.7%). the least number of participants was from the age group of more than 45 years (9 people; 6.0%). the level of education with a bachelor's degree was the most frequent, with the number of 80 people (53.3%). a hundred nine of the participants were married (72.7%). work experience between 5–10 years (94 people; 62.7%) had the highest frequency, and 15–20 years (4 people; 2.7%) had the lowest frequency. among occupational groups, most participation was related to the health, safety, and environment (hse) group (38 people; 25%). in total, 59 people (39.3%) in the 14-14 shift system and 11 people (7.3%) in the 5-5-5 shift system had the highest and the lowest participation related to this variable, respectively. table 1. descriptive statistics of the demographic information categories frequency percent valid percent cumulative percent age group 25-35 years old 97 64.7 64.7 64.7 35-45 years old 44 29.3 29.3 94.0 more than 45 9 6.0 6.0 100 education status diploma 9 6.0 6.0 6.0 associate degree 18 12.0 12.0 18.8 bachelor degree 80 53.3 53.3 71.3 master degree 37 24.7 24.7 96.0 doctorate degree 6 4.0 4.0 100 marital status single 41 27.3 27.3 27.3 married 109 72.7 72.7 100 work experience less than 5 years 30 20.0 20.0 20.0 5-10 years 94 62.7 62.7 82.7 10-15 years 22 14.7 14.7 97.3 15-20 years 4 2.7 2.7 100 job group administrative 12 8.0 8.0 8.0 hse 38 25.0 25.0 33.3 logistic 14 9.3 9.3 42.7 maintenance 37 24.7 24.7 67.3 operation 37 24.7 24.7 92.0 security 12 8.0 8.0 100 shiftwork system 14-14 59 39.3 39.3 39.3 20-10 34 22.7 22.7 62.0 5-5-5 11 7.3 7.3 69.3 7-7-14 46 30.7 30.7 100 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 25 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) table 3 and fig. 2 show that by calculating the total scores of all questionnaires, among occupational stressors, the lowest value is related to role duality (score; 4117), and among other stressors, role inadequacy (score; 5334), responsibility (score; 5212), and role scope (score; 4777), respectively, have created the most tension. table 2. job variables effect on the questionnaire subscales variables test results role workload role inadequacy role duality role scope responsibility physical environment age group kruskalwallis h 0.97 1.80 3.46 0.44 5.77 1.55 df. 2 2 2 2 2 2 sig. 0.61 0.40 0.17 0.80 0.05 0.46 education kruskalwallis h 12.27 20.67 15.73 23.12 19.34 4.83 df. 4 4 4 4 4 4 sig. 0.01 0.000 0.003 0.000 0.001 0.35 marital status kruskalwallis h 1.02 4.68 0.43 1.18 1.26 0.03 df. 1 1 1 1 1 1 sig. 0.27 0.03 0.50 0.27 0.26 0.84 work experience kruskalwallis h 3.35 4.20 4.47 4.60 10.03 3.37 df. 3 3 3 3 3 3 sig. 0.34 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.018 0.33 job group kruskalwallis h 20.47 5.90 8.64 6.43 31.53 10.96 df. 5 5 5 5 5 5 sig. 0.001 0.31 0.12 0.26 0.000 0.05 shiftwork system kruskalwallis h 15.61 4.55 4.04 4.87 19.46 3.92 df. 3 3 3 3 3 3 sig. 0.001 0.20 0.25 0.18 0.000 0.26 table 4 and fig. 3 show that the logistics (score; 197.4) and security (score; 177) among the examined job groups have the most and the least tension, respectively. also, based on fig. 4, the main factor causing job tension among logistics (score; 37) and security (score; 35.67) employees are role duality. examining the job description of the employees of this unit based on the additional explanations of the participants in the study shows that these people do not have a proper understanding of the criteria of evaluation and prioritization by the organization, for example, the service employees in the logistics unit are dissatisfied with the unclear and variable expectations. in a study conducted by (azadmarzabadi & tarkhorani, 2007) the area of role duality is known to be a crucial stress factor. still, the second and third priorities are different. they are role inadequacy (score; 34.8) and role workload (score; 32.6) for logistics employees, while among the security employees, the following priorities are physical environment (score; 32.67) and the role inadequacy (score; 29.92), respectively. the role duality among the logistics and security employees is the most significant job stressor. also, according to table 2, and based on the kruskal-wallis test, examines the significance of the effect of job variables on the questionnaire subscales. the results showed that role inadequacy with a score of 5334 is the most effective cause of occupational stress in this study. therefore, it seems that the participants in this study feel that they have the necessary ability to fulfill their role, and their skills and knowledge do not match their job needs (keikavoosi-arani & someah, 2021). the results of the present study confirm the importance of role inadequacy among job stressors, in line with the asadi et al. study in a gas refinery. reported that role inadequacy has the most significant relationship between sleep quality and job stress (pvalue; 0.001) (asadi & hosseini, 2019). also, the results show that the second occupational stress factor is related to the area of responsibility (score; 5212). 26 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) table 3. total scores related to occupational stressors l ik e r t r a n g e s c o r e role workload (q1-q10) role inadequacy (q11-q20) role duality (q21-q30) role scope (q31-q40) responsibility (q41-q50) physical environment (q51-q60) f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c f r e q u e n c y p e r c e n t (% ) ∑ c never 324 21. 6 324 258 17. 2 258 221 14. 7 221 318 19. 2 318 258 17. 2 258 265 17. 7 265 someti mes 387 25. 8 574 338 22. 5 676 179 11. 9 358 367 22. 5 734 405 27. 0 810 385 25. 7 770 often 246 16. 4 792 205 13. 7 615 173 11. 5 519 210 12. 0 630 203 13. 5 609 151 10. 1 453 usually 273 18. 2 109 2 339 22. 6 136 5 354 23. 6 141 6 245 14. 3 980 297 19. 8 118 8 206 13. 7 824 most of time 267 17. 8 133 5 360 24. 0 180 0 564 37. 6 282 0 510 32. 0 255 0 337 22. 5 165 8 493 32. 9 246 5 total 149 7 10 0 411 7 150 0 10 0 471 4 149 1 10 0 533 4 165 0 10 0 521 2 150 0 10 0 455 0 150 0 10 0 477 7 fig. 2. total scores related to occupational stressors table 4. scores calculated for occupational stressors by different job groups job group role workload role inadequacy role duality role scope responsibility physical environment average total score administrative 33.67±4.5 29.83±3.5 29.92±3.3 28.00±3.6 33.25±4.12 23.17±5.04 177.83±4.9 hse 27.7±2.9 30.5±2 36.56±1.5 32.16±1.1 34.59±1.2 34.64±1.3 196.27±1.7 logistic 32.6±2.3 34.8±2.5 37±2.6 30.6±0.3 31.4±0.3 30.9±0.3 197.4±1.4 maintenance 28.95±2.5 31.38±2.48 36.05±2.7 28.89±1.5 29.97±1.3 32.65±2.5 187.89±2.1 operation 26.1±3.3 32±3 35.2±3.4 28.8±1.6 27.6±2.3 30.8±2.7 180.6±2.7 security 26.5±4.4 29.92±4.6 35.67±5.3 28.92±4.7 23.33±6.6 32.67±3.6 177±4.9 in the study conducted by (garbarino et al., 2013) which examined the relationship between stress caused by work and mental health problems, in line with the present study, role inadequacy, and responsibility are identified as the most significant occupational stressors. as well as, the results show that the last occupational stress factor is related to the role duality area. in the study conducted by (sepahvand et al., 2019) which investigated the relationship between job stress and demographic parameters, in line with the present study, role duality was determined as the last occupational stressor. field investigations show that reducing the amount of stress in the role duality area can be caused by improving individuals' awareness of priorities, expectations of the work environment, and evaluation criteria. it seems that based on the instructions of the organization regarding the clarification of the 5334 5212 4777 4714 4550 4117 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 role inadequacy responsibility role scope physical environment role workload role duality issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 27 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) job description and the action to the employee's performance evaluation every three months has been effective in this field. fig. 3. average total score calculated for occupational stressors by different job groups fig. 4. average total score calculated for occupational stressors by different job groups the results show that the level of education has a significant relationship with subscales role workload (p-value = 0.01), role inadequacy (p-value = 0.000), role duality (p-value = 0.003), role scope (p-value = 0.000), and responsibility (p-value = 0.001). similar studies show that there is a significant relationship between a person's perception of occupational stress and the level of education. for example, the study of (hajiamini et al., 2011) confirms this correlation. in the present study, we did not observe, a significant relationship between age and job stress. the results of the studies by (santana et al., 2012) and (soori & hatami sadabadi, 2003) also confirm that there is no significant relationship between age and job stress. while (azadmarzabadi et al., 2006) reported that job stress increases with age. perhaps the reason for this issue in the current study was the small number of participants in age groups over 45 years old. the p-values of marital status (0.03) show a significant relationship between this variable with subscales of role inadequacy and responsibility. the significance of the relationship between stress and marital status has been reported differently in various studies, so in sori et al.'s studeis (soori & hatami sadabadi, 2003; soori, ali, & nasrin, 2011), no significant relationship was found between marital status and any of the occupational stressors, but in a similar study, it was reported that the amount of stress is lower in married people (azadmarzabadi & tarkhorani, 2007). like marital status, work experience (p-values; 0.018) has a significant relationship with role inadequacy and responsibility. 197.4 196.27 187.89 180.6 177.83 177 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 logistic hse maintenance operation administrative security 3 3 .6 7 2 7 .7 3 2 .6 2 8 .9 5 2 6 .1 2 6 .52 9 .8 3 3 0 .5 3 4 .8 3 1 .3 8 3 2 2 9 .9 2 2 9 .9 2 3 6 .5 6 3 7 3 6 .0 5 3 5 .2 3 5 .6 7 2 8 3 2 .1 6 3 0 .6 2 8 .8 9 2 8 .8 2 8 .9 23 3 .2 5 3 4 .5 9 3 1 .4 2 9 .9 7 2 7 .6 2 3 .3 3 2 3 .1 7 3 4 .6 4 3 0 .9 3 2 .6 5 3 0 .8 3 2 .6 7 a d m i n i s t r a t i v e h s e l o g i s t i c m a i n t e n a n c e o p e r a t i o n s e c u r i t y role workload role inadequacy role duality role scope responsibility physical environment 28 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) although in the studies of (asadi & hosseini, 2019) and (sepahvand et al., 2019) no significant relationship was reported between work experience and job stress. finally, determining the stress level based on the classification related to the job group and the type of shift work system is similar to each other and shows the effect of these variables on subscales workload (p-value = 0.001) and responsibility (p-value = 0.000). according to the definitions, the area of responsibility shows the level of efficiency and well-being of the individual in the work environment, and the workload measures the individual's status regarding the demands of the work environment, (saleem et al., 2022) the study results confirm the type of job group and the description of its related job duties there is a meaningful relationship with these two areas among the stress parameters. also, the studies conducted by (asadi & hosseini, 2019) and (sepahvand et al., 2019) the same as the results of the present study, confirm that increased working hours and shift work have a significant relationship with job stress. also, studies findings by (ma et al., 2015 and cho et al., 2014) show that the average stress in shift workers is higher than others. in this regard, it can be said that shift workers, especially night shift workers, are exposed to adverse effects such as reduced sleep quality, increased anxiety levels, increased fatigue levels, and disturbed circadian rhythm due to irregular working hours. therefore, job needs and workloads in these people are increased compared to others, and they are exposed to a higher level of job stress (sguera et al., 2016). 4. conclusion the results of this study showed that the effect of occupational variables on the defined ranges in the occupational stress questionnaire is different. these differences show that occupational stress has a dynamic nature, and any changes in the work environment and other personal and social dimensions can change the level of occupational stress. therefore, we recommend controlling job stress in a more specialized manner on the six dimensions declared and their integrated improvement methods. in addition, the examination of the relationship between occupational stressors indicated that the level of health among occupational groups is different due to shift work systems, and among the investigated parameters, education level and shift work system are two parameters that can be intervened. therefore, organizations can provide the basis for increasing the mental health of employees by encouraging employees to continue their educations as well as focusing on improving shift work systems. study limitations: only the employees present at the workplace completed the questionnaire. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. ethical approval: the study was approved by the research ethics committee of the faculty of health and neuroscience research center, shahid beheshti university of medical sciences, tehran, iran (ir.sbmu.phns.rec.1401.886). conflict of interest: there are no conflicts of interest. acknowledgment: the authors especially appreciate and thank the participants of the study. references alefi, m., sadeghi yarandi, m., & karimi, a. (2020). modeling of occupational risk factors in the development of musculoskeletal disorders in nurses. archives of occupational health, 4(1), 474-479. https://doi.org/10.18502/aoh.v4i1.2253. asadi, n., & hosseini, s. s. (2019). study of job stress and its association with sleep quality among employees of behbahan bid boland gas refinery in 2017: a descriptive study. journal of rafsanjan university of medical sciences, 18(8), 797-810. http://dorl.net/dor/20.1001.1.17353165.1398.18.8.1.1. https://doi.org/10.18502/aoh.v4i1.2253 http://dorl.net/dor/20.1001.1.17353165.1398.18.8.1.1 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 29 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) askari, a., golmohammadi, r., alinia, a., & honairi haghighi, a. (2021). study the impact of acoustic barrier on noise reduction of generator building, case study: north azadegan oil field. journal of occupational hygiene engineering, 8(3), 50-58. http://dx.doi.org/10.52547/johe.8.3.50. askari, a., sepahvand, a., davoodi, m., mokhtari, f., & salehi-sahlabadi, a. (2022). noise control measures prioritization and job groups identification exposed to hearing impairments to implement a hearing conservation program in the azar oil field. irtiqa imini pishgiri masdumiyat, 10(2): 176-87. https://doi.org/10.22037/iipm.v10i2.37886. azadmarzabadi, e., & tarkhorani, h. (2007). job stress in a group of military personnel. journal mil med, 9(1), 15-22. https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000270.html?lang=en. azadmarzabadi, e., fathiashtiyani, a., & khodabakhsh, a. (2006). investigation of stress in military personnel in the persian gulf, tehran: baqiyatallah university. in military medicine congress. azemi, s., dianat, i., abdollahzade, f., bazazan, a., & afshari, d. (2022). work-related stress, self-efficacy and mental health of hospital nurses. work, 72(3), 1007-1014. https://doi.org/10.3233/wor-210264. babanataj, r., mazdarani, s., hesamzadeh, a., gorji, m. h., & cherati, j. y. (2019). resilience training: effects on occupational stress and resilience of critical care nurses. international journal of nursing practice, 25(1), e12697. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijn.12697. cho, t. s., jeon, w. j., lee, j. g., seok, j. m., & cho, j. h. (2014). factors affecting the musculoskeletal symptoms of korean police officers. journal of physical therapy science, 26(6), 925-930. https://doi.org/10.1589/jpts.26.925. decker, p. j., & borgen, f. h. (1993). dimensions of work appraisal: stress, strain, coping, job satisfaction, and negative affectivity. journal of counseling psychology, 40(4), 470. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0022-0167.40.4.470. dodanwala, t. c., & san santoso, d. (2021). the mediating role of job stress on the relationship between job satisfaction facets and turnover intention of the construction professionals. engineering, construction and architectural management, 29(4), 1777-1796. https://doi.org/10.1108/ecam-12-2020-1048. garbarino, s., cuomo, g., chiorri, c., & magnavita, n. (2013). association of work-related stress with mental health problems in a special police force unit. bmj open, 3(7), e002791. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2013-002791. ghaedamini harouni, a., ebrahimzadeh dastjerdi, r., & sadeghi, m. (2022). the effect of occupational stress on deviant behaviors in the workplace with the mediating role of job satisfaction. journal of management and sustainable development studies, 2(3), 19-35. https://doi.org/10.30495/msds.2022.1968102.1086. hajiamini, z., cheraghalipour, z., azad marzabadi, e., ebadi, a., & norouzi koushali, a. (2011). comparison of job stress in military and non-military drivers in tehran city. journal of military medicine, 13(1), 2530. https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000431.html?lang=en. hajiamini, z., cheraghalipour, z., azad marzabadi, e., ebadi, a., & norouzi koushali, a. (2011). comparison of job stress in military and non-military drivers in tehran. journal of military medicine, 13(1), 25-30. https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000431.html?lang=en. keikavoosi-arani, l., & someah, m. s. (2021). assessing levels of occupational stress among clinical dental students. journal of health and safety at work, 10(4), 436-446. https://jhsw.tums.ac.ir/article-16417-en.html. knezevic, b., milosevic, m., golubic, r., belosevic, l., russo, a., & mustajbegovic, j. (2011). work-related stress and work ability among croatian university hospital midwives. midwifery, 27(2), 146-153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.midw.2009.04.002. lowenstein, a. j., & bradshaw, m. j. (2004). fuszard's innovative teaching strategies in nursing. jones & bartlett learning. https://books.google.co.id/books?id=5_xkzk2vtrkc&hl=id&. ma, c. c., andrew, m. e., fekedulegn, d., gu, j. k., hartley, t. a., charles, l. e., ... & burchfiel, c. m. (2015). shift work and occupational stress in police officers. safety and health at work, 6(1), 25-29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.shaw.2014.10.001. http://dx.doi.org/10.52547/johe.8.3.50 https://doi.org/10.22037/iipm.v10i2.37886 https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000270.html?lang=en https://doi.org/10.3233/wor-210264 https://doi.org/10.1111/ijn.12697 https://doi.org/10.1589/jpts.26.925 https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0022-0167.40.4.470 https://doi.org/10.1108/ecam-12-2020-1048 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2013-002791 https://doi.org/10.30495/msds.2022.1968102.1086 https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000431.html?lang=en https://militarymedj.bmsu.ac.ir/article_1000431.html?lang=en https://jhsw.tums.ac.ir/article-1-6417-en.html https://jhsw.tums.ac.ir/article-1-6417-en.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.midw.2009.04.002 https://books.google.co.id/books?id=5_xkzk2vtrkc&hl=id& https://doi.org/10.1016/j.shaw.2014.10.001 30 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) masath, f. b. (2023). moderating effect of mental health on the iati n bet een ea er ’ tre an their professional attitude in tanzania. papers in education and development, 40(2). https://www.ajol.info/index.php/ped/article/view/239782. mathisen, g. e., tjora, t., & bergh, l. i. v. (2022). speaking up about safety concerns in high-risk industries: correlates of safety voice in the offshore oil rig sector. safety science, 145, 105487. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2021.105487. membrive-jiménez, m. j., gómez-urquiza, j. l., suleiman-martos, n., velando-soriano, a., ariza, t., de la fuente-solana, e. i., & cañadas-de la fuente, g. a. (2022). relation between burnout and sleep problems in nurses: a systematic review with meta-analysis. in healthcare (vol. 10, no. 5, p. 954). mdpi. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare10050954. membrive‐jiménez, m. j., velan ‐ rian , ., ra a ‐hernan ez, l., mez‐ur iza, j. l., mer ‐béjar, j. l., caña a ‐ e la f ente, . ., & e la f ente‐ lana, . . 2022 . revalen e, level an relate a t r b rn t in n r e mana er : m lti‐ entre r ‐ e ti nal t . journal of nursing management, 30(4), 954-961. https://doi.org/10.1111/jonm.13575. nadem, m., khodadadi, n., shojaee, z., ramezani, h., & moosavi, r. n. (2007). job satisfaction among psychiatric nurses in shafa hospital in rasht. holistic nursing and midwifery journal, 17(1), 37-43. https://hnmj.gums.ac.ir/article-1-251-en.html. naji, g. m. a., isha, a. s. n., alazzani, a., brough, p., saleem, m. s., mohyaldinn, m. e., & alzoraiki, m. 2022 . lea er i , r anizati nal mm ni ati n, an r envir nment im a t em l ee ’ psychosocial hazards in the oil and gas industry?. international journal of environmental research and public health, 19(8), 4432. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19084432. najimi, a., goudarzi, a. m., & sharifirad, g. (2012). causes of job stress in nurses: a cross-sectional study. iranian journal of nursing and midwifery research, 17(4), 301-305. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3702151/. naseeb, s., saif, n., khan, m. s., khan, i. u., & afaq, q. (2019). impact of performance appraisal politics on work outcome: multidimensional role of intrinsic motivation and job satisfaction. journal of management and research, 6(1), 1-37. https://ojs.umt.edu.pk/index.php/jmr/article/view/233. rani, n. d. m., kamarunzaman, n. z., & liu, j. (2022). pattern of psychosocial challenges among oil and gas workers: a systematic review. environment-behaviour proceedings journal, 7(20), 431-438. https://doi.org/10.21834/ebpj.v7i20.3491. rostamzadeh, s., abouhossein, a., chalak, m. h., vosoughi, s., & norouzi, r. (2023). an integrated dematel–anp approach for identification and prioritization of factors affecting fall from height accidents in the construction industry. international journal of occupational safety and ergonomics, 29(2), 474-483. https://doi.org/10.1080/10803548.2022.2052479. saedpanah, k., ghasemi, m., akbari, h., adibzadeh, a., & akbari, h. (2023). effects of workload and job stress on the shift work disorders among nurses: pls sem modeling. european journal of translational myology, 33(1). https://doi.org/10.4081/ejtm.2022.10909. saleem, m. s., isha, a. s. n. b., benson, c., awan, m. i., naji, g. m. a., & yusop, y. b. (2022). analyzing the impact of psychological capital and work pressure on employee job engagement and safety behavior. frontiers in public health, 10. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.1086843. santana, a. m. c., gomes, j. k. v., de marchi, d., girondoli, y. m., de lima rosado, l. e., rosado, g. p., & de andrade, i. m. (2012). ocuppational stress, working condition and nutrional status of military police officers. work, 41(supplement 1), 2908-2914. https://doi.org/10.3233/wor-2012-0543-2908. sepahvand, m. j., javadi, m., mokhtari, j., khaghanizade, m., & babajani-vafsi, s. (2019). assessment of job stress and its relationship with demographic and recruitment parameters in iranian navy personnel. journal of marine medicine, 1(3), 141-148. https://jmarmed.ir/article-1-50-en.html. sguera, f., bagozzi, r. p., huy, q. n., boss, r. w., & boss, d. s. (2016). curtailing the harmful effects of workplace incivility: the role of structural demands and organization-provided resources. journal of vocational behavior, 95, 115-127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2016.08.004. soori, h., & hatami sadabadi, a. r. (2003). a study on job stress among employed women in ahwaz, https://www.ajol.info/index.php/ped/article/view/239782 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2021.105487 https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare10050954 https://doi.org/10.1111/jonm.13575 https://hnmj.gums.ac.ir/article-1-251-en.html https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19084432 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3702151/ https://ojs.umt.edu.pk/index.php/jmr/article/view/233 https://doi.org/10.21834/ebpj.v7i20.3491 https://doi.org/10.1080/10803548.2022.2052479 https://doi.org/10.4081/ejtm.2022.10909 https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.1086843 https://doi.org/10.3233/wor-2012-0543-2908 https://jmarmed.ir/article-1-50-en.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2016.08.004 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 31 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 21-31 ali askari (relationship between demographic and employment parameters with job stress among employees of an oil field in western iran) iran. hakim res j, 6(1), 65-72. https://www.sid.ir/paper/29355/en#downloadbottom. soori, h., ali, j. m., & nasrin, r. (2011). prevalence and causes of low vision and blindness in tehran province, iran. jpma: journal of the pakistan medical association, 61(6), 544-549. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22204207/. zameni, f., nasiri, p., mahdinia, m., & soltanzadeh, a. (2021). analysis of the causal relationships of shift work, job stress and job satisfaction with the occupational health level based on fuzzy dematel method: a cross sectional study. journal of health and safety at work, 11(1), 151-63. http://jhsw.tums.ac.ir/article-1-6459-en.html. zare, m., nasiri, p., shahtaheri, s. j., golbabaei, f., & aghamollaei, t. (2007). noise pollution and hearing loss in one of the oil industries in iran. journal of hormozgan university of medical sciences, 11(2). https://hmj.hums.ac.ir/article/89358. https://www.sid.ir/paper/29355/en%23downloadbottom https://www.sid.ir/paper/29355/en%23downloadbottom https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22204207/ http://jhsw.tums.ac.ir/article-1-6459-en.html https://hmj.hums.ac.ir/article/89358 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.50 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 31 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to optimize sugar product’s distribution route ryan rafli devanda*, farida pulansari industrial engineering department, universitas pembangunan nasional “veteran” jawa timur, surabaya, 60294, indonesia *corresponding author: ryanraflidevanda@gmail.com introduction product distribution is moving products from the source to the final consumer with distribution channels at the right time (baharudin et al., 2020). the absence of proper distribution patterns affects the process of distributing products costly and lead to waste in terms of time, distance, and energy (wei & dong, 2022). therefore, the company must be able to determine the right strategy in terms of product distribution to be effective and efficient. companies can use one strategy to plan and determine the optimal distribution route so that consumers will receive the product in the right amount and low cost (mahmud et al., 2022). the correct distribution system can achieve various supply chain needs ranging from low distribution costs to high response by consumer demand. the best distribution is the distribution with the shortest distance so that it will affect the transportation costs incurred. shorter vehicle mileage will lower transportation costs (sarjono, 2014). so, distribution plays a vital role in the company. because meeting customer demand is not enough to meet the total demand but also service issues, timeliness of product delivery is the primary concern of consumers (rizkilah et al., 2021). determining the route of distribution of products without considering the capacity of the means of transportation results in inefficient routes; a more effective route will maximize the distance traveled, a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: july 2022 revised : september 2022 accepted: october 2022 the problem in product delivery is always being late and the company has not utilized the capacity of distribution transportation equipment to the fullest. this study aims to determine the shortest distribution route and minimize distribution costs using the saving matrix -branch and bound methods. in this study, the saving matrix method use to produce the shortest route distance, while the branch and bound method is applied to optimize a route distance. the results found that the saving matrix method followed by the branch and bound method reduced routes from the previous seven routes to five routes. meanwhile, the proposed distribution model shortens the route of 23.6% compared to the current, and cost savings is 23%. to conclude, the model of distribution distance affects the costs savings and optimum route. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords distribution routes saving matrix branch and bound winqsb https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:ryanraflidevanda@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 32 utilization of transportation means (fleet), distribution costs, and delivery time (pattiasina et al., 2018). transportation costs can be reduced by arranging the distribution system to run effectively and using existing transportation capital. optimization of the distribution system can be done by determining the distribution route to minimize distribution costs, total distance traveled, and the length of the trip so that it can optimize the number and capacity of vehicles (kurnia & ernawati, 2021). the sugar company is a company that processes sugar cane harvests into sugar that has premium quality. sugar company has a target system in terms of distribution, namely, implementing and developing the right distribution channel strategy and producing optimal product sales volumes to get profits. there are several transportation strategies that may be implemented, such as shipping on time, enhancing shipment accuracy, and boosting shipping capacities (hartati and misnadesi, 2019). in its implementation, distribution is a marketing process that can add value to the product through various functions such as utility, place, time, and product ownership rights. in addition, the creation also runs marketing flows both physically and non-physically, such as the flow of information, promotions, negotiations, payment, and so on. but currently, sugar company is looking for a solution to develop an effective and efficient distribution system so that it does not cause many routes to be traversed. after the initial observations, currently sugar company does not yet have a specific method for determining distribution channels. this resulted in a long distribution route, and the cost of distributing sugar was not minimal. the company only relies on knowledge of the route from the driver to the location of the destination, resulting in inconsistencies in product delivery which causes frequent delays in the delivery sugar products. the next problem is that the utilization of the conveyance capacity is not maximized. product delivery to the delivery place is routinely done without concern for the route or carrying capacity of the conveyance. this company has 7 routes in product distribution to agents. while in these 7 routes the utilization of transportation equipment capacity is not maximized, on route 1 the utilization of transportation equipment capacity is 98.15%, route 2 is 55.33%, route 3 is 69.01%, route 4 is 40%, route 5 is 96.35 %, route 6 is 53.25%, and route 7 is 53.25%. so the average utilization of transportation equipment capacity at the company is only 62.62% in 2021, which is relatively low, which is below 75%. the relative value of 75% is used to determine the feasibility of the products transported based on the vehicle's capacity (humaira, 2021). the company does not provide a minimum limit to agents during the process of purchasing goods so that goods are often delivered with not full capacity. therefore, the next agents often have to wait if no distribution fleet is available. delays in the delivery of goods to agents can affect customer satisfaction with the company. as a company engaged in providing basic necessities, the company will realize that making shipping routes available for use in shipping activities is very important for the company. the saving matrix method has also been utilized by several researchers to identify distribution routes with the lowest possible transportation costs. there are many methods for optimizing distribution routes, such as the research conducted by aprilia and ernawati (2021) using differential evolution (de), pertiwi et al. (2019) using clack and wright heuristics, tartono (2021) using tabu search, harsono and putro (2017) using distribution requirement planning (drp), and cahyaningsih et al. (2015) using the sweep algorithm. however, in this research, the saving matrix and branch and bound methods are used because these methods are in accordance with the problems that occur. so as to be able to solve problems related to the vehicle routing problem (vrp). for example, in research conducted by fadlisyah et al. (2021) the company had issues with goods delivery to the project site. the distribution of items in a single delivery to the project site is carried out without first considering the carrying capability of the current fleet and research by sugiono (2022) pt. x is a manufacturing company that produces motorcycles. pt. x now determines the distribution channel solely based on the drivers' expertise and understanding. distribution routes must contain the proper setup of distribution networks to provide speedy and low-cost delivery. this is referred to as a vehicle routing problem (vrp). to address this issue, research must be conducted in the hopes of reducing motorcycle unit distribution costs to dealers, namely by analyzing fuel consumption, toll fillers, unit bundles, and loading and unloading. previous research' findings are still unsatisfactory. this might be because the method adopted is spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 33 not aligned with the data. as a result, this research will focus on designing a route determination model by integrating different models to achieve an optimum distribution. this research aims to determine the shortest distribution route. the difference in this study is that not only is the shortest route, but the addition of the branch and bound algorithm is used to minimize problems using the winqsb software to assist in the research process. therefore, there are three components consisting of a limiting function, a selection strategy, and branching rules that did not exist in previous studies. the proposed model is expected that sugar companies can determine the shortest distance and minimize distribution costs efficiently. research method the first step in this research is to identify problems using direct observation, namely to find out the real problems faced by sugar company and using a review of literature to give a general summary and to bolster the data for this research (figure 1). there are two categories of data in this research: primary data and secondary data. primary data is raw information that may be collected from the field. interviews, observation, and documentation are the techniques used in this case. additionally, secondary data (internal) refers to verified, reliable data that has already been collected by companies (wirawan & suparto, 2021). continue to identify the variables after knowing the primary and secondary data. the dependent variables in this research are the determination of the distribution route and total distribution costs, while the independent variables are the initial route of distribution, agent location data, vehicle carrying capacity, distribution costs incurred by the company, and the amount of sugar product requests made by each consumer or agent. the steps of this research can be seen in figure 1. figure 1. flowchart research formation of a new route using the saving matrix method a distributed scheduling method called the saving matrix method looks at the existing routes to find the shortest route. this method is helpful so that the distribution of products to consumers is more scheduled so companies can save costs, time, and energy (sugiono, 2022). the vehicles needed to serve all stops can be reduced by using the saving matrix approach to reduce the overall distance. the savings method enables a lot of useful considerations for an implementation (yetrina and nainggolan, 2021). the savings matrix is a method that determines the best route by taking into consideration the distance traveled, the number of vehicles to be used, and the number of products that can be loaded by vehicles in product delivery to consumers so that the distribution process is optimal (wulandari, 2020). meanwhile, data is required at this stage: the coordinates of the agent on the map, the number of agents, and the vehicle's carrying capacity. the assumption is that traffic conditions such as traffic lights and congestion do not affect vehicle speed (damayanti et al., 2020). the saving matrix approach consists of numerous phases, which are as follows (pujawan, 2017): 1. identify the distance matrix spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 34 equation (1) is used to determine the step distance matrix: j(1,2)= √(𝑋1 − 𝑋2) 2+(𝑌1 − 𝑌2) 2 (1) 2. identify the savings matrix next, the distance saving matrix is calculated using equation (2): 𝑆(𝑥, 𝑦) = (𝐽(𝐺, 𝑥) + 𝐽(𝐺, 𝑦) − 𝐽(𝑥, 𝑦) (2) 3. allocate consumers to vehicles or routes in this step, the customer is allocated to the vehicle or route in the combination of customer routes, combined to the limit of the existing truck or fleet capacity, by looking at the value of the largest savings in the distance saving matrix table. the procedure used to create a customer on a route is to divide the customer based on the largest saving value. this procedure is repeated for all customers that have been allocated to the existing route (sutoni and apipudin, 2019). 4. sort consumers into defined routes there are several methods for establishing the order of visits. in this research, the nearest insert method was applied. the nearest insert method is the shortest route since it is put into the current route, resulting in the minimum distance. calculation of new routes using the branch and bound method the branch and bound algorithm, namely the use of bounds for the function to be optimized combined with the best available solution value, allows this algorithm to find parts of many solutions implicitly (monoarfa et al., 2021). in essence, this algorithm uses an enumeration approach by turning off search space which does not lead to completion. this method is made for linear programming (linear programming). this method is primarily applicable to optimization issues. this method is made up of two basic procedures: branching and bounding. branching is the process of dividing a large problem into two or more smaller ones (sub problems). bounding, on the other hand, is the act of finding the lower bound on the best solution to the subproblem in issue (bangun et al., 2015). the explanation of the branch and bound algorithm on the flow chart is described as follows: a. form a matrix (cij) which is the distance matrix from each city that forms a matrix of size n x n, where n is the number of the initial city and all cities to be visited. each element of the cij matrix is the distance from the city point i to city j, while i and j are vertices.reducing the cij matrix by subtracting each element in the row with the smallest value. b. reducing the cij matrix by subtracting each element in the column that has the smallest value with the smallest value. c. furthermore, the reduction process will produce a root node boundary value of c(r) which is obtained from the sum of all the subtraction elements. d. a matrix a is formed which is the reduced matrix for the root node r. e. then if we assume that s is a child of r, so that the side (r, s) in the status tree, then we take several steps in the matrix a below: 1. converts all value elements in rows and columns to values ∞ 2. convert element a(j,1) to value ∞ 3. reduce matrix a as in steps b) ,c) ,d) to produce another matrix such as matrix b. 4. calculate the minimum weight value for each node according to the equation: c(s) = c(r) + a(i,j) + r, where c(s) is the minimum weight value for the s node, c(r) is the minimum weight value for the root node, a(i,j) is the minimum weight value for the root node. edge elements (i,j) at the vertices (r,s), and r is the sum of all the subtractions to obtain the reduction matrix but for the vertex s. f. the matrix reduction is continued indefinitely until a status tree with a smaller limit value is generated. g. create a route using the nodes collected. in other words, the formation of under-cycles in the network is prohibited by these constraints. since variables 𝑥𝑖𝑗 can only take a 0 or 1 state, this problem has a finite number of solutions. in this research, the problem solving process was assisted using the branch and bound method using the software. qsb (quantity system for business) software or commonly known as winqsb (qsb running on windows spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 35 operating systems), is software that contains problem-solving algorithms for operations research (operational research) and can be used to solve traveling salesman problems. this is a route 1 sorting agent distance per unit kilometer example (triyanto et al. 2015): a. open the winqsb software and select network modeling. b. click the file and then click new problem, then the net problem specification will appear. c. select traveling salesman problem (tsp) in the problem type option. then select minimization on the objective criterion. click the spreadsheet matrix form in the data entry format. type route 1 (adjusted to the order of the route to be calculated based on the selected method, namely the saving matrix method) in the problem title. type a number (adjusted with the number of nodes on the routes to be checked based on the selected method, namely the saving matrix method) on the number of nodes. finally, click ok. d. type edit to change the from/to description as needed. type the distance (km) in each column and row according to the selected nodes on the new route 1 according to the distance matrix. e. click solve and analyze, select solve and display branch and bound step. f. click iteration and select nonstop to finish. selection of the most optimal proposed method furthermore, the selection of methods from 2 methods that have been processed. the choice of the method can be seen from the distance traveled by the new route. this selection is made to determine which solution is more optimal from the two proposed methods (tj2). calculate the total distribution cost of the selected method calculate the total cost of distribution of sugar products on the proposed route based on the proposed distance data. furthermore, the initial saving matrix route and the branch and bound (tj2) method are used to calculate the total consumer spending for the period january to december 2021. calculation of the total cost of distribution is carried out on each route. from january 2021 to december 2021, distribution costs are estimated four times each month using a suggested approach for each new route created. at the request of the agent. as for calculating the total cost of distribution on each route (6 km = 1 litre) using equation (3)-(5): distribution cost = total distance x 1/6 x fuel cost x 4x/month x 12 months (3) retribution cost = retribution cost x 4x/month x 12 months (4) total distribution cost of route x/year = distribution cost + retribution cost (5) comparison of company method and proposed method then will analyze the comparison between the company's distribution costs and the recommended distribusion costs using the proposed method (flórez-orrego et al., 2015). the formula for calculating the percentage of distance and cost savings is shown in equation (6)-(7) percentage of distance = company route – proposed method route x 100% company route (6) percentage of cost = company cost – proposed method cost x 100% company cost (7) results and discussion data collection after the collecting data procedure, the location data of consumers or agents obtained from the company is in the form of agent location data, with 13 agents spread widely in various cities in east java province as shown intable 1. this research uses to determine the agent's location with a map of east java province with a scale of 1: 420,000. calculate the distance between one agent and another as well as the distance between the warehouse and the agent by entering the coordinates. coordinates are then drawn on a map of east java, with the location of the warehouse serving as the primary coordinate point (0,0). the x-coordinate line and y-coordinate line of the map are also used to change each agent's placement. the distribution center is a storage/warehouse that is used to suit the demands of small spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 36 traders in a region, allowing the market selling price of items to become more competitive. (rao, 2017). table 1. average demand and warehouse-agent distance code city average demand (kg) warehouse-agent distance (km) coordinat x y c1 surabaya 4,304 81.3 3.1 19.1 c2 sidoarjo 3,548 66.8 2.5 15.7 c3 blitar 1,813 42.4 10.1 -0.2 c4 kediri 2,426 64.2 -14.1 5.9 c5 jember 5,521 113 26.8 -2.3 c6 mojokerto 348 66.3 -3.9 15.3 c7 jombang 852 66.5 -8.6 13.3 c8 bangkalan 3,333 110 3.2 25.9 c9 pemekasan 4,375 132.6 21.4 23.2 c10 madiun 2,256 117.6 -25.8 10.9 c11 ponorogo 2,004 116.2 -27.2 5.1 c12 gresik 430 95.4 0.6 22.7 c13 lamongan 325 100.1 -4 23.5 source: pt. xyz distribution cost data is data from companies that explain in detail the company's expenses in product distribution, ranging from fuel costs, distribution costs, to driver salaries. the distribution cost data issued by the corporation can be seen in table 2. table 2. cost distribution data no cost type truck colt diesel (tcd) 1 fuel cost : solar idr 5,150,-/litre 2 retribution cost : parking fees, toll fees and food fees idr 350,000,-/trip 3 driver salary idr 3,636,250,-/month table 3. company route data, total distance, and total demand route code route total demand (kg) total distance (km) 1 c0-c1-c2-c0 7,852 162.8 2 c0-c3-c4-c0 4,426 211.4 3 c0-c5-c0 5,521 226 4 c0-c6-c7-c0 1,200 154.3 5 c0-c8-c9-c0 7,708 319.9 6 c0-c10-c11-c0 4,260 259 7 c0-c12-c13-c0 755 215.1 total 31,535 1,548.4 (tj1) table 3 will show the initial route, total distance and total order load used by sugar company to distribute its products. sugar company has 7 distribution routes for the initial route, and sugar distribution is carried out four times a month. calculations revealed that total agent demand for all of the company's initial trips was 31,535 kg, and the total distance of the initial trip for the entire company was 1,548.4 km (tj1). then proceed with calculating the total cost of distribution for the months of januarydecember 2021 with the initial route of the company method. table 4 shows the calculation of distribution costs using equation (3) and (4). as for employee salaries, they are calculated separately, not in one route in each route, because the driver's salary is calculated every month. table 4. total distribution costs january-december 2021 no code route distribution costs (idr) 1 route 1 23,507,328 2 route 2 23,509,648 3 route 3 26,111,184 4 route 4 8,757,168 5 route 5 29,979,888 6 route 6 27,470,784 7 route 7 11,262,144 8 total driver salary 43,635,000 total 227,933,144 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 37 formation of a new route using the saving matrix method since the distance from the warehouse to each agent has already been estimated, the first step in this procedure is to calculate the distance matrix, or the distance between one agent and another, as well as the distance between each warehouse and each agent. since this distance between the warehouse and each agent is measured in kilometers, the following calculations are performed to estimate the distance between each agent. after getting the whole matrix, it will also be possible to determine the distances between each agent and the warehouse as well as between one agent and another measured in kilometers. table 5 shows the calculation of distance between the location of the agents and the sugar warehouse using equation (1). then, the savings distance is calculated for the location distance from one agent to another. table 6 shows the calculation of distance saving matrix between each agents using equation (2). table 5. distance between agent location and sugar warehouse (km) c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c1 2 c13 c1 81.3 0 c2 66.8 14.7 0 c3 42.4 86.2 76.9 0 c4 64.2 91.1 81 104.8 0 c5 113 134,1 127 70,7 175,1 0 c6 66,3 33,6 26.9 87.7 58.4 148.6 0 c7 66.5 54.8 47.7 96.9 38.7 162.5 21.5 0 c8 110 28.6 42.9 113.4 111 154.4 53.6 57.6 0 c9 132.6 78.9 85.4 109.6 166 109.8 111.3 132.7 77.3 0 c10 117.6 126 120.5 157.9 53.3 227.8 97.8 72.9 137.1 204.9 0 c11 116.2 140.3 132.4 158.2 55 31.1 106.8 85.4 154.7 217.8 25.2 0 c12 95.4 18.5 30.5 104.2 93.7 152.1 36.4 55.2 17.3 87.4 121.5 138.2 0 c13 100.1 35.1 42.6 115.8 85.2 168.8 34.4 47 31.9 106.7 105.8 124.4 19.6 0 table 6. distance saving matrix in kilometers (km) c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c10 c11 c12 c13 c1 0 c2 133.6 0 c3 37.5 32.3 0 c4 54.4 50 1.8 0 c5 60.2 52.8 84.7 2.9 0 c6 114 106.2 21 72.1 30.7 0 c7 93 85.6 12 92 17 111.3 0 c8 162.7 133.9 39 63.2 68.6 122.7 118.9 0 c9 135 114 65.4 30.8 135.8 87.6 66.4 165.3 0 c10 72.9 63.9 2.1 128.5 2.8 86.1 111.2 90.5 45.3 0 c11 57.2 50.6 0.4 125.4 198.1 75.7 97.3 71.5 31 208.6 0 c12 158.2 131.7 33.6 65.9 56.3 125.3 106.7 188.1 140.6 91.5 73.4 0 c13 146.3 124.3 26.7 79.1 44.3 132 119.6 178.2 126 111.9 91.9 160.4 0 furthermore, after the distance saving matrix is obtained in table 6, an allocation will be made to get the shortest new route by adjusting the number of vehicle capacities owned by the company. merger begins with the greatest savings value since it seeks to maximize savings while classifying retailers (destinations) according to a specified path (abdurrahman et al., 2019). the allocation of agents on new vehicles and routes in the period january 2021 – december 2021 is as shown in table 7. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 38 table 7. determination of agents on the vehicle by using iteration iteration route saving distance (km) order size (kg) max vehicle capacity (kg) route to 1 c10-c11 208.6 2,256+2,004 = 4,260 8,000 1 2 c8-c12 188.1 3,333+430 = 3,763 8,000 2 3 c8-c12-c13 178.2 3,333+430+325=4088 8,000 2 4 c8-c12-c13-c2 133.6 3,333+430+325+3,548 =7,636 8,000 2 5 c8-c12-c13-c2-c6 132 3,333+430+325+3,548 +348=7,984 8,000 2 6 c10-c11-c4 128.5 2,256+2,004+2,426 =6,686 8,000 1 7 c10-c11-c4-c7 111.2 2,256+2,004+2,426+852 =7,538 8,000 1 8 c3-c5 84.7 1,813+5,521=7,334 8,000 3 9 c1 0 4,304 8,000 4 10 c9 0 4,375 8,000 5 total 31,535 40,000 the distribution is then sorted as the following stage. in this study, the nearest insert approach is applied. sorting is accomplished by picking the agent nearest to the warehouse. orders for sugar product distribution from the warehouse to agents should be returned to the warehouse using the closest insert technique, as detailed in table 8. table 8. route sequence after using saving matrix method (proposed) route code rute distance (km) 1 c0-c10-c11-c4-c7-c0 303 2 c0-c6-c8-c12-c13-c2-c0 266.2 3 c0-c3-c5-c0 226.1 4 c0-c1-c0 162.6 5 c0-c9-c0 265.2 total distance 1,223.1 calculation of new routes using the branch and bound method based on the data grouping, the new route of sugar product from the warehouse to the agent formed in the table above proceeds to sort using the help of the branch and bound method. winqsb software supports in the branch and bound method's application. after using the branch and bound method, the route sequence is determined using software. this is an example of sorting agent distance per unit kilometer for route 1 (triyanto et al. 2015): a. open the winqsb software and select network modeling. b. click the file and then click new problem, then the net problem specification will appear. c. select traveling salesman problem (tsp) in the problem type option. then select minimization on the objective criterion. click the spreadsheet matrix form in the data entry format. type route 1 (adjusted to the order of the route to be calculated based on the selected method, namely the saving matrix method) in the problem title. type a number (adjusted with the number of nodes on the routes to be checked based on the selected method, namely the saving matrix method) on the number of nodes. finally, click ok. d. type edit to change the from/to description as needed. type the distance (km) in each column and row according to the selected nodes on the new route 1, which contains the distance (km) for warehouse (c0), city of kediri (c4), city of jombang (c7), city of madiun (c10), and ponorogo city (c11) according to the distance matrix. e. click solve and analyze, select solve and display branch and bound step. f. click iteration and select nonstop to finish. figure 2 shows that the order of the trip sequence on route 1 is nearly optimal is 283.8 km, based on the data input generated in the winqsb program. the next path will thereafter be followed. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 39 figure 2. display of iteration and nonstop to finish on route 1 the following table 9 describes how to order the distribution of sugar from the warehouse to the agent for return to the warehouse using the branch and bound method using winqsb software. table 9. route sequence after using the branch and bound method route code rute distance (km) 1 c0-c4-c11-c10-c7-c0 283.8 2 c0-c2-c12-c8-c13-c6-c0 247.2 3 c0-c5-c3-c0 226.1 4 c0-c1-c0 162.6 5 c0-c9-c0 265.2 total distance 1,184.9 selection of the most optimal proposed method furthermore, the selection of methods from 2 methods that have been processed is carried out. the selection of methods can be seen from the combat distance of the new route. this selection was made to determine which solution is more optimal than the two proposed methods. table 10. table for selection of the most optimal proposed method route saving matrix method distance (km) saving matrix and branch and bound method distance (km) 1 c0-c10-c11-c4-c7-c0 303 c0-c4-c11-c10-c7-c0 283.8 2 c0-c6-c8-c12-c13-c2-c0 266.2 c0-c2-c12-c8-c13-c6-c0 247.2 3 c0-c3-c5-c0 226.1 c0-c5-c3-c0 226.1 4 c0-c1-c0 162.6 c0-c1-c0 162.6 5 c0-c9-c0 265.2 c0-c9-c0 265.2 total 1,223.1 total 1,184.9 (tj2) source: protable cessed data table 10 shows that there is a distance comparison between the two methods used. based on the outcomes of the branch and bound approach and the saving matrix's sequence of route lengths from the warehouse to the agent. the savings matrix method is chosen as the most effective suggested strategy, followed by the branch and bound method. in comparing the values of the distance traveled, the saving matrix method simply results in a value of 1,223.1 km, whereas the branch and bound method resulted in a value of 1,184.9 km (tj2). calculate the total distribution cost of the selected method calculate the total cost of distribution of sugar on the proposed route (tj2) based on the proposed distance data. furthermore, the saving matrix starting route and branch and bound (tj2) method were used to calculate the total consumer expenses for the period of january to december 2021. from january 2021 to december 2021, distribution expenses are estimated four times each month using the suggested approach for each new route created at the agent's request. table 11 shows the calculation of distribution costs on each route after used method proposed using equation (3) and (4). spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 40 table 11. distribution costs after the proposal no code route distribution costs (idr) 1 route 1 28,492,560 2 route 2 26,984,640 3 route 3 26,115,312 4 route 4 23,499,120 5 route 5 27,726,240 6 total driver salary 43,635,000 total 176,452,872 based on the results of the sequence of route distances from the warehouse to the agent using the saving matrix and branch and bound methods. the total distribution cost is obtained, which is rp. 176,452,872. comparison of company method and proposed method then tables 12 will analyze the comparison between the company's transportation costs and the recommended transportation costs using the proposed method. table 12. distribution comparison distribution comparison method saving distance (km) distance saving percentage (%) company route proposed method (saving matrix and branch and bound) total distance (km) 1,548.4 1,184.9 363.5 23% total cost (idr) 228,933,144 176,452,872 52,480,272 23% the saving matrix method followed by the branch and bound method is better than the company method. as a result, the branch and bound method results from the saving matrix method, with a total distance of 1,184.9 km, will be chosen as the suggested route, and the total initial distance of the company is 1,548.4 km, so the total distance savings is 363.5 km or with a percentage of distance savings of 23%. therefore, the branch and bound method followed by the saving matrix method may be used to find the optimal distribution path to get a less order load. the proposed method of settlement between saving matrix & branch and bound is therefore preferable to the company's initial/regular procedure. so the results obtained from the proposed method of saving matrix & branch and bound with a total cost of idr 176,452,872,per year with cost savings on the initial route of idr 228,933,144,per year, so the total cost savings of idr 52,480,272,per year or with a percentage of cost savings of 23%. thus, the outputs of the combined saving matrix, branch, and bound method may be used to choose the effective distribution route in order to minimize costs. conclusion this research integrates saving matrix and branch and bound to find the optimal route of sugar distribution. the proposed model results in a route of 1,184.9 km with the company's initial route of 1,548.4 km, then obtained savings of 363.5 km with 23%. therefore, the shortest route will also affect the distribution costs of the company to obtain the total cost of the company's initial distribution of idr 228,933,144, and the total cost of using the method of savings matrix and branch and bound of idr 176,452,872,then obtained savings of idr 52,480,272,with savings of 23%. this research has distribution of goods-related limitations. researchers realize that in research, there are many obstacles. one factor that becomes an obstacle is the product distribution process. in this research, the products delivered are homogenous due to the fact that the product distribution procedure is occasionally sent to agents with many items. for further research, it is possible to include distribution costs for loading and unloading variables because these variables are not included in this study. secondly, it is possible to use google maps to get the distance from the warehouse to the agent accurately, and lastly, it is also possible to anticipate the agent demands for the upcoming years. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 2, october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 41 references baharudin, d. s., salsabila, s., and anggraeni, n. f. (2020). optimization of vehicle routing distribution of gallon bottled water products using a combination of genetic algorithms and tabu search at the banyu belik purwokerto refill drinking water depot. journal of engineering: science development media and engineering applications, 19(01), 24-33. bangun, p. b. j., octarina, s., and purba, b. v. (2015). penyelesaian travelling selesman problem (tsp) dengan metode branch and bound, semirata 2015 bidang mipa bks-ptn barat, pontianak, 399–408. damayanti, t. r., kusumaningrum, a. l., susanty, y. d., and islam, s. s. (2020). route optimization using saving matrix method – a case study at public logistics company in indonesia, international conference on industrial engineering and operations management, detroit, 1583–1591. dell’amico, m., montemanni, r., & novellani, s. (2021). algorithms based on branch and bound for the flying sidekick traveling salesman problem. omega, 104, 102493. fadlisyah, h., septiawan, d., and mahmudin, j. (2021). minimizing delivery costs with the saving matrix method (case study at pt.sei), review of international geographical, 11(5), 1053–1058. febriyanti, d. e., primadasa, r., & sutono, s. b. (2022). determination of distribution routes using the saving matrix method to minimize shipping costs at pt. sukun transport logistics. spektrum industri, 20(1), 79-90. indrawati, i., eliyati, n., and lukowi, a. (2016). determining the optimal route for transporting waste in palembang city using the saving matrix method. journal of science research, 18(3), 105-109. kurnia, a., and ernawati, d. (2021). optimal distribution route planning with differential evolution (de) algorithm method pt. xyz. juminten, 2(4), 73-84. kurniawan, v. r. b., & puspitasari, f. h. (2020). a mathematical model for delivery zone groups based on courier assignment optimization: a case study in a logistics service provider. spektrum industri, 18(2), 183. mahmud, s. l., achmad, n., and malango, r. (2022). determination of 3 kg lpg gas distribution route using saving matrix method (case study : south bolaang mongondow regency). journal of mathematical research and applications, 06(01), 40-62. mehranfar, n., hajiaghaei-keshteli, m., & fathollahi-fard, a. m. (2019). a novel hybrid whale optimization algorithm to solve a production-distribution network problem considering carbon emissions. international journal of engineering, 32(12), 1781-1789. monoarfa, m. i., lasalewo, t., and hasanuddin. (2021). optimization of subsidized urea fertilizer distribution route by saving matrix and generalized assignment method. journal of vocational science and tectonology, 1(1), 12-18. poikonen, s., golden, b., & wasil, e. a. (2019). a branch-and-bound approach to the traveling salesman problem with a drone. informs journal on computing, 31(2), 335-346. rizkilah, w. r., rizwan, r., faisal k. m., and fauzi, m. (2021). implementation of the saving matrix method to determine vehicle routes. journal of community service, 3(1), 23-31. sarjono, h. (2014). determine the best route to minimize transportation costs. applied mathematical sciences, 8(62), 3063-3074. sugiono, m. c. (2022). model vehicle routing problem for determining the distribution route of motorcycle units by saving matrix method. journal of industrial service, 7(2), 230-233. syah, h. f., putra, c. l., and mulyadi, n. (2020). meminimalkan biaya transportasi pengiriman barang plts seismic area jawa barat dengan menetukan rute distribusi yang efisien dengan metode saving matrix di pt.xyz. airlangga journal of innovation management, 1(2), 226–236. triyanto, f., adianto, h., and susanty, s. (2015). usulan rancangan rute distribusi gas lpg 3 kg menggunakan metode heuristik dan metode branch and bound. jurnal online insitut teknologi nasional, 03(03), 194–205. wulandari, c. b. k. (2020). determination of distribution routes using the nearest neighbors method and branch and bound method to minimize distribution costs in pt. x. journal of industrial engineering optimization (joti), 2(1), 7-12. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 2 october 2022 pp. 31-42 integrated saving matrix branch and bound method to… (devanda & pulansari) 42 yetrina, m., and nainggolan, d. s. (2021). penentuan rute distribusi untuk meminimasi biaya distribusi di ukm habil snack. jurnal teknologi dan sistem informasi bisnis, 3(1), 247–253. uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.77 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id 43 spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) robust controller numerical design for reinforced concrete structures under seismic excitation conditions tim chena1, robert c. crosbie2, azita anandkumarb3, charles melville4, j chen5* and t nguyen6 1 faculty of information technology, ton duc thang university, ho chi minh city, vietnam 2 faculty of mathematics, technische universität dresden, dezernat 8, 01062 dresden, saxony, germany 3 3 computing and mathematical sciences, university of bath, bath, ba2 7ay, uk 4 department electrical & electronic engineering, university of bath, bath, ba2 7ay, u.k. 5 department of artificial intelligence, university of maryland, maryland 20742, usa 6 hanoi cultural university, hanoi city, vietnam *corresponding author: cj343965@gmail.com introduction a detailed inspection covers the effects and potential hazards of damaging hazards such as earthquakes and construction disturbances. the basic control frame contains a dynamic wet mass that absorbs sudden moisture and prevents gusts of wind from rising to tall structures. given the important human considerations, experimental research on vibration control structures is expected to be completed as part of the morning warning of earthquakes. over the past two decades, a great deal of research has been done and applied to the development , generation, testing and implementation of a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: september 2022 revised : october 2022 accepted: october 2022 the article discusses driver optimization design issues that combine the evolution of artificial intelligence of the bat optimization algorithm with fuzzy drivers to enable practical applications in construction. the designation of system controllers includes various subsections such as initial system parameters, eb optimization algorithm, cloud controllers, stability analysis, and excitation sensors. the advantage of this design is the integrated h2 / h∞ output of a robust strategy for certain systems with continuous and polyhedral uncertainties f or. the asymptote was obtained by adjusting the design parameters with the help of correction criteria. numerical verification of the time and frequency domain shows the new system design to accurately predict and control the structural displacement reactions required to actively control each model structure . the genetic algorithm test technique uses the hurwitz matrix functional structure hierarchy for hierarchical conditions and measures of exacerbation of effect. this article proposes any type of dynamic controller to obtain the optimal power structure required for active control of nonlinear structures. this method has shown favorable results in the resolutions of closed systems. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords genetic design algorithm simulation method fuzzy logic reasoning : the evolutionary algorithm of bats https://doi.org/10.26555/ijish.v3i2.2222 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:cj343965@gmail.com http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 44 active, semi-active and subhybrid regulations. the vibrations are damped by excited unstable structures. the use of external power supplies is an important part of the power dynamism and the dynamics of the linking activity. multiple inspections have shown that dynamic gadgets have been tested as vibration dampers to reduce structural vibration (e.g. connor, 2003; yanıketal ., 2018; adeli and jiang)., 2006; jiang and adeli, 2005; muhammad et al. 2018; zhou et al. 2015 jin et al. 2018 li et al. 2017 chang et al. , 2019). dynamic mode control is fully applicable to multi-degree structures of freedom as the response is performed in a general manner. external power supplies are inefficient, require no control framework, are increasingly cost effective, and facilitate application planning. while various ratings and their strategies have been approved and proposed , most of the research concerns the practical applications and methods of fleet regulation. robust control problems can be divided into linear transform systems and other problems, including time invariant or nonlinear. in general, nonlinear systems can be thought of as nonlinear nonlinear systems. in other words, the problem of nonlinear control can be solved by the robust force method. in other words, reliable design methods can be used to design nonlinear controllers if the nonlinear model can be considered a linear uncertainty model. based on the concepts and concepts mentioned above, the goal of this article is to design a reliable driver for linear and nonlinear systems, including uncertain model and strong effect. for example, a nonlinear system can be considered a linear system if the state of the system is close to the equilibrium point. according to this concept, the takagi kanno concept, whose reasoning (ts) uses the fuzzy concept, is a fuzzy concept combining several linear systems to approximate the behavior of the original non-linear system (kickert and mamdani, 1978; braae and) rutherford, 1979; chang and zadeh. 1972, buvana and jayashri, 2019). with this simple and general approach, any model can use a linear system to express the meaning of each power rule. this allows the use of the linear feedback method with continuous feedback. królów (1996) proposed distributed power series of parallel concepts (pdc) . it follows the same order as the settings specified in the hypothesis section for each rule. an effective theoretical system of building management systems requires a higher level of service standards and an effective way to reduce the initial user experience without harming the building. the literature discusses many reasons to achieve this goal by trying various forms of management, but the correct solution to the problem remains ambiguous. recently, the evolutionary bat algorithmic (eba) optimization method has been introduced, which highlights a number of optimization problems. this article is about eba optimization in construction management strategy, one of the latest interesting optimization optimization topics. the information gathering zone is also warm and fun, and attracts the attention of many researchers. lots of people are encouraged and inspired by the algorithm these algorithms are built in the field for the intelligence of natural animals. methods often require complex calculations and mimic some existing or retained methods. for example, tsai et al. , (2012) was used to describe the bat discovery process in order to solve many mechanical problems. in this article, the eba applies to optimizing the building administration plan, which is one of the most difficult optimization problems in recent years. variable optimization controllers are those that provide response conditions (such as output) to a controller position change. research method concrete structures are the most common type of modern architecture. figure 1 shows that the three-story concrete structure has been reinforced. it usually consists of a specific body or skeleton. the horizontal elements are rays and the vertical elements are columns. concrete buildings also include floors and roofs that serve as foundations. the poles are so large that they carry the house's luggage. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 45 figure 1. floor level equation. (1) the equation of motion of the motor unit and the electronic system of a rock reservoir can be written as a model consisting of the following assumptions ( zhou et al., 2015; kim et al., 2018; leeetal., 2018 et al. chang et al., 2017 chang et al., 2019: chen, 2014; mx t cx t kx t bu t mrx g  ( )  ( ) ( ) ( ) + + = − (1) where is the vector n representing x x x x r n t n = [ , , ] 1 2  the area-to-surface drift from the designated i-th floor of the unit. matrices m , c, k have mass, and sometimes matrices and matrix matrices respectively . in the controller design, each criterion corresponds to equation (1), and the equation of state is combined with:  ( ) ( ) ( ) x t ax t bu t ex g = + + (2) with* x x x t t t = [  ] , a i m k m c b m b e r n n = − −       =       = −        − − − 0 0 0 1 1 1 . the dynamic system (2) is different for each region. you can use the fuzzy control ts to build more linear models and link each linear model with an associated function. figure 2 shows the concept of conceptual inference, which is based on the fuzzy ts pattern. figure 2. describe fuzzy models based on ts use dynamic models to examine the final time dimension of an independent line installation σ (θ). spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 46 where x (t) n is the state input, u (t) n is the input , ω ( t) n is the disturbance , y ( t ) n is the measurement output , z2 i each of the outputs z∞ has appropriate dimensions . the parameters cy , c2, c∞ derive the matrices y (t), z2 (t) and z∞ (t) , respectively . in addition, the parameters d 2u , d ω ω , d ∞ u are transferred directly from the starting matrices to the outputs y (t), z 2 ( t) and z ∞ (t) , respectively . a ( θ ) b u ( θ ) bω ( θ ) depends on an unknown variable or time variables or a table divided into circles and has the following structure. (3) dynamic model; (4) static output feedback controller (5) replacing (5) with (2) closes the loop and restores the system. (6) (7) our goal is to find an acceptable g that is similar to this; a) equation. (6) sure; b) the following business monitoring standards: (8) (9) h2 and h∞ are the norms of closed loops (6 ) (10) where σmax ( h∞) represents the maximum value of h∞ and the frobenii norm. (11) as defined (12) this can be translated as the maximum value of ω (t) and rms in any direction and at any frequency, respectively. to achieve this, we obtain the criterion validity of the lyapunov method as shown in the figure below. lemma 1 symmetrical x∞ and g , the ratio is stable over the latitude h∞ or within γ. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 47 (13) the concept is to describe a term that can be generated from symmetry. lemma ii (14). (15) y = 1 , theory predicted by scherer et al. easily available since (1997). therefore, no proof is required. it is obvious (13) that the steady state includes (14). therefore, the h∞ / h2 mixture can be expressed. ,, (16) follow (13) and (15). it is known that the worst case lmi can be used based on the worst case outcome method. therefore, the dataset can be very conservative. moreover, by solving lmi by g alone, let x = x2 = x∞> 0 (scherer et al., 1997). however, these limitations can be minor , especially with robust multi-sided models. to overcome the above errors, a numerical algorithm is used to find consecutive responses to productions, stabilizing closed loops and asymptomatically obscuring performance circuits. lapunov's design, general configuration, and experimental techniques used to narrow down the hurwitz approach to mitigate stability in the family polynomial region (chung and january 2009) showed solid stability. definition 1: closed dynamical system ac ( θ) can be transformed into a family using a sequential polynomial system with g data (17) a polynomial represents a family. 1 assumption (18) (19). nn hj is the hurwitz test matrix related to the p (s) table. definition 2: define the average performance as follows: (20) moreover, consider only optimizing the vector sum of each uncertainty. how (20) can you say that. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 48 (21) lemma iii. but σc (θ) is stable in the following cases. (1) (22). (2) (23). (iii) (24). (25) if > 0, the solution is terminated. the stability of the solidity relationship d is defined as follows: (26). according to lemma 3, the rest of the task is to adjust the optimal g (22-24) and reduce the cost effect (21) . the ga-based floating point designation is shown in figure g. 3-4 poll g dominates with good odds (22-24) and (21). to maintain form, we use the hierarchy (22-24) and (21) to bind to a function called hffs (21). you can search for a g in any ga by changing the hffs training modes. figure 3. structural assessment of the developed genetic algorithm figure 4. algorithmic algorithm for estimating genetic structures spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 49 the method of performing hffs is to convert (22-24) into lower body functions and link these lower body functions to a hierarchy. by combining the sequences (22-24) you can turn your subconscious into action. (27) where efficiency and function are the i-th sub-efficiency. this assessment is based on the ability to more easily identify the stability of the scenery conditions, which are implemented in a coherent hierarchical structure. the execution of di is defined as the corresponding i-th. (28) (29) (30) (31) where is the relative stability of the left half of the complex plane. results and discussion tellurite glasses teo2−tio2−zno with a composition of (100-x-y)teo2-xtio2-y zno, (x,y)=) 15;10) (15;5), (10;15), (10;10), (5;30) and (5;10) mol%, used in this study listed in table1. the mass attenuation coefficient μ/ρ of these samples were calculated using the geant4 toolkit and the winxcom application for photon energy ranging from 1 kev to 10 mev. in figure.1, the μ/ρ values were presented against photon energy. the μ/ρ values obtained from geant4 simulations were compared to those calculated by the winxcom algorithm, as shown in figure.2. the values of μ/ρ were used to determine the zeff values, figure.3. in figure.4, the half-value layer values of the investigated glasses were calculated and plotted. in figure 5 the mean free path values were computed and plotted. table 1. list of investigated glasses samples, chemical and atomic composition and density. 3.1 mass attenuation coefficient (μ/ρ) figure 5 shows the relationship between the hffs estimate value and steady state. of course, if σc ( θ ) is constant , training and fitness are always constant, and average performance is generally best. t 85t 5z10 t 65t 5z30 t 80t 10z10 t 75t 10z15 t 80t 15z5 t 85t 15z10 t eo2 85 65 80 75 80 75 t io2 5 5 10 10 15 15 zno 10 30 10 15 5 10 o 0.206 0.206 0.211 0.212 0.217 0.217 t i 0.016 0.018 0.033 0.034 0.050 0.051 zn 0.044 0.148 0.046 0.070 0.023 0.047 t e 0.734 0.628 0.710 0.684 0.710 0.685 5.490 5.420 5.420 5.410 5.440 5.400 c omposi ti on s (mol%) atomi c composi ti on (wt.%) glasse s sample s de n si ty (g/cm 3 ) spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 50 figure 5. description of the fit value and number of iterations the developed algorithm, consisting of the ga defined in hffs, allows to avoid unusual conditions and select possible states from hffs. as a result, physical activity on the computer can be significantly reduced. as shown in figure 3-4, hffs is similar to ga. the difference is that an active estimation module can be applied to the hffs. ga controller code code (bcga) is shown in the figure. 6.6. figure 6. process to find optimal h2 / h ( output feedback driver ) from our previous analyzes it can be concluded that the closure coefficients and the model are closest if the vibrations have a sufficiently high frequency and the appropriate element strength has been selected (zames and shneydor, 1976 and. wang and abed 1977). , 1995). this allows you to predict the stability of a closed system communicating with the welding system. 4. stability design and fuzzy eba algorithm. from now on, i am not looking for the stability of the original system, but the stability of the system in the cloud. therefore, the stability criteria are listed below. claim. any type of system is blocked in a large stable by a pdc if the following lmi conditions are met: ),(),(),(),( mmimmimmimm t i wbqaqa  −+ 0),(),( − mm t imm t i bw  (32). among them qkw immi =),(  _ qkw jmmj =),(  nick ),( mmi w  chen ),( mmj a  2014 ),( mmi a  to be replaced ),( mmj w  no proof needed. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 51 the entire determination process can be summarized as the following algorithm. how to format the controller described below in a given system? selecting the appropriate step size parameter will correctly move the agent into the solution space. this means improving the accuracy of finding the best solutions and reducing the likelihood of local optimization. medium air was selected in our experiments because bats live in a natural environment of natural air. here is a brief description of eba's activities: step 1: randomly assign coordinates to the synthetic material scattered in the solution area. step 2: enter a random number and check if the emission rate is faster than the steady pulse. if the result is positive, we move rashly in the middle of the logarithm of the process. dxx t i t i += −1 (33) where t i x i i represents the coordinates of the iteration 1−t i x associated with the human agent, represents the coordinates of the agent and itself in the last iteration, and is a unit. d space represents the journey of two human agents in this iterative system. td =  with* mean constant corresponding to a  mathematical mean of his choice . represents possible experiments and random numbers 1] [-1,t . for example 17.0= , in the present experiment , air is their medium of choice. ( )t ibest t i xxxr −= ,  1 ,0 with*  represents a random real number . best x its coordinates represent the best solution ever found among all human agents. rt i x a real person represents new coordinates as a result of a random process of locomotion self-deformation. step 3: the role of the user defined exercise builds adaptation and renews it to a suboptimal saved solution. step 4: check the output mode, see if you can go back to step 2 or finish the project and provide a better solution. the adaptability of the experimental features in evaluation and testing is determined using userdefined criteria. in other words, the educational function is an expression of math in the solution area, and you have to solve the user's problem or find the best solution . therefore, this article describes a common positive symmetry matrix and educational task on discovering directional forces. 5. experimental and simulation effects consider a building (yang et al., 1998) in which the structure of each area of the unit is the same. the 76-story building is a vertical ray model. the final model is constructed by treating the structural elements between two adjacent layers as a homogeneous bundle of classical material with a density that assumes 76 degrees of displacement freedom, especially 76 degrees of rotation freedom. then 76 degrees of freedom are removed with the permanent barrier. it does 76 degrees of freedom . this means that each floor moves to one side. the first five physical frequencies are 0.166, 0.765, 1.992, 3.790, and 6.395 hz. the rh table for a 76 degree-of-freedom building was calculated using the rayleigh method and the calculated moisture coefficient will be 1% in the first 5 settings. this model has a mass, moisture, and stiffness matrix and is referred to as the "76dof model". the atmd equation is constructed whkxxcxm  u =+++  (34). the unit is in the form of a ]x,x,...,x,x[ m7621 =x lock with xi. matrix of force u control m, c, k, wind excitation w, control effect h and  excitation effect. the resulting equation of state is expressed by the formula: ewbaxx ++= u  (35) a unit whose ] ,[ = xxx  total state vector is 48-dimensional. moreover, in the matrix a represents the ratio , b is (48 1) the action item vector, and )4848(  the unit e is the result of )7748(  the matrix of spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 52 coefficients excitation . likewise, the 76 dof model (without atmd building) can be reduced to a 23 dof system while retaining the original complexity function 46 of the original system. but in these cases, the dimensions a , b , x ae is )146(  , )4646(  and )146(  u is respectively )7646(  0 . the wind load w is naturally generated by an in situ 24dof (or 23dof model) wind formed from adjacent settling beams. these simpler examples are represented by w24 with 24 degrees of freedom and w23 with 23 degrees of freedom. a dimensionless version of the standard performance was designed       = ox x ox x ox x ox x ox x ox x ox x ox xj 75 75 75 70 75 65 75 60 75 55 75 50 75 30 75 1 1 ,,,,,,,max                                 (36) the effective ix  acceleration value of the ith layer is shown here . unit o75x  = 2 sec/cm 9.824 indicates excessive acceleration at 75 rms . according to performance and standards 1j , acceleration is limited to 75 floors. this is because the 76th floor is on the top floor of the building and there are no passengers. the second largest hiring standard is the average free wage above 49 floors.  −= i ioxixiox2 ])([ 6 1 j  (37) in this case , the acceleration unit is iox  independent of the layers. metric is the ability to control the restricted area . the standard version is:                         = o76x 76x o76x 75x o76x 70x o76x 65x o76x 60x o76x 55x o76x 50x o76x 30x o76x 1x 3 ,,,,,,,,maxj (38)  −= i xioxixio4 ])([ 7 1 j (39) the unit is xi a unit xio  with displacement and no control, and unit = 10.112 cm, the layout o76x  represents the 76th floor of an untamed building. each of these objectives must be met in the control so that kn 100u  the capacity constraints are taken into account and cm 25xm  where the azimuth outputs and actions are u  rms xm  controlled. in addition to the above limitations, the following factors should be considered and the proposed administrative burden management requirements should be considered. o76xxm5j = (40) o76xmx6j  = (41) this mx speed is run by rms. the performance criteria correspond to the body size (i.e., jump) and potency (i.e., the act of speed) of the agent. for uncontrolled buildings it is o76x  9.28 cm / sec. where mx is the rms speed of the actuator. there is a need to perform a statistical simulation (completion) of the proposed application analysis project to estimate its performance based on the following virtual dimensions:         = o75p 75p o75p 70p o75p 65p o75p 60p o75p 55p o75p 50p o75p 30p o75p 1p 7 x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x maxj                 (42)  −= i piopipio8 ]x)xx([ 6 1 j  ad i = 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 and 75 (43) spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 53         = o76p 76p o76p 75p o76p 70p o76p 65p o76p 60p o76p 55p o76p 50p o76p 30p o76p 1p 9 x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x , x x maxj (44)  −= i piopipio10 ]x)xx([ 7 1 j for i = 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 and 76 (45) here , peak pi x displacement pi x , peak acceleration, and uncontrolled pio x peak displacement all have corresponding acceleration measurements. for example o76p x = pio x 26 009 cm i o75p x = 26 334 cm / 2 sec. the analysis of the limiting motion of the compression response is as follows : the maximum possible force kn 300)t(umax  factor and the maximum possible stroke is )t(xmax m 75 cm. proof of sem o76ppm11 xxj = and o76ppm12 xxj = (46) where pm x , pm x peak actuator stroke speed and peak o76p x speed = 22.422 cm / s in 76 layers without power. however, this limitation does not apply to administrative profits as the overall government influence over the overall system is relatively small. table 1 shows that all eba test variables were used. in accordance with the above-mentioned by genetic learning, the number of individuals is 9, the number of individuals is eleven, the migration rate is 0.72, the mutation rate is 0.12, the maximum number of generations is 13. now ̂ select the initial ga vector parameter value as follows : t ]1,25.0,13.0,11.0,085.0,0,085.0,11.0,13.0,16.0,1[ −−−−− table 2. eba parameters above boundary condition between positive fixed matrix and regulator gain -5, 5. with very little material air run with numbers 4 0 __ population size 2 6 repeat the entered number 700 700 like other computational algorithms and evolutionary methods, these ebas definitely need iteration to find the next solution. therefore, the same number probability test must be repeated several times over a long period of time to check that the convergence of the results is constant and constant. the number of methods listed in table 1 and figure 7 are intended to provide some numerical experimental results for testing with statistical methods. in this article, we select a specific number of iterations for the excellence condition. the multimedia material is selected for use in the transmission of waves in the air because it is adapted to the natural environment in which the club is located. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 54 figure 7. displacement stability conclusion therefore , the theory of control has influenced many researchers in recent years. many numerical methods are still proposed in the literature to achieve this great goal by experiencing different forms of government, but they all have some difficulties in getting the right problem. the eba algorithm is one of the leading innovative optimization methods that can provide researchers with solutions for various optimization. the eba uses this white paper to optimize the administrative meetings in the building. the optimization parameter is the controller input and the response state provides the output to change its position relative to the engine curve. in this example, there are also new standards for ensuring system stability. this simple and systematic approach to point control helps to deal with external stimuli affecting complex mechanical systems. references adley h, jiang xm (2006) dynamic model of neural network with fuzzy wavelets for identification of structural systems. international journal of structural engineering (asce): 132(1): 102-111. afshar, a. et al. assessment of the corrosion resistance of basic materials with the use of various types of concrete with various modified coatings and additives. construction and construction of materials, 2020 262: 120034. al-amoudi, osb, et al. the durability of continental pozzolani saudi arabia concrete is natural as an auxiliary support material. progress in concrete construction, 2019.8 (2): alaskar, a. et al. thermal resistance of concrete columns under axial load. progress in concrete construction by 2020. 9 (4): 355-365. experimental studies of the mechanical properties of ali toghroli, pm, ali shariati, reza bani ardalana, mahdi shariati, saeed mafipoor and various reinforced concrete alloys. concrete construction progress, 2019. bedirhanoglu, i. (2014), "practical model of neuro-fuzzy evaluation of the modulus of concrete elasticity", structure. united kingdom mechanics, 51 (2), 249-265. https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2014.51.2.249 benyahia, a. and m. ghrici, natural volcanic behavior of gray primed mortar in hot, self-healing climates. progress in concrete construction, 2018.6 (3). chen, t., khurram, s. and cheng, c. (2019), "relief from structural mechanical control and fuzzy control for dynamic analysis of interaction with the structure of fluids," english. computer, 36(7), 2200-2219 chen, t., khurram, s. and cheng, c. (2019), "relief from structural mechanical control and fuzzy control https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2014.51.2.249 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 55 for dynamic analysis of interaction with the structure of fluids," english. computer, 36(7), 2200-2219 chung h. and chan s., based on ga h2, h∞ designing static feedback using medium efficiency concepts and techniques, "applications of an expert system," (43). connora jj. structural motion control overview. prentice hall: saddle river, new jersey, 2003 eswaran, m. and gr reddy, numerical simulation of tank design systems customized with a sigma solution based on fluid transformation and structuring, wind struct, 23 (5), 421-447, 2016. farzampour, a., effect of heat and humidity on mortar injection behavior. progress in concrete construction, 2017.5 (6): 659-669. hosseinpour, e. et al. concrete pipe, hollow pipe and steel structure direct shear behavior with a thin outer layer of diamond beams. steel and composite structures, 2018. xxvi (4): 485-499. kalman, r.e. (1963). new additions to the theory of wiener colum in jl bogdanov and f. kozin (eds.), protocols from the 1st symposium on the theory of random functions and engineering applications of probability. antwerp john wiley & sons li, d. et al. softener for polymers, silica fumes and crushed bullet holes in factory concrete. intelligent structures and systems, 2019. xxiii (2): 207-214. lou , l. t., chen, w. l. and tang, j. p., (1998) lqg / ltr regulation mode of active control structures, j. lat. mecha. , asce 124 ( 4) : 446-454 luo l. et al. explanation of concrete structures with seismic separation during long short-circuit earthquakes. development of concrete construction, 2010 9 (1): pp. 71-82. mossaheb s., (1983) "application of mean techniques to study jitter in nonlinear systems", int. j. de imperio, 38, 557-576. muhammed arif sen, mustafa tinkir, mete kalyoncu, (2018) "optimization of the pid controller for twostory seismic-driven structures in a bee-grounded algorithm", journal of local frequency sound vibration and active control 37 (1): 146134841875790 naghipour, m. et al. the effect of gradual iron shear on the behavior of a concrete foundation strengthens the building. steel and composite structures, 2020. 35 (2): pp. 279-294. paknahad, m. et al. , the shear strength equation for channel shear connections in composite steelconcrete beams. steel and composite structures, 2018. xxviii (4): pp. 483-494 . preumont, a. active control of vibratory structures: an introduction, springer (2010) razavi, a., pp sarkar, laboratory study of translational effects on tornado flow fields near the earth, wind structure, 26 (3). safa, m., shariati, m., ibrahim, z., toghroli, a., baharom, sb, nor, nm and petkovic, d. (2016), "adaptation to the evaluation of factors influencing a validated concrete system for resistance to shear. neurophagia composite wood ", composite steel. structure, interpretation. j., 21 (3), 679-688. scs.2016.21.3.679 shariat, m., shariat, m., madadi, a. and wakil, k. (2018), "optimization of the lagrange multiplier method in multiplicative mode and sensitivity analysis. interest in stabilized rectangular concrete beams", steelcompos. structure, interpretation. j., xxix (2), 243-256 http://dx.doi.org/10.12989/scs.2018.29.2.243 shariati, m. et al. new extreme gray wolf optimizer (elm-gwo) hybrid machine learning model for predicting the compressive force of concrete that partially replaces cement. computer engineering, 2020: pp. 1-23. shariati, m. et al. experimental study of the effect of cement materials on the basis of the mechanical properties of a new self-fulfilling concrete. progress in concrete construction, 2019.8 (3). shariatmadar, h. and razavi, hm (2014), "reaction of seismic inspection of structures using atmd with fuzzy logic controller and pso method", structures. united kingdom mechanika, 51 (4), 547564 https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2014.51.4.547 sharma, sk, g. ransinchung, and p. kumar, study of scc fabrication using wollastonite microfibers. progress in concrete construction, 2018.6 (2). son, l., bur, m., rusli, m., adrianan, a. (2016), "double dynamic damper design to reduce the vibration http://dx.doi.org/10.12989/scs.2018.29.2.243 https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2014.51.4.547 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 43-56 robust controller numerical design for... (tim chena et. al.) 56 system by two degrees of freedom", structure. united kingdom mechanics, 57 (1), 161-178. https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2016.57.1.161 stein, g., and asans, e.g. , (1987). "lqg / ltr multi-variable feedback control design procedures", ieee. events from vol. ac-32 2. steinberg am and i. kadushin (1973) "stabilization of nonlinear jitter control systems", j. math. analysis and applications 43, 273-284. toghroli, a. et al. assess the use of recycled aggregate concrete and added pozzolanic fibers by using dispersed and recycled industrial fibers. construction and construction of materials, 2020 252: 118 997. kai, p. bread w., j. s., liao, b. y., cai, m. j. and i. standa, v. , (2012). algorithms from bat algorithms inspired to solve numerical optimization problems, applied mechanics and materials , 148, 134137 . tsai, pw, hayat, t., ahmad, b. and chen, cw (2015), "simulation and control of structural systems based on the nn-based fuzzy model", struct. united kingdom mechanics, 56 (3), 385-407 https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2015.56.3.385 wang, ho and k. tanaka, (1996) "lmi-based fuzzy stable non-line control systems and its applications in chaos control", ieee int. meeting. near the abandoned system, 1433-1438. wang ho, k. tanaka, and mf griffin, (1996) "fuzzy control methods for nonlinear systems: stability and design issues", ieee trans. archaeological system 4, 14-23. xie, q., et al. the experimental effect of cfrp on the concrete-beam column was confirmed. steel and composite structures, 2019. 30 (5): 433-441. xu, c. et al. basic design of concrete structures using the genetic algorithm approach. artificial and mechanical engineering, 2019 71 (5). yang, jn, jc wu, ak agrawal, z. li, "shift mode control for nonlinear and hysteretic structures", j. lat. moss . 12, pp 1330-1339, 1995 yang, jn, wu, jc, samali, b. and agrawal, ak (1998), "prove benchmark problem for response control of wind-induced high buildings", proc. world conference on structural control, vol. 2, 14071416 , john wiley & sons, new york. yu, l., s. zhou, and w. deng, properties and reaction levels of pozzolan tuff in cement-earthed composites. development of concrete construction, 2015. 3 (1): 71-90. y. zandi, m. shariati, a. marto, x. wei, z. karaca, d. dao, a. toghroli, mh hashemi, y. sedghi, wakil, k. khorami. m. (2018), "computer study of comparative analysis of earthquake-affected cylinder stores", steelcompos. structure, interpretation. j., xxviii (4), 439-447 http://dx.doi.org/10.12989/scs.2018.28.4.439 zhang, y. (2015), "a method of predicting latigue life based on a fuzzy residual force", struct. united kingdom mechanics, 56 (2), 201-221. https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2015.56.2.201 zhou, x., lin, y., and gu, m. (2015), "multiplex mass attenuation optimization for long span roof structures under wind load", wind struct. 20 (3), 363-388. https://doi.org/10.12989/was.2015.20.3.363 ziaei-nia, a., m. shariati, and e. salehabadi, dynamic optimization of high performance concrete mixing design. steel and composite constructions, 2018. xxix (1): 67-75. https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2016.57.1.161 https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2015.56.3.385 http://dx.doi.org/10.12989/scs.2018.28.4.439 https://doi.org/10.12989/sem.2015.56.2.201 https://doi.org/10.12989/was.2015.20.3.363 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.55 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda) wiwik pratiwi a, rangga primadasa a,1,*, vikha indira asri a, wisnu budi waluyo b a department of industrial engineering, universitas muria kudus, jl. lingkar utara gondangmanis bae, 59327, kudus b department of development and sustainability, asian institute of technology, amphoe khlong luang chang wat pathum thani, 12120, thailand 1 rangga.primadasa@umk.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction the growth of the furniture business in indonesia is growing from year to year. especially during the covid-19 pandemic, chairman of the presidium of the indonesian furniture and handicraft industry association (himki) abdul sobur in the idx channel market review event revealed that the export market for the furniture industry has increased by 5-6 % (rachmayanti, 2021). this increase is in accordance with the statement of the indonesian trade minister, muhammad lutfi, who predicts the furniture industry has bright prospects in 2021. there are two main influencing factors, namely first, many consumers in the united states have a high rate of changing furniture considering that during the covid-19 pandemic, they spent a lot of time at home compared to outside the home. the second factor is the reduced competition for furniture industry players in the united states, because article info abstract article history received august 05, 2022 revised march 28, 2023 accepted april 30, 2023 pt. duwa atmimuda is a company engaged in manufacturing in producing stainless metal products and furniture frames. pt. duwa atmimuda is experiencing problems with the lack of application of technology in terms of marketing, seen from the absence of social media utilization, causing the company to find it difficult to expand market share. this study aims to identify the factors that hinder the company's innovation process using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method and classify the model using micmac analysis. the results showed that the ism model of the barrier factor for the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain has 6 levels. after the ism model is obtained, the next process is to classify each variable indicator on the barrier factors of the innovation process with the help of micmac analysis. there are 4 classification clusters, the first cluster (autonomous indicators) has one indicator. while in the second cluster (dependent indicators) there is one indicator. in the third cluster (linkage indicators) there are 9 indicators. in the fourth cluster (independent indicators) there is one indicator. the third cluster (linkage indicators) is the highest cluster of indicator spreads where this indicator has high control and dependence. the conclusion of this study is that there are 12 inhibiting factors in the innovation process which are arranged into six levels of the ism model and in the micmac analysis the third cluster is the highest distribution cluster. keywords innovation; furniture; interpretive structural modelling (ism); micmac this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.55 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:rangga.primadasa@umk.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 63 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) vietnam as indonesia's main competitor received sanctions from the united states due to suspected illegal raw materials for exporting furniture (epede & wang, 2022). there are various kinds of furniture products in indonesia based on the raw materials used, namely wood and processed wood furniture, rattan and bamboo furniture, furniture from other materials (metal and plastic). one of the advantages of furniture in indonesia is a unique design that is not owned by other countries (lu & lu, 2017; debnath, et. al., 2023). design is the spearhead in the furniture industry which is a creative industry. the creative industry in indonesia has an important role in developing the economy so that facilities are needed that support these potential advantages so that the creative industry in indonesia can compete not only at the national level but at the international level (fahmi, koster & dijk, 2016; lobaccaro et al., 2019). to be able to survive in the competition, the company must be able to decide the right competitive strategy. one way that companies can do to win the competition is to implement an innovation strategy. innovation is one of the keys to the success of a company (vitaloka, 2020). in this study, the main object is pt. duwa atmimuda which is a company engaged in manufacturing in producing stainless metal products and furniture frames. referring to the company's vision, namely as a partner or strategic partner who is able to provide satisfaction and comfort for customers, one of the missions to make it happen is to produce innovative products. however, in carrying out this mission, there are several obstacles, including the machines used are often damaged, thus requiring repairs. the length of time for repair can range from days to even a week. this of course can affect the quality and quantity of the product produced. the lack of application of technology in terms of marketing also makes it difficult for the company to expand market share, based on data on the number of seat sales for the period august 2019 to july 2020, totaling 2446 sets of chairs per year where each month only produces 200-204 sets of chairs and there is no increase. of these 2 constraints are the main factors that hinder companies in innovating, where machines are the main factor in carrying out the production process to produce products that will be marketed. meanwhile, to reach the target market, companies need to improve marketing methods by utilizing the application of technology. from the description of the problem above, then it will be developed a model of the barrier factors for the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain using the ism (interpretative structural modeling) method. some of the research that became the reference in this writing is shown in the table 1. table 1. previous research name title attribute (rashin & ghina, 2018) identification of innovation and business performance in increasing competitiveness attributes in this study include product features, product design and design, product quality, production methods, distribution methods, product design changes, product promotions, prices, profitability, sales volume, and market share. (vitaloka, 2020) the effect of innovation strategy on company operational performance (case study of msme in jambi) attributes in this study include leadership orientation, process innovation, product innovation, internal innovation sources, external innovation sources, and innovation implementation. some of these indicators are in accordance with this research, including: production methods, distribution methods, and product promotion. meanwhile, in this study, 12 indicators were found which were inhibiting factors in the innovation process which can be seen in table 2. all previous research only used data analysis techniques using spss, in this study the ism and micmac analysis methods were chosen to solve the problem by modeling the relationship of inhibiting factors to the innovation process, besides that research using the ism and micmac methods has never made the furniture industry their research object. 64 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) table 2. innovation process indicators no. innovation process indicators 1. tools 2. warehouse 3. production technology 4. administration technology 5. product target and realization 6. product quality standard 7. r&d division 8. human resources 9. transportation 10. inventory management system 11. communication 12. marketing this study aims to identify the factors that barrier the company's innovation process using the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method and classify the model using micmac analysis. interpretive structural modeling (ism) is used as a tool to overcome subjective problems and interpret complex relationships between the elements involved (singh et al., 2020) the ism method also helps in determining the order and purpose of each relationship between elements in a complex system (haleem, khan, & khan, 2019; yang & lin, 2020). therefore, the research contribution is to be used as a strategy for developing the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain of pt. duwa atmimuda in achieving business success. 2. method the stages of the research will be explained in fig. 1 that explain in detail how the steps for compiling the research flow are. the research methodology aims to make it easier for researchers to solve problems based on research that has been done. fig. 1. flowchart of interpretive structural modeling (ism) method literature study and field study opinion identification of problem elements determining the contextual relationship between the inhibiting factors formation of structural-self interaction matrix (ssim) formation of reachability matrix (rm) determining the partitionary level of rm describing a sub-element digraph making a hierarchical structure of factors inhibiting the innovation process are there inconsistent concepts? no yes define key elements (innovation process inhibiting factors) classifying the inhibiting factors of the innovation process using micmac analysis identification of innovation process indicators in the furniture industry supply chain indicators of factors inhibiting the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain figure 1. flowchart of interpretive structural modeling (ism) method. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 65 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) fig. 1 is a flowchart of the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method which was developed through the author's thoughts and conducting literature studies. the research method to develop a model of the factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain is divided into three stages. the first stage is the identification of indicators of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain that can be broken down into barrier factors for the innovation process. the second stage is making a model of the barrier factors of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain with the help of the ism method. the third stage is the classification of the barrier factors of the innovation process obtained using the micmac analysis method. the explanation of the steps of the ism method is as follows: a. identification of innovation process indicators in the furniture industry supply chain table 3 shows the results of the innovation process indicators which are then broken down into the inhibiting factors of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain. table 3. indicators of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain no. innovation process indicators reference 1. tools (rashin & ghina, 2018) 2. warehouse (rofaida et al., 2020) 3. production technology (rofaida et al., 2020) 4. administration technology (ulfa et al., 2021) 5. product target and realization (rashin & ghina, 2018) 6. product quality standard (rashin & ghina, 2018) 7. r&d division (rashin & ghina, 2018) 8. human resources (badri & marjukah, 2017) 9. transportation (badri & marjukah, 2017) 10. inventory management system (badri & marjukah, 2017) 11. communication (badri & marjukah, 2017) 12. marketing (segara et al., 2019) an in-depth interview was conducted with mr. ariyanto as the head of production for the furniture section regarding the relationship between the innovation process indicators which are the inhibiting factors for the innovation process through filling out the ism questionnaire and content analysis was carried out on indicators of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain from various related literature sources. from the content analysis process, several indicators of the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry will be produced. from the results of the innovation process indicators, it can be broken down into factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain which can be seen in table 4. table 4. indicators of barrier factors in the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain no. innovation process indicators barrier factors in furniture industry innovation process code 1. tools manual tools and machines h1 2. warehouse there is no furniture storage warehouse yet h2 3. production technology lack of application of technology in the production process h3 4. administration technology the bookkeeping process is still done manually h4 5. product target and realization less stable fulfillment of auxiliary raw materials h5 6. product quality standard the product checking process is done manually h6 7. r&d division there is no research and development (r&d) department h7 8. human resources employee limitations in terms of experience and technological capabilities h8 9. transportation limited driver and transportation facilities h9 10. inventory management system iinventory management system is done manually h10 11. communication decision making is done unilaterally by the company. h11 12. marketing the use of social media has not been implemented h12 66 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) b. developing contextual relationships between barrier factors in the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain with structural self-interaction matrix (ssim) this stage is a contextual relationship for each element of the factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain. there are 4 symbols used in determining the direction between the factor’s barrier the innovation process (i and j) as follows (chen et al., 2021): a) the letter v means that the barrier factor i affects the fulfillment of the barrier factor j, the barrier factor j does not affect the fulfillment of the barrier factor i. b) the letter a means that the barrier factor i does not affect the barrier factor j, and the barrier factor j affects the barrier factor i. c) the letter x means that the i and j barrier factors influence each other. d) the letter o means that the barrier factors kei and kej do not affect each other. after obtaining the indicators of the barrier factors of the innovation process, the next stage is the contextual relationship for each element of the factors barrier the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry which can be seen in table 5. table 5. contextual relationship between factors barrier the innovation process code h12 h11 h10 h9 h8 h7 h6 h5 h4 h3 h2 h1 a o o o x o x x o x o h2 o x x x x o x x o o h3 o o o o x x x x x h4 o o x o o x o o h5 a o a o x o x h6 a o o o x o h7 x o x o x h8 o x x o h9 x x x h10 a x h11 x c. creating a reachability matrix (rm) and checking transitivity this stage is related to the preparation of the reachability matrix with binary values because the v, a, x, and o codes in the ssim are converted to values 0 and 1 with the following rules and shown in table 6 (jia et al., 2014): a) if the ssim element (i, j) is declared v then the element (i, j) in rm is worth 1 and element (j, i) becomes 0. b) if the ssim element (i, j) is declared a, then the element (i, j) in rm is 0 and element (j, i) becomes 1. c) if the ssim element (i, j) is declared x, then the element (i, j) in rm is worth 1 and element (j, i) becomes 1. d) if the ssim element (i, j) is declared o, then the element (i, j) in rm is 0 and element (j, i) becomes 0. after the preparation of the initial reachability matrix is complete, the next step is to check the transitivity logically if variable a affects variable b, and variable b affects variable c, then variable a affects variable c. as an illustration, variable h1→h3 is worth 1, then h3→h4 also has a value of 1, then h1→h4 should also have a value of 1, because the initial reachability matrix table still has a value of 0 then it is changed to a value of 1 in the final reachability matrix table. the final results of the reachability matrix can be seen in table 7. processing of the final reachability matrix comes from the results of transitivity checks in table 7. then proceeds with calculating the total driving power value and dependence value. the driving power value is obtained by adding up the transitivity value of each variable horizontally, while to obtain the dependence value by adding up the transitivity value of each variable vertically (mithun et al., 2020). issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 67 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) table 6. initial reachability matrix barrier factors for the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain code h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 h12 h1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 h2 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 h3 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 h4 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 h5 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 h6 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 h7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 h8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 h9 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 h10 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 h11 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 h12 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 table 7. final reachability matrix code h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 h12 driving power h1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 10 h2 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 h3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 11 h4 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 8 h5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 8 h6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 11 h7 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 8 h8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 h9 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 7 h10 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 h11 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 6 h12 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 9 dependence 6 8 9 8 11 10 10 10 7 11 9 9 d. determine level partition of rm table 8 is the result of the partitionary level of the reachability matrix. at this stage the final result of the reachability matrix is used to determine the partitionary level (p. kumar et al., 2018). the first iteration at the level partitions of the final result of the reachability matrix which consists of reachability sets and the main antecedent sets. reachability sets consist of the barrier factors themselves and other influencing factors, while the antecedent sets consist of the barrier factors themselves with other barrier factors influenced by other barrier factors. level partitions iteration one was carried out on the variables 2, 5, 7, and 11. the results can be seen from the intersection sets values obtained from the reachability set values and the antecedent set values are the same (digalwar et al., 2017). the iteration results are carried out by looking at the reachability set value which is the same as the intersection set value. then the iterated variable will disappear in the next iteration. table 8. level partitions iteration one code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12 h2 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1 h3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 h4 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 h5 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1 h6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 h7 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1 h8 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 h9 2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 h10 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 h11 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1 h12 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 12 68 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) the calculation of the second iteration and so on is done by gradually removing the maximum number of reachability sets that match the intersection set, then proceeding to delete the variables in the antecendent and intersection sets. do these steps until the last iteration (chen et al., 2021). the second iteration can be seen in table 9. at the level of partitions iteration 2, variables 9 and 10 become the eliminated variables for the next iteration process. the iteration process is carried out the same as in iteration one until all variables are eliminated. the iteration 3 to 7 can be seen in table 10, table 11, table 12, table 13, and for the final iteration as shown in table 14. table 9. level partitions iteration 2 code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1, 3, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 6, 8, 12 h3 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 h4 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 h6 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 h8 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 h9 6, 9, 10, 12 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 6, 9, 10, 12 2 h10 4, 8, 9, 10 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 4, 8, 9, 10 2 h12 1, 3, 6, 9, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 12 1, 3, 9, 12 table 10. level partitions iteration 3 code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 6, 8, 12 h3 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 3 h4 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 3, 4, 6, 8 h6 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 3 h8 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 1, 3, 4, 6, 8 h12 1, 3, 6, 12 1, 3, 4, 8, 12 1, 3, 12 table 11. level partitions iteration 4 code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 4, 8, 12 1, 8, 12 1, 8, 12 h4 4, 8, 12 1, 4, 8 4, 8 h8 1, 4, 8, 12 1, 4, 8 1, 4, 8 h12 1, 12 1, 4, 8, 9, 12 1, 12 4 table 12. level partitions iteration 5 code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 4, 8 1, 8 1, 8 h4 4, 8 1, 4, 8 4, 8 5 h8 1, 4, 8 1, 4, 8 1, 4, 8 5 table 13. level partitions iteration 6 code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1 1 1 6 e. describing digraph the preparation of the digraph is based on the iteration sequence and the variables that have been eliminated in that iteration (awan et al., 2018). the initial digraph arrangement refers to the final level partitions. preparation of the digraph by leveling that can show the relationship between variables. the preparation of the graph starts from the top level (top) iteration to the bottom level (bottom) position. digraph can facilitate the suitability of the shape of the variable and the direction of the complexity of the relationship between variables (taghavi, 2021). the digraph of the relationship between barriers to the innovation process in the supply chain of pt. duwa atmimuda's furniture industry can be seen in fig. 2. issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 69 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) table 14. final level partitions code reachability set antecedent set intersection set level h1 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12 6 h2 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1 h3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12 3 h4 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 5 h5 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1 h6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 3 h7 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 1 h8 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 5 h9 2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 2 h10 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 2 h11 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 2, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 1 h12 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 12 4 fig. 2. digraph of the relationship between factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain pt. duwa atmimuda 3. results and discussion a. ism model barriers of innovation process after the digraph results are known, is then converted into interpretative structural modeling (ism) by replacing each variable node as a factor barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain according to the code for each variable node in the digraph. then formed the ism model of the barrier factor of the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry (ghalamsiah et al., 2020). the final stage of the ism model is checked for conceptual inconsistencies, if the formed model is deemed inconsistent, then repeat the model preparation at the ssim preparation stage, whereas if the results show consistency, then the ism model can be accepted (primadasa et al., 2019). fig. 3 is a model of the relationship between factors barrier the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry. b. micmac analysis the step is to compile a driving power-dependence diagram in which the indicator classification process is carried out by considering the driving power (controlling power) and dependency classification (dependency classification) using the help of micmac analysis (khan & haleem, a. describing digraph. the preparation of the digraph is based on the iteration sequence and the variables that have been eliminated in that iteration (awan et al., 2018). the initial digraph arrangement refers to the final level partitions. preparation of the digraph by leveling that can show the relationship between variables. the preparation of the graph starts from the top level (top) iteration to the bottom level (bottom) position. digraph can facilitate the suitability of the shape of the variable and the direction of the complexity of the relationship between variables (taghavi, 2021). the digraph of the relationship between barriers to the innovation process in the supply chain of pt duwa atmimuda's furniture industry can be seen in figure 2. below: h2 h5 h7 h11 h9 h10 h3 h6 h12 h4 h8 h1 figure 2. digraph of the relationship between factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain pt duwa atmimuda 70 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) 2015). the indicators in this study are the barrier factors for the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry. the obtained value of controllability and dependence is combined from the final result of the reachability matrix (m. kumar & rao, 2023). each indicator will be classified into 4 groups, namely: ● autonomous indicators: the classification of dependence and control over these indicators is of little value. these factors tend to be unrelated to other indicators. ● dependent indicators: dependent indicator has a strong dependence but weak control power. ● linkage indicators: linkage indicators have high control and dependability. ● independent indicators: independent indicator has a weak dependence but high control power. there is no furniture storage warehouse yet fulfillment of auxiliary raw materials is less stable there is no research and development (r&d) department decision making is still done unilaterally by the company. limited driver and transportation facilities inventory management system is still manual the application of technology in the production process is still very minimal the product checking process is still manual the use of social media has not been implemented some bookkeeping processes are still manual employee limitations in terms of experience and technological capabilities manual tools and machines fig. 3. ism model relationship between barrier factors in the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain at pt. duwa atmimuda research from (rashin & ghina, 2018) found 11 innovation indicators focused on the fashion industry. these indicators include: product features, product design and design, product quality, production methods, distribution methods, changes in product design, product promotion, price, profitability, sales volume, and market share. some of these indicators are in accordance with this issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 71 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) study including: manual tools and machines, no product storage warehouse, limited drivers and transportation facilities, manual inventory management systems, and the use of social media that has not been implemented. from the results of data processing using the ism approach, the ism model of the factors barrier the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain with 6 levels can be seen from the iteration results in the final level partitions which are then used as the basis for the preparation of digraphs to facilitate the suitability of variable shapes and directions. the complexity of the relationship between variables. the preparation of digraphs to model ism starts from the top level to the lowest level, where level one includes warehouse variables, product targets and realization, r&d division, and communication then level 2 includes transportation and inventory management system variables, followed by level 3 covering production technology variables and product quality standards, level 4 includes marketing variables, level 5 includes administrative technology and human resources variables, and the last level or level 6 includes tools (equipment) variables as shown in fig. 4. fig. 4. diagram diving-dependence power this ism digraph can show the direction of the relationship between variables that influence each other or not through checking by looking at the final reachability matrix value where if between variables is 0 then it has no effect and if it is 1 it means that the variables influence each other (sun et al., 2020). the final stage of the ism model is checked for conceptual inconsistencies, if the model formed is deemed inconsistent then the model is repeated at the ssim preparation stage, whereas if the results show consistency, then the ism model can be accepted. in this research process, validation was carried out by discussing the results of the model with an expert, namely mr. ariyanto as the head of production for the furniture section who was a source of information during interviews. the resulting model is consistent, so it can be accepted as an ism model for the relationship between factors inhibiting the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain at pt. duwa atmimuda. after the ism model is obtained, then the process of classifying each variable on the barrier factors of the innovation process with the help of micmac analysis. each indicator will be classified into 4 clusters (p. kumar et al., 2018), where in this study the most indicators are found in the third cluster (linkage indicators) which means this indicator has high control and dependence. in the first cluster (autonomous indicators) there is one indicator, namely the limitations of drivers and transportation facilities (h9), while in the second cluster (dependent indicators) there is one indicator d r iv in g p o w e r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 14 h12 independent indicators autonomous indicators linkage indicators dependent indicators dependence power figure 4. diagram diving-dependence power. 72 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) in it, namely decision making that is still done unilaterally by the company (h11), in the third cluster (linkage). indicators there are 9 indicators which include there is no furniture storage warehouse (h2), the application of technology in the production process is still very minimal (h3), some bookkeeping processes are still manual (h4), the fulfillment of auxiliary raw materials is less stable (h5), the product checking process is still manual (h6), there is no research and development (r&d) department (h7), limited employees in terms of experience and technological capabilities (h8), the inventory management system is still manual (h10), and the use of social media has not been implemented (h12), then for the last cluster (independent indicators) there is one indicator in it, namely tools and machines that operate love it manually (h10). 4. conclusion from the results of the study, it can be concluded that there are 12 indicators of factors barrier the innovation process in the supply chain of the furniture industry. from these inhibiting factors, a model of the relationship between barriers was constructed using the help of the interpretive structural modeling (ism) method with six levels. the results using the micmac approach are indicators of factors barrier the innovation process that enter the first cluster (autonomous indicators) there is one indicator, in the second cluster (dependent indicators) there is one indicator, in the third indicator (linkage indicators) there are 9, while in the fourth cluster (independent indicators)) there is one indicator. most indicators are found in the third cluster (linkage indicators), which means that these indicators have high control and dependability. this research only focuses on identifying the inhibiting factors of the innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain at pt. duwa atmimuda. so that due to time constraints, in the future it will be possible to identify the factors driving the innovation process at pt. duwa atmimuda. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references awan, u., kraslawski, a., & huiskonen, j. (2018). understanding influential factors on implementing social sustainability practices in manufacturing firms: an interpretive structural modelling (ism) analysis. procedia manufacturing, 17, 1039–1048. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2018.10.082. ali, s. m., hossen, m. a., mahtab, z., kabir, g., & paul, s. k. (2020). barriers to lean six sigma implementation in the supply chain: an ism model. computers & industrial engineering, 149, 106843. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2020.106843. badri, s., & marjukah, a. (2017). model kinerja competitiveness industri furniture kabupaten klaten. ienaco, 465–470. chen, w. k., nalluri, v., lin, m. l., & lin, c. t. (2021). identifying decisive socio-political sustainability barriers in the supply chain of banking sector in india: causality analysis using ism and micmac. mathematics, 9(3), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.3390/math9030240. debnath, b., shakur, m. s., bari, a. m., & karmaker, c. l. (2023). a bayesian best–worst approach for assessing the critical success factors in sustainable lean manufacturing. decision analytics journal, 6, 100157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dajour.2022.100157. digalwar, a. k., mundra, n., tagalpallewar, a. r., & sunnapwar, v. k. (2017). road map for the implementation of green manufacturing practices in indian manufacturing industries: an ism approach. benchmarking: an international journal, 24(5), 1386–1399. https://doi.org/10.1108/bij-08-2015-0084. epede, m. b., & wang, d. (2022). competitiveness and upgrading in global value chains: a multiple-country https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2018.10.082 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cie.2020.106843 https://doi.org/10.3390/math9030240 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dajour.2022.100157 https://doi.org/10.1108/bij-08-2015-0084 issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 73 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) analysis of the wooden furniture industry. forest policy and economics, 140, 102737. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2022.102737. fahmi, f. z., koster, s., & van dijk, j. (2016). the location of creative industries in a developing country: the case of indonesia. cities, 59, 66-79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cities.2016.06.005. ghalamsiah, l., afshar-kazemie, m., seyedhosseini, m., & torabi, t. (2020). structuring effective factors on maturity of technology using the ism method. journal of system management (jsm), 6(4), 225– 241. https://doi.org/10.30495/jsm.2021.1917245.1417. haleem, a., khan, s., & khan, m. i. (2019). traceability implementation in food supply chain: a greydematel approach. information processing in agriculture, 6(3), 335-348. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.inpa.2019.01.003. jia, p., diabat, a., & mathiyazhagan, k. (2015). analyzing the sscm practices in the mining and mineral industry by ism approach. resources policy, 46, 76-85. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resourpol.2014.04.004. khan, u., & haleem, a. (2015). improving to smart organization: an integrated ism and fuzzymicmac modelling of barriers. journal of manufacturing technology management, 26(6), 807–829. https://doi.org/10.1108/jmtm-05-2014-0062. kumar, m., & rao, t. j. (2023). use of tism and micmac methods to assess the influence of behavioral factors on the employment of gscm in the indian leather industry. methodsx, 102164. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4368157. kumar, p., bhamu, j., & sangwan, k. s. (2018). analysis of barriers to industry 4.0 adoption in manufacturing organizations: an ism approach. procedia cirp, 72(ii), 940–946. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2021.01.010. lobaccaro, g., croce, s., lindkvist, c., probst, m. c. m., scognamiglio, a., dahlberg, j., lundgren, m. & wall, m. (2019). a cross-country perspective on solar energy in urban planning: lessons learned from international case studies. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 108, 209-237. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2019.03.041. lu, c. w., & lu, j. m. (2017). evaluation of the indonesian national standard for elementary school furniture based on children's anthropometry. applied ergonomics, 62, 168-181. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apergo.2017.03.004. primadasa, r., sokhibi, a., & tauhida, d. (2019, august). interrelationship of green supply chain management (gscm) performance indicators for palm oil industry in indonesia. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering (vol. 598, no. 1, p. 012034). iop publishing. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757899x/598/1/012034. rachmayanti, s. (2021). ekspor industri furniture tumbuh 5 persen di tengah pandemi covid-19. https://www.idxchannel.com/economics/ekspor-industri-furniture-tumbuh-5-persen-di-tengahpandemi-covid-19. rashin, m. a., & ghina, a. (2018). identifikasi inovasi dan kinerja bisnis dalam meningkatkan daya saing. jurnal penelitian pendidikan, 18(2), 213-219. https://doi.org/10.17509/jpp.v18i2.12963. rofaida, r., suryana, asti nur aryanti, & yoga perdana. (2020). strategi inovasi pada industri kreatif digital: upaya memperoleh keunggulan bersaing pada era revolusi industri 4.0. jurnal manajemen dan keuangan, 8(3), 402–414. https://doi.org/10.33059/jmk.v8i3.1909. segara, g. a., kusmantini, t., & utami, y. (2019). effect of value chain activities on product quality and innovation. business innovation and entrepreneurship journal, 1(3), 191–202. https://doi.org/10.35899/biej.v1i3.71. singh, c., singh, d., & khamba, j. s. (2020). developing a conceptual model to implement green lean practices in indian manufacturing industries using ism-micmac approach. journal of science and technology policy management, 12(4), 587–608. https://doi.org/10.1108/jstpm-08-2019-0080. sun, c., xu, h., & jiang, s. (2020). understanding the risk factors of bim technology implementation in the construction industry: an interpretive structural modeling (ism) approach. engineering, construction and architectural management, 27(10), 3289-3308. https://doi.org/10.1108/ecam-09-2019-0508. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forpol.2022.102737 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cities.2016.06.005 https://doi.org/10.30495/jsm.2021.1917245.1417 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.inpa.2019.01.003 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resourpol.2014.04.004 https://doi.org/10.1108/jmtm-05-2014-0062 https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4368157 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2021.01.010 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2019.03.041 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apergo.2017.03.004 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/598/1/012034 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/598/1/012034 https://www.idxchannel.com/economics/ekspor-industri-furniture-tumbuh-5-persen-di-tengah-pandemi-covid-19 https://www.idxchannel.com/economics/ekspor-industri-furniture-tumbuh-5-persen-di-tengah-pandemi-covid-19 https://doi.org/10.17509/jpp.v18i2.12963 https://doi.org/10.33059/jmk.v8i3.1909 https://doi.org/10.35899/biej.v1i3.71 https://doi.org/10.1108/jstpm-08-2019-0080 https://doi.org/10.1108/ecam-09-2019-0508 74 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 62-74 wiwik pratiwi (barrier factors model of innovation process in the furniture industry supply chain (case study at pt. duwa atmimuda)) taghavi, e., fallahpour, a., wong, k. y., & hoseini, s. a. (2021). identifying and prioritizing the effective factors in the implementation of green supply chain management in the construction industry. sustainable operations and computers, 2, 97-106. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.susoc.2021.05.003. ulfa, r., setyadi, d., & nahar, m. (2021). pengaruh inovasi proses, inovasi produk, dan teknologi terhadap kinerja operasional pada pt pagilaran up pagilaran batang, jawa tengah. indicators: journal of economic and business, 3(1), 434–444. https://doi.org/10.47729/indicators.v3i1.83. vitaloka, r. (2020). the effect of innovation strategy on company operational performance (case study of msme in jambi). dspace repository. https://dspace.uii.ac.id/handle/123456789/29175. yang, z., & lin, y. (2020). the effects of supply chain collaboration on green innovation performance: an interpretive structural modeling analysis. sustainable production and consumption, 23, 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2020.03.010. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.susoc.2021.05.003 https://doi.org/10.47729/indicators.v3i1.83 https://dspace.uii.ac.id/handle/123456789/29175 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spc.2020.03.010 spektrum industri vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 issn 1693-6590 http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.98 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method muhammad hudzaly hatala a, bambang purwanggono sukarsono a, denny nukertamanda a,1,* a department of industrial engineering and management, diponegoro university, semarang, 50239, indonesia 1 nurkertamanda@lecturer.undip.ac.id * corresponding author 1. introduction electrical energy is a vital source of energy for human life. electrical energy has a significant part in daily living as the primary factor sustaining human life. currently, a variety of power plants may provide electrical energy, with the steam power plant being one of them (pltu). the pltu is a generating system that uses water vapor as the working fluid and uses the kinetic energy of the steam to drive the turbine shaft to transform chemical energy into electrical energy (rahmania, prasetya, & sholihah, 2020). the steam is then moved to a turbine shaft to power a generator, which produces electrical energy. this process is repeated and continuous (pratiwi & hadi, 2022). a pltu must perform operational tasks repeatedly and constantly in order to supply electrical needs. this also affects how frequently pltu parts are used, particularly the boiler system, which is crucial for converting water energy into steam and then into mechanical energy. additionally, it affects the article info abstract article history received february 15, 2023 revised march 15, 2023 accepted april 04, 2023 electrical energy is a vital source of energy for human life. currently, various power plants can provide electrical energy, one of which is the steam power plant (pltu). a pltu must carry out operational tasks repeatedly and continuously to meet electricity needs. based on historical data for pt. pjb service kendari for the last three years, there has been an increasing trend of downtime and derating at pltu nii tanasa kendari in the 2019–2021 timeframe. the boiler system is one of the systems that often experiences disturbances. fmeca is required to carry out a risk analysis to find out in detail the causes, effects, impacts, and ways of mitigating risks, as well as sorting and labeling risks for critical components based on the rpn value. the boiler itself is the main component and is supported by other components in the steam-water process. the reliability value is determined after the critical component with a high level of risk is marked “not accepted”. the findings of the risk and reliability analysis will be used to mitigate risks and increase the value of the reliability of critical components. the results of reliability calculations based on mttf found that 9 out of 13 critical components had a reliability value below 50%; increasing reliability values could be achieved using preventive maintenance (rm(t)), and maintaining reliability values above 60% could be achieved using periodic component replacement (r(t-nt)) based on the mttr data of each critical component. keywords risk analysis; reliability; fmeca; boiler system this is an open-access article under the cc–by-sa license. http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum https://doi.org/10.12928/si.v21i1.98 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id mailto:nurkertamanda@lecturer.undip.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 9 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) boiler's working conditions, which call for it to be able to withstand high heat and pressure levels (rahmania et al., 2020). given the significance of the boiler for a pltu, it follows that if one of the system's engine components malfunctions or is damaged, it will have an impact on the operation of the production components and cause the pltu to not operate (iing, irawan, & azis, 2021). according to historical records for the period 2019–2021 from pt. pjb service kendari, pltu nii tanasa kendari frequently encounters disturbances that lead to excessive downtime and derating. downtime is the interruption of operations of a system due to maintenance, intentional or unintentional hardware or software failure, or damage (wahyuridho & asep, 2022). derating itself is a loss of power brought on by damage or interference. there was a lot of downtime and derating of what happened to pltu nii tanasa kendari. downtime and derating from the two producing units of pltu nii tanasa totaled 46.95% in 2019. the percentage increased by 15% to 61.8% in 2020. after one year, in 2021, it decreases of 11.4%, bringing it 50.4%. according to research by (iing, arhami, & m., 2019)., disturbance or damage to the boiler system occurs the most frequently compared to other pltu systems such the turbine & generator system, heavy vehicles, coal handling transport system, main cooling system, and water treatment plant. according to research conducted in 2019 (brahim et al., 2019) disruption or damage to components in a system is mostly caused by a lack of knowledge of critical components in a system, this can become a problem if allowed to drag on dissolved and can cause system failure. in addition, the lack of precise mapping of problems, recommendations for maintenance systems and lack of evaluation of reliability also affect the level of performance of a system which has an impact on the high downtime (iing et al., 2021). service providers and customers both experience losses as a result of significant downtime and derating because this disrupts the delivery of electricity to customers. identifying the root causes of failure, the impact of failure, and the potential impact of the failure can be done for the sake of pressing the downtime and derating in a system (melani, murad, netto, souza, & nabeta, 2018), but this is not enough to know that alone; a risk analysis is required to improve availability, reliability and reduce the risks associated with operating a system (brahim et al., 2019). research related to the identification of critical components along with their own risks and reliability has been carried out in recent years. but not much has been done simultaneously in a study. for example, in these studies, only identifying critical components (melani et al., 2018; putra & purba, 2018; singh, singh, & singh, 2019) then research related to evaluating reliability or calculating reliability values (iing et al., 2019; iing et al., 2021; putri, bahauddin, & ferdinant, 2013). research from 2012 reveals that reliability analysis can increase a product's operational reliability by extending component life and identifying important components and associated risks. as a result, improving the value of a system's reliability can be prioritized by focusing on the capability of critical components and its reliability value (puthillath & sasikumar, 2012) before starting the research, it is necessary to review previous research related to the identification of critical components along with the risk and reliability of components. risk analysis is used to find the causes of failures and to prevent such failures from occurring in the future. the results of the risk analysis can be used to optimize the process. among the most commonly used risk analysis methodologies are: (cristea & constantinescu, 2017) 1. failure mode and effect analysis (fmea). 2. fault tree analysis (fta). 3. structured what-if technique (swift). failure mode effect analysis (fmea) has demonstrated that this method is capable of accurately identifying risks. the use of fmea in risk management allows for effective risk control for both goods and components (brahim et al., 2019). the fmea approach can be used to identify crucial system components as well. it can improve decision-making, offer stronger assurances for addressing 10 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) potential risks, and have an impact on the degree of process and component oversight (hisprastin & musfiroh, 2020). a system's risk analysis often has levels or criteria. according to definition, there are normally three levels of risk in a system (suharjo, suharyo, & bandono, 2019) table 1 provides more information. table 1. risk rating rating definition high/unacceptable requires repair to reduce hazard medium/tolerable requires review for risk acceptability acceptable acceptable risk for review as a draft the implementation of the fmea method in the research by (putra & purba, 2018) using historical data on the failure of the boiler, feed water pump, electrical, control system, turbine, and other components in the 2013-2016 period will help analyze the causes of failure in general and enable service providers to consistently maintain the boiler power plant's primary component equipment. there’s a disadvantage of fmea method. fmea's limitations prevent it from categorizing risks that will arise with complexities (melani et al., 2018). the method's limited ability to improve the design is its next disadvantage (brahim et al., 2019). with the advancement of research, a technique called failure mode and effect criticality analysis (fmeca) has been developed that can spot components with complicated issues. using fmeca, it is feasible to categorize the criticality of these components by methodically analyzing potential failure modes of product or process components, evaluating the risks connected to these failure modes, and determining the effects on system operations (brahim et al., 2019; mohanty, dash, & pradhan, 2020). the component failure modes were ranked in a later study by (singh et al., 2019) at the ca stage as a cumulative effect of severity (s), occurrence (o), and detection (d). each associated failure is given a risk priority number (rpn). for potential effects to be assessed, categorized, and prioritized, ca itself has clearly defined criteria (mohanty et al., 2020). risk often refers to the likelihood of some unfavorable occurrence happening and leading to several kinds of failures. to identify failure reasons and stop similar failures from happening in the future, risk analysis is utilized. fmea/fmeca is one of the most popular methods for risk analysis (cristea & constantinescu, 2017). further research conducted by (iing et al., 2019; iing et al., 2021; ismail, alkaff, & gamayanti, 2014; putri et al., 2013) proves that reliability evaluation is considered important to determine the performance of a component, these studies show that reliability techniques are able to describe the actual engine performance, and is an evaluation material to improve the effectiveness of engine performance, reliability is one measure of the success of the maintenance system, therefore there is a correlation between the reliability value and the maintenance system for a machine. reliability itself has several ways of calculating it starting from simulations and reliability calculations. performance evaluation is required, both in terms of risk and reliability arising from components. in research conducted by (iing et al., 2021), according to him, the reliability value was obtained based on the time history data between damages or mean time to failure (mttf) and repair time or mean time to repair (mttr). in the early stages of reliability analysis i.e. selecting the system to be analyzed, then it is necessary to classify the system into various levels such as assembly, subassembly and components. (patil & bewoor, 2020). after collecting failure data, criticality analysis, and all that is needed then identification of important parts is carried out. after carrying out a criticality analysis, the next step is to estimate the distribution parameters, and finally find the reliability characteristics (patil & bewoor, 2020). high reliability value reflects a good maintenance system carried out by a company. one way to improve reliability is to use preventive maintenance (pm), which is a treatment strategy that refers to a fixed period of treatment or under certain conditions of a component (iing et al., 2019). the contribution of this research is to combine risk analysis and reliability analysis, which are used to identify critical components along with risk and increase the reliability value by using the issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 11 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) fmeca method and reliability calculations in order to address the problems described in the previous research and the fact that there has been no research that examines and discusses related to risk analysis, reliability, and reliability improvement strategies with systematic way. 2. method this research was conducted from july 2022 to january 2023 at the nii tanasa kendari pltu which is located in konawe regency, southeast sulawesi province, indonesia. risk analysis is carried out with a series of fmeca methods. the data used in this method are primary data from discussions and interviews with respondents. the result of the fmeca method is the identification of critical components along with their risks and prevention recommendations. the critical component itself is determined based on the rpn value and critically score labeled “very critical” in the ca stage. the parameters of this stage can be seen in table 2. critically matrix itself becomes the final stage of the fmeca method, then all critical components will be calculated for reliability and reliability improvement using secondary data, namely time between failures (ttf) and repair time data (ttr). table 2. critically analysis critically risk acceptance critically level score low 0-30 acceptable moderate 31-60 tolerable high 61-180 very high 181-252 unacceptable critical 253-324 very critical >324 3. results and discussion 3.1. boiler system & specification the first stage in data collection was to find out the level of damage to existing systems at pltu nii tanasa kendari as information material to be used later for fmeca data processing and reliability calculations. there were 15 systems running at pltu nii tanasa kendari which were then observed with a total frequency of damage for as many as 1113 during the last five years period, then with this data the most critical system can be determined using the pareto diagram which can be seen in figure 1. pareto chart on fig. 1 serves to determine critical components in the nii tanasa kendari pltu system. it can be seen that there are six components based on the 80:20 pareto concept including the most critical, namely the boiler system, turbine & generator system, heavy vehicles, coal handling transport system, main cooling system and water treatment plant, so this research will be devoted to system boilers because they have the largest percentage of 23.72% and supporting components for the water-steam-water cycle. based on data obtained by researchers, the boiler used by the nii tanasa kendari pltu under the operation of pt pjb service uses a stocker type boiler. the specifications can be seen more clearly in table 3. 3.2. functional block diagram the results of the interviews and analysis in the form of information on the work processes of the boiler in the steam-water-steam cycle are poured into a functional block diagram (fbd) which functions to illustrate the process flow and material flow of the boiler machine with a simple diagram. the following is a functional block diagram (fbd) flow process and function material flow from the pltu nii tanasa kendari boiler engine, which can be seen in fig. 2. 12 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) fig. 1. system failure frequency pareto chart in pltu nii tanasa kendari table 3. boiler specification brand : wuxi boiler work model : ug-60/5.3-m nominal capacity : 60t/h manufacturing license : ts21100520-2010 nominal steam temperature : 485°c nominal steam pressure : 5.3 mpa manufacturing license : class a inspection mark : date : juni 2009 product number : 09011/09012 coal bunker coal spreader 1. furnace 2. caingrate 3. boiler furnace camera coal feedercoal yard start finish esp material flow process coal feeder (scrapper) sdccidf fdf saf rbdf stack coal air bottom ash sylo finish fly ash sylo finish 1. condensor 2. wep condesate pump steam condensore lp heater daerator hp heater 1. economizer 2. rotary shoot blower 1. steam drum 2. sight glass steam drum 3. level indicator (dioda) hotwellcwp turbin & generator bfp high steam low steam water sea 1. superheater 2. long shoot blower process of turning water into steam process of coal burning and turning water into steam fig. 2. fbd boiler system 23.72% 43.67% 56.24% 67.65% 75.29% 82.84% 89.04% 92.18% 94.25% 95.96% 97.39% 98.65% 99.19% 99.64% 100.00% 0.00% 20.00% 40.00% 60.00% 80.00% 100.00% 0 200 400 600 800 1000 boiler system turbin & generator system heavy vehicles coal handling transport system main cooling system water treatment plant closed cooling system fly ash transport system chemical injection system bottom ash transport system fire fighting system eps & dcs waste water treatment pump drain & combine system boiler chemical injection & boiler sampling system system failure frequency pareto chart pltu nii tanasa kendari jumlah kerusakan dalam 5 tahun frekuensi kamluatifnumber of failures in 5 years cumulative frequency issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 13 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) 3.3. fmeca result fmea is based on three factors, namely severity, occurrence, and detection, used to prioritize existing problems. in this case study the first stage, namely fmea, will be focused on the boiler system in pltu nii tanasa kendari which has two boiler units because it has the highest damage frequency compared to other running systems. in this paper 31 boiler components from each are assessed using the risk priority number (rpn). failure modes, causes of failure, and failure effects of boiler components will be identified first. table 4 shows the failure mode and effects analysis (fmea) of the critical components of the pltu nii tanasa kendari boiler. table 4. fmea worksheet component boiler function potential failure mode potential effect of failure potential cause of failure coal spreader serves to catapult coal from the screw coal feeder to the furnace the motor power cable does not work coal spreader cannot work properly the motor power cable is cut or peeled off coal feeder (scrapper) serves to regulate the rate of coal from the coal bunker/silo to the mill/pulverizer to be refined. hub sprocket gear coal scrapper no 1 6 aus the scrapper gear won't rotate long time use forced draft fan (fdf) as a supply of fuel air in the boiler and as a suction / suction side of the sa fan packing gear box oil has a leak fdf can function but is not optimal and releases leaking oil which can be dangerous vibration pressure too high steam drum serves as a steam and water separator, a temporary reservoir for saturated steam resulting from the wall tube, and as a water reservoir and level stabilizer in the boiler damage to the safety valve on the drum set disturbing the operation pattern of the boiler the water steam drum does not meet the standards for carrying out the steam-water cycle. economizer serves to heat the fill water (feed water) before entering the steam drum by utilizing the heat from the flue gas the valve on the economizer is damaged (broken) and the economizer has coal ash attached heating efficiency is not optimal for heating fill water shootblower and rotary blower are not optimal bfp as a filling water pump from the deaerator to the boiler drum and as a main team temperature spray. vibration occurs in the motor and the bfp pump damage to bearings on pumps and motors on bfp the foundation of bfp is not rigid water ejector pump serves to draw or suck air that is not condensed from inside the condenser using water fluid check valve water ejector pump passing (small leak) components cannot function optimally there is corrosion in the components condenser pump as a condensate water pump from the hotwell to the deaerator and as a spray in the steam exhaust gland of the turbine. block valve flow meter make up hotwell leak trough indication (smooth leak) disturbing the pattern of operations due to damage. corrosion has occurred in the condensate pump and the disc does not close completely (stuck) after knowing the failure mode, the cause of failure, and the effect of failure then the process continues by finding the rpn value of each component. after obtaining the next rpn value, ranking and labeling the risks of each component using the risk level and critically score (tanjung et al., 2019). all components that have a risk level of “unaccepted” and critically level “very critical” will be included in the list of critical components. the last stage of fmeca is the critically matrix. critically matrix is a graphical or visual means of identifying and comparing failure modes for all components in a given system or subsystem and their probability of occurring (army, 2006). the critical function 14 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) of the matrix is to re-rank components that have the same rpn value by looking at the severity and occurrence values (rahman & fahma, 2021). the results of data processing with fmeca on unit 1 and unit 2 of the pltu nii tanasa kendari boiler can be seen table 5. based on table 5 in column unit 1 it can be seen that there are 18 components that have a risk level with the “unaccepted” category and 13 components with a “tolerable” risk level, then out of the 18 components there are seven components that have a critically level with the “very high” category. critical”, these seven components can be included as critical components in boiler unit 1 of pltu nii tanasa kendari. in column 2, it can be seen that there are 25 components that have a risk level in the unaccepted category, and only six components have a tolerable risk level. of these 25 components, they are then prioritized again using the critical score value, the component that has a critical level. with the category of “very critical” as many as six components. all components that have the same rpn value will be sorted based on the critical matrix and included as unit 2 critical components. table 5. fmeca result unit 1 unit 2 component boiler rpn risk rating critically level rpn risk rating critically level coal spreader 480 unaccepted very critical 480 unaccepted very critical coal feeder 100 tolerable high 200 unaccepted very high coal feeder (scrapper) 294 unaccepted critical 392 unaccepted very critical forced draft fan (fdf) 448 unaccepted very critical 336 unaccepted very critical secondary air fan (saf) 140 tolerable high 70 tolerable high repetitive burning draft fan (rbdf) 168 tolerable high 252 unaccepted very high induced darught fan (idf) 140 tolerable high 280 unaccepted critical air preheater side 224 unaccepted very high 224 unaccepted very high economizer 336 unaccepted very critical 224 unaccepted very high steam drum 384 unaccepted very critical 384 unaccepted very critical sight glass on steam drum side 64 tolerable high 64 tolerable high level indicator (dioda) side a 180 tolerable high 270 unaccepted critical furnace refractory 196 unaccepted very high 294 unaccepted critical chain grate a 252 unaccepted very high 168 tolerable high chain grate b 252 unaccepted very high 252 unaccepted very high boiler furnace camera monitoring system 90 tolerable high 90 tolerable high submerged drain chain conveyor (sdcc) side a 210 unaccepted very high 210 unaccepted very high submerged drain chain conveyor (sdcc) side b 70 tolerable high 210 unaccepted very high long shot blower a 72 tolerable high 216 unaccepted very high long shot blower b 216 unaccepted very high 216 unaccepted very high rotary soot blower no.1 280 unaccepted critical 210 unaccepted very high esp field side a 280 unaccepted critical 210 unaccepted very high esp field side b 90 tolerable high 90 tolerable high esp field side c 70 tolerable high 280 unaccepted critical walltube 36 tolerable moderate 36 tolerable moderate dearator 252 unaccepted very high 252 unaccepted very high coal bunker 210 unaccepted very high 210 unaccepted very high bfp 336 unaccepted very critical 336 unaccepted very critical water ejector pump 448 unaccepted very critical 448 unaccepted very critical condensator pump 108 tolerable high 216 unaccepted very high condenser 336 unaccepted very critical 252 unaccepted very high all components with a “tolerable” risk level require a review for hazard acceptability from operators, hse staff, and maintenance staff at pltu nii tanasa kendari, but the concern is from the results of risk analysis using the fmeca method where there are 18 components in boiler units 1 and 25 components in boiler unit 2 which have a risk level that is in the “unaccepted” category (cannot issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 15 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) be tolerated) so that all of these components must be given special attention and be the focus in terms of maintenance because it can have a major impact on derating (loss of power) and can even result in downtime due to damage to components accompanied by hazards to the environment, humans and the components themselves. the results of the fmeca worksheet based on rpn ranking, critical score, and critical level is prioritized again using a critical matrix if they have the same rpn value, namely by paying attention to the severity and occurrence parameter values, where this is the final stage of data processing using the fmeca method. the results of processing the fmeca worksheet are then calculated for reliability. results identification of critical components can be seen in table 6. table 6. critical component identification results no unit component boiler s o d rpn risk rating critically level 1 unit 1 coal spreader 6 10 8 480 unaccepted very critical 2 forced draft fan (fdf) 8 8 7 448 unaccepted very critical 3 water ejector pump 7 8 8 448 unaccepted very critical 4 steam drum 8 6 8 384 unaccepted very critical 5 condenser 7 8 6 336 unaccepted very critical 6 economizer 7 6 8 336 unaccepted very critical 7 bfp 6 8 7 336 unaccepted very critical 1 unit 2 coal spreader 6 10 8 480 unaccepted very critical 2 water ejector pump 7 8 8 448 unaccepted very critical 3 coal feeder (scrapper) 6 8 8 392 unaccepted very critical 4 steam drum 8 6 8 384 unaccepted very critical 5 forced draft fan (fdf) 8 6 7 336 unaccepted very critical 6 bfp 6 8 7 336 unaccepted very critical based on table 6 as we can see that there are 13 critical components of the pltu nii tanasa boiler system which have a critical score with the “very critical” category in the boiler unit 1, each of the critical components, namely the coal spreader, forced draft fan, water ejector pump, steam drum, economizer, boiler feed pump and condenser, while in boiler unit 2, namely coal spreader, water ejector pump, coal feeder (scrapper), forced draft fan steam drum and boiler feed pump. 3.4. reliability improvement result the first stage in calculating the value of reliability is to identify the initial distribution of data time to failure (ttf) and time to repair (ttr) for critical components (index of fit) using the least square curve fitting method, then the selected distribution will be tested for goodness-of-fit data. of fit) with two testing tools, namely the anderson darling test and pearson correlation, after getting the results then proceed with determining the parameters using the maximum likelihood estimated using the minitab 19 program. a recapitulation of the distribution and ttf data parameters can be seen in table 7 and ttr data can be seen in table 8. after getting the distribution and parameters of the ttf and ttr data to be used, then calculating the value of mttf, mttr. reliability itself can be increased in several ways according to (ebeling, 1997) increased reliability with the age replacement method can be carried out, which means that after repairing the components back to the initial condition (r(t-nt)) and increasing reliability can also be done by using preventive maintenance (rm (t)). an example of the mttf calculation for the water ejector pump unit 1 with the weibull distribution can be seen in equation (1) as follows. 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹 = 𝜃. 𝛤 (1 + 1 𝛽 ) 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 91.7277 × 𝛤 (1 + 1 1.10117 ) 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 91.7277 × 𝛤 (1.90812499) (1) 16 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 91.7277 × 0.964575 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 88.4782 table 7. distributions and parameters test data ttf no unit component name distribution parameter 1 unit 1 coal spreader lognormal s (scale) = 1.16301 loc (𝜇) = 4.15185 2 forced draft fan (fdf) lognormal s (scale) = 1.30404 loc (µ) = 3.87207 3 water ejector pump weibull β (shape) = 1.10117 θ (scale) = 91.7277 4 steam drum lognormal s (scale) = 1.36879 loc (µ) = 3.97359 5 condenser normal µ (mean) = 139.605 σ (std dev) = 98.0291 6 economizer weibull β (shape) = 5.05949 θ (scale) = 150.732 7 boiler feed pump weibull β (shape) = 0.947022 θ (scale) = 65.2767 8 unit 2 coal spreader weibull β (shape) = 0.243116 θ (scale) = 7.72798 9 water ejector pump weibull β (shape) = 1.15698 θ (scale) = 54.0817 10 coal feeder (scrapper) weibull β (shape) = 0.518609 θ (scale) = 157.340 11 steam drum exponential λ (failure rate) = 0.0036771 12 forced draft fan (fdf) normal µ (mean) = 150.654 σ (std dev) = 153.336 13 boiler feed pump normal µ (mean) = 112.823 σ (std dev) = 98.1207 table 8. distributions and parameters test data ttr no unit component name distribution parameter 1 unit 1 coal spreader lognormal s (scale) = 0.675766 loc (µ) = 3.00929 2 forced draft fan (fdf) lognormal s (scale) = 0.378482 loc (µ) = 3.36741 3 water ejector pump lognormal s (scale) = 0.872104 loc (µ) = 3.23386 4 steam drum lognormal s (scale) = 0.369357 loc (µ) = 3.86350 5 economizer normal µ (mean) = 46.0421 σ (std dev) = 28.5521 6 boiler feed pump weibull β (shape) = 1.38765 θ (scale) = 44.1155 7 condenser lognormal s (scale) = 0.347419 loc (µ) = 3.53858 8 unit 2 coal spreader weibull β (shape) = 1.59103 θ (scale) = 35.4781 9 water ejector pump weibull β (shape) = 1.03107 θ (scale) = 45.6233 10 coal feeder (scrapper) weibull β (shape) = 1.78356 θ (scale) = 44.8135 11 steam drum lognormal s (scale) = 0.131005 loc (µ) = 3.22437 12 forced draft fan (fdf) lognormal s (scale) = 1.41300 loc (µ) = 3.49752 13 boiler feed pump lognormal s (scale) = 0.700043 loc (µ) = 4.05561 calculation of mttr with a lognormal distribution can be seen in equation (2), 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅 = 𝑒 𝑢+ 1 2 𝑥(𝜎)2 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒 3.23386+ 1 2 𝑥(0.872104)2 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒 3.23386+0.380282 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒 3.614142 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 37.119 (2) an example of the reliability calculation for the water ejector pump unit 1 component with the weibull distribution can be seen in equation (3). 𝑅(𝑡)𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 {− ( 𝑡 𝜃 ) 𝛽 } 𝑅(𝑡)𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒𝑥𝑝 {− ( 88.4782 91.7277 ) 1.10117 } (3) issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 17 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) 𝑅(𝑡)𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 0.382524 = 38.25% an example of calculating the increase in reliability with corrective action based on the mttr value so that the component returns to its initial condition (r(t-nt)) in the weibull distributed water ejector pump unit 1 component can be seen in equation (4). 𝑅(𝑡 − 𝑛𝑇) 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑒 −( 𝑡−(𝑛𝑇) 𝜃 )𝛽 𝑅(𝑡 − 𝑛𝑇) 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 2.718 −( 88.4782−(2∗37.1195) 91.7277 )1.10117 𝑅(𝑡 − 𝑛𝑇) 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 2.718−(0.12856707) 𝑅(𝑡 − 𝑛𝑇) 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 0.879354582 = 87.93% (4) so that it can be determined the value of the opportunity for component reliability that is carried out by preventive maintenance (rm(t)) is when t/mttf = 88,478, mttr = 37,119 with the following calculation in equation (5). 𝑛 = 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑡 = 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝐹 𝑇 = 𝑀𝑇𝑇𝑅 𝑅(𝑇)𝑛 = 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑏𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑎𝑐ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑢𝑝 𝑡𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑛𝑡ℎ 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑅𝑚(𝑡) = 𝑅(𝑇)𝑛 × 𝑅(𝑡 − 𝑛𝑇) 𝑅𝑚 (𝑡)𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐸𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 𝑃𝑢𝑚𝑝 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 = 𝑅(88.478)2 × 𝑅(88.478 − 2 × 37.1195) = 42% (5) all results of calculations for increasing the reliability of the critical components of the boiler unit 1 and unit 2 can be seen in table 9. based on the table 9, it can be seen that using preventive maintenance provide increased reliability of critical components. several critical components that experienced increased reliability, namely coal spreader unit 1, increased reliability from 28.04% to 30% with preventive maintenance, so that component reliability is maintained above 60%. it is recommended to perform preventive maintenance or replace components with maintenance time intervals of 25 days. water ejector pump unit 1 increased reliability from 38% to 42%, so that component reliability is maintained above 60% it is recommended to perform preventive maintenance or replace components with maintenance intervals of 37 days, condenser unit 1 increased reliability from 50% to 54%, so that component reliability is maintained above 60%. it is recommended to do preventive maintenance or replace components with maintenance time intervals of 36 days, economizer unit 1 has increased reliability from 52% to 99%, so that component reliability is maintained above 60% then recommended for to carry out preventive maintenance or component replacement with maintenance intervals of 46 days. water ejector pump unit 2 has increased reliability from 39% to 41%, so that component reliability is maintained above 60%, it is recommended to perform preventive maintenance or component replacement at intervals maintenance is 45 days, boiler feed pump unit 2 has increased reliability from 50% to 51%, so that component reliability is maintained above 60%, it is recommended to perform preventive maintenance or replace components with maintenance intervals of 74 days. however, not all components in the implementation of preventive maintenance experience an increase in reliability due to the characteristics of the failure rate and the type of distribution of each component, as occurs in components with a weibull distribution where components that have a β (shape) value below 1 or 0 < β < 1 there is boiler feeds pump unit 1 with a β (shape) value of 0.947022, coal spreader unit 2 with a β (shape) value of 0.243116 and coal feeder (scrapper) unit 2 with a β (shape) value of 0.518609, all of these components have a characteristic failure rate called decreasing failure rate (dfr) so that preventive maintenance has no effect on these components, referring to 18 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) the bathtub curve in phase 1, namely the initial damage (burn-in/early failures/wear in region) (ebeling, 1997), which means that all of these components are still in good condition, so that the components work with the reliability above 60%, it is recommended to replace components periodically so that the components return to their initial conditions (r(t-nt)) for the boiler feed pump unit 1 component it is recommended to replace components at intervals of 40 days, for the coal spreader unit 2 component it is recommended to replace components at intervals time is 31 days, coal feeder (scrapper) unit 2 component is recommended to replace components at intervals of 40 days. table 9. improvement reliability result no unit component name distribution t (days) t (days) r(t) n r (tnt) r(t)n rm(t) 1 unit 1 coal spreader lognormal 124.98 25 28% 4 79% 38% 30% 2 forced draft fan (fdf) lognormal 112.43 31 26% 3 76% 25% 19% 3 water ejector pump weibull 88.48 37 38% 2 88% 48% 42% 4 steam drum lognormal 135.69 50 25% 2 63% 26% 17% 5 condenser normal 139.61 36 50% 3 87% 62% 54% 6 economizer weibull 138.49 46 52% 3 100% 99% 99% 7 boiler feed pump weibull 66.91 40 36% 1 65% 53% 35% 8 unit 2 coal spreader weibull 220.28 31 10% 7 97% 0.01% 0.01% 9 water ejector pump weibull 51.38 45 39% 1 92% 45% 41% 10 coal feeder (scrapper) weibull 294.82 40 25% 7 93% 3% 3% 11 steam drum exponential 271.95 25 37% 10 93% 39% 37% 12 forced draft fan (fdf) normal 150.65 89 50% 1 72% 65% 47% 13 boiler feed pump normal 112.82 74 50% 1 77% 65% 51% in addition to the parameter β (shape), the components with a lognormal distribution also have a dfr failure rate characteristic so that preventive maintenance does not affect these components, as happened to the components of the forced draft fan unit 1 and steam drum unit 1 so, these components can work with a reliability above 60%, it is recommended to replace components periodically so that the components return to their initial conditions (r(t-nt)) for the forced draft fan unit 1 component it is recommended to replace components at intervals of 31 days and the steam drum unit 1 component is recommended to replace components with a time interval of 50 days. component forced draft fan unit 2 also did not experience an increase in the reliability value by using preventive maintenance (rm(t)); this was because the mttr value obtained was 89 days, preventive maintenance did not show an increase, but to maintain the reliability value above 60%, it is recommended to replace components periodically so, that the components return to their initial conditions (r(t-nt)). components that also do not experience an increase in reliability are components that have an exponential distribution, namely the steam drum unit 2, this is due to a characteristic failure rate called the constant failure rate (cfr) which refers to the bathtub curve. the cfr phase is characterized by a constant breakdown rate. this phase is often also called the useful life period, in this phase damage is difficult to predict and tends to occur randomly (ebeling, 1997), meaning that during this period the components are difficult to predict so that preventive maintenance has no effect. so that the components of the steam drum unit 2 can work with a reliability above 60%, it is recommended to replace components periodically with replacement intervals of 25 days, so that the components return to their initial conditions (r(t-nt)). 4. conclusion based on the description and analysis that has been carried out in the previous chapter, several conclusions can be drawn as follows. the critical system selected at pltu nii tanasa kendari is the system that has the greatest failure frequency based on the pareto diagram, namely the boiler system. then from this critical system, critical components are re-selected. determination of critical issn 1693-6590 spektrum industri 19 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) components in the boiler using the fmeca method, the results obtained are based on a critical score in the “very critical” category. all components with this label are included as critical components of each unit. reliability calculations are performed to evaluate the performance of each critical component of the boiler system based on the mttf value, then recommendations for reliability improvement are calculated based on the mttr value and implementation of preventive maintenance. author contribution: all authors contributed equally to the main contributor to this paper. all authors read and approved the final paper. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references army. (2006). failure modes, effects and criticality analysis (fmeca) for command, control, communications, computer, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (c4isr) facilities. headquarters department of the army. https://www.wbdg.org/ffc/army-coe/technical-manuals-tm/tm-5698-4. brahim, i. b., addouche, s. a., el mhamedi, a., & boujelbene, y. (2019). build a bayesian network from fmeca in the production of automotive parts: diagnosis and prediction. ifac-papersonline, 52(13), 2572-2577, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifacol.2019.11.594. cristea, g., & constantinescu, d. m. (2017, october). a comparative critical study between fmea and fta risk analysis methods. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering. 252. 1. 012046. iop publishing. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/252/1/012046. ebeling, c. e. (2019). an introduction to reliability and maintainability engineering. waveland press. https://books.google.co.id/books?hl=en&lr=&id=rh2wdwaaqbaj&oi. hisprastin, y., & musfiroh, i. (2021). ishikawa diagram dan failure mode effect analysis (fmea) sebagai metode yang sering digunakan dalam manajemen risiko mutu di industri. majalah farmasetika, 6(1), 19. https://doi.org/10.24198/mfarmasetika.v6i1.27106. ismail, z., alkaff, a., & gamayanti, n. (2014). analisis keandalan pada heat recovery steam generator (hrsg) di pt. pjb up gresik menggunakan metode failure mode effect and criticality analysis (fmeca). jurnal teknik pomits, 1(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.38038/vocatech.v2i2.53. melani, a. h. a., murad, c. a., netto, a. c., de souza, g. f. m., & nabeta, s. i. (2018). criticality-based maintenance of a coal-fired power plant. energy, 147, 767-781. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.energy.2018.01.048. mohanty, j. k., dash, p. r., & pradhan, p. k. (2020). fmeca analysis and condition monitoring of critical equipments in super thermal power plant. international journal of system assurance engineering and management, 11(3), 583-599. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13198-020-00945-4. pamungkas, i., & dirhamsyah, m. (2019, may). monte carlo simulation for predicting the reliability of a boiler in the nagan raya steam power plant. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering. 523. 1. 012071). iop publishing. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/523/1/012071. pamungkas, i., irawan, h. t., & pandria, t. a. (2021). implementasi preventive maintenance untuk meningkatkan keandalan pada komponen kritis boiler di pembangkit listrik tenaga uap. vocatech: vocational education and technology journal, 2(2), 73-79.. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/523/1/012071. patil, s. s., & bewoor, a. k. (2021). reliability analysis of a steam boiler system by expert judgment method and best-fit failure model method: a new approach. international journal of quality & reliability management, 38(1), 389-409. https://doi.org/10.1108/ijqrm-01-2020-0023. pratiwi, p., & hadi, z. (2022). production process of steam power plant and calculation of thermal https://www.wbdg.org/ffc/army-coe/technical-manuals-tm/tm-5-698-4 https://www.wbdg.org/ffc/army-coe/technical-manuals-tm/tm-5-698-4 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ifacol.2019.11.594 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/252/1/012046 https://books.google.co.id/books?hl=en&lr=&id=rh2wdwaaqbaj&oi https://doi.org/10.24198/mfarmasetika.v6i1.27106 https://doi.org/10.38038/vocatech.v2i2.53 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.energy.2018.01.048 https://doi.org/10.1007/s13198-020-00945-4 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/523/1/012071 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/523/1/012071 https://doi.org/10.1108/ijqrm-01-2020-0023 20 spektrum industri issn 1693-6590 vol. 21, no. 1, 2023, pp. 8-20 muhammad hudzaly hatala (risk and reliability improvement analysis of boiler system using the failure mode effect analysis & critical analysis (fmeca) method) efficiency: case study of teluk sirih steam power plant. jurnal teknik mesin, 12(1), 26-31. https://jtm.itp.ac.id/index.php/jtm/article/view/693. puthillath, b., & sasikumar, r. (2012). selection of maintenance strategy using failure mode effect and criticality analysis. international journal of engineering and innovative technology (ijeit), 1(6), 7379. https://www.ijeit.com/vol%201/issue%206/ijeit1412201206_14.pdf. putra, g. p., & hardi purba, h. (2018). failure mode and effect analysis power plant boiler. journal of optimization in industrial engineering, 11(2), 1-5. https://doi.org/10.22094/joie.2018.555547.1527. putri, e. l., bahauddin, a., & ferdinant, p. f. (2013). usulan jadwal perawatan pada mesin electric arc furnace 5 dengan simulasi monte carlo. jurnal teknik industri untirta, 1(4). https://onesearch.id/record/ios3829.article-335. rahman, a., & fahma, f. (2021). penggunaan metode fmeca (failure modes effects criticality analysis) dalam identifikasi titik kritis di industri kemasan. jurnal teknologi industri pertanian, 31(1), 110119. https://doi.org/10.24961/j.tek.ind.pert.2021.31.1.110. rahmania, w. s., prasetya, h. e. g., & sholihah, f. h. (2020, september). maintenance analysis of boiler feed pump turbine using failure mode effect analysis (fmea) methods. in 2020 international electronics symposium (ies) (pp. 54-59). ieee. https://doi.org/10.1109/ies50839.2020.9231886. singh, j., singh, s., & singh, a. (2019). distribution transformer failure modes, effects and criticality analysis (fmeca). engineering failure analysis, 99, 180-191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.engfailanal.2019.02.014. suharjo, b. a. m. b. a. n. g., suharyo, o. s., & bandono, a. (2019). failure mode effect and criticality analysis (fmeca) for determination time interval replacement of critical components in warships radar. journal of theoretical and applied information technology, 97(10), 2861-2870. http://repository.sttal.ac.id/420/. sui, y., ding, r., & wang, h. (2020). a novel approach for occupational health and safety and environment risk assessment for nuclear power plant construction project. journal of cleaner production, 258, 120945. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120945. tanjung, w. n., atikah, s. a., hidayat, s., ripmiatin, e., asti, s. s., & khodijah, r. s. (2019, may). risk management analysis using fmeca and anp methods in the supply chain of wooden toy industry. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering. 528(1), 012007. iop publishing. https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/528/1/012007. ramadhan, w. d., & nurhidayat, a. e. (2022). analisis perawatan mesin dengan menggunakan metode reability centered maintenance dan fuzzy fuzzy failure mode and effect analysis. jurnal indonesia sosial teknologi, 3(08), 867-878. https://doi.org/10.36418/jist.v3i8.474. https://jtm.itp.ac.id/index.php/jtm/article/view/693 https://www.ijeit.com/vol%201/issue%206/ijeit1412201206_14.pdf https://doi.org/10.22094/joie.2018.555547.1527 https://onesearch.id/record/ios3829.article-335 https://doi.org/10.24961/j.tek.ind.pert.2021.31.1.110 https://doi.org/10.1109/ies50839.2020.9231886 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.engfailanal.2019.02.014 http://repository.sttal.ac.id/420/ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120945 https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/528/1/012007 https://doi.org/10.36418/jist.v3i8.474 uad template_zalik nuryana 10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.22 spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id spektrum industri journal homepage: http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum issn 2442-2630 (online) | 1693-6590 (print) 49 re-engineering the business process of slickline and electric line operation rendi harun putra1, winda nur cahyo1,*, tiengling zhang2 1department of industrial engineering, universitas islam indonesia, yogyakarta, 55888, indonesia 2department of industrial engineering, university of wollongong, wollongong, 2522, australia *corresponding author: winda.nurcahyo@uii.ac.id introduction as a source of export earnings and also as a fulfillment of domestic energy needs, oil and gas energy is currently still a source of energy supporting economic growth in indonesia. the accelerated growth of development, especially in the industrial sector as well as supporting materials for procurement in this country, makes the increase in energy use quite a large portion compared to the increase in other uses, which reached 7% in the last 10 years. for the current operating conditions, the a r t i c l e i n f o a b s t r a c t article history received: january 2022 revised : april 2022 accepted: april 2022 a strategy to save cost related to oil exploration process is discussed in this paper. the focus is to reduce the cost in slickline and electric line operation in order to maintain the business continuity, where this conclusion was obtained by looking at the comparison between the costs incurred during previous operations with the costs incurred at this time by comparing the results of operations obtained as well as comparisons with oil and gas prices both before and after 2018. this concrete step to be taken is a method for lean management because there is a cost suppression in it. the context of its implementation is through business process re-engineering which of course will implement appropriate method steps to be taken. the method steps taken are to implement value stream mapping which in its preparation includes an analysis of the slickline and electric line operation work steps carried out, including by compiling; product family or operation work steps, current state map of both operations and design future state map of wire line operation proposal and 5s theory process as completeness. the proposed strategy enable to reduce costs by combining slickline and electric line operations in one unit or one service company, then reducing the number of workers involved and making work more efficient, by reducing the rig up and rig process, down pce (pressure control equipment), reducing the repetition of the work intervention process. this is an open access article under the cc–by-sa license. copyright © 2022 the authors keywords lean management business process reengineering value stream mapping mailto:10.12198/spektrum.v20i1.22 mailto:spektrum.industri@ie.uad.ac.id http://journal3.uad.ac.id/index.php/spektrum mailto:winda.nurcahyo@uii.ac.id http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 50 costs for the production process are very expensive, and this is not limited to the oil and gas industry, namely with the cost of lifting from the earth including maintenance, this operation process certainly requires large costs, especially when compared to the acquisition cost. obtained is not economical or not in accordance with forecasts from existing sources. considering that the condition of mature oil and gas wells is coupled with instruments or accessories that have been installed for a long time so that it requires no small maintenance costs. therefore, the author tries to analyse in order to get a solution about reducing the cost of an existing business process. in the oil and gas industry, slickline and electric line operations take up a fairly large portion compared to other operating methods carried out in the field, therefore slickline and electric line operations play an important role in maintaining the stability of oil and gas production targets at pt. xyz. where the slickline operation is used in terms of oil field maintenance or intervention using a single strand wire, while the term electric line operation is a well intervention where the wire is used as a conductor wire connection. where its function is to ensure the feasibility of an oil and gas well can still produce optimally. this makes it a very critical element, so that periodic maintenance scheduling and monitoring of the condition of the oil and gas wells must be carried out for a certain period of time to anticipate damage that occurs. with the periodic maintenance operation process, the author analyses these two operations which then gets findings for optimization by reviewing the engineering process. one of the elements to carry out maintenance of oil and gas wells is the slickline and electric line, which generally use slickline and electric line units, both portable and directly in one package with a barge or rig unit as a place to intervene. in the following calculations, it can be concluded as a comparison and triggers why there is a need to reduce costs for the two operations, where there is a difference in the number of days for break even point (bep) for oil and gas wells between bep for one oil well made before 2018 and one oil well. made after 2018. there is a difference due to the price difference between them. for more details, see table 1. table 1. comparative analysis of break even point cost calculation for one oil and gas well. no description cost / price / gain of well 1 price for one well 2,000,000 usd 2 slickline cost 1,250.00 usd 3 electric line cost 10,000.00 usd 4 well testing cost 15,000.00 usd 5 mmscfd to mmbtu 1,040.00 usd 6 gas price before 2018 7 usd/mmbtu 7 oil price before 2018 70 usd/bbl 8 gas price after 2018 6 usd/mmbtu 9 oil price after 2018 35 usd/bbl 10 expected gas production in gas well (economical well threshold) 3 mmscfd 11 expected oil production in oil well (economical well threshold) 200 bbl/day 12 cost per well 2,026,250 usd 13 break even point before 2018 in gas well 92.78 days 14 break even point before 2018 in oil well 144.73 days 15 break even point after 2018 in gas well 108.24 days 16 break even point after 2018 in oil well 289.46 days comparative analysis of break even point cost calculation for one oil and gas well, taken from part or fraction of operational cost calculation from slickline and electric line, where the range of costs is taken from operational costs for one oil and gas well with a comparison of the price of one oil well made before 2018 with one oil well made after 2018, so it is clear the difference for bep from the type of each well made. from the aforementioned, business process re-engineering of slickline and electric line operations in an effort to reduce costs at pt. xyz is discussed. in general, this article analyses existing business processes, namely by implementing business process re-engineering at every potential, but the emphasis as a limitation is on slickline and electric line operations. while the specific purpose of this journal is to see the potential cost reduction from implementing business process re-engineering, this is spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 51 also done by looking at the value of each ongoing contract, both electric line (e/l) and slickline (s/l). thus, it can be concluded that this business process re-engineering can really reduce operating costs through current expenses, especially for electric line (e/l) and slickline (s/l) operations. as a continuation, the author analyses the potential steps that must be taken when implementing business process re-engineering to reduce operating costs. operation of the term electric line is an operation in an intervention well where the wire used is as a conductor wire connection; the conductor itself is protected by a protective wire or armors in transmitting electrical energy. the main concern in the oil field for well intervention operations in this type of operation is the measurement of depth, especially during perforation operations. the depth accuracy on the electric line is higher than on the slickline which is the reason for recording wells and perforations properly by the electric line unit. through this electric line, we can send sensor data to the surface in real time which will be an advantage for recording wells properly. power line operations involve well recording, perforation and well repair services. electric line is used for well logging, which involves the use of a sensory device designed to provide some information about the properties of the well. the perforation itself is to provide communication between the borehole and the formation through pipes, casing and cement. whereas slickline is a term used in oilfield maintenance or intervention i.e. wires of several sizes, composition lengths are used to perform several types of services in the wellbore. the basic use of the slickline is to manipulate tools such as pipe gauges and flow control devices. similar to the electric line operation, this slickline operation uses a single strand wire to run various tools into the wellbore which has the purpose of maintaining wells, both oil wells and gas wells. operation of this tool can also be used with a slickline truck for onshore performing slickline operations. while in the offshore and delta using ships, barges and rigs. the length of the wire used varies, depending on the depth of the well and this can be ordered according to specifications or the type of operation, for example wells that have levels or contain hydrogen sulfide (h2s) then specifications can be ordered for h2s, while the length can be ordered up to 35,000 feet. this tool is used to lower and raise or intervene downhole tools used in the maintenance of oil and gas wells to the appropriate depth from the borehole. in use, this work is connected by a drum when rolled from behind the slickline unit to the slickline sheave wheel, a grooved circular wheel and a certain size according to the specifications and thickness of the wire being supported and serves to direct it to the path of another sheave wheel which will allow the slickline to enter the wellbore. oil and gas. this slickline unit is used to lower equipment or intervene downhole into oil or gas wells to perform maintenance on various types of downhole accessories. slickline units are an integral part of the machining and finishing industry. the operation provides an economical way to regulate and control well fluid flow and clear the tubing/pipeline flow path of obstructions such as sand, loose scale/pipe lining and paraffin. the use of value stream mapping has been widely sptread. fernando and noya (2014) discusses about optimizing of production lines with value stream mapping and value stream analysis tools. reducing the number of waste in the production process is one of the main goals in every company. lean is one of several ways to reduce waste in the running process of a production. this lean approach generally aims to increase the value of a product or service to customers (customer value) by increasing the ratio of the value of useful activities or having added value (value added ratio) to the level of waste (waste) continuously (gaspersz & fontana, 2011). in the results of this study, the method used to reduce the presence of waste in pt. bonindo abadi is a value stream analysis tools (valsat) and value stream mapping (vsm). where the vsm method or procedure is used to see the state of the map condition in the company. this waste reduction step is done by using one of the tools from valsat, namely process activity mapping (pam). the amount of non value added (nva) obtained in the production process of pt. bonindo abadi is 90.17% and value added (va) is 0.04%. then the opinion step for improvements made is to reduce the amount of time for nva activities or eliminate them. the basic steps process from the implementation of the concept of the value stream mapping (vsm) method which was incorporated into the realm of lean philosophy, namely in 1995, where the concept of vsm was illustrated in a set of technical methods which is also a step to identify and record all waste from each work steps, so that it can be used as a reference material for each step in removing all activities contained in the waste of a business process (hines & rich, 1997). starting from the spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 52 beginning of the method from the vsm step flow, there are at least seven vsm methods which are briefly summarized by hines and rich (1997), in the summary including, process activity mapping, supply chain response matrix, production variation funnel, quality filter mapping, mapping demand amplification, decision point analysis, and mapping of physical structures. however, the flow of steps or methods of disclosing and visualizing this relationship is limited between the nature of information and physical flow in the perspective of the value stream (lacerda, xambre, & alvelos, 2016). in different versions of vsm where this has been suggested by rother and shook (2003) in providing solutions to this problem, including to distinguish the activities or steps of the business processes that are classified as va and nva so that the flow of information and physical with lean strategies that systematically in an effort to eliminate all activities that are in waste and continuously improve from the user's perspective. on the other hand, from table 1 can be inferred that the breakeven period for the oil and gas well in the pt xyz is significantly getting longer before and after 2018. the company urgently needs strategy to maintain its financial performance. one of the strategies come-up from the discussion with the management is how to reduce the cost in operating the slickline and electric line. from academic perspective, there are limited number of articles about how to reduce the cost related to the slickline and electric line operation. from the limited number, several articles about this issue are presented by bargawi, dean, clemens, and whitmire (2008), foster, clemens, and moore (2001), larimore and fehrmann (1998), larimore, fehrmann, and white (1997), larimore, goiffon, and bayh (1996), loov and billingham (2014). these articles discuss about the cost reduction issue in the operating slickline or electric line however from this limited number, the articles about cost reduction in this area using lean and business process re-engineering perspective has not been found yet. so, this issue will be one of the contribution of this article. research method in an effort to conduct business process re-engineering at pt. xyz, the author performs several steps as a research method as shown in figure 1. figure 1. research flowchart. spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 53 the initial stage when going to do the optimization, the authors identify the problem through analysis of the business process of the current operation. after getting points that will be raised as a discussion for improvement, the author takes the next step by conducting a literature study of the analysis of maintenance and oil and gas removal processes with the slickline and electric line operating methods taken from various reference books, websites, journals and previous research. to collect data as an analysis of this writing, the authors conducted field observations at pt. xyz about the maintenance and process of lifting oil and gas with slickline and electric line operating methods that are currently running. the second stage is to collect data about the maintenance and removal process of oil and gas with the slickline and electric line operating methods at pt. xyz. in this stage, the author conducted several interviews with the team that carried out the business process. the third stage, the authors perform data processing, maintenance and removal of oil and gas with the slickline and electric line operating methods at pt. xyz and analyzes during business process operations. the fourth stage is analysing the results of the processed data research, after which conclusions are drawn as to what concrete steps should be taken as the objectives of analyzing the business process. after the conclusion is obtained, the next step is to give suggestions or recommendations for business process re-engineering as an optimization effort at pt. xyz. this data collection is data collection to support the research conducted. in conducting this research, the use of data taken to be used is primary and secondary data. the method for collecting the data is as described below: a. primary data this research data obtained from interviews and direct observations on slickline and electric line jobs at pt xyz. as for the observation aids, namely by using a laptop, mobile phone and reporting documentation on the i-servewell system. a. this interview was conducted by means of question and answer to tadm which handles slickline and electric line contracts as well as several employees at pt xyz. interviews were conducted by asking questions and analyzing any problems that occurred in the implementation of routine contracts in the company in general and specifically in slickline and electric line operations. b. observation is done by direct observation at slickline and electric line operations. then the data that can be collected include the number of workers, the number of machines, processing time in slickline and electric line operations. c. discussion, together in determining waste in slickline and electric line operations, both with tadm itself as the contract maker and several other workers based on the experience of the workers themselves. apart from that, there are some data needed to complete this research, as for the date as described below: a. work process flow the work process flow (flow process chart) is made based on the slickline and electric line operating processes of each type of work for the maintenance and removal of oil and gas with these operating methods. b. working time working time is obtained from taking working time data from each worker in the slickline and electric line operations and this data obtained from i-servewell data is used to see the cycle time of the process. c. production output data slickline and electric line operation data is obtained from the results of operations and daily reports in the i-servewell data system as monitoring by pt. xyz in ensuring the running of the business cycle in the company. d. data on number of workers data on the number of workers were obtained from observations in the field during slickline and electric line operations as well as i-servewell data which recorded the number of workers in carrying out the work. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 54 e. cycle time cycle time is the time when the work and all activities obtained during the operation of slickline and electric line as well as a report in the i-servewell data that records the amount from the beginning to the end of the work. f. available time it is available time obtained from slickline and electric line operating hours as well as iservewell data which records the amount of available time in a day or cycle for the maintenance and removal process of oil and gas with this operating method. b. secondary data this secondary data is obtained from references that can assist in research that is being carried out in the form of information or actual conditions through research on sources of information in the form of journals, books, archives and documents or company data both hardware (hardcopy) and software (softcopy), reports related to the problems studied from the i-servewell data that recorded all activities at pt. xyz. where the data obtained from the company is data on the results of slickline and electric line operations, the flow of the maintenance process and the process of lifting oil and gas with this operating method, including data on the number of workers for the job, as well as data on the number of machines used, as well as the turnaround cycle from time to time. processing. in this preparation, a tool is taken as a solution, namely value stream mapping (vsm), where vsm is one way to make improvements in lean management to visualize the steps where this business process takes place from the beginning to the end of completion for a job, which in it explains about what the customer wants, which can be seen from the well intervention program flow, as shown in figure 2. figure 2. well intervention program flow for the flow above is a standard step that has been running in determining and taking steps to complete work through the existing team, including: 1. gsr (geoservice and reservoir) as one of the departments that owns or manages assets of the company's existing wells. 2. wpt (well performance team). as a team that screens and validates the work requested by the gsr team which will then be carried out by the wli team. 3. wli (well intervention) as the executor of his work. c. current state map value stream mapping the data that has been taken and processed will be used as the basis for making the vsm current state map. making the current state map value stream mapping is used to identify and determine the processes that occur in slickline and electric line operations. in addition to knowing the current processes, the current state map also aims to find out the entire flow of information that occurs during these processes. in the current state map value stream mapping to find out activities that do not add value to slickline spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 55 and electric line operations which are considered to cause waste, namely by making process activity mapping (pam). almost all work processes in slickline and electric line operations are manual work. pam helps to identify value added and non-value added activities which are considered as waste. to complete the waste identification results, direct observations were made on the slickline and electric line operations. d. design future state map value stream mapping while the data for the design future state map value stream mapping is taken and processed which will be used as a step to improve existing business processes by entering or making a work step that will erode non-value added from existing activities where the basic reference is on the current state map. value stream mapping. e. 5s concepts 5s (seisi, seiton, seiso, seiketsu, shitsuke) is a systematic approach to improving the work environment, products, and processes by involving employees on the production line or factory floor as well as in the office (gasperz & fontana, 2011). 5s is used to eliminate waste and a determination to organize, clean, maintain, and maintain the habits necessary to do a job well (santos et al, 2006). the 5s technique is a systematic approach to improving the work environment, processes, and products by involving employees on the factory floor or production line as well as in the office. according to suwondo (2012) "5s work culture", is a science that really needs to be studied, in the development of a company or organization (university, school, party, etc.), to achieve effectiveness and efficiency, create highly disciplined people, respect time, hard worker, conscientious, success oriented, not hedonistic, frugal and unpretentious, likes saving and investing, oriented to integrity and other positive things. when translated into indonesian, the 5 ways to handle the location of doing business become 5 r's where the meaning is as explained below (imai, 1986): 1. seiri, making things where our workplace is easy to choose which ones can be used and which are not used so that useless things are eliminated. where it can be a location to do a business, it becomes short, concise or concise, where you only store materials or tools as needed. 2. seiton, everything is stored in its place as easy to take and easy to find when going to use. 3. seiso, makes the state of all tools, tools, instruments and others easy to use and always neat or shiny free from dirt. creating a location situation around doing work to create conditions for the place and work environment to always be neat or shiny free from dirt. making the place always neat or shiny free from dirt is not only cleaning but also needs to be done for inspection and maintenance steps or methods. 4. seiketsu, adding ways to make things always slick or shiny free from dirt on individuals is also continuously carried out on the implementation of the 3 things above so that everything is in order can also be a reference to always be done. the implementation of the seiketsu method can make the environment in which we work always awake. 5. shitsuke, making obedient individuals by always doing the 5 s steps in a manner according to normal rules. so that it can make each individual act or take steps according to the rules and can transmit to anyone about doing the good thing. in supporting the well intervention work, slickline and electric line operations are two things that work almost always side by side or a sequence of work, where both before and after the work will be carried out alternately. these two jobs are sometimes carried out after other main work is done such as coil tubing, snubbing, drilling and so on. slickline and electric line work currently takes up a very large portion so that it requires handling or operating steps that can be more profitable. results and discussion slickline operations that are currently running by analyzing or judging from the business process, several steps can be taken in an effort to reduce financing, where it can refer to work or business processes in almost similar operations, namely electric line where the sequence of work is almost the same so that it can be done several times. elimination step in some part of the business process or spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 56 operation. here are some steps that we can analyze the business processes in both operations, both slickline and electric line operations, including the following: 1. slickline operation; a. integrated meeting for crew b. preparation; ▪ open work permit. ▪ pre-job meeting. ▪ check whsip. ▪ perform umv function test. ▪ perform trsv function test. c. rig up pce equipment's; ▪ rigged up line pce ▪ pce pressure test d. running tools; ▪ open the well. ▪ running in hole (rih) of tool string ▪ pull out of hole (pooh) tool string d. rig down pce equipment's ▪ rig down pce ▪ well hand over to production team. ▪ close work permit 2. electric line operation; a. integrated meeting for crew b. preparation; ▪ open work permit. ▪ pre-job meeting. ▪ check whsip. ▪ perform umv function test. ▪ perform trsv function test. c. rig up pce equipment's; ▪ rigged up line pce ▪ pce pressure test e. running tools; ▪ open the well. ▪ running in hole (rih) of tool string ▪ pull out of hole (pooh) tool string d. rig down pce equipment's ▪ rig down pce ▪ well hand over to production team. ▪ close work permit by analyzing the business processes of the two operations mentioned above, several steps can be taken to reduce costs in both operations, which of course can be implemented with lean management so that it will completely eliminate waste in the business process. in carrying out this operation, a support means is needed that can accommodate all the main equipment and supporting equipment in completing this operation. specifically for wireline work in the swamp field, currently supported by 12 (twelve) barges or wireline boats equipped with slickline or electricline units, with a summary in table 2. all of the above support means in their procurement, some use separate work contracts and some are in a package with work tools used to intervene wells. in the second step of working on both the slickline and electric line operations, the well intervention team has made a work plan that is incorporated in the rkap which is also used as a benchmark for the success of the work implementation. this can be seen from the number of comparisons between planning and realization. table 3 explains the comparison between the two things, namely planning and realization. this table data is taken from planning and realization data from 2015 to 2020, while 2021 spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 57 runs until 2023 is still calculated with the estimated workload based on the rkap. table 2. support barge (working barge) or wireline boat slickline boat (sl) wireline boat/ barge (sl + el) multi purpose barge (sl + el + ct) ct barge (sl + ct) sn barge (sn + sl) well test (testing + sl) 4 (nes 3, nes 6, nes 7 & elsa01) 3 (nes 4, nes 5 & sh-7) 2 (sh-6 & delta biru) 1 (elsa-07) 1 (elsa-08) 1 (adimas-02) table 3. estimated workload planning and realization of slickline & electric line operation refer to rkap 2021 year 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 plan 5449 4998 3958 3609 4284 4437 2908 2908 2908 realization 5651 4892 4964 4340 4585 3312 2908 2908 2908 with the data above, it can be analysed that the workload carried out in a period of one year is very large which of course will consume a very large budget. the use of the budget will of course run out in less than 3 years as the budgeted period for each contract, both from the slickline contract and the electric line. in the current period, it can be seen that the planning and realization of the needs of this wireline operation (slickline + electricline) underwent several revisions along the way, so that the difference in the numbers in the next table can be seen. furthermore, as in the period from 2015 to 2020, it can be seen that with a significant amount of work, this will certainly create very large costs or expenses. the number of comparisons between planning and realization costs of slickline & electric line operation can be seen in table 4. table 4. planning and realization cost of slickline & electric line operation year plan realization 2015 $63,981,230 $66,353,080 2016 $84,189,369 $82,403,840 2017 $82,074,277 $102,934,995 2018 $73,498,082 $88,385,059 2019 $31,811,052 $34,046,142 2020 $42,009,468 $31,357,980 from the description of the cost table between the planning and realization cost of slickline & electric line operation above, it appears that the costs incurred for the two operations are very large. therefore, the authors carried out several further analyzes in order to obtain accurate data so that they could carry out a comprehensive and targeted analysis in order to make efforts to reduce slickline & electric line operating costs at pt. xyz in the future. from the picture below, you can see a comparison of these costs is shown in figure 3. as previously explained, it can be seen directly that the amount of costs required for operations from year to year for both operating costs is very large. based on the data obtained, based on significant planning and very expensive costs, the authors carried out analysis and steps to carry out business process re-engineering from slickline and electric line operations as an effort to reduce costs at pt. xyz. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 58 figure 3. chart of planning and realization cost from slickline & electric line operation the data above as explained earlier that the data was taken from 2015 to 2020, while for a comparison of why the operating costs of slickline and electric line are very expensive, this is seen from the calculation of costs incurred for 3 years (1095 days) of contracts in these two operations (slickline and electric line) which can be seen in table 5 for owner estimate (oe) of slickline operation for 3 years. table 5. owner estimate (oe) slickline operation for 3 years. description days unit rate (usd/day) subtotal (usd) a. equipment slickline equipment for jobs: well monitoring, support lwo, dhsv replacement, plugging and un plugging, fishing tools, logging and mechanical wso 1095 $403.81 $442,171.95 sub total a $442,171.95 b. personnel daylight personnel 1095 $855.86 $937,166.70 night personnel 1095 $855.86 $937,166.70 sub total b $1,874,333.40 daily rate $2,115.53 est tcv 1 s/l $2,316,505.35 est tcv 5 s/l $11,582,526.75 from the table above, it can be seen that the normal slickline operating costs are $2,316,505.35 for one slickline unit, but based on the current contract, 5 units are needed, which is to fulfill the very massive operational needs as stated in the company's work plan and budget. . from the calculation of the normal costs, steps are taken to add up the needs in its operation so that it can fulfill the plans that have been made, thus it can be seen that the total needs are: ..…………………………………………………………………………….... (1) where: csl = contract slickline per 3 years cusl = cost per unit slickline σsl = total slickline as requiered then: csl = 2,316,505.00 x 5 csl = $11,582,526.75 per 3 years in the completion and maintenance steps of a well, another operating unit called electric line is needed, where the required cost can be seen in the owner estimate of the electric line operation for 3 years as contained in table 6, where the table describes what types of work are required. carried out spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 59 when using the electric line operation, the description of the type of work can be seen. with the calculation of the cost requirements that must be incurred based on the owner estimate of both the slickline and electric line operations, it can be seen how large the cost needs to be incurred. where the cost as already stated that its use is for a period of 3 years, or the work contract will be resubmitted if the contract value has expired even though the time has not reached 3 years. by looking at the cost per each operation, it can be calculated that the costs of the two operations based on the owner estimate (oe) of both slickline and electric line operations are as follows: wire line operation costs (slickline and electric line): .......…………………………………………………………...………... (2) where: tcwl = total cost wire line per 3 years tcsl = total cost unit slickline per 3 years tcel = total cost unit electric line per 3 years then: tcwl = $ 46,189,720.35 per 3 years table 6. owner estimate (oe) of electric line operation for 3 years. no type of service quantity unit est. no. of job for tth + 1 off unit price sub total 1 service charge service charge 1 ea 2763 0 2 depth charge depth charge 3500 m 2763 $0.90 $8,703,450.00 3 perforation 3-1/2" or 3-3/8" (6 spf) meterage charge 15 m 4 $380.00 $22,800.00 4 perforation 2 7/8", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg, deep meterage charge 4 m 286 $380.00 $434,720.00 5 perforation 2-1/2", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg meterage charge 4 m 451 $380.00 $685,520.00 6 penetration meterage charge 4 m 151 $380.00 $229,520.00 7 perforation 2-1/8", exposed, 6 spf, 0 or 45 deg meterage charge 2 m 34 $380.00 $25,840.00 8 perforation 2", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg, deep penetration meterage charge 4 m 911 $380.00 $1,384,720.00 9 perforation 1-11/16", exposed, 4 spf or 6 spf, 0 deg meterage charge 2 m 126 $380.00 $95,760.00 10 orienting tool flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 28 $10,640.00 $297,920.00 11 real time p/t gauge while perforating flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 25 $380.00 $9,500.00 12 anchor tool flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 6 $228.00 $1,368.00 13 puncher shot charge 1 m 120 $228.00 $27,360.00 14 dynamic underbalance system design charge per well 1 ea 26 $380.00 $9,880.00 15 cased hole neutron log survey charge (sigma mode) 800 m 12 $3.80 $36,480.00 survey charge (corbon oxygen mode) 250 m 12 $7.60 $22,800.00 16 rst wfl survey charge per station 5 ea 9 $760.00 $34,200.00 17 plt survey charge 3000 m 37 $0.38 $42,180.00 18 sand detection logging survey charge 2000 m 12 $0.91 $21,840.00 19 gr-ccl logging flat charge per run 1 run 12 $380.00 $4,560.00 20 setting service (bridge plug) spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 60 flat charge per setting 1 run 425 $11,400.00 $4,845,000.00 21 cassing patch setting flat charge per setting 1 run 308 $16,000.00 $4,928,000.00 22 thru tubing + setting tool flat charge per successful run 1 ea 12 $2,660.00 $31,920.00 23 dump bailer meterage charge per run in hole 2 run 67 $7,220.00 $967,480.00 24 chemical cutter for all sizes tubing flat charge per succesful run 1 run 4 $11,400.00 $45,600.00 25 tubular jet cutter for all sizes tubing flat charge per succesful run 1 run 5 $798.00 $3,990.00 26 multi arm imaging calliper tool survey charge 1200 m 8 $0.38 $3,648.00 27 cbl/vdl meterage charge 2000 m 259 $0.38 $196,840.00 28 dowhole tension flat charge per run 1 run 2 $76.00 $152.00 29 mono cunductor jar flat charge per run 1 run 2 $228.00 $456.00 30 stringshot detonation charge (per shot) 4 ea 3 $228.00 $2,736.00 31 electricline roller flat charge per run 1 run 3 $1,520.00 $4,560.00 32 depth determination flat charge per run 1 ea 5 $380.00 $1,900.00 33 mast utilization monthly rental 1 month 36 $10,500.00 $378,000.00 34 costumer instrument services (cis) flat charge per run 1 run 28 $5,320.00 $148,960.00 35 incomplete operation flat charge 1 ea 102 0 36 personnel daylight personnel 4 days 1095 $1,250.86 $5,478,766.80 night personnel 4 days 1095 $1,250.86 $5,478,766.80 grand total $34,607,193.60 with the results of the owner estimate calculation for slickline and electric line operations for the above 3 years, the authors conclude to submit this business process re-engineering (bpr) proposal as a step to reduce costs for slickline and electric line operations and also as an optimization step at pt. xyz. the next step is to collect data about business processes or work steps on slickline and electric line jobs to make it easier to analyze the type of work or work steps that can be re-engineered according to current conditions. after collecting the data mentioned above, the next step is to perform data processing, where for this data processing the compiler performs the analysis using value stream mapping (vsm) as a completion step after conducting a waste analysis and first and then doing lean management, namely by eliminating or eliminate all things that are analyzed as waste in the analyzed business processes. the following are the steps in the preparation of value stream mapping (vsm) of slickline and electric line jobs or operations: 1. product family or slickline and electric line operation steps. 2. current state map of slickline and electric line operations 3. design future state map of wire line operation. after the analysis is done and the data is collected, the next step is compiling a product family or working steps for slickline and electric line operations. a. product family in the existing business process series, in table 7 the following is the process data from the product family from the slickline and electric line which are currently being carried out, in general the product family types from the two operations include integrated meetings for all crew, preparation, rig up pce equipment's, running tools, rig down pce equipment's. this can be seen through the table 7 for the spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 61 process. table 7. product family slickline and electric line product process integrated meeting for all crew preparation rig up pce equipment's running tools rig down pce equipment's slickline √ √ √ √ √ electric line √ √ √ √ √ the preparation of the flow of steps from making a current state map of slickline and electric line operations, where this aims to see which parts or processes we can take for lean management steps. this lean approach generally aims to increase the value of a product or service to customers (customer value) by increasing the ratio of the value of useful activities or having added value (value added ratio) to the level of waste (waste) continuously (gasperz, 2007). the steps in capturing the current state include; information flow, material flow, lead time and process time. the steps can be seen in figure 4 regarding the current state map value stream mapping slickline and electric line. figure 4. current state map value stream mapping slickline and electric line analyzing the series or business process steps of the two work methods above, both slickline and electric line, the authors draw conclusions and take lean management steps in order to reduce costs from slickline and electric line operations as outlined in the future state map value stream mapping where for both work methods when analyzed in terms of product family or slickline and electric line operation steps and also viewed from the current state map of both operations, it is very possible to do lean management steps in order to reduce costs at pt. xyz. from several work steps or existing business processes, it was found that for work steps that could become waste or have the potential to be removed from the sequence of work steps, they are: 1. efficient work, by reducing the rig up and rig down pce (pressure control equipment) processes for both slickline and electric line operations. 2. reducing the repetition of the work intervention process between slickline and electric line operations. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 62 after doing the two things above, both in terms of the product family or the work steps of slickline and electric line operations and also from the current state map of both operations, the following is the design of the future state map of wire line operations as a step to determine the waste disposal process from the operation so that the lean management step or the cost suppression step of both operations can be carried out properly so that a lot of profit can be achieved for the company. the following is the design of the future state map of the wire line operation as shown in figure 5, where there is a workflow or business process that has been removed or the process re-engineered. based on the results of the analysis of the current state map value stream mapping above, it can be compared with the future state value stream mapping proposal on wire line operations (slickline and electric line) where there are several changes both in terms of business processes and other elements to support the implementation of these operations, which aims to find out what parts are still waste so that lean management steps can be taken. the next step in order to reduce operating costs, the compiler conducted interviews with several related engineers to obtain the costs incurred during the operation including the owner estimate for wire line operations (slickline and electric line) which had been previously submitted. changes in work steps as well as changes in the supporting elements of the operation can of course result in business processes and costs in them. figure 5. future state map value stream mapping wire line as the title and purpose of this thesis are to make efforts to suppress operational costs, it is necessary to compare the costs incurred, both current costs and with plans for submitting operational costs in the future, where this has been attempted through the initial step, namely by analyzing and then issuing proposal for business process re-engineering (bpr) of the current business process. with the aim of efforts to reduce costs, as a comparison to these steps, look at the owner estimate for wire line operations (slickline and electric line) where with this comparison of course a cost calculation step will be taken which will be used as a cost reduction proposal for the operation. after analyzing the business processes and costs incurred by wire line operations (slickline and electric line) where these two operations can be taken, business process re-engineering (bpr) steps can be taken, namely by taking lean management steps including cost efficiency through the owner estimate price proposal in the calculation in table 8. after recalculation from the owner estimate proposal above, it can be seen that the costs required spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 63 for both operations in the next 3 (three) years are $35,986,893.60. from the data above, it appears that the owner estimate proposal is lower than before, so it can be calculated that the operating costs to be carried out later, both slickline and electric line can be more efficient so as to reduce costs incurred by pt. xyz to slickline and electric line operations. the previous owner estimate was $46,189,720.35 per 3 years minus the owner estimate proposal for both operations in the next 3 (three) years amounting to $35,986,893.60, then the efficiency or cost reduction that can be done if this owner estimate proposal is approved by the authorities is $10,202,826.75 or by 22% for 3 years. after the analysis is done and the data is collected, the arrangement is included in the analysis results to then take steps or strategies in implementing the lean management process, so that efforts to reduce costs for both operations, namely slickline and electric line operations at pt. xyz can be done well. in the identification step of the various potentials or opportunities that exist through the business process, there are several work steps or business processes that repeat between the two types of work. both slickline and electric line operations contain sequences or steps that are very similar even though they are not the same in execution, so this can be included in the type of work that will be used as material for improvement in optimization efforts at the company. table 8. owner estimate (oe) proposal for slickline and electric line operations for 3 years no type of service quantity unit est. no. of job for tth + 1 off unit price sub total 1 service charge service charge 1 ea 2763 0 2 depth charge depth charge 3500 m 2763 $0.90 $8,703,450.00 3 perforation 3-1/2" or 3-3/8" (6 spf) meterage charge 15 m 4 $380.00 $22,800.00 4 perforation 2 7/8", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg, deep meterage charge 4 m 286 $380.00 $434,720.00 5 perforation 2-1/2", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg meterage charge 4 m 451 $380.00 $685,520.00 6 penetration meterage charge 4 m 151 $380.00 $229,520.00 7 perforation 2-1/8", exposed, 6 spf, 0 or 45 deg meterage charge 2 m 34 $380.00 $25,840.00 8 perforation 2", scalloped, 6 spf, 60 deg, deep penetration meterage charge 4 m 911 $380.00 $1,384,720.00 9 perforation 1-11/16", exposed, 4 spf or 6 spf, 0 deg meterage charge 2 m 126 $380.00 $95,760.00 10 orienting tool flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 28 $10,640.00 $297,920.00 11 real time p/t gauge while perforating flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 25 $380.00 $9,500.00 12 anchor tool flat charge per succesfull run 1 run 6 $228.00 $1,368.00 13 puncher shot charge 1 m 120 $228.00 $27,360.00 14 dynamic underbalance system design charge per well 1 ea 26 $380.00 $9,880.00 15 cased hole neutron log survey charge (sigma mode) 800 m 12 $3.80 $36,480.00 survey charge (corbon oxygen mode) 250 m 12 $7.60 $22,800.00 16 rst wfl survey charge per station 5 ea 9 $760.00 $34,200.00 17 plt survey charge 3000 m 37 $0.38 $42,180.00 18 sand detection logging survey charge 2000 m 12 $0.91 $21,840.00 19 gr-ccl logging flat charge per run 1 run 12 $380.00 $4,560.00 20 setting service (bridge plug) flat charge per setting 1 run 425 $11,400.00 $4,845,000.00 spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 64 21 cassing patch setting flat charge per setting 1 run 308 $16,000.00 $4,928,000.00 22 thru tubing + setting tool flat charge per successful run 1 ea 12 $2,660.00 $31,920.00 23 dump bailer meterage charge per run in hole 2 run 67 $7,220.00 $967,480.00 24 chemical cutter for all sizes tubing flat charge per succesful run 1 run 4 $11,400.00 $45,600.00 25 tubular jet cutter for all sizes tubing flat charge per succesful run 1 run 5 $798.00 $3,990.00 26 multi arm imaging calliper tool survey charge 1200 m 8 $0.38 $3,648.00 27 cbl/vdl meterage charge 2000 m 259 $0.38 $196,840.00 28 dowhole tension flat charge per run 1 run 2 $76.00 $152.00 29 mono cunductor jar flat charge per run 1 run 2 $228.00 $456.00 30 stringshot detonation charge (per shot) 4 ea 3 $228.00 $2,736.00 31 electricline roller flat charge per run 1 run 3 $1,520.00 $4,560.00 32 depth determination flat charge per run 1 ea 5 $380.00 $1,900.00 33 mast utilization monthly rental 1 month 36 $10,500.00 $378,000.00 34 costumer instrument services (cis) flat charge per run 1 run 28 $5,320.00 $148,960.00 35 incomplete operation flat charge 1 ea 102 0 36 personnel daylight personnel 4 days 1095 $1,250.86 $5,478,766.80 night personnel 4 days 1095 $1,250.86 $5,478,766.80 grand total $34,607,193.60 in the business process of the two operations, there are several steps that are indicated to be similar in completion, therefore as an optimization effort, it will be used as a decision-making step in the discussion step. here are some steps that we can analyze the business processes in both operations, both slickline and electric line operations, including the following: 1. slickline operation; a. integrated meeting for crew b. preparation c. rig up pce equipment's d. running tools e. rig down pce equipment's 2. electric line operation; a. integrated meeting for crew b. preparation c. rig up pce equipment's d. running tools e. rig down pce equipment's the research on business processes or sequences above, there are some of them that fall into the category of repetition in the steps or business processes, so that they can be used as findings that become waste that can be optimized. from all the results of this study, the researcher included it in the chapter of data collection and processing which in the separation of the data was included in the preparation of value stream mapping (vsm) of the work or operation of slickline and electric line including: 1. product family or slickline and electric line operation steps. 2. current state map of slickline and electric line operations spektrum industri vol. 20. no 1, april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 65 3. design future state map of wire line operation. from the three steps mentioned above, the researcher found things, including being able to make any steps that can be taken in an effort to reduce slickline and electric line operating costs as an effort to reduce costs at pt. xyz as further deepened in the discussion as the next step. in this discussion step, which is a step in determining what steps will be taken as a decision to make the company able to reduce the costs of the two operations which, if seen, consume a significant amount of the company's budget. from the entire series of analyzes, some of which include waste, including: 1. step rig up pce (pressure control equipment) for both slickline and electric line operations. 2. step rig down pce (pressure control equipment) for both slickline and electric line operations 3. number of workers involved from both slickline and electric line operations. 4. slickline and electric line operation process. from the four major steps above, the researcher took lean management steps as an effort to reduce operating costs, where in the steps it can be seen that in the separation of the data it is included in the preparation of value stream mapping (vsm) from work or slickline and electric line operations, which is as determined by each business. the process in the product family or slickline and electric line operation steps first, then a framework or chart is made in the form of a current state map of the slickline and electric line operations so that it can be seen how much potential optimization is in eliminating existing waste, then finally create a framework or chart in the form of design future state map of wire line operation so that it can produce maximum optimization in research conclusion after analyzing the flow of steps from the well intervention work, especially the work or operation of slickline and electric line, the researcher concludes in the step of cost suppression at pt. xyz, among others, is doing the preparation of value stream mapping (vsm) of the slickline and electric line work or operations with the first step, namely grouping the product family or slickline and electric line operation work steps, then secondly grouping the current state map from slickline and electric operations. line and thirdly design the future state map of wire line operations. after doing the three things mentioned above, it can be concluded that there are some potential wastes to be taken for lean management so that the cost suppression on slickline and electric line operations can be carried out. this step is based on an analysis where the rig up and rig down pce (pressure control equipment) steps for both slickline and electric line operations have the potential to be reduced, then reduce the number of workers involved and several repetitions of the slickline and electric line operation processes also have the potential to reduce flow. steps of work at the time the work intervention is carried out. by analyzing several activities in the well intervention work process, especially the slickline and electric line work or operations, the researcher took several steps in an effort to reduce operational costs through the business process re-engineering of the slickline and electric line operations combining slickline and electricline in 1 (one) unit or 1 (one) company service, reduce the number of workers involved, and efficient work, by reducing the rig up and rig down pce (pressure control equipment) processes, reducing the repetition of the work intervention process. acknowledgement this article is partially funded and supported by department of industrial engineering, universitas islam indonesia, pt. pertamina hulu mahakam and university of wollongong australia. references bargawi, r. a., dean, d. l., clemens, j., & whitmire, c. (2008). new electromechanical perforating technology reduces cost and increases safety in workover operations. paper presented at the spe/icota coiled tubing and well intervention conference and exhibition. budiyanto, t. (2020). strategi pemasaran usaha kecil menengah pada ibu-ibu aisyiah muhammadiyah bali. spekta (jurnal pengabdian kepada masyarakat: teknologi dan aplikasi), 1(1), 17-20. spektrum industri vol. 20 no. 1 april 2022 pp. 49-66 re-engineering the business process…(putra et. al.) 66 fernando, y. c., & noya, s. (2014). optimasi lini produksi dengan value stream mapping dan value stream analysis tools. foster, j., clemens, j., & moore, d. w. (2001). slickline-deployed electro-mechanical intervention system: a cost-effective alternative to traditional cased-hole services. paper presented at the spe permian basin oil and gas recovery conference. gaspersz, v., & fontana, a. (2011). lean six sigma for manufacturing and service industries : waste elimination and continuous cost reduction. bogor: vinchristo publication. hines, p., & rich, n. (1997). the seven value stream mapping tools international journal of operation & production management. lacerda, a. p., xambre, a. r., & alvelos, h. m. (2016). applying value stream mapping to eliminate waste: a case study of an original equipment manufacturer for the automotive industry. international journal of production research, 54(6), 1708-1720. lalu, h. (2021). knowledge management and iso/iec 19796-1-based e-learning business architecture design for indonesian higher education with togaf adm approach. spektrum industri, 19(1), 63. larimore, d. r., & fehrmann, g. z. (1998). field cases of cost-efficient slickline well interventions. spe drilling & completion, 13(03), 136-143. larimore, d. r., fehrmann, g. z., & white, s. (1997). field cases of cost efficient well interventions performed with advanced slickline technology. paper presented at the spe asia pacific oil and gas conference and exhibition. larimore, d. r., goiffon, j. j., & bayh, r. i. (1996). low cost solutions for well interventions through advanced slickline services. paper presented at the permian basin oil and gas recovery conference. lokhande, d. a., venkateswaran, d. c., ramachandran, d. m., chinnasami, s., & vennila, t. (2021). a review on various implications on re engineering in manufacturing. rest journal on emerging trends in modelling and manufacturing, 7(3), 70-75. loov, r., & billingham, m. (2014). beyond logging: slickline operations can now provide a more efficient and cost effective alternative to traditional intervention operations. paper presented at the spe/icota coiled tubing and well intervention conference and exhibition. loov, r., locken, d., mcinnes, n., & chippett, e. (2015, march). light well intervention using conventional slickline and electric line off the east coast of canada. in spe/icota coiled tubing & well intervention conference & exhibition. onepetro. rother, m., & shook, j. (2003). learning to see: value stream mapping to add value and eliminate muda: lean enterprise institute.